Classic Audiobook Collection - War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy ~ Full Audiobook [history]
Episode Date: January 4, 2025War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy audiobook. Genre: history In War and Peace, Volume 4, Leo Tolstoy brings the great sweep of the Napoleonic era to its most intense and intimate stage, as Russia... faces the full force of the 1812 invasion and its shattering aftermath. Amid battles, retreats, and the burning pressures of national crisis, the novel follows the intertwined fates of Pierre Bezukhov, searching for purpose beyond privilege; Natasha Rostova, struggling with guilt, love, and the cost of hard-won maturity; Prince Andrei Bolkonsky, confronting suffering and the limits of ambition; and the Rostov and Bolkonsky families as war intrudes on every private hope. While generals and emperors argue over strategy, Tolstoy shifts the focus to the human reality behind history: ordinary soldiers, frightened civilians, sudden acts of courage, and quiet moral choices that change lives. As Moscow looms and the old social order trembles, the characters must decide what loyalty, faith, and freedom mean when the world around them is collapsing. Volume 4 deepens Tolstoy's blend of psychological insight and historical vision, turning the chaos of war into a searching meditation on meaning, responsibility, and survival. For ad-free listening try our premium subscription Chapters (Approximate) (00:00:00) Chapter 001 (00:09:58) Chapter 002 (00:16:29) Chapter 003 (00:23:28) Chapter 004 (00:35:39) Chapter 005 (00:44:11) Chapter 006 (00:54:25) Chapter 007 (01:05:39) Chapter 008 (01:15:39) Chapter 009 (01:21:17) Chapter 010 (01:30:53) Chapter 011 (01:40:07) Chapter 012 (01:53:59) Chapter 013 (02:01:33) Chapter 014 (02:14:51) Chapter 015 (02:25:32) Chapter 016 (02:40:03) Chapter 017 (02:47:58) Chapter 018 (02:53:29) Chapter 019 (03:00:39) Chapter 020 (03:05:57) Chapter 021 (03:10:00) Chapter 022 (03:18:54) Chapter 023 (03:24:51) Chapter 024 (03:30:21) Chapter 025 (03:39:30) Chapter 026 (03:48:04) Chapter 027 (03:58:41) Chapter 028 (04:05:44) Chapter 029 (04:14:20) Chapter 030 (04:25:54) Chapter 031 (04:32:11) Chapter 032 (04:38:57) Chapter 033 (04:46:42) Chapter 034 (04:51:32) Chapter 035 (04:57:06) Chapter 036 (05:04:59) Chapter 037 (05:11:33) Chapter 038 (05:18:32) Chapter 039 (05:27:14) Chapter 040 (05:36:02) Chapter 041 (05:41:59) Chapter 042 (05:51:07) Chapter 043 (05:57:16) Chapter 044 (06:05:17) Chapter 045 (06:15:52) Chapter 046 (06:23:14) Chapter 047 (06:31:12) Chapter 048 (06:39:22) Chapter 049 (06:43:21) Chapter 050 (06:49:52) Chapter 051 (06:54:13) Chapter 052 (06:58:47) Chapter 053 (07:03:33) Chapter 054 (07:14:49) Chapter 055 (07:25:12) Chapter 056 (07:31:12) Chapter 057 (07:38:33) Chapter 058 (07:46:28) Chapter 059 (07:55:40) Chapter 060 (08:03:31) Chapter 061 (08:09:50) Chapter 062 (08:19:19) Chapter 063 (08:25:29) Chapter 064 (08:39:14) Chapter 065 (08:43:32) Chapter 066 (08:51:33) Chapter 067 (09:04:41) Chapter 068 (09:10:38) Chapter 069 (09:18:59) Chapter 070 (09:26:06) Chapter 071 (09:39:48) Chapter 072 (09:53:16) Chapter 073 (09:58:19) Chapter 074 (10:02:34) Chapter 075 (10:10:24) Chapter 076 (10:15:17) Chapter 077 (10:27:19) Chapter 078 (10:34:08) Chapter 079 (10:42:11) Chapter 080 (10:53:01) Chapter 081 (11:01:35) Chapter 082 (11:10:58) Chapter 083 (11:24:41) Chapter 084 (11:36:55) Chapter 085 (11:45:41) Chapter 086 (11:57:48) Chapter 087 (12:06:37) Chapter 088 Max Character Limit reached Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices
Transcript
Discussion (0)
Book 12, Chapter 1. Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
Book 12, 1812, Chapter 1.
In Petersburg at that time, a complicated struggle was being carried on with greater heat than ever
in the highest circles. Between the parties of Romyansev, the French, Maria Fedorovna,
the Zarevich, and others, drowned as a year.
usual by the buzzing of the court drones. But the calm, luxurious life of Petersburg,
concerned only about phantoms and reflections of real life, went on in its old way, and made it hard,
except by a great effort, to realize the danger and the difficult position of the Russian people.
There were the same receptions and balls, the same French theatre, the same court interests and
service interests and intrigues as usual. Only in the very highest circles were attempts made
to keep in mind the difficulties of the actual position.
Stories were whispered of how differently the two empresses
behaved in these difficult circumstances.
The Empress Maria, concerned for the welfare
of the charitable and educational institutions under her patronage,
had given directions that they should all be removed to Kazan,
and the things belonging to these institutions had already been packed up.
The Empress Elizabeth, however,
when asked what instructions she would be pleased to give
with her characteristic Russian patriotism,
had replied that she could give no directions about state institutions,
for that was the affair of the sovereign,
but as far as she personally was concerned,
she would be the last to quit Petersburg.
At Anna Pavlovna's on the 26th of August,
the very day of the Battle of Borodino,
there was a soiree,
the chief feature of which was to be the reading of a letter
from his lordship the bishop,
when sending the emperor an icon of the venerable,
Sergius. It was regarded as a model of ecclesiastical, patriotic eloquence.
Prince Vasili himself, fame for his elocution, was to read it. He used to read at the Empress.
The art of his reading was supposed to lie in rolling out the words quite independently of their
meaning, in a loud and sing-song voice, alternating between a despairing whale and a tender murmur,
so that the whale fell quite at random on one word and the murmur on another.
This reading, as was always the case at Anna Pavlovna's Suarez, had a political significance.
That evening, she expected several important personages who had to be made ashamed of their
visits to the French theatre and aroused to a patriotic temper. A good many people had already
arrived, but Anna Pavlovna, not yet seeing all those whom she wanted in her drawing-room,
did not let the reading begin, but wound up the springs of a general conversation.
The news of the day in Petersburg was the illness of Countess Bezukova.
She had fallen ill unexpectedly a few days previously,
had missed several gatherings of which she was usually the ornament,
and was said to be receiving no one.
And instead of the celebrated Petersburg doctors, who usually attended her,
had entrusted herself to some Italian doctor,
who was treating her in some new and unusual way.
They all knew very well that the enchanting,
Countess's illness arose from an inconvenience resulting from marrying two husbands at the same time,
and that the Italian's cure consisted in removing such inconvenience. But in Anna Pavlovna's presence,
no one dared to think of this or even appear to know it. They say the poor Countess is very ill.
The doctor says it is angina pictoris. Angina? Oh, that's a terrible illness. They say that the
rivals are reconciled, thanks to the angina. And the word angina was repeated with great satisfaction.
The Count is pathetic, they say. He cried like a child when the doctor told him the case was dangerous.
Oh, it would be a terrible loss. She is an enchanting woman.
You are speaking of the poor Countess, said Anna Pavlovna, coming up just then.
I sent to ask for news and hear that she's a little better. Oh, she's a little better.
she is certainly the most charming woman in the world. She went on, with a smile at her own enthusiasm.
"'We belong to different camps, but that does not prevent my esteeming her as she deserves.
She is very unfortunate,' added Anna Pavlovna.
Supposing that by these words, Anna Pavlovna was somewhat lifting the veil from the
secret of the Countess Malady. An unwary young man ventured to express surprise that
well-known doctors had not been called in, and that the Countess was,
being attended by a charlatan who might employ dangerous remedies.
Your information may be better than mine, Anna Pavlovna suddenly and venomously retorted on the
inexperienced young man. But I know on good authority that this doctor is a very learned and
able man. He is private physician to the queen of Spain. And having thus demolished the young man,
Anna Pavlovna turned to another group, where Belibin was talking about the Austrians. Having
wrinkled up his face, he was evidently preparing to smooth it out again and utter one of his
mons.
"'I think it is delightful,' he said, referring to a diplomatic note that had been said to
Vienna with some Austrian banners captured from the French by Wittgenstein, the hero of
Petropole, as he was then called in Petersburg.
"'What?
What's that?' asked Anna Pavlovna, securing silence for the maul which she had heard before.
and Belibin repeated the actual words of the diplomatic dispatch, which he had himself composed.
"'The Emperor returns these Austrian banners,' said Belibin.
"'Friendly banners, gone astray and found on a wrong path, and his brow became smooth again.
"'Charming! Charming!' observed Prince Vassili.
"'The path to Warsaw, perhaps,' Prince Ippolite remarked loudly and unexpectedly.
Everybody looked at him, understanding what he meant.
Prince Ippolete himself glanced around with amused surprise.
He knew no more than the others what his words meant.
During his diplomatic career, he had more than once noticed that such utterances were received
as very witty, and at every opportunity he uttered in that way the first words that entered
his head.
"'It may turn out very well,' he thought.
"'But if not, they'll know how to arrange matters.'
And really, during the awkward silence that ensued, that insufficiently patriotic person entered
whom Anna Pavlovna had been waiting for and wished to convert, and she, smiling and shaking a
finger at Ippolete, invited Prince Vassili to the table, and bringing him two candles and the
manuscript begged him to begin. Everyone became silent.
"'Most gracious, sovereign and emperor!'
Prince Vassili sternly declaimed, looking round at his audience,
as if to inquire whether anyone had anything to say to the contrary.
But no one said anything.
Moscow, our ancient capital, the New Jerusalem receives Her Christ.
He placed a sudden emphasis on the word her,
as a mother receives her zealous sons into her arms,
and through the gathering mists foreseen the brilliant glory of thy rule
sings in exultation.
Hosanna, blessed is he that cometh!'
Prince Vassili pronounced these last words in a tearful voice.
Belibin attentively examined his nails,
and many of those present appeared intimidated,
as if asking in what they were to blame.
Anna Pavlovna whispered the next words in advance,
like an old woman muttering the prayer at communion.
"'Let the bold and insolent Goliath,' she whispered.
Vassili continued.
Let the bold and insolent Goliath from the borders of France
encompass the realms of Russia with death-bearing terrors.
Humble faith, the sling of the Russian David,
shall suddenly smite his head in his bloodthirsty pride.
This icon of the venerable Sergius,
the servant of God and zealous champion of old of our country's wheel,
is offered to your imperial majesty.
I grieve that my waning strength prevents rejoicing in the sight of your most gracious presence.
I raise fervent prayers to heaven that the Almighty may exalt the race of the just
and mercifully fulfill the desires of your majesty.
What force!
What a style was uttered in approval both of reader and of author.
Animated by that address, Anna Pavlovna's guest,
talked for a long time of the state of the fatherland, and offered various conjectures as to the
result of the battle to be fought in a few days.
"'You will see,' said Anna Pavlovna, "'that tomorrow, on the Emperor's birthday, we shall receive news.
I have a favorable presentiment.'
End of Book 12, Chapter 1.
Book 12 Chapter 2 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Librovoc's recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 2
Anna Pavlovna's present of it was in fact fulfilled.
Next day, during the service at the palace church in honor of the emperor's birthday,
Prince Volkonsky was called out of the church and received a dispatch from Prince Kutuzov.
It was Kutuzov's report, written from Tatarova on the day of the battle.
Kutuzov wrote that the Russians had to be.
not retreated a step, that the French losses were much heavier than ours, and that he was
riding in haste from the field of battle before collecting full information. It followed that there must
have been a victory. And at once, without leaving the church, thanks were rendered to the
Creator for his help and for the victory. Anna Pavlovna's presentiment was justified, and all that
morning a joyously festive mood reigned in the city. Everyone believed the victory to have been
complete, and some even spoke of Napoleon's having been captured, of his deposition, and of the
choice of a new ruler for France. It is very difficult for events to be reflected in their real
strength and completeness amid the conditions of court life, and far from the scene of action.
General events involuntarily group themselves around some particular incident. So now the courtier's
pleasure was based as much on the fact that the news had arrived on the Emperor's birthday, as
on the fact of the victory itself. It was like a successfully arranged surprise. Mention
was made in Kutuzov's report of the Russian losses, among which figured the names of
Tutskov, Bagradian, and Kutaisov. In the Petersburg world, this sad side of the affair
again involuntarily centered around a single incident, Kutasov's death. Everybody knew him,
the emperor liked him, and he was young and interesting. That day, everyone was
met with the words,
"'What a wonderful coincidence!
Just during the service!
But what a loss Kutasov is!
How sorry I am!'
"'What did I tell you about Kutuzov?'
Prince Vasily now said in a prophet's pride.
"'I always said he was the only man capable of defeating Napoleon.'
But next day, no news arrived from the army,
and the public mood grew anxious.
The courtier suffered because of the suffering
the suspense occasioned the Emperor.
Fancy the Emperor's position, said they, and instead of extolling Kutuzov as they had done
the day before, they condemned him as the cause of the Emperor's anxiety.
That day, Prince Vassili no longer boasted of his protege Kutuzov, but remained silent when
the Commander-in-Chief was mentioned.
Moreover, toward evening, as if everything conspired to make Petersburg society anxious and
uneasy, a terrible piece of news was added. Countess Elaine Bezicova had suddenly died of that
terrible malady it had been so agreeable to mention. Officially, at large gatherings, everyone said
that Countess Bezikova had died of a terrible attack of angina pectoris. But in intimate circles,
details were mentioned of how the private physician of the Queen of Spain had prescribed
small doses of a certain drug to produce a certain effect.
But Elaine, tortured by the fact that the old Count suspected her, and that her husband to whom
she had written, that wretched, profligate Pierre, had not replied, had suddenly taken a very
large dose of the drug, and had died in agony before assistance could be rendered her.
It was said that Prince Vassili and the old Count had turned upon the Italian, but the latter
had produced such letters from the unfortunate deceased that they had immediately let the matter
drop. Talk in general centered around three melancholy facts, the emperor's lack of news,
the loss of Kutasov and the death of Elaine. On the third day after Kutuzov's report,
a country gentleman arrived from Moscow, and news of the surrender of Moscow to the French
spread through the whole town. This was terrible. What a position for the emperor to be in.
Kutuzov was a traitor, and Prince Vassili, during the visits of Condon,
pay to him on the occasion of his daughter's death, said of Kutuzov, whom he had formerly
praised. It was excusable for him in his grief to forget what he had said, that it was impossible
to expect anything else from a blind and depraved old man. I only wonder that the fate of Russia
could have been entrusted to such a man. As long as this news remained unofficial, it was
possible to doubt it. But the next day, the following communication was received from
Count Rostopchin.
Prince Kutuzov's adjutant has brought me a letter in which he demands police officers
to guide the army to the Riazan Road.
He writes that he is regretfully abandoning Moscow.
Sire, Kutuzov's action decides the fate of the capital and of your empire.
Russia will shudder to learn of the abandonment of the city, in which her greatness is centered,
and in which lie the ashes of your ancestors.
I shall follow the army.
I have had everything removed, and it only remains for me to weep over the fate of my fatherland.
On receiving this dispatch, the Emperor sent Prince Volkonsky to Kutuzov with the following
re-script.
Prince Michael Ilyaranovich, since the 29th of August, I have received no communication from you,
yet on the 1st of September I received from the Commander-in-Chief of Moscow, via Yaroslavl,
the sad news that you, with the army, have decided to abandon Moscow.
You can yourself imagine the effect this news has had on me,
and your silence increases my astonishment.
I am sending this by adjutant General Prince Volkonsky
to hear from you the situation of the army
and the reasons that have induced you to take this melancholy decision.
End of Book 12, Chapter 2.
Book 12, Chapter 3, of War and War and War and
Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the
public domain. Book 12, Chapter 3
Nine days after the abandonment of Moscow, a messenger from Kutuzov reached Petersburg
with the official announcement of that event. This messenger was Michaud, a Frenchman who did not
know Russian, but who was Quack etrangee, Rostakue, Adam.
though a foreigner Russian in heart and soul, as he said of himself.
The Emperor at once received this messenger in his study at the palace on Stone Island.
Michot, who had never seen Moscow before the campaign and who did not know Russian,
yet felt deeply moved, as he wrote, when he appeared before
Notre-Tre Gracieu-Savaron, our most gracious sovereign, with the news of the burning of Moscow,
Don le flam acclare his route, whose flames illumined his root.
Though the source of Monsieur Michaud's chagrin must have been different from that which
caused Russians to grieve, he had such a sad face when shown into the Emperor's study
that the latter at once asked,
"'Have you brought me sad news, Colonel?'
"'Very sad, sire,' replied Michaud, lowering his eyes with a sigh,
"'the abandonment of Moscow.'
"'Have they surrendered to you?
my ancient capital without a battle?
Asked the emperor quickly, his face suddenly flushing.
Mishou respectfully delivered the message Kutuzov had entrusted to him,
which was that it had been impossible to fight before Moscow,
and that as the only remaining choice was between losing the army as well as Moscow
or losing Moscow alone, the field-marshal had to choose the latter.
The emperor listened in silence, not looking at Misho.
"'Has the enemy entered the city?' he asked.
"'Yes, sire, and Moscow is now in ashes. I left it all in flames,' replied Michaud in a
decided tone, but, glancing at the emperor, he was frightened by what he had done.
The emperor began to breathe heavily and rapidly, his lower lip trembled, and tears
instantly appeared in his fine blue eyes. But this lasted only a moment. He suddenly frowned,
as of blaming himself for his weakness, and raising his head addressed Michaud in a firm voice.
I see, Colonel, from all that is happening, that Providence requires great sacrifices of us,
I am ready to submit myself in all things to his will. But tell me, Micho,
how did you leave the army when it saw my ancient capital abandoned without a battle? Did you notice
discouragement? Seeing that his most gracious ruler was calm once more,
Mishot also grew calm, but was not immediately ready to reply to the Emperor's direct and relevant question,
which required a direct answer.
Sire, will you allow me to speak frankly as befits a loyal soldier?
He asked to gain time.
Colonel, I always require it, replied the Emperor.
Conceal nothing from me.
I wish to know absolutely how things are.
Sire, said Mishot, with a subtle, scarcely perceptible smile on his lips.
having now prepared a well-phrased reply.
Sire, I'd left the whole army from its chiefs to the lowest soldier,
without exception in desperate and agonized terror.
How was that?
The Emperor interrupted him, frowning sternly.
Would misfortune make my Russians lose heart?
Never!
Mishot had only waited for this to bring out the phrase he had prepared.
Sire, he said with respectful playfulness.
They are only afraid, lest your majesty in the goodness of your heart,
should allow yourself to be persuaded to make peace.
They are burning for the combat, declared this representative of the Russian nation,
and to prove to your majesty by the sacrifice of their lives how devoted they are.
Ah, said the emperor reassured, and with a kindly gleam in his eyes he patted Micho on the shoulder.
You set me at ease, Colonel.
He bent his head and was silent for some.
time. "'Well, then, go back to the army,' he said, drawing himself up to his full height and
addressing Michot with a gracious and majestic gesture, "'and tell our brave men and all my good subjects,
wherever you go, that when I have not a soldier left, I shall put myself at the head of my
beloved nobility and my good peasants, and so use the last resources of my empire. It still offers
me more than my enemy, suppose,' said the emperor, growing more and more enemy.
but should it ever be ordained by divine providence?
He continued, raising to heaven his fine eyes, shining with emotion,
that my dynasty should cease to reign on the throne of my ancestors,
that after exhausting all the means at my command,
I shall let my beard grow to here,
he pointed halfway down his chest,
and go and eat potatoes with the meanest of my peasants,
rather than sign the disgrace of my country
and of my beloved people whose sacrifices I know how to appreciate.
Having uttered these words in an agitated voice, the Emperor suddenly turned away as if to hide
from Michaud the tears that rose to his eyes and went to the further end of his study.
Having stood there a few moments, he strode back to Michaud and pressed his arm below the elbow
with a vigorous movement. The Emperor's mild and handsome face was flushed and his eyes gleamed
with resolution and anger. Colonel Michaud, do not forget what I say to you here. Perhaps we may
recall it with pleasure some day.
Napoleon, or I, said the Emperor, touching his breast,
we can no longer both reign together.
I have learned to know him, and he will not deceive me any more.
And the Emperor paused with a frown.
When he heard these words and saw the expression
a firm resolution in the Emperor's eyes,
Michot, Quack et Trangé, Ruze de Cue et dame,
at that solemn moment felt himself enraptured by
all that he had heard, as he used afterwards to say, and gave expression to his own feelings
and those of the Russian people, whose representative he considered himself to be in the following
words. "'Sire,' said he, "'your Majesty is at this moment signing the glory of the nation and the
salvation of Europe.' With an inclination of the head, the Emperor dismissed him.
End of Book 12, Chapter 3. Book 12 Chapter 4 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 4
It is natural for us, who are not living in those days, to imagine that when half Russia
had been conquered and the inhabitants were fleeing to distant provinces, and one levy
after another was being raised for the defense of the fatherland. All Russians, from the greatest
to the least, were solely engaged in sacrificing themselves, saving their fatherland, or weeping over
its downfall. The tales and descriptions of that time, without exception, speak only of the self-sacrifice,
patriotic devotion, despair, grief, and the heroism of the Russians. But it was not really so.
It appears so to us because we see only the general historic interest of that time,
and do not see all the personal human interest that people had.
Yet, in reality, those personal interests of the moment so much transcend the general interests
that they always prevent the public interest from being felt or even noticed.
Most of the people at that time paid no attention to the general progress of events,
but were guided only by their private interests,
and they were the very people whose activities at that period were most useful.
Those who tried to understand the general course of events,
and to take part in it by self-sacrifice and heroism,
were the most useless members of society.
They saw everything upside down,
and all they did for the common good turned out to be useless and foolish,
like Pierre's and Mimanov's regiments which looted Russian villages,
and the lint the young ladies prepared,
and that never reached the wounded and so on.
Even those, fond of intellectual talk and of expressing their feelings,
who discussed Russia's position at the time,
involuntarily introduced into their conversation,
either a shade of pretense and falsehood,
or useless condemnation and anger directed against people accused of actions
no one could possibly be guilty of.
In historic events, the rule forbidding us to eat of the fruit of the tree of knowledge
is specially applicable.
Only unconscious action bears fruit, and he who plays a part in an historic event never understands
its significance. If he tries to realize it, his efforts are fruitless. The more closely a man was
engaged in the events then taking place in Russia, the less did he realize their significance.
In Petersburg and in the provinces at a distance from Moscow, ladies and gentlemen in militia uniforms
wept for Russia and its ancient capital and talked of self-sacrifice and so on.
But in the army, which retired beyond Moscow, there was little talk or thought of Moscow.
And when they caught sight of its burned ruins, no one swore to be avenged on the French.
But they thought about their next pay, their next quarters, of Matreska the Vivandier and like matters.
As the war had caught him in the service, Nicholas Rostov took a close and prolonged
part in the defense of his country, but did so casually, without any aim at self-sacrifice,
and he therefore looked at what was going on in Russia without despair and without dismally
racking his brains over it. Had he been asked what he thought of the state of Russia,
he would have said that it was not his business to think about it, that Katoosov and others
were there for that purpose, but that he had heard that the regiments were to be made up to
their full strength, that fighting would probably go on for a long time,
yet, and that things being so, it was quite likely he might be in command of a regiment in a couple
of years' time. As he looked at the matter in this way, he learned that he was being sent to
Veronez to buy remounts for his division, not only without regret it being prevented from taking
part in the coming battle, but with the greatest pleasure, which he did not conceal, and which
his comrades fully understood. A few days before the Battle of Borodino, Nicholas received the
necessary money and warrants, and having sent some hussars on in advance, he set out with post-horses
for Veronesh. Only a man who has experienced it, that is, has passed some months continuously in an
atmosphere of campaigning in war, can understand the delight Nicholas felt when he escaped from the
region covered by the army's foraging operations, provision trains, and hospitals. When free from
soldiers, wagons, and the filthy traces of a camp, he saw villages with peasants,
and peasant women, gentlemen's country houses, fields where cattle were grazing, posthouses
with station-masters asleep in them. He rejoiced as though seeing all this for the first time.
What for a long while specially surprised and delighted him were the women, young and healthy,
without a dozen officers making up to each of them. Women too who were pleased and flattered
that a passing officer should joke with them. In the highest spirits, Nicholas arrived at night
at a hotel in Veronish, ordered things he had long been deprived of in camp, and next day,
very clean-shaven and in a full-dress uniform he had not worn for a long time, went to present
himself to the authorities. The commander of the militia was a civilian general, an old man
who was evidently pleased with his military designation and rank. He received Nicholas Bruskely,
imagining this to be characteristically military, and questioned him with an important air.
as if considering the general progress of affairs and approving and disapproving with full right
to do so. Nicholas was in such good spirits that this merely amused him. From the commander
of the militia he drove to the governor. The governor was a brisk little man, very simple and affable.
He indicated the stud farms at which Nicholas might procure horses, recommended to him a horse-dealer
in the town and a landowner 14 miles out of town who had the best horses, and promised to
assist him in every way.
"'You are Count Ilya Rostov's son? My wife was a great friend of your mothers.
We are at home on Thursdays. Today is Thursday, so please come and see us quite informally,'
said the governor, taking leave of him."
Immediately on leaving the governors, Nicholas hired post-horses, and taking a squadron quartermaster
with him, drove at a gala.
to the landowner, 14 miles away, who had the stud.
Everything seemed to him pleasant and easy during that first part of his stay in Veronage,
and, as usually happens when a man is in a pleasant state of mind, everything went well and
easily.
The landowner to whom Nicholas went was a bachelor, an old cavalryman, a horse fancier,
a sportsman, the possessor of some century-old brandy, and some old Hungarian wine,
who had a snuggery where he smoked and who owned some splendid wharf.
horses. In very few words, Nicholas bought 17-picked stallions for 6,000 rubles, to serve, as he said,
as samples of his remounts. After dining and taking rather too much of the Hungarian wine,
Nicholas, having exchanged kisses with the landowner, with whom he was already on the friendliest terms,
galloped back over abominable roads in the brightest frame of mind, continually urging on the
driver so as to be in time for the governor's party.
When he had changed, poured water over his head and scented himself, Nicholas arrived at the
governor's rather late, but with the phrase, better late than never, on his lips.
It was not a ball, nor had dancing been announced, but everyone knew that Catherine
Petrovna would play valsas and the echoes on the clavacord, and that there would be dancing,
and so everyone had come as to a ball.
Provincial life in 1812 went on very much as usual, but with this difference, that it was
livelier in the towns, in consequence of the arrival of many wealthy families from Moscow,
and as in everything that went on in Russia at that time, a special recklessness was noticeable,
and, in for a penny, in for a pound, who cares spirit, and the inevitable small talk,
instead of turning on the weather and mutual acquaintances, now turned on Moscow, the army,
and Napoleon.
The Society gathered together at the governors
was the best in Veronish.
There were great many ladies,
and some of Nicholas Moscow acquaintances,
but there were no men who could at all vie
with the Cavalier of St. George,
the Hussar remount officer,
the good-natured and well-bred, Count Rostov.
Among the men was an Italian prisoner,
an officer of the French army.
And Nicholas felt that the presence of that prisoner
enhanced his own importance as a Russian hero.
The Italian was, as it were, a war trophy.
Nicholas felt this.
It seemed to him that everyone regarded the Italian in the same light,
and he treated him cordially, though with dignity and restraint.
As soon as Nicholas entered in his Hussar uniform,
diffusing around him a fragrance of perfume and wine,
and had uttered the words, better late than never,
and heard them repeated several times by others,
people clustered around him. All eyes turned on him, and he felt at once that he had entered
into his proper position in the province, that of a universal favorite, a very pleasant position,
and intoxicatingly so after his long privations. At posting stations, at inns, and in the
landowner's snuggery, maidservants had been flattered by his notice, and here too at the governor's
party there were, as it seemed to Nicholas, an inexhaustible number of pretty
young women, married and unmarried, impatiently awaiting his notice.
The women and girls flirted with him, and from the first day the people concerned
themselves to get this fine young daredevil of a hussar married and settled down.
Among these was the governor's wife herself, who welcomed Rostov as a near relative and
called him Nicholas.
Catherine Petrovna did actually play Valsas and the Echo Says, and dancing began, in which
Nicholas still further captivated the provincial society by his agility.
His particularly free manner of dancing even surprised them all.
Nicholas was himself rather surprised at the way he danced that evening.
He had never danced like that in Moscow, and would even have considered such a very
free and easy manner improper and in bad form. But here, he felt it incumbent on him
to astonish them all by something unusual, something they would have to accept as the
regular thing in the capital, though new to them in the provinces.
All the evening Nicholas paid attention to a blue-eyed, plump and pleasing little blonde,
the wife of one of the provincial officials.
With the naive conviction of young men in a merry mood that other men's wives were created
for them, Rostov did not leave the lady's side and treated her husband in a friendly and
conspiratorial style, as if, without speaking of it, they knew how capitally Nicholas and the
lady would get on together. The husband, however, did not seem to share that conviction,
and tried to behave morosely with Rostov. But the latter's good-nature naivete was so boundless
that sometimes even he involuntarily yielded to Nicholas good humor. Toward the end of the evening,
however, as the wife's face grew more flushed and animated, the husbands became more and more
melancholy and solemn, as though there were but a given amount of animation between them,
and as the wife's share increased, the husbands diminished.
End of Book 12, Chapter 4.
Book 12, Chapter 5, of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 5
Nicholas sat leaning slightly forward in an armchair,
bending closely over the blonde lady,
and paying her mythological compliments with a smile that never left his face.
jauntily shifting the position of his legs in their tight writing breeches,
diffusing an order of perfume, and admiring his partner himself
and the fine outlines of his legs in their well-fitting Heshen boots,
Nicholas told the blonde lady that he wished to run away with a certain lady here in Voronesh.
"'Which lady?'
"'A charming lady, a divine one.
Her eyes.'
looked at his partner,
are blue, her mouth coral and ivory,
her figure, he glanced at her shoulders,
like Diana's.
The husband came up and sullenly asked his wife
what she was talking about.
Ah, Nikita Ivanovich, cried Nicholas,
rising politely, and as if wishing Nikita Ivanovich
to share his joke, he began to tell him of his intention
to elope with a blonde lady.
The husband smiled gloomily, the wife,
gaily. The governor's good-natured wife came up with a look of disapproval.
"'Anna Ignatyevna wants to see you, Nicholas,' said she, pronouncing the name so that
Nicholas had once understood that Anna Ignatyevna was a very important person.
"'Come, Nicholas. You know you let me call you so.'
"'Oh, yes, aunt. Who is she?'
"'Anna Ignatyevna Melvinceva. She has heard from her niece how you rescued her.
Can you guess?
I rescued such a lot of them, said Nicholas.
Her niece, Princess Bokenskaya.
She is here in Voronej with her aunt.
Oh, ho, how you blush.
Why, Art? Not a bit.
Please don't, aunt.
Very well, very well.
Oh, what a fellow you are.
The governor's wife led him up to a tall and very stout old lady
with a blue headdress,
who had just finished her game of cards
with the most important personages of the town.
This was Malvinciva,
Princess Mary's aunt on her mother's side,
a rich, childless widow
who always lived in Voronish.
When Rostov approached her,
she was standing, settling up for the game.
She looked at him,
and, screwing up her eyes sternly,
continued to upbraid the general
who had won from her.
"'Very pleased, mon cher,' she then said,
holding out her hand to Nicholas.
"'Pray, come and see me.'
After a few words about Princess Mary and her late father, whom Malvinceva had evidently not
liked, and having asked what Nicholas knew of Prince Andrew, who also was evidently no favorite
of hers, the important old lady dismissed Nicholas after repeating her invitation to come to
see her. Nicholas promised to come and blushed again as he bowed. At the mention of Princess
Mary he experienced a feeling of shyness and even of fear, which he himself did not understand.
When he had parted from Melvinciva, Nicholas wished to return to the dancing,
but the governor's little wife placed her plump little hand on his sleeve, and saying that
she wanted to have a talk with him, led him to her sitting-room, from which those who were
there immediately withdrew so as not to be in her way.
"'Do you know, dear boy?' began the governor's wife with a serious expression on her kind
little face.
"'That really would be the match for you.
Would you like me to arrange it?'
"'Whom do you mean, aunt?' asked Nicholas.
"'I will make a match for you with the princess.
Catherine Petrovna speaks of Lily, but I say no, the princess.
Do you want me to do it?
I am sure your mother will be grateful to me.
What a charming girl she is, really.
And she is not at all so plain either.'
"'Not at all,' replied Nicholas, as if offended at the idea.
"'As befits a soldier, aunt, I don't force myself on any one.'
or refuse anything, he said before he had time to consider what he was saying.
Well, then, remember, this is not a joke. Of course not. Yes, yes, the governor's wife said
as if talking to herself. But, my dear boy, among other things, you are too attentive to the
other, the blonde. One is sorry for the husband, really. Oh, no, we are good friends with him,
said Nicholas in the simplicity of his heart.
It did not enter his head that a pastime so pleasant to himself might not be pleasant to
someone else.
"'But what nonsense I have been saying to the governor's wife,' thought Nicholas suddenly at supper.
"'She will really begin to arrange a match. And Sonia—'
And on taking leave of the governor's wife, when she again smilingly said to him,
"'Well, then, remember?' he drew her aside.
"'But see here. To tell the truth, aunt—'
"'What is it, my dear? Come, let's sit down here,' said she.
Nicholas suddenly felt a desire and need to tell his most intimate thoughts,
which he would not have told to his mother, his sister, or his friend,
to this woman who was almost a stranger.
When he afterwards recalled that impulse to unsolicited and inexplicable frankness,
which had very important results for him, it seemed to him,
as it seems to everyone in such cases,
that it was merely some silly whim that seized him.
Yet that burst of frankness,
together with other trifling events,
had immense consequences for him and for all his family.
You see, Aunt, Mama has long wanted me to marry an heiress,
but the very idea of marrying for money is repugnant to me.
Oh, yes, I understand, said the governor's wife.
But Princess Bokenskaya, that's another matter.
I will tell you the truth.
In the first place, I like her very much.
I feel drawn to her.
And then, after I met her under such circumstances,
so, strangely, the idea often occurred to me,
this is fate.
Especially if you remember that Mama had long been thinking of it.
But I had never happened to meet her before.
Somehow it had always happened that we did not meet.
And as long as my sister Natasha was engaged to her brother,
it was, of course, out of the question for me to think of marrying her.
And it must needs happen that I should meet her just when Natasha's engagement had been
broken off, and then everything.
So, you see, I never told this to anyone and never will, only to you.
The governor's wife pressed his elbow gratefully.
You know, Sonia, my cousin?
I love her, and promised to marry her, and will do so.
So, you see, there can be no question about, said Nicholas incoherently and blushing.
My dear boy, what a way to look at it.
You know Sonia has nothing, and you yourself say your papa's affairs are in a very bad way.
And what about your mother?
It would kill her, that's one thing.
And what sort of life would it be for Sonia, if she's a girl with a heart?
Your mother in despair, and you all ruined?
"'No, my dear, you and Sonia ought to understand that.'
Nicholas remained silent. It comforted him to hear these arguments.
"'All the same ought, it is impossible.' He rejoined with a sigh after a short pause.
"'Besides, would the princess have me? And besides, she is now in mourning. How can one think of it?'
"'But you don't suppose I'm going to get you married at once. There is all
a right way of doing things, replied the governor's wife.
"'What a matchmaker you are, aunt,' said Nicholas, kissing her plump little hand.
End of Book 12, Chapter 5. Book 12, Chapter 6 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 6
On reaching Moscow after her meeting with Rostov, Princess Mary had found her nephew there with his tutor,
and a letter from Prince Andrew giving her instructions how to get to her Aunt Malvinceva at Veronage.
That feeling akin to temptation, which had tormented her during her father's illness since his death,
and especially since her meeting with Rostov, was smothered by arrangements for the journey,
anxiety about her brother, settling in a new house, meeting new people,
and attending to her nephew's education.
She was sad.
Now, after a month passed in quiet surroundings,
she felt more and more deeply the loss of her father
which was associated in her mind with the ruin of Russia.
She was agitated and incessantly tortured by the thought of the dangers
to which her brother, the only intimate person now remaining to her, was exposed.
She was worried, too, about her nephew's education,
for which she had always felt herself in conversation.
competent. But in the depths of her soul she felt at peace, a peace arising from consciousness of having
stifled those personal dreams and hopes that had been on the point of awakening within her,
and were related to her meeting with Rostov. The day after her party, the governor's wife came
to see Malvinciva, and, after discussing her plan with the aunt, remarked that, though under present
circumstances, a formal betrothal was, of course, not to be thought of, all the same,
the young people might be brought together and could get to know one another.
Malvinceva expressed approval,
and the governor's wife began to speak of Rostov in Mary's presence,
praising him and telling how he had blushed when Princess Mary's name was mentioned.
But Princess Mary experienced a painful, rather than a joyful feeling.
Her mental tranquility was destroyed,
and desires, doubts, self-reproach, and hopes reawoke.
During the two days that elapsed before Rostov called,
Princess Mary continually thought of how she ought to behave to him.
First, she decided not to come to the drawing-room when he called to see her aunt,
that it would be not proper for her, in her deep morning, to receive visitors.
Then she thought this would be rude, after what he had done for her.
Then it occurred to her that her aunt and the governor's wife had intentions concerning
herself and Rostov.
Their looks and words at times seemed to confirm this supposition.
Then she told herself that only she, with her sinful nature, could think this of them.
They could not forget that situated as she was, while still wearing deep mourning,
such matchmaking would be an insult to her and to her father's memory.
Assuming that she did go down to see him, Princess Mary imagined the words he would say to her
and what she would say to him, and these words sometimes seemed undeservedly cold and then to mean too much.
more than anything she feared lest the confusion she felt might overwhelm her and betray her as soon as she saw him.
But when on Sunday after church the footman announced in the drawing-room that Count Rostov had called,
the princess showed no confusion, only a slight blush suffused her cheeks and her eyes lit up with a new and radiant light.
"'You have met him, aunt?' said she in a calm voice,
unable herself to understand that she could be outwardly so calm and natural.
When Rostov entered the room, the princess dropped her eyes for an instant,
as if to give the visitor time to greet her aunt.
And then, just as Nicholas turned to her, she raised her head and met his look with shining eyes.
With a movement full of dignity and grace, she half rose with a smile of pleasure,
held out her slender, delicate hand to him,
and began to speak in a voice in which, for the first time,
new deep womanly notes vibrated.
Mademoiselle Burienne, who was in the drawing-room,
looked at Princess Mary in bewildered surprise.
Herself, a consummate coquette,
she could not have maneuvered better on meeting a man she wished to attract.
Either Black is particularly becoming to her,
or she really has greatly improved without my having noticed it.
And above all, what tact and grace, thought Mademoiselle Burien.
Had Princess Mary,
been capable of reflection at that moment, she would have been more surprised than Mademoiselle
Berienne at the change that had taken place in herself. From the moment she recognized that dear
loved face, a new life-force took possession of her, and compelled her to speak and act apart from her
own will. From the time Rostov entered, her face became suddenly transformed. It was as if a light
had been kindled in a carved and painted lantern and the intricate, skillful, artistic work on its
sides, that previously seemed dark, coarse, and meaningless, was suddenly shown up in unexpected
and striking beauty. For the first time, all that pure, spiritual, inward travail through which
she had lived, appeared on the surface. All her inward labor, her dissatisfaction with herself,
her sufferings, her strivings after goodness, her meekness, love, and self-sacrifice,
all this now shone in those radiant eyes,
in her delicate smile and in every trait of her gentle face.
Rostov saw all this as clearly as if he had known her whole life.
He felt that the being before him was quite different from
and better than anyone he had met before,
and above all, better than himself.
Their conversation was very simple and unimportant.
They spoke of the war,
and like everyone else, unconsciously.
exaggerated their sorrow about it. They spoke of their last meeting, Nicholas trying to change
the subject. They talked of the governor's kind wife, of Nicholas relations, and of Princess
Mary's. She did not talk about her brother, diverting the conversation as soon as her aunt
mentioned Andrew. Evidently, she could speak of Russia's misfortunes with a certain artificiality,
but her brother was too near her heart, and she neither could nor would speak lightly of him.
Nicholas noticed this, as he noticed every shade of Princess Mary's character with an observation
unusual to him, and everything confirmed his conviction that she was a quite unusual and extraordinary
being. Nicholas blushed and was confused when people spoke to him about the princess, as she did
when he was mentioned, and even when he thought of her, but in her presence he felt quite at ease,
and said not at all what he had prepared, but what, quite appropriately, occurred to him at
moment. When a pause occurred during his short visit, Nicholas, as is usual when there are
children, turned to Prince Andrew's little son, caressing him and asking whether he would like to be
and Hussar. He took the boy on his knee, played with him, and looked round at Princess Mary.
With a softened, happy, timid look, she watched the boy she loved in the arms of the man she
loved. Nicholas also noticed that look, and, as if understanding it, flushed with pleasure and
began to kiss the boy with good-natured playfulness.
As she was in mourning, Princess Mary did not go out into society,
and Nicholas did not think it the proper thing to visit her again.
But all the same, the governor's wife went on with her matchmaking,
passing on to Nicholas the flattering things Princess Mary said of him, and vice versa,
and insisting on his declaring himself to Princess Mary.
For this purpose, she arranged a meeting between the young people at the bishop's house before Mass,
Though Rostov told the governor's wife that he would not make any declaration to Princess Mary,
he promised to go.
As at Tilsit, Rostov had not allowed himself to doubt that what everybody considered right was right,
so now, after a short but sincere struggle between his effort to arrange his life by his own sense of justice
and in obedient submission to circumstances, he chose the latter and yielded to the power he felt irresistibly
carrying him he knew not where.
He knew that after his promise to Sonia it would be what he deemed base to declare his feelings to Princess Mary, and he knew that he would never act basely. But he also knew, or rather felt at the bottom of his heart, that by resigning himself now to the force of circumstances and to those who were guiding him, he was not only doing nothing wrong, but was doing something very important, more important than anything he had ever done in his life.
After meeting Princess Mary, though the course of his life went on externally as before,
all his former amusements lost their charm for him, and he often thought about her.
But he never thought about her, as he had thought of all the young ladies without exception
whom he had met in society, nor as he had thought for a long time and at one time rapturously
thought about Sonia. He had pictured each of those young ladies as almost all honest-hearted young men do,
that is, as a possible wife, adapting her in his imagination to all the conditions of married life.
A white dressing-gown, his wife at the tea-table, his wife's carriage, little ones,
mama and papa, their relations to her and so on. And these pictures of the future had given him
pleasure. But with Princess Mary, to whom they were trying to get him engaged, he could never
picture anything of future married life. If he tried, his picture seemed in congeny.
gris and false, and it made him afraid.
End of Book 12, Chapter 6.
Book 12, Chapter 7, of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 7
The dreadful news of the Battle of Borodino, of our losses in killed and wounded,
and the still more terrible news of the loss of Moscow reached Voronnes in the middle of September.
Princess Mary, having learned of her brother's wound only from the Gazette,
and having no definite news of him, prepared, so Nicholas heard, he had not seen her again himself,
to set off in search of Prince Andrew.
When he received the news of the Battle of Borodino and the abandonment of Moscow,
Rostov was not seized with despair, anger, the desire for vener.
or any feeling of that kind, but everything in Veronis suddenly seemed to him dull and tiresome,
and he experienced an indefinite feeling of shame and awkwardness.
The conversations he heard seemed to him insincere. He did not know how to judge all these
affairs, and felt that only in the regiment would everything again become clear to him.
He made haste to finish buying the horses, and often became unreasonably angry with his servant
and squadron quartermaster.
A few days before his departure,
a special Thanksgiving,
at which Nicholas was present,
was held in the cathedral for the Russian victory.
He stood a little behind the governor
and held himself with military decorum
through the service,
meditating on a great variety of subjects.
When the service was over,
the governor's wife beckoned him to her.
Have you seen the princess, she asked,
indicating with a movement of her head
a lady standing on the opposite side beyond the choir.
Nicholas immediately recognized Princess Mary,
not so much by the profile he saw under her bonnet
as by the feeling of solicitude, timidity, and pity
that immediately overcame him.
Princess Mary, evidently engrossed by her thoughts,
was crossing herself for the last time before leaving the church.
Nicholas looked at her face with surprise.
It was the same face he had seen before,
there was the same general expression of refined inner spiritual labor,
but now it was quite differently lit up.
There was a pathetic expression of sorrow, prayer, and hope in it.
As had occurred before when she was present,
Nicholas went up to her without waiting to be prompted by the governor's wife,
and not asking himself whether or not it was right and proper to address her here in church,
and told her he had heard of her trouble and sympathized with his whole soul.
As soon as she heard his voice, a vivid glow kindled in her face, lighting up both her sorrow
and her joy.
"'There is one thing I wanted to tell you, Princess,' said Rostov.
"'It is that if your brother, Prince Andrew Nikolaevich, were not living, it would have been
at once announced in the Gazette as he is a colonel.'
The princess looked at him, not grasping what he was saying, but cheered by the expression of
regretful sympathy on his face.
"'And I have known so many cases of a splinter wound.'
The Gazette said it was a shell, either proving fatal at once or being very slight,'
continued Nicholas.
"'We must hope for the best, and I am sure.'
Princess Mary interrupted him.
"'Oh, that would be so dread!' she began, and prevented by agitation from finishing.
She bent her head with a movement as graceful as everything she did in his
presence, and looking up at him gratefully, went out following her aunt.
That evening Nicholas did not go out, but stayed at home to settle some accounts with the
horse-dealers. When he had finished that business, it was already too late to go anywhere, but still
too early to go to bed, and for a long time he paced up and down the room, reflecting on his life
a thing he rarely did. Princess Mary had made an agreeable impression on him when he had met her
in Smolensk province. His having encountered her in such exceptional circumstances, and his mother,
having at one time mentioned her to him as a good match, had drawn his particular attention to her.
When he met her again in Veronage, the impression she made on him was not merely pleasing, but powerful.
Nicholas had been struck by the peculiar moral beauty he observed in her at this time. He was,
however, preparing to go away, and it had not entered his head to regret that he was
thus depriving himself of chances of meeting her. But that day's encounter in church, had he felt,
sunk deeper than was desirable for his peace of mind. That pale, sad, refined face, that radiant look,
those gentle, graceful gestures, and especially the deep and tender sorrow expressed in all her
features agitated him and evoked his sympathy. In men, Rostov could not bear to see the expression
of a higher spiritual life.
That was why he did not like Prince Andrew,
and he referred to it contemptuously
as philosophy and dreaminess.
But in Princess Mary,
that very sorrow which revealed the depth
of a whole spiritual world foreign to him
was an irresistible attraction.
She must be a wonderful woman,
a real angel, he said to himself.
Why am I not free?
Why was I in such a hurry with Sonia?
and he involuntarily compared the two, the lack of spirituality in the one and the abundance of it in the other,
a spirituality he himself lacked and therefore valued most highly.
He tried to picture what would happen were he free, how he would propose to her, and how she would become his wife.
But no, he could not imagine that.
He felt awed, and no clear picture presented itself to his mind.
He had long ago pictured to himself a future with Sonia, and that was all clear and simple
just because it had all been thought out, and he knew all there was in Sonia.
But it was impossible to picture a future with Princess Mary, because he did not understand
her, but simply loved her.
Reveries about Sonia had had something merry and playful in them, but to dream of Princess
Mary was always difficult and a little frightening.
How she prayed, he thought.
It was plain that her whole soul was in her prayer.
Yes, that was the prayer that moves mountains,
and I am sure her prayer will be answered.
Why don't I pray for what I want?
He suddenly thought.
What do I want?
To be free, released from Sonia.
She was right, he thought, remembering what the governor's wife had said.
Nothing but misfortune can come of marrying Sonia.
muddles, grief for Mama, business difficulties, muddles, terrible muddles. Besides, I don't love her,
not as I should. Oh, God, release me from this dreadful, inextricable position. He suddenly began to
pray. Yes, prayer can move mountains, but one must have faith and not pray as Natasha and I used to
his children, that the snow might turn into sugar, and then run out into the yard to see whether
it had done so. No, but I am not praying for trifles now, he thought as he put his pipe down in a
corner, and folding his hands, placed himself before the icon. Softened by memories of Princess
Mary, he began to pray as he had not done for a long time. Tears were in his eyes and in his throat
when the door opened and Lavrushka came in with some papers.
Blockhead, why do you come in without being called?
cried Nicholas, quickly changing his attitude.
"'From the governor,' said Lavrushka in a sleepy voice.
"'A courier has arrived and there is a letter for you.'
"'Well, all right, thanks. You can go.'
Nicholas took the two letters, one of which was from his mother and the other from Sonia.
He recognized them by the handwriting and opened Sonia's first.
He had read only a few lines when he turned page.
and his eyes opened wide with fear and joy.
No, it's not possible, he cried aloud.
Unable to sit still, he paced up and down the room, holding the letter and reading it.
He glanced through it, then read it again, and then again,
and standing still in the middle of the room, he raised his shoulders,
stretching out his hands with his mouth wide open and his eyes fixed.
What he had just been praying for with confidence that God would
hear him had come to pass. But Nicholas was as much astonished as if it were something
extraordinary and unexpected, and as if the very fact that it had happened so quickly proved
that it had not come from God to whom he had prayed, but by some ordinary coincidence.
This unexpected, and, as it seemed to Nicholas, quite voluntary letter from Sonia, freed him
from the knot that fettered him and from which there had seemed no escape. She wrote that the last
unfortunate events, the loss of almost the whole of the Rostov's Moscow property, and the
countess repeatedly expressed wish that Nicholas should marry Princess Bolkanskaya,
together with his silence and coldness of late, had all combined to make her decide to release him
from his promise and set him completely free.
"'It would be too painful to me to think that I might be a cause of sorrow or discord in the
family that has been so good to me,' she wrote.
and my love has no aim but the happiness of those I love.
So, Nicholas, I beg you to consider yourself free,
and to be assured that, in spite of everything,
no one can love you more than does, your Sonia.
Both letters were written from Trawitzha.
The other, from the Countess,
described their last days in Moscow, their departure,
the fire, and the destruction of all their property.
In this letter, the Countess also mentioned that Prince Andrew
was among the wounded,
traveling with them. His state was very critical, but the doctor said there was now more hope.
Sonia and Natasha were nursing him.
Next day, Nicholas took his mother's letter and went to see Princess Mary.
Neither he nor she said a word about what Natasha nursing him might mean, but thanks to this
letter, Nicholas suddenly became almost as intimate with the princess as if they were relations.
The following day he saw Princess Mary off on her journey to Yaroslavl,
and a few days later, left to rejoin his regiment.
End of Book 12, Chapter 7.
Book 12, Chapter 8.
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 8
Sonia's letter was written from Troitsa,
which had come as an answer to Nicholas' prayer,
was prompted by this.
the thought of getting Nicholas married to an heiress occupied the old Countess's mind more and more.
She knew that Sonia was the chief obstacle to this happening,
and Sonia's life in the Countess' house had grown harder and harder,
especially after they had received a letter from Nicholas telling of his meeting with Princess Mary and Bogacharovo.
The Countess let no occasion slip of making humiliating or cruel allusions to Sonia.
But a few days before they left Moscow, moved and excited by all that was
going on, she called Sonia to her, and instead of reproaching and making demands on her,
tearfully implored her to sacrifice herself and repay all that the family had done for her
by breaking off her engagement with Nicholas.
"'I shall not be at peace till you promise me this.'
Sonia burst into hysterical tears and replied through her sobs that she would do anything
and was prepared for anything, but gave no actual promise and could not bring herself
to decide to do what was demanded of her.
She must sacrifice herself for the family that had reared and brought her up.
To sacrifice herself for others was Sonia's habit.
Her position in the house was such that only by sacrifice could she show her worth,
and she was accustomed to this and loved doing it.
But in all her former acts of self-sacrifice,
she had been happily conscious that they had raised her in her own esteem and that of others,
and so made her more worthy of Nicholas, whom she loved more than anything in the world.
But now they wanted her to sacrifice the very thing that constituted the whole reward for
her self-sacrifice and the whole meaning of her life.
And for the first time she felt bitterness against those who had been her benefactors
only to torture her the more painfully.
She felt jealous of Natasha, who had never experienced anything of this sort, had never
needed to sacrifice herself, but made others sacrifice themselves for her, and yet was
beloved by everybody.
And for the first time, Sonia felt that out of her pure, quiet love for Nicholas,
a passionate feeling was beginning to grow up which was stronger than principle,
virtue, or religion.
Under the influence of this feeling, Sonia, whose life of dependence had taught her
involuntarily to be secretive, having answered the Countess in vague general terms,
avoided talking with her and resolved to wait till she should see Nicholas,
not in order to set him free, but on the conscience.
contrary, at that meeting, to bind him to her forever.
The bustle and terror of the Rostov's last days in Moscow
stifled the gloomy thoughts that oppressed Sonia.
She was glad to find escape from them in practical activity.
But when she heard of Prince Andrew's presence in their house,
despite her sincere pity for him and for Natasha,
she was seized by a joyful and superstitious feeling
that God did not intend her to be separated from Nicholas.
She knew that Natasha loved no one but Prince Andrew, and had never ceased to love him.
She knew that being thrown together again under such terrible circumstances, they would again
fall in love with one another, and that Nicholas would then not be able to marry Princess Mary,
as they would be within the prohibited degrees of affinity.
Despite all the terror of what had happened during those last days and during the first days
of their journey, this feeling that Providence was intervening in her personal affairs,
cheered Sonia.
At the Troitsa Monastery, the Rostovs first broke their journey for a whole day.
Three large rooms were assigned to them in the monastery hostelry, one of which was occupied by
Prince Andrew.
The wounded man was much better that day, and Natasha was sitting with him.
In the next room sat the Count and Countess respectfully conversing with the Pryor,
who was calling on them as old acquaintances and benefactors of the monastery.
Sonia was there, too, tormented by curiosity as to what Prince Andrew and Natasha were talking about.
She heard the sound of their voices through the door.
That door opened and Natasha came out, looking excited.
Not noticing the monk, who had risen to greet her and was drawing back the wide sleeve on his right arm,
she went up to Sonia and took her hand.
"'Natasha, what are you about? Come here,' said the Countess.
Natasha went up to the monk for his blessing,
and he advised her to pray for aid to God and his saint.
As soon as the prior withdrew,
Natasha took her friend by the hand and went with her into the unoccupied room.
Sonia, will he live? she asked.
Sonia, how happy I am!
And how unhappy!
Sonia, Dovey, everything is as it used to be.
If only he lives.
He cannot...
"'Because—because—'
"'And Natasha burst into tears.
"'Yes, I knew it, thank God,' murmured Sonia.
"'He will live.'
Sonia was not less agitated than her friend
by the latter's fear and grief,
and by her own personal feelings which she shared with no one.
Sobbing, she kissed and comforted Natasha.
"'If only he lives,' she thought.
Having wept, talked, and wiped away their tears, the two friends went together to Prince Andrew's door.
Natasha opened it cautiously and glanced into the room, Sonia, standing beside her, at the half-open door.
Prince Andrew was lying raised high on three pillows.
His pale face was calm, his eyes closed, and they could see his regular breathing.
"'Oh, Natasha!' Sonia suddenly almost screamed,
catching her companion's arm and stepping back from the door.
"'What? What is it?' asked Natasha.
"'It's that—that,' said Sonia, with a white face and trembling lips.
Natasha softly closed the door and went with Sonia to the window,
not yet understanding what the latter was telling her.
"'You remember,' said Sonia, with a solemn and frightened expression.
"'You remember when I looked in the mirror for you, at Otradno at Christmas?
"'Do you remember what I saw?'
"'Yes, yes,' cried Natasha, opening her eyes wide,
and vaguely recalling that Sonia had told her something about Prince Andrew
whom she had seen lying down.
"'You remember?' Sonia went on.
"'I saw it then and told everybody, you and Donyasha.
"'I saw him lying on a bed,' said she, making a gesture with her hand
and a lifted finger at each detail.
"'And that he had his eyes closed and was covered just with a pink quilt,
and that his hands were folded.
She concluded, convincing herself that the details she had just seen were exactly what she had seen in the mirror.
She had, in fact, seen nothing then, but had mentioned the first thing that came into her head.
But what she had invented then seemed to her now as real as any other recollection.
She not only remembered what she had then said, that he turned to look at her and smiled and was covered with something red,
but was firmly convinced that she had then seen and said that he was covered with a pink quilt
and that his eyes were closed.
"'Yes, yes, it really was pink,' cried Natasha,
who now thought she too remembered the word pink being used,
and saw in this the most extraordinary and mysterious part of the prediction.
"'But what does it mean?' she added meditatively.
"'Oh, I don't know. It is all so strange,' replied so.
Sonia clutching at her head.
A few minutes later, Prince Andrew rang and Natasha went to him.
But Sonia, feeling unusually excited and touched,
remained at the window thinking about the strangeness of what had occurred.
They had an opportunity that day to send letters to the army,
and the Countess was writing to her son.
Sonia, said the Countess, raising her eyes from her letter as her niece passed.
"'Sonia, won't you write to Nicholas?'
She spoke in a soft, tremulous voice,
and in the weary eyes that looked over her spectacles,
Sonia read all that the Countess meant to convey with these words.
Those eyes expressed entreaty, shame at having to ask,
fear of a refusal, and readiness for relentless hatred in case of such refusal.
Sonia went up to the Countess, and kneeling down, kissed her hand.
"'Yes, Mama, I will remember.
right, said she.
Sonia was softened, excited, and touched by all that had occurred that day, especially by
the mysterious fulfillment she had just seen of her vision.
Now that she knew that the renewal of Natasha's relations with Prince Andrew would prevent
Nicholas from marrying Princess Mary, she was joyfully conscious of a return of that self-sacrificing
spirit in which she was accustomed to live and loved to live.
So, with a joyful consciousness of performing a magnanimous deed,
interrupted several times by the tears that dimmed her velvety black eyes,
she wrote that touching letter the arrival of which had so amazed Nicholas.
End of Book 12, Chapter 8.
Book 12, Chapter 9
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12 Chapter 9
The officers and soldiers who had arrested Pierre
treated him with hostility but yet with respect in the guardhouse to which he was taken.
In their attitude toward him could still be felt both uncertainty as to who he might be,
perhaps a very important person, and hostility as a result of their recent personal conflict with him.
But when the guard was relieved next morning, Pierre felt that,
for the new guard, both officers and men, he was not as interesting as he had been to his captors.
And, in fact, the guard of the second day did not recognize in this big, stout man in a peasant
coat, the vigorous person who had fought so desperately with the marauder and the convoy,
and had uttered those solemn words about saving a child. They saw in him only number 17 of the
captured Russians, arrested and detained for some reason by order of the higher command.
If they noticed anything remarkable about Pierre, it was only his unabashed meditative concentration
and thoughtfulness, and the way he spoke French, which struck them as surprisingly good.
In spite of this, he was placed that day with the other arrested suspects, as the separate
room he had occupied was required by an officer.
All the Russians confined with Pierre were men of the lowest class, and, recognizing him
as a gentleman, they all avoided him, more especially as he spoke French. Pierre felt sad at hearing
them making fun of him. That evening he learned that all these prisoners, he probably among them,
were to be tried for incendiarism. On the third day he was taken with the others to a house
where a French general with a white mustache sat with two colonels and other Frenchmen with scarves
on their arms. With the precision and definiteness customary in addressing prisoners,
and which is supposed to preclude human frailty. Pierre, like the others, was questioned as to who he was,
where he had been, with what object, and so on. These questions, like questions put at trials generally,
left the essence of the matter aside, shut out the possibility of that essence is being revealed,
and were designed only to form a channel through which the judges wished the answers of the accused to flow,
so as to lead to the desired result, namely a conviction.
As soon as Pierre began to say anything that did not fit in with that aim,
the channel was removed and the water could flow to waste.
Pierre felt, moreover, what the accused always feel at their trial,
perplexity as to why these questions were put to him.
He had a feeling that it was only out of condescension or a kind of civility
that this device of placing a channel was employed.
He knew he was in these men's power,
that only by force had they brought him,
there, that force alone gave them the right to demand answers to their questions, and that the
sole object of that assembly was to inculpate him. And so, as they had the power and wished to
inculpate him, this expedient of an inquiry and trial seemed unnecessary. It was evident that
any answer would lead to conviction. When asked what he was doing when he was arrested,
Pierre replied in a rather tragic manner that he was restoring to its parents a child he had saved
from the flames. Why had he fought the marauder? Pierre answered that he was protecting a woman,
and that, to protect a woman who was being insulted was the duty of every man, that—they interrupted
him, for this was not to the point. Why was he in the yard of a burning house where witnesses had
seen him? He replied that he had gone out to see what was happening in Moscow. Again they interrupted
him. They had not asked where he was going, but why he had not asked where he was going, but why he had
was found near the fire.
Who was he, they asked, repeating their first question, which he had declined to answer.
Again, he replied that he could not answer it.
Put that down. That's bad. Very bad, sternly remarked the general with the white mustache and
red flushed face. On the fourth day, fires broke out on the Zubovsky rampart.
Pierre and thirteen others were removed to the coach-house of a merchant's house near the
Crimean Bridge.
On his way through the streets, Pierre felt stifled by the smoke, which seemed to hang over the
whole city.
Fires were visible on all sides.
He did not then realize the significance of the burning of Moscow, and looked at the fires with
horror.
He passed four days in the coach-house near the Crimean Bridge, and during that time, learned
from the talk of the French soldiers that all those confined there were awaiting a decision
which might come any day from the Marshal.
What this Marshal was, Pierre could not learn from the soldiers.
Evidently, for them, the Marshal, represented a very high and rather mysterious power.
These first days, before the 8th of September, when the prisoners were head up for a second examination,
were the hardest of all for Pierre.
End of Book 12, Chapter 9.
Book 12, Chapter 10, of War and Peace, Volume 4.
by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 10
On the 8th of September, an officer, a very important one judging by the respect the guard
showed him, entered the coach house where the prisoners were.
This officer, probably someone on the staff, was holding a paper in his hand, and called over
all the Russians there, naming Pierre as the man who does not give his name.
glancing indolately and indifferently at all the prisoners, he ordered the officer in charge
to have them decently dressed and tied it up before taking them to the marshal.
An hour later, a squad of soldiers arrived, and Pierre, with thirteen others, was led to the
Virgin's field.
It was a fine day, sunny after rain, and the air was unusually pure.
The smoke did not hang low as on the day when Pierre had been taken from the guardhouse
on the Zubovsky rampart, but rose through the pure air in columns.
No flames were seen, but columns of smoke rose on all sides,
and all Moscow, as far as Pierre could see, was one vast, charred ruin.
On all sides there were waste spaces, with only stoves and chimney-stacks still standing,
and here and there the blackened walls of some brick houses.
Pierre gazed at the ruins and did not recognize districts he had known well.
Here and there he could see churches that had not been burned.
The Kremlin, which was not destroyed, gleamed white in the distance with its towers and the
belfry of Ivan the Great.
The domes of the new convent of the Virgin glittered brightly and its bells were ringing
particularly clearly.
These bells reminded Pierre that it was Sunday and the feast of the nativity of the Virgin.
But there seemed to be no one to celebrate this holiday.
Everywhere were blackened ruins.
and the few Russians to be seen were tattered and frightened people,
who tried to hide when they saw the French.
It was plain that the Russian nest was ruined and destroyed,
but in place of the Russian order of life that had been destroyed,
Pierre unconsciously felt that a quite different, firm French order
had been established over this ruined nest.
He felt this in the looks of the soldiers,
who marching in regular ranks, briskly and gaily,
were escorting him and the other criminals.
He felt it in the looks of an important French official in a carriage and pair driven by a soldier,
whom they met on the way. He felt it in the merry sounds of regimental music he heard from the
left side of the field, and felt and realized it especially from the list of prisoners the French
officer had read out when he came that morning. Pierre had been taken by one set of soldiers
and led first to one and then to another place with dozens of other men, and it seemed that they
might have forgotten him or confused him with the others. But no, the answers he had given when
questioned had come back to him in his designation as, the man who does not give his name.
And under that appellation, which to Pierre seemed terrible, they were now leading him somewhere
with unhesitating assurance on their faces that he and all the other prisoners were exactly the
ones they wanted, and that they were being taken to the proper place. Pierre felt himself to be an
insignificant ship fallen among the wheels of a machine, whose action he did not understand,
but which was working well. He and the other prisoners were taken to the right side of the
Virgin's field, to a large white house with an immense garden not far from the convent.
This was Prince Sherbatov's house, where Pierre had often been in other days, and which, as he
learned from the talk of the soldiers, was now occupied by the Marshal, the Duke of Ekmuel, Davao.
They were taken to the entrance and led into the house one by one.
Pierre was the sixth to enter.
He was conducted through a glass gallery, an ante-room, and a hall,
which were familiar to him, into a long low study at the door of which stood an adjutant.
DeVos, spectacles on nose, sat bent over a table at the further end of the room.
Pierre went close up to him, but DeVos, evidently consulting a paper that lay before him,
did not look up. Without raising his eyes, he said in a low voice,
"'Who are you?' Pierre was silent because he was incapable of uttering a word. To him,
Davao was not merely a French general, but a man notorious for his cruelty.
Looking at his cold face, as he sat like a stern schoolmaster who was prepared to wait
a while for an answer, Pierre felt that every instant of delay might cost him his life,
but he did not know what to say.
He did not venture to repeat what he had said at his first examination,
yet to disclose his rank and position was dangerous and embarrassing.
So he was silent.
But before he had decided what to do,
DeVaux raised his head, pushed his spectacles back on his forehead,
screwed up his eyes, and looked intently at him.
"'I know that man,' he said in a cold, measured tone,
evidently calculated to frighten Pierre.
The chill that had been running down Pierre's back
now seized his head as in a vice.
"'You cannot know me, General. I have never seen you.'
"'He is a Russian spy,' DeVos interrupted,
addressing another general who was present,
but whom Pierre had not noticed.
DeVos turned away. With an unexpected reverberation in his voice,
Pierre rapidly began.
"'No, Monseigneur,' he said, suddenly remembering that DeVos was a duke.
"'No, Monseigneur, you cannot have known me. I am a militia officer and have not quitted Moscow.'
"'Your name?' asked DeVos.
"'Bezukov.'
"'What prove have I that you are not lying?'
"'Monsignor,' exclaimed Pierre, not in an offended but in a pleading voice.
DeVos looked up and gazed intently at him.
For some seconds they looked at one another, and that look saved Pierre.
Apart from conditions of war and law, that look established human relations between the two men.
At that moment, an immense number of things passed dimly through both their minds,
and they realized that they were both children of humanity and were brothers.
At the first glance, when DeVoe had only raised his head from the papers
where human affairs and lives were indicated by numbers, Pierre was merely a circumstance,
and DeVos could have shot him without burdening his conscience with an evil deed,
but now he saw in him a human being. He reflected for a moment.
"'How can you show me that you are telling the truth?' said DeVos coldly.
Pierre remembered Rambal, and named him and his regiment and the street where the house was.
"'You are not what you say,' returned DeVos.
In a trembling, faltering voice, Pierre began adducing proofs of the truth of his statements.
But at that moment an adjutant entered and reported something to DeVos.
DeVos brightened up at the news the adjutant brought and began buttoning up his uniform.
It seemed that he had quite forgotten Pierre.
When the adjutant reminded him of the prisoner, he jerked his head in Pierre's direction with a frown
and ordered him to be led away.
But where they were to take him, Pierre did not know.
Back to the coach-house, or to the place of execution,
his companions had pointed out to him as they crossed the Virgin's field.
He turned his head and saw that the adjutant was putting another question to DeVos.
Yes, of course, replied DeVos, but what this yes meant Pierre did not know.
Pierre could not afterwards remember how he went,
whether it was far or in which direction.
His faculties were quite numbed.
He was stupefied, and noticing nothing around him,
went on moving his legs as the others did,
till they all stopped and he stopped too.
The only thought in his mind at that time was,
who was it that had really sentenced him to death?
Not the men on the commission that had first examined him.
Not one of them wished to, or evidently could have done it.
It was not DeVoe,
who had looked at him in so human a way.
In another moment, DeVos would have realized that he was doing wrong,
but just then the adjutant had come in and interrupted him.
The adjutant also had evidently had no evil intent,
though he might have refrained from coming in.
Then who was executing him, killing him, depriving him of life?
Him, Pierre, with all his memories, aspirations, hopes, and thoughts.
Who was doing this?
and Pierre felt that it was no one. It was a system, a concurrence of circumstances.
A system of some sort was killing him, Pierre, depriving him of life, of everything,
annihilating him. End of Book 12, Chapter 10. Book 12, Chapter 11, of War and Peace,
Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Omer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12 Chapter 11
From Prince Chirbatov's house, the prisoners were led straight down the Virgin's Field,
to the left of the nunnery, as far as a kitchen garden in which a post had been set up.
Beyond that post, a fresh pit had been dug in the ground,
and near the post and the pit a large crowd stood in a semicircle.
The crowd consisted of a few Russians and many of Napoleon soldiers, who were not on duty,
Germans, Italians, and Frenchmen, in a variety of uniforms.
To the right and left of the post stood rows of French troops in blue uniforms with red epaulets and high boots and shakos.
The prisoners were placed in a certain order, according to the list, Pierre was sixth, and were led to the post.
Several drums suddenly began to beat on both sides of them, and at the sound Pierre felt as if part of his soul had been torn away.
He lost the power of thinking or understanding.
He could only hear and see.
And he had only one wish,
that the frightful thing that had to happen should happen quickly.
Pierre looked round at his fellow prisoners and scrutinized them.
The two first were convicts with shaven heads.
One was tall and thin,
the other dark, shaggy and sinewy with a flat nose.
The third was a domestic surf, about forty-five years old,
with grizzled hair and a plump well-nourished body.
The fourth was a peasant, a very handsome man with a broad, light-brown beard and black eyes.
The fifth was a factory hand, a thin, sallow-faced lad of eighteen in a loose coat.
Pierre heard the French consulting whether to shoot them separately or two at a time.
In couples, replied the officer in command in a calm voice.
There was a stir in the ranks of the soldiers, and it was evident
that they were all hurrying, not as men hurry to do something they understand,
but as people hurry to finish a necessary but unpleasant and incomprehensible task.
A French officer wearing a scarf came up to the right of the row of prisoners
and read out the sentence in Russian and in French.
Then two pairs of Frenchmen approached the criminals,
and at the officer's command took the two convicts who stood first in the row.
The convicts stopped when they reached the post,
and while sacks were being brought, looked dumbly around as a wounded beast looks at an approaching huntsman.
One crossed himself continually, the other scratched his back and made a movement of the lips
resembling a smile. With hurried hands the soldiers blindfolded them, drawing the sacks over their
heads and bound them to the post. Twelve sharpshooters with muskets stepped out of the ranks
with a firm, regular tread, and halted eight paces from the post. Pierre turned away to avoid seeing
what was going to happen.
Suddenly, a crackling, rolling noise was heard
which seemed to him louder than the most horrific thunder,
and he looked round.
There was some smoke,
and the Frenchmen were doing something near the pit,
with pale faces and trembling hands.
Two more prisoners were lit up.
In the same way, and with similar looks,
these two glanced vainly at the onlookers
with only a silent appeal for protection in their eyes,
evidently unable to understand or believe
what was going to have.
happened to them. They could not believe it because they alone knew what their life meant to them,
and so they neither understood nor believed that it could be taken from them. Again Pierre did
not wish to look and again turned away. But again the sound as of a frightful explosion struck
his ear, and at the same moment he saw smoke, blood, and the pale scared faces of the Frenchmen,
who were again doing something by the post, their trembling hands impeding one another.
Pierre, breathing heavily, looked around as if asking what it meant.
The same question was expressed in all the looks that met his.
On the faces of all the Russians and of the French soldiers and officers without exception,
he read the same dismay, horror and conflict that were in his own heart.
But who, after all, is doing this? They are all suffering as I am.
Who then is it? Who? Flashed for an instant through his mind.
"'Sharphooters of the 86th, forward,' shouted someone.
"'The fifth prisoner, the one next to Pierre, was led away, alone.
Pierre did not understand that he was saved,
that he and the rest have been brought there only to witness the execution.
With ever-growing horror and no sense of joy or relief,
he gazed at what was taking place.
The fifth man was the factory lad in the loose cloak.
The moment they laid hands on him, he sprang aside in terror,
and clutched at Pierre. Pierre shuddered and shook himself free. The lad was unable to walk.
They dragged him along, holding him up under the arms, and he screamed. When they got him to the post,
he grew quiet, as if he suddenly understood something. Whether he understood that screaming was
useless, or whether he thought it incredible that men should kill him, at any rate, he took his stand
at the post, waiting to be blindfolded like the others, and like a wounded animal looked around
him with glittering eyes. Pierre was no longer able to turn away and closed his eyes. His curiosity
and agitation, like that of the whole crowd, reached the highest pitch at this fifth murder. Like the
others, this fifth man seemed calm. He wrapped his loose cloak closer and rubbed one bare foot with the
other. When they began to blindfold him, he himself adjusted the knot which hurt the back of his
head. Then, when they propped him against the blood-stained post, he leaned back, and not being comfortable
in that position, straightened himself, adjusted his feet, and leaned back again more comfortably.
Pierre did not take his eyes from him and did not miss his slightest movement.
Probably a word of command was given, and was followed by the reports of eight muskets. But try as
he would, Pierre could not afterwards remember having heard the slightest sound of the shots.
He only saw how workmen suddenly sank down on the cords that held him, how blood showed itself
in two places, how the rope slackened under the weight of the hanging body, and how the workman
sat down, his head hanging unnaturally and one leg bent under him.
Pierre ran up to the post. No one hindered him. Pale, frightened people were doing something
around the workmen. The lower jaw of an old Frenchman with a thick mustache trembled as he untied
the ropes. The body collapsed. The soldiers dragged it awkwardly from the post and began pushing it
into the pit. They all plainly and certainly knew that they were criminals who must hide the traces
of their guilt as quickly as possible. Pierre glanced into the pit and saw that the factory lad
was lying with his knees close up to his head and one shoulder higher than the other. That
shoulder rose and fell rhythmically and convulsively, but spadefuls of earth were already
being thrown over the whole body.
One of the soldiers, evidently suffering, shouted gruffly and angrily at Pierre to go back.
But Pierre did not understand him and remained near the post, and no one drove him away.
When the pit had been filled up, a command was given.
Pierre was taken back to his place, and the rows of troops on both sides of the post made a half-turn
and went past it at a measured pace.
The 24 sharpshooters with discharged muskets,
standing in the center of the circle,
ran back to their places as the companies passed by.
Pierre gazed now with dazed eyes at these sharpshooters
who ran in couples out of the circle.
All but one rejoined their companies.
This one, a young soldier,
his face deadly pale, his shako pushed back,
and his musket resting on the ground,
still stood near the pit at the spot from which
he had fired. He swayed like a drunken man, taking some steps forward and back to save himself
from falling. An old non-commissioned officer ran out of the ranks and taking him by the elbow
dragged him to his company. The crowd of Russians and Frenchmen began to disperse. They all went away
silently and with drooping heads. That will teach them to start fires, said one of the Frenchmen.
Pierre glanced round at the speaker and saw that it was a soldier who,
who was trying to find some relief after what he had done, but was not able to do so.
Without finishing what he had begun to say, he made a hopeless movement with his arm and went
away.
End of Book 12, Chapter 11.
Book 12, Chapter 12 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 12
After the execution, Pierre was separated from the rest of the prisoners and placed alone in a small,
ruined, and befiled church.
Toward evening, a non-commissioned officer entered with two soldiers and told him that he had
been pardoned and would now go to the barracks for the prisoners of war.
Without understanding what was said to him, Pierre got up and went with the soldiers.
They took him to the upper end of the field, where there were some sheds built of charred planks,
beams and batons, and led him into one of them. In the darkness, some twenty different men
surrounded Pierre. He looked at them without understanding who they were, why they were there,
or what they wanted of him. He heard what they said, but did not understand the meaning of the words,
and made no kind of deduction from or application of them. He replied to questions they put to him,
but did not consider who was listening to his replies, nor how they would understand them.
He looked at their faces and figures, but they all seemed to him equally meaningless.
From the moment Pierre had witnessed those terrible murders committed by men who did not wish to
commit them, it was as if the mainspring of his life, on which everything depended and which made
everything appear alive, had suddenly been wrenched out and everything had collapsed into a heap of
meaningless rubbish. Though he did not acknowledge it to himself, his faith in the right ordering of the
universe, in humanity, in his own soul, and in God, have been destroyed. He had experienced this
before, but never so strongly as now. When similar doubts had assailed him before, they had been the
result of his own wrongdoing, and at the bottom of his heart he had felt that relief from his despair
and from those doubts was to be found within himself. But now he felt that the universe had crumbled
before his eyes, and only meaningless ruins remained, and this not by any fault of his own.
He felt that it was not in his power to regain faith in the meaning of life.
Around him in the darkness, men were standing, and evidently something about him,
interested them greatly. They were telling him something and asking him something.
Then they led him away somewhere, and at last he found himself in a corner of the shed
among men who were laughing and talking on all sides.
"'While then, mates, that very prince who!' some voice at the other end of the shed was
saying, with a strong emphasis on the word who. Sitting silent and motionless on a heap of straw
against the wall, Pierre sometimes opened and sometimes closed his eyes. But as soon as he closed
them, he saw before him the dreadful face of the factory lad, especially dreadful because
of its simplicity, and the faces of the murderers, even more dreadful because of the
because of their disquiet. And he opened his eyes again and stared vacantly into the darkness
around him. Beside him, in a stooping position, sat a small man of whose presence he was first
made aware by a strong smell of perspiration which came from him every time he moved. This
man was doing something to his legs in the darkness, and though Pierre could not see his face,
he felt that the man continually glanced at him. On growing use to the darkness, Pierre
saw that the man was taking off his leg bands, and the way he did it aroused Pierre's interest.
Having unwound the string that tied the band on one leg, he carefully coiled it up and immediately
set to work on the other leg, glancing up at Pierre. While one hand hung up the first string,
the other was already unwinding the band on the second leg. In this way, having carefully removed
the leg bands by deft circular motions of his arm following one another uninterruptedly, the man hung
the leg-bands up on some pegs fixed above his head. Then he took out a knife, cut something,
closed the knife, placed it under the head of his bed, and seating himself comfortably,
clasped his arms around his lifted knees, and fixed his eyes on Pierre. The latter was
conscious of something pleasant, comforting, and well-rounded in these deft movements,
in the man's well-ordered arrangements in his corner, and even in his very smell, and he looked
at the man without taking his eyes from him.
"'You've seen a lot of trouble, sir, eh?'
The little man suddenly said.
And there was so much kindliness and simplicity in his sing-song voice
that Pierre tried to reply, but his jaw trembled and he felt tears rising to his eyes.
The little fellow, giving Pierre no time to betray his confusion,
instantly continued in the same pleasant tones.
"'Hey, lad, don't fret,' said he in the tender sing-song caressing.
voice old Russian peasant women employ.
Don't fret, friend.
Suffer an hour, live for an age.
That's how it is, my dear fellow.
And here we live, thank heaven, without offense.
Among these folk, too, there are good men as well as bad, said he, and still speaking,
he turned on his knees with a supple movement, got up, coughed, and went off to another
part of the shed.
Hey, you rascal!
Pierre heard the same kind voice saying.
at the other end of the shed.
"'So you've come, you rascal.
She remembers. Now, now, that'll do.'
And the soldier, pushing away a little dog that was jumping up at him,
returned to his place and sat down.
In his hands he had something wrapped in a rag.
"'Here, eat a bit, sir,' said he,
resuming his former respectful tone as he unwrapped and offered Pierre some baked potatoes.
"'We had soup for dinner, and the potatoes are grand.'
Pierre had not eaten all day, and the smell of the potato seemed extremely pleasant to him.
He thanked the soldier and began to eat.
"'Well, are they all right?' said the soldier with a smile.
"'You should do like this.'
He took a potato, drew out his clasp-knife, cut the potato into two equal halves on the palm
of his hand, sprinkled some salt on it from the rag, and handed it to Pierre.
The potato's a grand, he said once more.
Eat some like that.
Pierre thought he had never eaten anything that tasted better.
Oh, I'm all right, said he.
But why did they shoot those poor fellows?
The last one was hardly twenty.
Tz, t, said the little man.
Ah, what a sin, what a sin, he added quickly,
and as if his words were always waiting ready in his mouth
and flew out involuntarily, he went on.
How was it, sir, that you stayed in Moscow?
I didn't think they would come so soon.
I stayed accidentally, replied Pierre.
And how did they arrest you, dear lad, at your house?
No, I went to look at the fire, and they arrested me there and tried me as an incendiary.
Where there's law, there's injustice, put in the little man.
And have you been here long?
Pierre asked as he munched the last of his penituary.
potato. I, it was last Sunday they took me, out of a hospital in Moscow.
Why, are you a soldier, then?
Yes, we are soldiers of the Aspharan regiment. I was dying a fever. We weren't told anything.
There were some twenty of us lying there. We had no idea, never guessed at all.
And do you feel sad here? Pierre inquired.
How can one help it, lad?
"'My name is Platon, and the surname is Karateev,' he added, evidently wishing to make it easier for Pierre to address him.
"'They call me Little Falcon in the regiment.'
"'How is one to help feeling sad?'
"'Moscow. She's the mother of cities. How can one see all this and not feel sad?'
"'But the maggot gnaws the cabbage, yet dies first. That's what the old folks used to tell us,'
he added rapidly.
"'What?'
What did you say? asked Pierre.
Who, I? said Karateev.
I say things happen not as we plan, but as God judges, he replied, thinking that he was
repeating what he had said before, and immediately continued.
Well, and you, have you a family estate, sir?
And a house?
So you have abundance, then.
And a housewife?
And your old parents?
Are they still living?
He asked.
And though it was too dark for Pierre disdain.
see, he felt that a suppressed smile of kindness puckered the soldier's lips as he put
these questions. He seemed grieved that Pierre had no parents, especially that he had no mother.
A wife for counsel, a mother-in-law for welcome, but there's none as dear as one's own mother,
said he. Well, and have you little ones? He went on asking. Again Pierre's negative answers
seemed to distress him, and he hastened to add,
never mind.
Your young folks yet, and please God, may still have some.
The great thing is to live in harmony.
But it's all the same now, Pierre could not help saying.
Ah, my dear fellow, rejoined Karatheyev.
Never decline a prison or a beggar's sack.
He seated himself more comfortably and coughed, evidently preparing to tell a long story.
Well, my dear fellow, I was still living at home.
He began.
We had a well-to-do homestead, plenty of land.
We peasants lived well, and our house was one to thank God for.
When Father and we went out mowing, there were seven of us.
We lived well.
We were real peasants.
It so happened.
And Plotan Karateev told a long story of how he had gone into someone's cops to take
wood, how he had been caught by the keeper, had been tried, flogged, and sent to serve as a
soldier."
"'Well, lad,' and a smile changed the tone of his voice,
"'we thought it was a misfortune, but it turned out a blessing.
If it had not been for my sin, my brother would have had to go as a soldier.
But he, my younger brother, had five little ones, while I, you see, only left a wife behind.
We had a little girl, but God took her before I went as a soldier.
I come home on leave, and I'll tell you how it was. I look and see that they are living better
than before. The yard full of cattle, the women at home, two brothers away earning wages,
and only Michael, the youngest at home. Father, he says, all my children are the same to me.
It hurts the same whichever finger gets bitten. But if Plotan hadn't been shaved for a soldier,
Michael would have had to go. Called us all to him, and will you believe it, placed us in front
of the icons.
Michael, he says,
come here and bow down to his feet.
And you, young woman, you bow down too.
And you, grandchildren, also bow down before him.
Do you understand, he says.
That's how it is, dear fellow.
Fate looks for a head.
But we are always judging.
That's not well.
That's not right.
Our luck is like water in a dragnet.
You pull at it and it bulges,
but when you've drawn it out, it's empty.
That's how it is.
And Platon shifted his seat on the straw.
After a short silence he rose.
"'Well, I think you must be sleepy,' said he,
and began rapidly crossing himself and repeating,
"'Lord Jesus Christ, Holy St. Nicholas, Frola and Lavra.
Lord Jesus Christ, Holy St. Nicholas, Frola and Lavra.
Lord Jesus Christ, have mercy on us and save us,' he concluded.
then bowed to the ground, got up, sighed, and sat down again on his heap of straw.
"'That's the way. Lay me down like a stone, O God, and raise me up like a loaf.'
He muttered as he lay down, pulling his coat over him.
"'What prayer was that you were saying?' asked Pierre.
"'Eh?' murmured Platon, who had almost fallen asleep.
"'What was I saying? I was praying. Don't you pray?'
"'Yes, I do.'
said Pierre.
But what was that, you said?
Frola and Lavra.
Well, of course, replied Ploton quickly.
The horses, saints.
One must pity the animals, too.
Eh, the rascal.
Now you've curled up and got warm,
you daughter of a bitch,
said Karateev, touching the dog that lay at his feet,
and again turning over, he fell asleep immediately.
Sounds of crying and screaming came from somewhere in the distance outside,
and flames were visible through the cracks of the road.
the shed, but inside it was quiet and dark. For a long time Pierre did not sleep, but lay with
eyes open in the darkness, listening to the regular snoring of Platon who lay beside him,
and felt that the world that had been shattered was once more stirring in his soul with
a new beauty and unnew and unshakable foundations. End of Book 12, Chapter 12. Book 12 Chapter 13
of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Liberovox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 13
23 soldiers, three officers, and two officials were confined in the shed in which Pierre
had been placed and where he remained for four weeks.
When Pierre remembered them afterwards, they all seemed misty figures to him
except Ploton Karateev, who always maintained in his mind a most vivid and precious memory,
and the personification of everything Russian, kindly, and round.
When Pierre saw his neighbor next morning at dawn, the first impression of him, as of something
round, was fully confirmed. Ploton's whole figure, in a French overcoat girdled with a cord,
a soldier's cap and based shoes, was round. His head was quite round. His back, chest,
shoulders and even his arms, which he held as if ever ready to embrace something, were rounded.
His pleasant smile and his large gentle brown eyes were also round.
Ploton Karateev must have been fifty, judging by his stories of campaigns he had been in,
told as by an old soldier. He did not himself know his age and was quite unable to determine
it, but his brilliantly white, strong teeth, which showed in two unbroken semicircles when he laughed,
as he often did, were all sound and good. There was not a gray hair in his beard or on his head,
and his whole body gave an impression of suppleness, and especially of firmness and endurance.
His face, despite its fine rounded wrinkles, had an expression of innocence and youth.
His voice was pleasant and musical. But the chief peculiarity of his speech was its directness
and appositeness. It was evident that he never considered.
considered what he had said or was going to say, and consequently the rapidity and justice of his
intonation had an irresistible persuasiveness. His physical strength and agility during the
first days of his imprisonment were such that he seemed not to know what fatigue and sickness meant.
Every night before lying down he said, Lord, lay me down as a stone and raise me up as a loaf.
And every morning on getting up, he said, I lay down and curled up.
I get up and shake myself.
And indeed, he only had to lie down to fall asleep like a stone,
and he only had to shake himself to be ready without a moment's delay for some work,
just as children are ready to play directly they awake.
He could do everything, not very well, but not badly.
He baked, cooked, sewed, plaint and mended boots.
He was always busy, and only at night allowed himself conversation of which he was
fond and songs. He did not sing like a trained singer who knows he's listened to, but like the
birds, evidently giving vent to the sounds in the same way that one stretches oneself, or walks
about to get rid of stiffness, and the sounds were always high-pitched, mournful, delicate,
and almost feminine. And his face at such times was very serious. Having been taken prisoner
and allowed his beard to grow, he seemed to have thrown off all the head.
had been forced upon him, everything military and alien to himself, and had returned to his
former peasant habits.
"'A soldier on leave?
A shirt outside breeches,' he would say.
He did not like talking about his life as a soldier, though he did not complain, and often
mentioned that he had not been flogged once during the whole of his army service.
When he related anything, it was generally some old and evidently precious memory of his
Christian life, as he called his peasant existence. The proverbs, of which his talk was full,
were for the most part not the coarse and indecent saws soldiers employ, but those folk-sayings
which taken without a context seem so insignificant, but when used appositely, suddenly acquire
a significance of profound wisdom. He would often say the exact opposite of what he had said on a
previous occasion, yet both would be right. He liked, he liked. He liked. He was a very, he liked,
to talk, and he talked well, adorning his speech with terms of endearment and with folk-sayings,
which Pierre thought he invented himself, but the chief charm of his talk lay in the fact that
the commonest events, sometimes just as Pierre had witnessed without taking notice of them,
assumed in Karateev's a character of solemn fitness. He liked to hear the folk tales
one of the soldiers used to tell of an evening. They were always the same. But most of all, he liked
to hear stories of real life. He would smile joyfully when listening to such stories, now
and then putting in a word or asking a question to make the moral beauty of what he was told
clear to himself. Karateev had no attachments, friendships, or love as Pierre understood them,
but loved and lived affectionately with everything life brought him in contact with, particularly
with man, not any particular man, but those with whom he happened to be. He loved to
his dog, his comrades, the French, and Pierre, who was his neighbor. But Pierre felt that in spite
of Karateev's affectionate tenorness for him, by which he unconsciously gave Pierre's spiritual
life its due, he would not have grieved for a moment at parting from him. And Pierre began to
feel in the same way toward Karateev. To all the other prisoners, Plataun Karateev seemed a most
ordinary soldier. They called him Little Falcon or Platocia.
saved him good-naturely and sent him on errands. But to Pierre, he always remained what he had
seemed that first night, an unfathomable, rounded, eternal personification of the spirit of
simplicity and truth. Ploton Karateev knew nothing by heart except his prayers. When he began to
speak, he seemed not to know how he would conclude. Sometimes Pierre, struck by the meaning of his
words, would ask him to repeat them. But Platon could never recall what he had said a moment before,
just as he never could repeat to Pierre the words of his favorite song. Native and birch tree,
and my heart is sick, occurred in it, but when spoken and not sung, no meaning could be got out of it.
He did not, and could not, understand the meaning of words apart from their context.
Every word and action of his was the manifestation of an activity unknown to him, which
was his life. But his life, as he regarded it, had no meaning as a separate thing. It had meaning
only as a part of a whole, of which he was always conscious. His words and actions flowed from him
as evenly, inevitably, and spontaneously, as fragrance exhales from a flower. He could not
understand the value or significance of any word or deed taken separately.
End of Book 12, Chapter 13.
Chapter 14 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 14
When Princess Mary heard from Nicholas that her brother was with the Rostovs at Yaroslavl,
she at once prepared to go there, in spite of her aunt's efforts to dissuade her,
and not merely to go herself, but to take her nephew with her.
Whether it were difficult or easy, possible or impossible, she did not ask and did not want to know.
It was her duty, not only to herself, to be near her brother who was perhaps dying,
but to do everything possible to take his son to him, and so she prepared to set off.
That she had not heard from Prince Andrew himself, Prince Mary attributed to his being too weak to write,
or to his considering the long journey too hard and too dangers for her and his son.
In a few days, Princess Mary was ready to start.
Her equipages were the huge family coach in which she had traveled to Voronage,
a semi-open trap, and a baggage cart.
With her traveled Mademoiselle Berienne, little Nicholas and his tutor,
her old nurse and three maids,
Tikon and a young footman and courier her aunt had sent to accompany her.
The usual route through Moscow could not be thought of,
and the roundabout way Princess Mary was obliged to take
through Lepetsk, Riaz, Vladimir Nchouya, was very long, and as post-horses were not everywhere
obtainable, very difficult, and near Riazan, where the French were said to have shown themselves
was even dangerous. During this difficult journey, Mademoiselle Burienne, Desal, and Princess
Mary's servants were astonished at her energy and firmness of spirit. She went to bed later
and rose earlier than any of them, and no difficulties daunted her. Thanks to her activity
and energy which infected her fellow travelers, they approached Yaroslavl by the end of the second week.
The last days of her stay in Veronish had been the happiest of her life. Her love for Rostov no longer
tormented or agitated her. It filled her whole soul, had become an integral part of herself,
and she no longer struggled against it. Laterally, she had become convinced that she loved and was
beloved, though she never said this definitely to herself in words. She had become convinced
of it at her last interview with Nicholas, when he had come to tell her that her brother
was with the Rostovs. Not by a single word had Nicholas alluded to the fact that Prince
Andrews' relations with Natasha might, if he recovered, be renewed. But Princess Mary saw by his
face that he knew and thought of this. Yet in spite of that, his relation to her, considerate
delicate and loving, not only remained unchanged, but it sometimes seemed to Princess Mary
that he was even glad that the family connection between them allowed him to express his friendship
more freely. She knew that she loved for the first and only time in her life, and felt that she
was beloved, and was happy in regard to it. But this happiness on one side of her spiritual
nature did not prevent her feeling grief for her brother with full force.
On the contrary, that spiritual tranquility on the one side
made it the more possible for her to give full play to her feeling for her brother.
That feeling was so strong at the moment of leaving Veronage
that those who saw her off, as they looked at her care-worn, despairing face,
felt sure that she would fall ill on the journey.
But the very difficulties and preoccupations of the journey,
which she took so actively in hand,
saved her for a while from her grief and gave her strength.
As always happens when traveling, Princess Mary thought only of the journey itself, forgetting
its object.
But as she approached Yaroslavl, the thought of what might await her there, not after many
days but that very evening, again presented itself to her and her agitation increased to its
utmost limit.
The courier who had been sent on in advance to find out where the Rostovs were saying
in Yaroslavl, and in what condition Prince Andrew was, when he met the big coach, he had been
coach, just entering the town gates, was appalled by the terrible pallor of the Princess's
face, that looked out at him from the window.
"'I have found out everything, Your Excellency. The Rostovs are staying at the Merchant
Bronikov's house, in the square, not far from here, right above the Volga,' said the courier.
Princess Mary looked at him with frightened inquiry, not understanding why he did not reply
to what she chiefly wanted to know. How was her brother?
Mademoiselle Burienne put that question for her.
"'How is the prince?' she asked.
"'His Excellency is staying in the same house with them.'
"'Then he is alive,' thought Princess Mary, and asked in a low voice,
"'How is he?'
"'The servants say he is still the same.'
"'What still the same might mean Princess Mary did not ask,
"'but with an unnoticed glance at little seven-year-old Nicholas,
who was sitting in front of her looking with pleasure at the town.
She bowed her head and did not raise it again till the heavy coach,
rumbling, shaking, and swaying, came to a stop.
The carriage steps clattered as they were let down.
The carriage door was opened.
On the left there was water, a great river, and on the right a porch.
There were people at the entrance, servants and a rosy girl with a large plate of black hair,
smiling as it seemed to Princess Mary in an unpleasantly affected way.
This was Sonia.
Princess Mary ran up the steps.
"'This way, this way,' said the girl,
with the same artificial smile,
and the princess found herself in the hall
facing an elderly woman of oriental type,
who came rapidly to meet her with a look of emotion.
This was the countess.
She embraced Princess Mary and kissed her.
"'Bon, au font,' she might as well.
I wondered, "'Jevoe'est you, cannae de puy long time.'
"'My child, I love you and have known you a long time.'
Despite her excitement, Princess Mary realized that this was the Countess
and that it was necessary to say something to her.
Hardly knowing how she did it, she contrived to utter a few polite phrases in French
in the same tone as those that have been addressed to her, and asked,
"'How is he?'
"'The doctor says that he is not in danger.
said the Countess, but as she spoke, she raised her eyes with a sigh,
and her gesture conveyed a contradiction of her words.
"'Where is he? Can I see him? Can I?' asked the Princess.
"'One moment, Princess, one moment, my dear. Is this his son?' said the Countess,
turning to Little Nicholas, who was coming in with DeSalle.
"'There will be room for everybody. This is a big house. Oh, what a lovely boy!'
The Countess took Prince of you.
Princess Mary into the drawing-room, where Sonia was talking to Mademoiselle Burienne.
The Countess caressed the boy, and the old Count came in and welcomed the princess.
He had changed very much since Princess Mary had last seen him.
Then he had been a brisk, cheerful, self-assured old man.
Now he seemed a pitiful, bewildered person.
While talking to Princess Mary, he continually looked round as if asking everyone
whether he was doing the right thing.
After the destruction of Moscow and of his property, thrown out of his accustomed groove, he seemed
to have lost the sense of his own significance and to feel that there was no longer a place
for him in life.
In spite of her one desire to see her brother as soon as possible, and her vexation that
at the moment when all she wanted was to see him, they should be trying to entertain her and
pretending to admire her nephew.
The princess noticed all that was going on around her and felt the
necessity of submitting for a time to this new order of things which she had entered.
She knew it to be necessary, and though it was hard for her, she was not vexed with these
people.
"'This is my niece,' said the Count, introducing Sonia.
"'You don't know her princess?'
Princess Mary turned to Sonia, and, trying to stifle the hostile feeling that arose
in her toward the girl, she kissed her.
But she felt oppressed by the fact that
the mood of everyone around her was so far from what was in her own heart.
"'Where is he?' she asked again, addressing them all.
"'He is downstairs. Natasha is with him,' answered Sonia, flushing.
"'We have sent to ask, I think you must be tired, Princess!'
Tears of vexation showed themselves in Princess Mary's eyes.
She turned away, and was about to ask the Countess again how to go to him,
when light, impetuous, and seemingly buoyant steps were heard at the door.
The princess looked round and saw Natasha coming in, almost running,
that Natasha, whom she had liked so little at their meeting in Moscow long since.
But hardly had the princess looked at Natasha's face
before she realized that here was a real comrade in her grief,
and consequently a friend.
She ran to meet her, embraced her, and began to cry on her shoulder.
As soon as Natasha, sitting at the head of Prince Andrew's bed, heard of Princess Mary's arrival,
she softly left his room and hastened to her with those swift steps that had sounded buoyant to Princess Mary.
There was only one expression on her agitated face when she ran into the drawing-room,
that of love, boundless love for him, for her, and for all that was near to the man she loved,
and of pity, suffering for others, and passionate desire to give herself entirely to helping them.
It was plain that at that moment there was in Natasha's heart no thought of herself or of her own relations with Prince Andrew.
Princess Mary, with her acute sensibility, understood all this at the first glance at Natasha's face,
and wept on her shoulder with sorrowful pleasure.
"'Come, come to him, Mary,' said Natasha, leading her into the other room.
Princess Mary raised her head, dried her eyes and turned to Natasha.
She felt that from her she would be able to understand and learn everything.
How?
She began her question, but stopped short.
She felt that it was impossible to ask or to answer in words.
Natasha's face and eyes would have to tell her all more clearly and profoundly.
Natasha was gazing at her, but seemed afraid and in doubt whether to say all she knew or not.
She seemed to feel that before those luminous eyes which penetrated into the very depths of her heart
it was impossible not to tell the whole truth which she saw.
And suddenly Natasha's lips twitched, ugly wrinkles gathered round her mouth and covering her face with her hands
she burst into sobs.
Princess Mary understood.
But she still hoped and asked in words she herself did not trust.
But how is his wound?
What is his general condition?
You, you, we'll see, was all Natasha could say.
They sat a little while downstairs near his room
till they had left off crying,
and were able to go to him with calm faces.
How has his whole illness gone?
Is it long since he grew worse?
When did this happen?
Princess Mary inquired.
Natasha told her that at first
there had been danger from his fever's condition and the pain he suffered.
But at Troitsa, that had passed, and the doctor had only been afraid of gangrene.
That danger had also passed.
When they reached Yaroslavl, the wound had begun to fester.
Natasha knew all about such things as festering, and the doctor had said that the festering
might take a normal course.
Then fever set in, but the doctor had said the fever was not very serious.
But two days ago, this suddenly happened, said Natasha, struggling with her sobs.
I don't know why, but you will see what he is like.
Is he weaker, thinner? asked the princess.
No, it's not that, but worse. You will see.
Oh, Mary, he is too good. He cannot live, cannot live, because...
End of Book 12, Chapter 14.
Book 12, Chapter 15.
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12, Chapter 15.
When Natasha opened Prince Andrew's door with a familiar movement,
I let Princess Mary pass into the room before her.
The princess felt the sobs in her throat.
Hard as she had tried to prepare herself, and now tried to remain tranquil, she knew that she would be unable to look at him without tears.
The princess understood when Natasha had met by the words,
"'Two days ago this suddenly happened.'
She understood those words to mean that he had suddenly softened, and that his softening and gentleness were signs of approaching death.
As she stepped to the door, she already saw in imagination Andrew's face,
as she remembered it in childhood, a gentle, mild, sympathetic face, which he had rarely shown,
and which therefore affected her very strongly. She was sure he would speak soft, tender words to her,
such as her father had uttered before his death, and that she would not be able to bear it
and would burst into sobs in his presence. Yet, sooner or later, it had to be, and she went in.
The sobs rose higher and higher in her throat.
as she more and more clearly distinguished his form,
and her short-sighted eyes tried to make out his features,
and then she saw his face and met his gaze.
He was lying in a squirrel-fur dressing-gown on a divan, surrounded by pillows.
He was thin and pale.
In one thin, translusantly white hand he held a handkerchief,
while with the other he stroked the delicate mustache he had grown,
moving his fingers slowly.
His eyes gazed at them as they entered.
On seeing his face and meeting his eyes,
Princess Mary's pace suddenly slackened.
She felt her tears dry up, and her sob ceased.
She suddenly felt guilty,
and grew timid on catching the expression of his face and eyes.
"'But in what am I to blame?' she asked herself.
And his cold, stern look replied,
"'Because you are alive and thinking of the living, while I—'
In the deep gaze that seemed to look not outwards but inwards,
there was an almost hostile expression as he slowly regarded his sister and Natasha.
He kissed his sister, holding her hand in his as was their want.
"'How are you, Mary? How did you manage to get here?' said he in a voice as calm and aloof as his look.
Had he screamed in agony, that scream would not have struck such horror into Princess Mary's heart
as the tone of his voice.
"'And have you brought little Nicholas?'
He asked in the same slow, quiet manner,
and with an obvious effort to remember.
"'How are you now?' said Princess Mary,
herself surprised at what she was saying.
"'That, my dear, you must ask the doctor,' he replied,
and again making an evident effort to be affectionate,
he said with his lips only.
His words clearly did not correspond.
on to his thoughts.
Merci, Charamie de
trevenu.
Thank you for coming, my dear.
Princess Mary pressed his hand.
The pressure made him wince just perceptibly.
He was silent, and she did not know what to say.
She now understood what had happened to him two days before.
In his words, his tone, and especially in that calm,
almost antagonistic look, could be felt an estrangement from everything
belonging to this world, terrible in one who was alive.
Evidently only with an effort did he understand anything living.
But it was obvious that he failed to understand, not because he lacked the power to do so,
but because he understood something else, something the living did not and could not understand,
and which wholly occupied his mind.
There, you see how strangely fate has brought us together, said he, breaking the silence and pointing
to Natasha.
She looks after me all the time.
Princess Mary heard him and did not understand
how he could say such a thing.
He, the sensitive, tender Prince Andrew,
how could he say that, before her whom he loved and who loved him?
Had he expected to live, he could not have said those words
in that offensively cold tone.
If he had not known that he was dying,
how could he have failed to pity her,
and how could he speak like that?
in her presence. The only explanation was that he was indifferent, because something else,
much more important, had been revealed to him. The conversation was cold and disconnected and
continually broke off. Mary came by way of Riazahn, said Natasha.
Prince Andrew did not notice that she called his sister, Mary, and only after calling her so in
his presence did Natasha notice it herself. Really? He asked.
They told her that all Moscow has been burned down, and that...
Natasha stopped.
It was impossible to talk.
It was plain that he was making an effort to listen, but could not do so.
Yes, they say it's burned, he said.
It's a great pity.
And he gazed straight before him, absently stroking his mustache with his fingers.
And so you have met Count Nicholas M.
Mary? Prince Andrew suddenly said, evidently wishing to speak pleasantly to them.
He wrote here that he took a great liking to you. He went on simply and calmly,
evidently unable to understand all the complex significance his words had for living people.
If you liked him too, it would be a good thing for you to get married, he added rather more
quickly, as if pleased at having found words he had long been seeking.
Princess Mary heard his words, but they had no meaning for her, except as proof of how far away he now was from everything living.
"'Why talk of me?' she said quietly and glanced at Natasha.
Natasha, who felt her glance, did not look at her. All three were again silent.
"'Andrew, would you like—'
Princess Mary suddenly said in a trembling voice,
"'Would you like to see little Nicholas? He is always talking about you.'
Prince Andrews smiled just perceptibly, and for the first time, but Princess Mary, who knew his
face so well, saw with horror that he did not smile with pleasure or affection for his son,
but with quiet, gentle irony, because he thought she was trying what she believed to be
the last means of arousing him.
"'Yes, I shall be very glad to see him.
is he quite well?
When little Nicholas was brought into Prince Andrew's room,
he looked at his father with frightened eyes,
but did not cry because no one else was crying.
Prince Andrew kissed him and evidently did not know what to say to him.
When Nicholas had been led away,
Princess Mary again went up to her brother, kissed him,
and, unable to restrain her tears any longer, began to cry.
He looked at her attentively.
"'Is it about Nicholas?' he asked.
Princess Mary nodded her head, weeping.
"'Mary, you know the gasp, but he broke off.
"'What did you say?
"'Nothing. You mustn't cry here,' he said,
"'looking at her with the same cold expression.
"'When Princess Mary began to cry,
"'he understood that she was crying at the thought
"'that little Nicholas would be left without a father.
With a great effort he tried to return to life and to see things from their point of view.
Yes, to them it must seem sad, he thought.
But how simple it is.
The fowls of the air sow not, neither do they reap, yet your father feedeth them,
he said to himself and wished to say to Princess Mary.
But no, they will take it their own way.
They won't understand.
They can't understand that all those feelings they prize so,
all our feelings, all those ideas that seem so important to us, are unnecessary.
We cannot understand one another, and he remains silent.
Prince Andrew's little son was seven.
He could scarcely read and knew nothing.
After that day, he lived through many things, gaining knowledge, observation, and experience,
but had he possessed all the faculties he afterwards acquired,
he could not have had a better or more profound understanding
of the meaning of the scene he had witnessed
between his father, Mary, and Natasha than he had then.
He understood it completely,
and, leaving the room without crying,
went silently up to Natasha, who had come out with him,
and looked shyly at her with his beautiful, thoughtful eyes.
Then his uplifted, rosy upper lip trembled,
and leaning his head again,
Against her, he began to cry.
After that, he avoided DeSal and the countess who caressed him,
and either sat alone or came timidly to Princess Mary,
or to Natasha, of whom he seemed even fonder than of his aunt,
and clung to them quietly and shyly.
When Princess Mary had left Prince Andrew,
she fully understood what Natasha's face had told her.
She did not speak any more to Natasha of hopes of saving his life.
She took turns with her beside the sofa and did not cry anymore, but prayed continually,
turning in soul to that eternal and unfathomable, whose presence above the dying man was now so
evident.
End of Book 12, Chapter 15.
Book 12 Chapter 16 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 12 Chapter 16
Not only did Prince Andrew know he would die,
but he felt that he was dying, and was already half dead.
He was conscious of an aloofness from everything earthly,
and a strange and joyous lightness of existence.
Without haste or agitation, he awaited what was coming.
That inexorable, eternal, distant, and unknown,
the presence of which he had felt continually all his life,
was now near to him, and by the strange lightness he experienced almost comprehensible and palpable.
Formerly he had feared the end. He had twice experienced that terribly tormenting fear of death,
the end, but now he no longer understood that fear. He had felt it for the first time
when the shells spun like a top before him, and he looked at the fallow field, the bushes,
and the sky, and knew that he was face to face with death.
When he came to himself after being wounded, and the flower of eternal unfettered love
had instantly unfolded itself in his soul, as if freed from the bondage of life that had
restrained it, he no longer feared death and ceased to think about it.
During the hours of solitude, suffering, and partial delirium he spent after he was wounded,
the more deeply he penetrated into the new principle of eternal love revealed to him,
the more he unconsciously detached himself from earthly life.
To love everything and everybody, and always to sacrifice oneself for love,
meant not to love anyone, not to live this earthly life.
And the more imbued he became with that principle of love,
the more he renounced life, and the more completely he destroyed that dreadful barrier,
which, in the absence of such love, stands between life and death.
When during those first days he remembered that he would have to die, he said to himself,
Well, what of it? So much the better. But after the night in Matisci, when half delirious,
he had seen her for whom he longed appear before him, and having pressed her hand to his lips
had shed gentle, happy tears, love for a particular woman again crept unobserved into his heart
and once more bound him to life.
And joyful and agitating thoughts began to occupy his mind.
Recalling the moment at the ambulance station when he had seen Karagin,
he could not now regain the feeling he then had,
but was tormented by the question whether Karagin was alive,
and he dared not inquire.
His illness pursued its normal physical course,
but what Natasha referred to when she said,
this suddenly happened, had occurred two days before Princess Mary arrived. It was the last
spiritual struggle between life and death, in which death gained the victory. It was the unexpected
realization of the fact that he still valued life as presented to him in the form of his love
for Natasha, and a last, though ultimately vanquished, attack of terror before the unknown.
It was evening. As usual after dinner, he was asleep.
slightly feverish, and his thoughts were preternaturally clear.
Sonia was sitting by the table.
He began to doze.
Suddenly a feeling of happiness seized him.
Ah, she has come, thought he.
And so it was.
In Sonia's place sat Natasha, who had just come in noiselessly.
Since she had begun looking after him,
he had always experienced this physical consciousness of her nearness.
She was sitting in an armchair.
placed sideways, screening the light of the candle from him and was knitting a stocking.
She had learned to knit stocking since Prince Andrew had casually mentioned that no one nursed
the sick so well as old nurses who knit stockings, and that there is something soothing in the
knitting of stockings. The needles clicked lightly in her slender, rapidly moving hands,
and he could clearly see the thoughtful profile of her drooping face. She moved, and the ball rolled
off her knees. She started, glanced round at him, and screening the candle with her hand,
stooped carefully with a supple and exact movement, picked up the ball, and regained her former position.
He looked at her without moving, and saw that she wanted to draw a deep breath after stooping,
but refrained from doing so and breathed cautiously. At the Troitsa Monastery, they had spoken of
the past, and he had told her that if he lived, he would always thank God for his wound. And
which have brought them together again.
But after that they never spoke of the future.
Can it or can it not be?
He now thought, as he looked at her
and listened to the light click of the steel needles.
Can fate have brought me to her so strangely only for me to die?
Is it possible that the truth of life has been revealed to me
only to show me that I have spent my life in falsity?
I love her more than anything in the world.
but what am I to do if I love her, he thought,
and he involuntarily groaned from a habit acquired during his sufferings.
On hearing that sound, Natasha put down the stocking, leaned nearer to him,
and suddenly, noticing his shining eyes, stepped lightly up to him and bent over him.
You are not asleep?
No, I have been looking at you a long time.
I felt you come in.
No one else gives me that sense of soft, tranquillard.
that you do, that light. I want to weep for joy. Natasha drew closer to him. Her face shone
with rapturous joy. Natasha, I love you too much, more than anything in the world. And I?
She turned away for an instant. Why too much? She asked. Why too much? Well, what do you?
What do you feel in your soul, your whole soul?
Shall I live?
What do you think?
I am sure of it, sure, Natasha almost shouted,
taking hold of both his hands with a passionate movement.
He remained silent a while.
How good it would be!
And taking her hand, he kissed it.
Natasha felt happy and agitated,
but at once remembered that this would not do,
and that he had to be quiet.
"'But you have not slept,' she said, repressing her joy.
"'Try to sleep, please.'
He pressed her hand and released it, and she went back to the candle
and sat down again in her former position.
Twice she turned and looked at him, and her eyes met his beaming at her.
She set herself a task on her stocking and resolved not to turn round till it was finished.
Soon he really shut his eyes and fell asleep.
He did not sleep long and suddenly awoke with a start and in a cold perspiration.
As he fell asleep, he had still been thinking of the subject that now always occupied his mind,
about life and death, and chiefly about death.
He felt himself nearer to it.
Love?
What is love, he thought.
Love hinders death.
Love is life.
All, everything that I understand,
I understand only because I love.
Everything is, everything exists only because I love.
Everything is united by it alone.
Love is God, and to die means that I, a particle of love,
shall return to the general and eternal source.
These thoughts seemed to him comforting, but they were only thoughts.
Something was lacking in them.
They were not clear.
They were too one-sidedly personal and brain-spun.
and there was the former agitation and obscurity.
He fell asleep.
He dreamed that he was lying in the room he was really in,
but that he was quite well and unwounded.
Many various indifferent and insignificant people appeared before him.
He talked to them and discussed something trivial.
They were preparing to go away somewhere.
Prince Andrew dimly realized that all this was trivial
and that he had more important cares,
but he continued to speak, surprising them by empty witticisms.
Gradually, unnoticed, all these persons began to disappear,
and a single question that of the closed door superseded all else.
He rose and went to the door to bolt and lock it.
Everything depended on whether he was or was not in time to lock it.
He went and tried to hurry, but his legs refused to move,
and he knew he would not be in time to lock the door,
though he painfully strained all his powers.
He was seized by an agonizing fear,
and that fear was the fear of death.
It stood behind the door.
But just when he was clumsily creeping toward the door,
that dreadful something on the other side
was already pressing against it and forcing its way in.
Something not human, death was breaking in through that door
and had to be kept out.
He seized the door, making a final effort,
to hold it back, to lock it was no longer possible, but his efforts were weak and clumsy,
and the door pushed from behind by that terror, opened and closed again. Once again,
it pushed from outside. His last superhuman efforts were vain, and both halves of the door
noiselessly opened. It entered, and it was death, and Prince Andrew died. But at the instant
he died, Prince Andrew remembered that he was asleep, and he was asleep. And he was he was, and he
and at the very instant he died, having made an effort, he awoke.
Yes, it was death. I died and woke up.
Yes, death is an awakening.
And all at once it grew light in his soul,
and the veil that had till then concealed the unknown
was lifted from his spiritual vision.
He felt as if powers till then confined within him
had been liberated, and that strange lightness did not again leave him.
When waking in a cold perspiration, he moved on the divan.
Natasha went up and asked him what was the matter.
He did not answer and looked at her strangely, not understanding.
That was what had happened to him two days before Princess Mary's arrival.
From that day, as the doctor expressed it,
the wasting fever assumed a malignant character,
but what the doctor said did not interest Natasha.
She saw the terrible moral symptoms which to her were more convincing.
From that day an awakening from life came to Prince Andrew, together with his awakening from
sleep.
And compared to the duration of life, it did not seem to him slower than an awakening from sleep
compared to the duration of a dream.
There was nothing terrible or violent in this comparatively slow awakening.
His last days and hours passed in an ordinary and simple way.
Both Princess Mary and Natasha, who did not leave him, felt this.
They did not weep or shudder, and during these last days they themselves felt that they
were not attending on him.
He was no longer there.
He had left them, but on what reminded them most closely of him, his body.
Both felt this so strongly that the outward and terrible side of death did not affect
them, and they did not feel it necessary to foment their grief.
Neither in his presence nor out of it did they weep, nor did they ever talk to one another
about him. They felt that they could not express in words what they understood.
They both saw that he was seeking slowly and quietly, deeper and deeper, away from them,
and they both knew that this had to be so, and that it was right.
He confessed and received communion. Everyone came to take leave of him. When they brought
his son to him, he pressed his lips to the boys and turned away, not because he felt it hard
and sad. Princess Mary and Natasha understood that, but simply because he thought it was all that
was required of him. But when they told him to bless the boy, he did what was demanded and looked
round, as if asking whether there was anything else he should do. When the last convulsions of the
body, which the spirit was leaving, occurred, Princess Mary and Natasha were present.
Is it over? said Princess Mary, when his body had for a few minutes lain motionless, growing
cold before them.
Natasha went up, looked at the dead eyes, and hastened to close them.
She closed them, but did not kiss them, but clung to that which reminded her most
nearly of him, his body.
Where has he gone?
Where is he now?
When the body, washed and dressed, lay in the coffin on a table, everyone came to take
leave of him, and they all wept.
Little Nicholas cried because his heart was rent by painful perplexing.
The Countess and Sonia cried from pity for Natasha and because he was no more.
The old Count cried because he felt that before long he too must take the same terrible step.
Natasha and Princess Mary also wept now, but not because of their own personal grief.
They wept with a reverent and softening emotion, which had taken possession of their souls
at the consciousness of the simple and solemn mystery of death that have been accomplished in their presence.
End of Book 12, Chapter 16. Book 13, Chapter 1 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13. 1812. Chapter 1
Man's mind cannot grasp the causes of events in their completeness,
but the desire to find those causes is implanted in man's soul.
And without considering the multiplicity and complexity of the conditions
any one of which taken separately may seem to be the cause,
he snatches at the first approximation to a cause that seems to him intelligible,
and says, this is the cause.
In historical events, where the actions of men are the subject of observable,
observation, the first and most primitive approximation to present itself, was the will of the
gods, and after that the will of those who stood in the most prominent position, the heroes
of history. But we need only penetrate to the essence of any historic event, which lies in the
activity of the general mass of men who take part in it, to be convinced that the will of the
historic hero does not control the actions of the mass, but is itself continually controlled. It may
seem to be a matter of indifference, whether we understand the meaning of historical events
this way or that. Yet, there is the same difference between a man who says that the people of the
West moved on the East because Napoleon wished it, and a man who says that this happened because
it had to happen, as there is between those who declared that the Earth was stationary,
and that the plants move round it, and those who admitted that they did not know what upheld
the Earth, but knew there were laws directing its movement and that of the other planets.
There is and can be no cause of an historical event, except the one cause of all causes.
But there are laws directing events, and some of these laws are known to us, while we are
conscious of others we cannot comprehend. The discovery of these laws is only possible,
when we have quite abandoned the attempt to find the cause in the will of some one man,
just as the discovery of the laws of the motion of the planets was possible,
only when men abandoned the conception of the fixity of the earth.
The historians consider that, next to the Battle of Borodino and the occupation of Moscow by the enemy
and its destruction by fire, the most important episode of the War of 1812 was the movement of the
Russian army from the Riazana to the Kalaga Road and to the Taratino camp, the so-called
flank march across the Krasnaya Pakra River. They ascribe the glory of that achievement of genius
to different men and dispute as to whom the honor is due. Even foreign historians
including the French, acknowledge the genius of the Russian commanders when they speak of that
flank march. But it is hard to understand why military writers, and following them others,
consider this flank march to be the profound conception of some one man who saved Russia and
destroyed Napoleon. In the first place, it is hard to understand where the profundity and genius
of this movement lay, for not much mental effort was needed to see that the best position for an army
when it is not being attacked is where there are most provisions.
And even a dull boy of thirteen could have guessed that the best position for an army
after its retreat from Moscow in 1812 was on the Kaluga Road.
So it is impossible to understand by what reasoning the historians reached the conclusion
that this maneuver was a profound one.
And it is even more difficult to understand just why they think that this maneuver was calculated
to save Russia and destroy the French.
For this flank march, had it been preceded, accompanied, or followed by other circumstances,
might have proved ruinous to the Russians and salutary for the French.
If the position of the Russian army really began to improve from the time of that march,
it does not at all follow that the march was the cause of it.
That flank march might not only have failed to give any advantage to the Russian army,
but might in other circumstances have led to its destruction.
What would have happened had Moscow not burned down?
If Morat had not lost sight of the Russians?
If Napoleon had not remained inactive?
If the Russian army at Krasnaya Pachra had given battle, as Benningsen and Barclay advised?
What would have happened had the French attacked the Russians while they were marching
beyond the Pachra?
What would have happened if on approaching Taratino, Napoleon had attacked the Russians
with but a tenth of the energy he had shown when he attacked them?
at Smolensk. What would have happened had the French moved on Petersburg? In any of these
eventualities, the flank march that brought salvation might have proved disastrous. The third
and most incomprehensible thing is that people studying history deliberately avoid seeing that this
flank march cannot be attributed to any one man, that no one ever foresaw it, and that in reality,
like the retreat from Philly, it did not suggest itself to anyone in its entirety,
but resulted, moment by moment, step by step, event by event,
from an endless number of most diverse circumstances,
and was only seen in its entirety when it had been accomplished and belonged to the past.
At the Council at Philly, the prevailing thought in the minds of the Russian commanders
was the one naturally suggesting itself, namely a direct retreat by the Nizhny Road.
In proof of this, there is the fact that the majority of the Council voted for some
a retreat. And above all, there is the well-known conversation after the council, between the
Commander-in-Chief and Lanskoy, who was in charge of the Commissariat Department.
Lanskoy informed the Commander-in-Chief that the Army supplies were, for the most part, stored along
the Oka in the Tula and Riazon provinces, and that if they retreated on Nizhny, the army would be
separated from its supplies by the Broad River Oka, which cannot be crossed early in winter.
This was the first indication of the necessity of deviating from what had previously seemed the most natural course,
a direct retreat on the Nizhny Novgorod.
The army turned more to the south along the Rheizan Road and nearer to its supplies.
Subsequently, the inactivity of the French, who even lost sight of the Russian army,
concerned for the safety of the Arsenal at Tula, and especially the advantages of drawing nearer to its supplies,
caused the army to turn still further south to the Tula road.
Road. Having crossed over by a forced march to the Tula Road beyond the Pachra, the Russian commanders
intended to remain at Padoosk, and had no thought of the Taratino position. But innumerable
circumstances and the reappearance of French troops, who had for a time lost touch with the Russians,
and projects of giving battle, and above all the abundance of provisions in Kaluga Province,
obliged our army to turn still more to the south and to cross from the Tula to the Kaluga Road
and go to Taratino, which was between the roads along which those supplies lay.
Just as it was impossible to say when it was decided to abandon Moscow,
so it is impossible to say precisely when or by whom it was decided to move to Taratino.
Only when the army had got there, as the result of innumerable and varying forces,
did people begin to assure themselves that they had desired this movement
and long ago foreseen its result.
End of Book 13, Chapter 1. Book 13 Chapter 2 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maud. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 2. The famous flank movement merely consisted in this.
After the advance of the French had ceased, the Russian army, which had been continually retreating
straight back from the invaders, deviated from that direct course, and not finding itself
pursued, was naturally drawn toward the district where supplies were abundant.
If instead of imagining to ourselves commanders of genius leading the Russian army, we picture
that army without any leaders, it could not have done anything but make a return movement
toward Moscow, describing an arc in the direction where most provisions were to be found,
and where the country was richest.
That movement from the Nizhny to the Riazan, Tula, and Kaluga roads
was so natural that even the Russian marauders moved in that direction,
and demands were sent from Petersburg for Kutuzov to take his army that way.
At Taratino, Kutuzov received what was almost a reprimand from the emperor
for having moved his army along the Riazan Road,
and the emperor's letter indicated to him the very position he had already occupied near Kaluga.
Having rolled like a ball in the direction of the impetus given by the whole campaign
and by the Battle of Borodino, the Russian army, when the strength of that impetus was exhausted
and no fresh push was received, assumed the position natural to it.
Kutuzov's merit lay, not in any strategic maneuver of genius, as it is called, but in the fact
that he alone understood the significance of what had happened. He alone then understood
the meaning of the French armies inactivity.
He alone continued to assert that the Battle of Borodino had been a victory.
He alone, who, as Commander-in-Chief, might have been expected to be eager to attack,
employed his whole strength to restrain the Russian army from useless engagements.
The beast wounded at Borodino was lying where the fleeing hunter had left him.
But whether he was still alive, whether he was strong and merely lying low, the hunter did not know.
Suddenly the beast was heard to moan.
The moan of that wounded beast, the French army, which betrayed its calamitous condition,
was the sending of Lauriston to Kutuzov's camp with overtures for peace.
Napoleon, with his usual assurance that whatever entered his head was right,
wrote to Kutuzov the first words that occurred to him, though they were meaningless.
Monsieur le Prince Kutuzov,
I am sending one of my adjutants general to discuss several interesting questions with you.
I beg your highness to credit what he says to you, especially when he expresses the sentiment
of esteem and special regard I have long entertained for your person.
This letter, having no other object, I pray God, Monsieur Le Prince Kutuzov, to keep you in his
holy and gracious protection.
Napoleon, Moscow, October 30, 1812.
Kutuzov replied,
I should be cursed by posterity,
where I looked on as the initiator of a settlement of any sort.
Such is the present spirit of my nation.
But he continued to exert all his powers
to restrain his troops from attacking.
During the month that the French troops were pillaging in Moscow
and the Russian troops were quietly encamped at Taratino,
a change had taken place in the relative strength of the two armies,
both in spirit and in number,
as a result of which the superiority had passed to the Russian side.
Though the condition and numbers of the French army were unknown to the Russians,
as soon as that change occurred,
the need of attacking at once showed itself by countless signs.
These signs were, Larriston's mission,
the abundance of provisions at Tarotino,
the reports coming in from all sides of the inactivity and disorder of the French,
the flow of recruits to our regiments, the fine weather, the long rest the Russian soldiers had
enjoyed, and the impatience to do what they had been assembled for, which usually shows itself
in an army that has been resting. Curiosity as to what the French army, so long lost sight of,
was doing. The boldness with which our outposts now scouted close up to the French stationed at
Tarotino. The news of easy successes gained by peasants and guerrilla troops over the French,
the envy aroused by this.
The desire for revenge that lay in the heart of every Russian
as long as the French were in Moscow,
and, above all, a dim consciousness in every soldier's mind
that the relative strength of the armies had changed,
and that the advantage was now on our side.
There was a substantial change in the relative strength,
and an advance had become inevitable.
And at once, as a clock begins to strike and chime
as soon as the minute-hand has completed a full circle, this change was shown by an increased
activity, whirring, and chiming in the higher spheres.
End of Book 13, Chapter 2.
Book 13, Chapter 3.
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 3
The Russian army was commanded by Kutuzov and his staff, and also by the emperor from Petersburg.
Before the news of the abandonment of Moscow had been received in Petersburg, a detailed plan of the whole campaign had been drawn up and sent to Kutuzov for his guidance.
Though this plan had been drawn up on the supposition that Moscow was still in our hands, it was approved by the staff and accepted as a basis for action.
Kutuzov only replied that,
movements arranged from a distance were always difficult to execute.
So fresh instructions were sent for the solution of difficulties that might be encountered,
as well as fresh people who were to watch Kutuzov's actions and report upon them.
Besides this, the whole staff of the Russian army was now reorganized.
The posts left vacant by Bagradian, who had been killed,
and by Barclay, who had gone away in Dudgeon, had to be filled.
Very serious consideration was given to the question whether it would be better to put A in B's place and B and D's,
or on the contrary, to put D in A's place and so on, as if anything more than A's or B's satisfaction depended on this.
As a result of the hostility between Kutuzov and Benningsen, his chief of staff, the presence of confidential representatives of the emperor, and these transfers,
a more than usually complicated play of parties was going on among the staff of the army.
A was undermining B, D was undermining C, and so on in all possible combinations and permutations.
In all these plottings, the subject of intrigue was generally the conduct of the war,
which all these men believed they were directing.
But this affair of the war went on independently of them, as it had to go.
That is, never in the way people devised, but flowing.
always from the essential attitude of the masses. Only in the highest spheres did all these schemes,
crossings, and interminglings appear to be a true reflection of what had to happen.
Prince Michael Ilyaranovich wrote the Emperor on the 2nd of October in a letter that reached
Kutuzov after the battle at Tarotino. Since September 2nd, Moscow has been in the hands of the enemy.
Your last reports were written on the 20th, and during all this time, not only has no action been taken
against the enemy, or for the relief of the ancient capital, but according to your last report,
you have even retreated farther. Serpakov has already occupied by an enemy detachment,
and Tula, with its famous arsenal, so indispensable to the army, is in danger.
From General Vincen Geroza's reports, I see that an enemy corps of ten thousand men is moving
on the Petersburg Road. Another corps of several thousand men is moving on Dmitrov. A third has advanced
along the Vladimir Road, and a fourth, rather considerable detachment, is stationed between
Ruzha and Moseysk. Napoleon himself was in Moscow as late as the 25th. In view of all this
information, when the enemy has scattered his forces in large detachments and with Napoleon
and his guards in Moscow, is it possible that the enemy's forces confronting you are so
considerable as not to allow of your taking the offensive? On the contrary, he is probably
pursuing you with detachments, or at most with an army corps much weaker than the army entrusted
to you. It would seem that, availing yourself of these circumstances, you might advantageously
attack a weaker one and annihilate him, or at least oblige him to retreat, retaining in our hands
an important part of the provinces now occupied by the enemy, and thereby averting danger from Tula
and other towns in the interior. You will be responsible if the enemy is able to direct a
force of any size against Petersburg to threaten this capital, in which it has not been possible
to retain many troops. For with the army entrusted to you, and acting with resolution and
energy, you have ample means to avert this fresh calamity. Remember that you have still to answer
to our offended country for the loss of Moscow. You have experienced my readiness to reward you.
That readiness will not weaken in me, but I and Russia have a right to expect from me. You
all the zeal, firmness, and success, which your intellect, military talent, and the courage
of the troops you command justify us in expecting. But by the time this letter, which proved
that the real relation of the forces had already made itself felt in Petersburg, was dispatched,
Kutuzov had found himself unable any longer to estrain the army he commanded from attacking,
and a battle had taken place. On the 2nd of October a Cossack, Shapovalov, who was
who was out scouting, killed one hair and wounded another.
Following the wounded hair, he made his way far into the forest,
and came upon the left flank of Mara's army,
and camped there without any precautions.
The Cossack laughingly told his comrades
how he had almost fallen into the hands of the French.
A cornet, hearing the story, informed his commander.
The Cossack was sent for and questioned.
The Cossack officers wished to take advantage of this chance
to capture some horses.
but one of the superior officers, who was acquainted with the higher authorities,
reported the incident to a general on the staff.
The state of things on the staff had of late been exceedingly strained.
Ermolov had been sent to see Benningson a few days previously,
and had entreated him to use his influence with the commander-in-chief
to induce him to take the offensive.
If I did not know you, I should think you did not want what you were asking for.
I need only advise anything, and His Highness is sure to do the opposite,' replied Benningson.
The Cossack's report, confirmed by horse patrols who were sent out, was the final proof
that events had matured. The tightly coiled spring was released. The clock began to whir and the
chimes to play. Despite all his supposed power, his intellect, his experience, and his knowledge
of men, Kutuzov, having taken into consideration the Cossacki's, having taken into consideration the Cossacki,
Sacks' report, a note from Benningson who sent personal reports to the emperor, the wishes
he supposed the emperor to hold, and the fact that all the generals expressed the same wish,
could no longer check the inevitable movement, and gave the order to do what he regarded as
useless and harmful, gave his approval, that is, to the accomplished fact.
End of Book 13, Chapter 3.
Book 13 Chapter 4 of War and Peace, Volume 4.
by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Homer Maud.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 4
Benixson's note and the Cossacks' information
that the left flank of the French was unguarded
were merely the final indications that it was necessary to order and attack,
and it was fixed for the 5th of October.
On the morning of the 4th of October, Kutuzov signed the dispositions,
Toll read them to Ormalov, asking him to attend to the further arrangements.
"'All right, all right, I haven't time just now,' replied Ormalov and left the hut.
The dispositions drawn up by Toll were very good. As in the Austerlitz dispositions,
it was written, though not in German this time, the first column will march here and here,
the second column will march there and there, and so on. And on paper, all the
All these columns arrived at their places at the appointed time and destroyed the enemy.
Everything had been admirably thought out as is usual in dispositions, and is as always
the case, not a single column reached its place at the appointed time.
When the necessary number of copies of the dispositions had been prepared, an officer
was summoned and sent to deliver them to Ormalov to deal with.
A young officer of the horse guards, Kutuzov's orderly, pleased at the importance of
the mission entrusted to him went to Ermolov's quarters.
Gone away, said Ermolov's orderly.
The officer of the horse guards went to a general with whom Ermolov was often to be found.
No, and the general's out too.
The officer, mounting his horse, rode off to someone else.
No, he's gone out.
If only they don't make me responsible for this delay.
What a nuisance it is, thought.
the officer, and he rode round the whole camp.
One man said he had seen Armolov ride pass with some other generals.
Others said he must have returned home.
The officer searched till six o'clock in the evening without even stopping to eat.
Ermolov was nowhere to be found, and no one knew where he was.
The officer snatched a little food at a comrades and rode again to the vanguard to find
Miloradovich.
Miloradovich, too, was away, but here he was told that he had gone to a ball at General Kikens,
and that Ermolov was probably there, too.
But where is it?
Why, there, over at Echkino, said a Cossack officer, pointing to a countryhouse in the far distance.
What, outside our line?
They've put two regiments as outposts, and they're having such a spree there, it's awful.
two bands and three sets of singers.
The officer rode out beyond our lines to Echkino.
While still at a distance, he heard as he rode
the merry sounds of a soldier's dance song proceeding from the house.
"'In the meadows! In the meadows!' he heard,
accompanied by a whistling and the sound of a torben,
drowned every now and then by shouts.
These sounds made his spirits rise,
but at the same time he was afraid that.
that he would be blamed for not having executed sooner the important order entrusted to him.
It was already past eight o'clock. He dismounted and went up into the porch of a large countryhouse,
which had remained intact between the Russian and French forces. In the refreshment room and the
hall, footmen were bustling about with wine and vians. Groups of singers stood outside the windows.
The officer was admitted and immediately saw all the chief generals of the army together,
and among them Ermolov's big, imposing figure.
They all had their coats unbuttoned and were standing in a semicircle
with flushed and animated faces, laughing loudly.
In the middle of the room, a short, handsome general with a red face
was dancing the Trapak, with much spirit and agility.
Ha, ha, ha, ha! Bravo, Nicholas Ivanov, Nicholas Ivanov!
Ha, ha! ha!
The officer felt that, by arriving with important orders at such a moment,
he was doubly to blame, and he would have preferred to wait.
But one of the generals espied him, and, hearing what he had come about, informed Ermolov.
Ermolov came forward with a frown on his face, and hearing what the officer had to say
took the papers from him without a word.
"'You think he went off just by chance?' said a comrade, who was on the staff that evening
to the officer of the horse guards, referring to Ermolov.
"'It was a trick.
It was done on purpose to get Kahn of Knitsyn into trouble.
You'll see what a mess there'll be tomorrow.
End of Book 13, Chapter 4.
Book 13, Chapter 5 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 5.
Next day, the decrepit Kutuzov, having given orders to be called early, said his prayers,
dressed, and with an unpleasant consciousness of having to direct a battle he did not approve of,
got into his kalesh and drew from Lettyshovka, a village three and a half miles from Taratino,
to the place where the attacking columns were to meet.
He sat in the kalesh, dozing and waking up by turns, and listening for any sound of firing on the right
as an indication that the action had begun.
But all was still quiet.
A damp, dull autumn morning was just dawning.
On approaching Tarotino,
Kutuzov noticed cavalrymen leading their horses to water
across the road along which he was driving.
Kutuzov looked at them searchingly,
stopped his carriage,
and inquired what regiment they belonged to.
They belonged to a column that should have been far in front
and in ambush long before then.
It may be a mistake, thought the old commander-in-chief.
But, a little further on, he saw infantry regiments with their arms piled
and the soldiers, only partly dressed, eating their rye porridge and carrying fuel.
He sent for an officer.
The officer reported that no order to advance had been received.
How? Not re-s...
Kutuzov began, but checked himself immediately
and sent for a senior officer.
Getting out of his kalesh,
he waited with drooping head and breathing heavily,
pacing silently up and down.
When Aiken, the officer of the general staff
whom he had summoned, appeared,
Katoosov went purple in the face,
not because that officer was to blame for the mistake,
but because he was an object of sufficient importance
for him to vent his wrath on.
Trembling and panting,
the old man fell into that state of fury
in which he sometimes used to roll on the ground, and he fell upon Aiken, threatening him with his
hands, shouting and loading him with gross abuse.
Another man, Captain Brosen, who happened to turn up and who was not at all to blame,
suffered the same fate.
"'What sort of another bracket are you? I'll have you shot! Scoundrels!'
yelled Kutuzov in a hoarse voice, waving his arms and reeling.
He was suffering physically.
He, the commander-in-chief, a serene highness, who everybody said possessed powers such as no man
had ever had in Russia, to be placed in this position, made the laughing-stock of the whole army.
I needn't have been such a hurry to pray about today, or have kept awake thinking everything over
all night, thought he to himself. When I was a chit of an officer, no one would have dared
to mock me so. And now...
He was in a state of physical suffering, as if from corporal punishment, and could not avoid
expressing it by cries of anger and distress.
But his strength soon began to fail him, and looking about him, conscious of having said
much that was amiss, he again got into his kalesh and drove back in silence.
His wrath, once expended, did not return, and blinking feebly, he listened to excuses and
self-justifications, or Molloff did not come to see him till the next day, and to the insistence
of Benningsen, Kodovnitsin, and Toll that the movement that had miscarried should be executed
next day. And once more, Kutuzov had to consent. End of Book 13, Chapter 5. Book 13
Chapter 6 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 6
Next day, the troops assembled in their appointed places in the evening and advanced during the night.
It was an autumn night with dark purple clouds, but no rain.
The ground was damp, but not muddy, and the troops advanced noiselessly,
only occasionally a jingling of the artillery could be faintly heard.
The men were forbidden to talk out loud.
to smoke their pipes or to strike a light, and they tried to prevent their horses neighing.
The secrecy of the undertaking heightened its charm, and they marched gaily.
Some columns, supposing they had reached their destination, halted, piled arms, and settled down
on the cold ground, but the majority marched all night, and arrived at places where they
evidently should not have been. Only Count Orlov Denisov with his Cossacks, the least important
detachment of all got to his appointed place at the right time. This detachment halted at the
outsk, on the path leading from the village of Stromilova to Dmitrovsk. Toward dawn,
Count Orlov de Nisov, who had dozed off, was awakened by a deserter from the French army
being brought to him. This was a Polish sergeant of Ponyatowski's Corps, who explained in Polish
that he had come over because he had been slighted in the service, that he ought long ago to have been
an officer, that he was braver than any of them, and so he had left them and wished to pay them
out. He said that Morah was spending the night less than a mile from where they were, and that if
they would let him have a convoy of a hundred men, he would capture him alive. Count Orlovdenisov
consulted his fellow officers. The offer was too tempting to be refused. Everyone volunteered to go,
and everybody advised making the attempt. After much disputing and arguing,
Major General Grecov, with two Cossack regiments, decided to go with the Polish sergeant.
"'Now, remember,' said Count Orlov Denisov to the sergeant at parting,
"'If you have been lying, I'll have you hang like a dog. But if it's true, you shall have a hundred gold pieces.'
Without replying, the sergeant, with a resolute air, mounted and rode away with Grecov,
whose men had quickly assembled. They disappeared into the forest.
And Count Orlov Denisov, having seen Grecoff off, returned, shivering from the freshness of
the early dawn, and excited by what he had undertaken on his own responsibility, and began
looking at the enemy camp, now just visible in the deceptive light of dawn and the dying
campfires.
Our columns ought to have begun to appear on an open declivity to his right.
He looked in that direction, but though the columns would have been visible quite far off,
they were not to be seen.
It seemed to the Count
that things were beginning to stir in the French camp,
and his keen-sighted adjutant confirmed this.
Oh, it is really too late,
said Count Orlov, looking at the camp.
As often happens when someone we have trusted
is no longer before our eyes,
it suddenly seemed quite clear and obvious to him
that the sergeant was an imposter,
that he had lied,
and that the whole Russian attack would be ruined
by the absence of those two regiments, which he would lead away heaven-only knew where.
How could one capture a commander-in-chief from among such a mass of troops?
I am sure that Rascal was lying, said the Count.
They can still be called back, said one of his suite,
who, like Count Orlov, felt distrustful of the adventure when he looked at the enemy's camp.
Eh, really? What do you think? Should we let them go on?
or not. Will you have them fetched back? Fetch them back, fetch them back, said Count Orlov,
with sudden determination, looking at his watch. It will be too late. It is quite light.
And the adjutant galloped through the forest after Grecoff. When Grecoff returned, Count Orlov
Denisov, excited both by the abandoned attempt and by vainly awaiting the infantry columns
that still do not appear, as well as by the proximity of the enemy,
resolved to advance. All his men felt the same excitement.
Mount, he commanded in a whisper. The men took their places and crossed themselves.
Forward with God's aid.
Hurrah! Ah! Ah! Rav! reverberated in the forest, and the Cossack companies, trailing their lances
and advancing one after another as if poured out of a sack, dashed Gaby across the brook toward
the camp.
One desperate, frightened yell from the first French soldier who saw the Cossacks,
and all who were in the camp, undressed and only just waking up, ran off in all directions,
abandoning cannons, muskets, and horses.
Had the Cossacks pursued the French, without heeding what was behind and around them,
they would have captured Mara and everything there.
That was what the officers desired.
But it was impossible to make the Cossacks budge when once,
they got booty and prisoners. None of them listened to orders. Fifteen hundred prisoners and
thirty-eight guns were taken on the spot. Besides standards, and what seemed most important to the
Cossacks, horses, saddles, horse-cloths, and the like. All this had to be dealt with. The
prisoners and guns secured, the booty divided, not without some shouting, and even a little
fighting among themselves, and it was on this that the Cossacks all busied themselves.
The French, not being farther pursued, began to recover themselves.
They formed into detachments and began firing.
Orlov Denisov, still waiting for the other columns to arrive, advance no further.
Meantime, according to the dispositions which said that the first column will march, and so on,
the infantry of the belated columns, commanded by Benningsen and directed by Toll,
had started in due order, and, as always happens, had got so.
somewhere, but not to their appointed places. As always happens, the men, starting cheerfully,
began to halt. Murmurs were heard. There was a sense of confusion, and finally a backward
movement. Adjutants and generals galloped about, shouted, grew angry, quarreled, said they had
come quite wrong and were late, gave vent to a little abuse, and at last gave it all up and
went forward, simply to get somewhere. We shall get somewhere, or I'll
other. And they did indeed get somewhere, though not to their right places. A few eventually even
got to their right place, but too late to be of any use and only in time to be fired at. Toll,
who in this battle played the part of Veyroter at Austerlitz, galloped assiduously from place
to place, finding everything upside down everywhere. Thus he stumbled upon Bagavut's
Corps in a wood when it was already broad daylight, though the Corps should long be able to
before have joined Orlov Denisov.
Excited and vexed by the failure, and supposing that someone must be responsible for it,
Toll galloped up to the commander of the Corps and began upbraiding him severely, saying that he ought
to be shot.
General Bhagavut, a fighting old soldier of placid temperament, being also upset by all the delay,
confusion, and cross-purposes, fell into a rage to everybody's surprise, and quite contrary
to his usual character, and said disagreeable things to talk.
whole. "'I prefer not to take lessons from anyone, but I can die with my men as well as anybody,'
he said, and advanced with a single division.
Coming out onto a field under the enemy's fire, this brave general went straight ahead,
leading his men under fire, without considering in his agitation, whether going into action
now, with a single division, would be of any use or no.
Danger, cannonballs, and bullets were just what he needed in his angry mood.
One of the first bullets killed him, and other bullets killed many of his men,
and his division remained under fire for some time quite uselessly.
End of Book 13, Chapter 6.
Book 13 Chapter 7 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 7
Meanwhile, another column was to have attacked the French from the front,
but Kutuzov accompanied that column.
He well knew that nothing but confusion would come of this battle
undertaken against his will, and as far as was in his power, held the troops back.
He did not advance.
He rode silently on his small gray horse,
indolently answering suggestions that they should attack.
The word attack is always on your tongue,
but you don't see that we are unable to execute complicated maneuvers,
said he to Miloradovich, who asked permission to advance.
We couldn't take Mara prisoner this morning or get to the place in time,
and nothing can be done now, he replied to someone else.
When Kutuzov was informed that at the French rear,
where, according to the reports of the report of,
the Cossacks, there had previously been nobody. There were now two battalions of Poles.
He gave a sidelong glance at Ermolov, who was behind him, and to whom he had not spoken since
the previous day. You see, they're asking to attack and making plans of all kinds, but as soon as one
gets to business, nothing is ready, and the enemy, forewarned, takes measures accordingly.
Irmolov screwed up his eyes and smiled faintly on hearing these words.
He understood that for him the storm had blown over,
and that Kutuzov would content himself with that hint.
He's having a little fun at my expense, said Ermolov softly,
nudging with his knee, Ryevsky, who was at his side.
Soon after this, Ermolov moved up to Kutuzov and respectfully remarked,
"'It is not too late yet, Your Highness.
The enemy has not gone away.
If you were to order an attack.
If not, the guards will not so much as see a little smoke.'
Katoosov did not reply, but when they reported to him that Moraz troops were in retreat,
he ordered an advance, though at every hundred paces he halted for three-quarters of an hour.
The whole battle consisted in what Orlov Denisov's Cossacks had done.
The rest of the army merely lost some hundreds of men uselessly.
In consequence of this battle, Kutuzov received a diamond decoration,
and Benningsen some diamonds and a hundred thousand roubles.
Others also received pleasant recognitions corresponding to their various grades,
and following the battle, fresh changes were made in the staff.
That's how everything is done with us, all topsy-turvy,
said the Russian officers and generals after,
the Taratino battle, letting it be understood that some fool there is doing things all wrong,
but that we ourselves should not have done so, just as people speak today.
But people who talk like that either do not know what they are talking about,
or deliberately deceive themselves.
No battle, Tarotino, Borodino, or Austerlitz, takes place as those who planned it
anticipated. That is an essential condition.
A countless number of free forces, for nowhere is man freer than during a battle, where it is a question of life and death,
influence the course taken by the fight, and that course never can be known in advance, and never coincides with the direction of any one force.
If many simultaneously and variously directed forces act on a given body, the direction of its motion cannot coincide with any one of those forces,
but will always be a mean.
What in mechanics is represented by the diagonal of a parallelogram of forces.
If in the descriptions given by historians, especially French ones,
we find their wars and battles carried out in accordance with previously formed plans,
the only conclusion to be drawn is that those descriptions are false.
The Battle of Taratino obviously did not attain the aim tollhead in view,
to lead the troops into action in the order prescribed by the dispositions.
Nor that which Count Orlov de Nisov may have had in view, to take Mara a prisoner,
nor the result of immediately destroying the whole corps, which Benningsen and others may have had in
view.
Nor the aim of the officer who wished to go into action to distinguish himself, nor that of the
Cossack who wanted more booty than he got and so on.
But if the aim of the battle was what actually resulted and what all the Russians of that day desired
to drive the French out of Russia and destroy their army, it is quite clear that the Battle of
Tarotino, just because of its incongruities, was exactly what was wanted at that stage of the campaign.
It would be difficult and even impossible to imagine any result more opportune than the actual outcome of this battle.
With a minimum of effort and insignificant losses, despite the greatest confusion, the most important
results of the whole campaign were attained, the transition from retreat to advance,
an exposure of the weakness of the French, and the administration of that shock which Napoleon's
army had only awaited to begin its flight.
End of Book 13, Chapter 7.
Book 13 Chapter 8.
of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 8
Napoleon enters Moscow after the brilliant victory de la Moscova.
There can be no doubt about the victory, for the battlefield remains in the hands of the French.
The Russians retreat and abandon their ancient capital.
Moscow, abounding in provisions, arms, munitions, and incalculable wealth is in Napoleon's hands.
The Russian army, only half the strength of the French, does not make a single attempt to attack for a whole month.
Napoleon's position is most brilliant.
He can either fall on the Russian army with double its strength and destroy it, negotiate an advantageous peace,
or in case of a refusal, make a menacing move on Petersburg, or even, or even, you can't,
even, in the case of a reverse, return to Smolence-Garvilna, or remain in Moscow.
In short, no special genius would seem to be required to retain the brilliant position
the French held at that time. For that, only very simple and easy steps were necessary,
not to allow the troops to loot, to prepare winter clothing, of which there was sufficient
in Moscow for the whole army, and methodically to collect the provisions of which,
according to the French historians, there were enough in Moscow to supply the whole army for six
months. Yet Napoleon, that greatest of all geniuses, who the historians declare had control of the
army, took none of these steps. He not merely did nothing of the kind, but on the contrary,
he used his power to select the most foolish and ruinous of all the courses open to him.
Of all that Napoleon might have done, wintering in Moscow, advancing on
Petersburg or on Nizhny Novgorod, or retiring by a more northerly or more southerly route,
say by the road Kutuzov afterwards took,
nothing more stupid or disastrous can be imagined than what he actually did.
He remained in Moscow till October, letting the troops plunder the city.
Then, hesitating whether to leave a garrison behind him, he quitted Moscow, approached Kuzov
without joining battle, turned to the right and reached Mado Yerazzov.
Slavitz, again without attempting to break through and take the road Katoosov took, but retiring
instead to Moseysk along the devastated Smolensk Road. Nothing more stupid than that could have been
devised, or more disastrous for the army, as the sequel showed. Had Napoleon's aim been to
destroy his army, the most skillful strategist could hardly have devised any series of actions that
would so completely have accomplished that purpose, independently of anything the Russian army.
Army might do.
Napoleon, the man of genius, did this.
But to say that he destroyed his army because he wished to, or because he was very stupid,
would be as unjust as to say that he had brought his troops to Moscow because he wished to,
and because he was very clever and a genius.
In both cases, his personal activity, having no more force than the personal activity of any soldier,
merely coincided with the laws that guided the event.
The historians quite falsely represent Napoleon's faculties
as having weakened in Moscow,
and do so only because the results did not justify his actions.
He employed all his ability and strength
to do the best he could for himself and his army,
as he had done previously and as he did subsequently in 1813.
His activity at that time was no less astounding
than it was in Egypt, in Egypt,
in Italy, in Austria, and in Prussia.
We do not know for certain in how far his genius was genuine in Egypt,
where forty centuries looked down upon his grandeur,
for his great exploits there are all told to us by Frenchmen.
We cannot accurately estimate his genius in Austria or Prussia,
for we have to draw our information from French or German sources,
and the incomprehensible surrender of whole cores without fighting,
and of fortresses without a siege,
must incline Germans to recognize his genius
as the only explanation of the war carried on in Germany.
But we, thank God, have no need to recognize his genius
in order to hide our shame.
We have paid for the right to look at the matter plainly and simply,
and we will not abandon that right.
His activity in Moscow was as amazing and as full of genius as elsewhere.
Order after order and plan after plan were issued by him
from the time he entered Moscow till the time he left it.
The absence of citizens and of a deputation, and even the burning of Moscow, did not disconcert
him. He did not lose sight either of the welfare of his army or of the doings of the enemy,
or of the welfare of the people of Russia, or of the direction of affairs in Paris,
or of diplomatic considerations concerning the terms of the anticipated peace.
End of Book 13, Chapter 8.
Book 13 Chapter 9 of War and Peace
Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy
Translated by Elmer Maude
This Libervox recording is in the public domain
Book 13 Chapter 9
With regard to military matters
Napoleon, immediately on his entry into Moscow
gave General Sebastiani strict orders to observe the movements of the Russian army
sent army corps out along the different roads, and charged Mara to find Kutuzov.
Then he gave careful directions about the fortification of the Kremlin, and drew up a brilliant plan
for a future campaign over the whole map of Russia.
With regard to diplomatic questions, Napoleon summoned Captain Yakovlev, who had been robbed
and was in rags and did not know how to get out of Moscow, minutely explained to him his whole
policy and his magnanimity, and having written a letter to the Emperor Alexander, in which
he considered it his duty to inform his friend and brother, that Rostoption had managed affairs
badly in Moscow, he dispatched Yakovlev to Petersburg. Having similarly explained his views and
his magnanimity to Tertomnen, he dispatched that old man also to Petersburg to negotiate.
With regard to legal matters, immediately after the fires he gave orders to find and execute
the incendiaries, and the scoundrel restoption was punished by an order to burn down his houses.
With regard to administrative matters, Moscow was granted a constitution. A municipality was
established and the following announcement issued. Inhabitants of Moscow
Your misfortunes are cruel, but His Majesty the Emperor and King desires to arrest their course.
Terrible examples have taught you how he punished him.
as disobedience and crime.
Strict measures have been taken to put an end to disorder and to re-establish public security.
A paternal administration, chosen from among yourselves, will form your municipality or city government.
It will take care of you, of your needs, and of your welfare.
Its members will be distinguished by a red ribbon worn across the shoulder, and the mayor of the
city will wear a white belt as well.
But when not on duty, they will only wear a red ribbon round the left arm.
The city police is established on its former footing, and better order already prevails in consequence of its activity.
The government has appointed two commissaries general, or chiefs of police, and twenty commissaries, or captains of wards, have been appointed to the different wards of the city.
You will recognize them by the white ribbon they will wear on the left arm.
Several churches of different denominations are open, and divine service is performed in them unhindered.
Your fellow citizens are returning every day to their homes, and orders have been given that they
should find in them the help and protection due to their misfortunes.
These are the measures the government has adopted to re-establish order and relieve your condition.
But to achieve this aim, it is necessary that you should add your efforts, and should, if possible,
forget the misfortunes you have suffered, should entertain the hope of a less cruel fate,
should be certain that inevitable and ignominious death awaits those who make any attempt on
your persons or on what remains of your property, and finally that you should not doubt that these
will be safeguarded, since this is the will of the greatest and most just of monarchs.
Soldiers and citizens, of whatever nation you may be, reestablish public confidence,
the source of the welfare of a state live like brothers,
render mutual aid and protection to one another,
unite to defeat the intentions of the evil-minded,
obey the military and civil authorities,
and your tears will soon cease to flow.
With regard to supplies for the army,
Napoleon decreed that all the troops in turn should enter Moscow la Maraud,
as looters, to obtain provisions for themselves
so that the army might have its future provided for.
With regard to religion, Napoleon ordered the priest to be brought back, and services to be again performed in the churches.
With regard to commerce and to provisioning the army, the following was placarded everywhere.
Proclamation. You, peaceful inhabitants of Moscow, artisans and workmen, whom misfortune has driven from the city,
and you scattered tillers of the soil, still kept out in the fields by groundless fear, listen.
tranquility is returning to this capital, and order is being restored in it. Your fellow
countrymen are emerging boldly from their hiding-places on finding that they are respected. Any
violence to them or to their property is promptly punished. His Majesty the Emperor and King protects
them, and considers no one among you his enemy except those who disobey his orders. He desires
to end your misfortunes and restore you to your homes and families. Respond, therefore,
to his benevolent intentions and come to us without fear. Inhabitants, return with confidence to your
abodes. You will soon find means of satisfying your needs. Craftsmen and industrious artisans
return to your work, your houses, your shops, where the protection of guards awaits you. You
shall receive proper pay for your work. And lastly, you, too, peasants, come from the forests
where you are hiding in terror, return to your huts without fear, in full assurance that you
will find protection. Markets are established in the city where peasants can bring their surplus
supplies and the products of the soil. The government has taken the following steps to ensure
freedom of sale for them. One, from today, peasants, husbandmen, and those living in the
neighborhood of Moscow may, without any danger, bring their supplies of all kinds to two appointed
markets, of which one is on the Mochavaya Street and the other at the provision market.
Two, such supplies will be brought from them at such prices as seller and buyer may agree on,
and if a seller is unable to obtain a fair price, he will be free to take his goods back to his
village, and no one may hinder him under any pretense.
3. Sunday and Wednesday of each week are appointed as the chief market days, and to that end,
a sufficient number of troops will be stationed along the high roads on Tuesdays and Saturdays
at such distances from the town as to protect the carts.
Four, similar measures will be taken that peasants with their carts and horses may meet
with no hindrance on their return journey.
Five, steps will immediately be taken to re-establish ordinary trading.
Inhabitants of the city and villages, and you working men and artisans, to whatever nation
you belong, you are called on to carry out the paternal intentions of his majesty the Emperor and
King, and to cooperate with him for the public welfare. Lay your respect and confidence at his
feet, and do not delay to unite with us. With the object of raising the spirits of the troops
and of the people, reviews were constantly held and rewards distributed. The Emperor rode
through the street to comfort the inhabitants, and despite his preoccupation with state affairs,
himself visited the theaters that were established by his order.
In regard to philanthropy, the greatest virtue of crowned heads, Napoleon also did all in his power.
He caused the words, Maison de Memaire, to be inscribed on the charitable institutions,
thereby combining tender filial affection with the majestic benevolence of a monarch.
He visited the founding hospital, and allowing the orphans saved by him to kiss his white hands,
graciously converse with Tutolman.
Then, as Tierre eloquently recounts,
he ordered his soldiers to be paid and forged Russian money,
which he had prepared.
Raising the use of these means by an act worthy of himself
and of the French army,
he let relief be distributed to those who had been burned out.
But as food was too precious to be given to foreigners,
who were for the most part enemies,
Napoleon preferred to supply them with money
with which to purchase food from outside and had paper rubles distributed to them.
With reference to army discipline, orders were continually being issued to inflict severe punishment
for the non-performance of military duties and to suppress robbery.
End of Book 13, Chapter 9.
Book 13 Chapter 10 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13 Chapter 10
But strange to say, all these measures, efforts, and plans, which were not at all worse than others issued in similar circumstances, did not affect the essence of the matter, but, like the hands of a clock detached from the mechanism, swung about in an arbitrary and aimless way without engaging the cogwheels.
With reference to the military side, the plan of campaign,
that work of genius of which Thier remarks that,
his genius never devised anything more profound, more skillful, or more admirable,
and enters into a polemic with Monsieur Fan to prove that this work of genius must be
referred not to the fourth, but to the fifteenth of October.
That plan never was or could be executed, for it was quite out of touch with the facts of the case.
The fortifying of the Kremlin, for which La Mosque, as Napoleon,
Napoleon termed the Church of Basil the beatified, was to have been raised to the ground, proved
quite useless. The mining of the Kremlin only helped toward fulfilling Napoleon's wish
that it should be blown up when he left Moscow, as a child wants the floor in which he has
hurt himself to be beaten. The pursuit of the Russian army, about which Napoleon was so concerned,
produced an unheard-of result. The French generals lost touch with the Russian army of 60,000 men.
and, according to Tierre, it was only eventually found, like a lost pin, by the skill,
and apparently the genius of Mara.
With reference to diplomacy, all Napoleon's arguments as to his magnanimity and justice,
both to Tolman and to Yaakovlev, whose chief concern was to obtain a great code and a conveyance,
prove useless.
Alexander did not receive these envoys, and did not reply to their embersage.
With regard to legal matters, after the execution of the supposed incendiaries, the rest of Moscow burned down.
With regard to administrative matters, the establishment of a municipality did not stop the robberies,
and was only of use to certain people who formed part of that municipality, and under pretext of preserving order looted Moscow or saved their own property from being looted.
With regard to religion, as to which in Egypt matters had so easily been settled by Napoleon's
visit to a mosque, no results were achieved. Two or three priests who were found in Moscow did
try to carry out Napoleon's wish, but one of them was slapped in the face by a French soldier
while conducting service, and a French official reported of another that,
The priest whom I found and invited to say mass, cleaned and locked up the church. That night the doors
were again broken open, the padlocks smashed, the books mutilated, and other disorders perpetrated.
With reference to commerce, the proclamation to industrious workmen and to peasants evoked no response.
There were no industrious workmen, and the peasants caught the commissaries who ventured too far out
of the town with the proclamation and killed them. As to the theaters for the entertainment of the
people and the troops, these did not meet with success either.
The theater set up in the Kremlin and in Posnyakov's house were closed again at once,
because the actors and actresses were robbed.
Even philanthropy did not have the desired effect.
The genuine, as well as the false paper money which flooded Moscow, lost its value.
The French, collecting booty, cared only for gold.
Not only was the paper money valueless which Napoleon so graciously distributed to the unfortunate,
but even silver lost its value in relation to gold.
But the most amazing example of the ineffectiveness of the orders given by the authorities at that time
was Napoleon's attempt to stop the looting and re-established discipline.
This is what the army authorities were reporting.
Looting continues in the city, despite the decrees against it.
Order is not yet restored, and not a single merchant is carrying on trade in a lawful manner.
The settlers alone venture to trade, and they sell stolen goods.
The neighborhood of my ward continues to be pillaged by soldiers of the Third Corps,
who, not satisfied with taking from the unfortunate inhabitants hiding in the cellars the little
they have left, even have the ferocity to wound them with their sabres, as I have repeatedly witnessed.
Nothing new, except that the soldiers are robbing and pillaging, October 9.
Robbing and pillaging continue, there is a band of thieves in our district who ought to be arrested
by a strong force.
October 11.
The Emperor is extremely displeased that, despite the strict orders to stop pillage,
parties of marauding guards are continually seen returning to the Kremlin.
Among the old guard, disorder and pillage were renewed more violently than ever yesterday
evening, last night, and today.
The Emperor sees with regret that the picked soldiers appointed to guard his person,
who should set an example of discipline, carry disobeysibility.
obedience to such a point that they break into the cellars and stores containing army supplies.
Others have disgraced themselves to the extent of disobeying sentinels and officers,
and have abused and beaten them.
"'The Grand Marshal of the Palace,' wrote the governor,
complains bitterly that, in spite of repeated orders,
the soldiers continue to commit nuisances in all the courtyards,
and even under the very windows of the Emperor.
That army, like a herd of cattle run wild and trampling underfoot the preventer which might
have saved it from starvation, disintegrated and perished with each additional day it remained in
Moscow. But it did not go away. It began to run away only when suddenly seized by a panic
caused by the capture of transport trains on the Smolensk Road, and by the Battle of Tarotino.
The news of that Battle of Taratino, unexpectedly received by Napoleon at a review, evoked in him a desire to punish the Russians, Tierre says, and he issued the order for departure which the whole army was demanding.
Fleeing from Moscow, the soldiers took with them everything they had stolen. Napoleon, too, carried away his own personal treasurer, but on seeing the baggage trains that impeded the army, he was, Tierre says, horror-struck.
and yet, with his experience of war, he did not order all the superfluous vehicles to be burned,
as he had done with those of a certain marshal when approaching Moscow.
He gazed at the Kaleshes and carriages in which soldiers were riding and remarked that it was a very good thing,
as those vehicles could be used to carry provisions, the sick and the wounded.
The plight of the whole army resembled that of a wounded animal,
which feels it is perishing and does not know what it is doing.
To study the skillful tactics and aims of Napoleon and his army from the time it entered
Moscow till it was destroyed is like studying the dying leaps and shudders of a mortally wounded
animal. Very often, a wounded animal, hearing a rustle, rushes straight at the hunter's gun,
rushes forward and back again, and hastens its own end. Napoleon, under pressure from his
whole army, did the same thing. The rustle of the Battle of Tarotino frightened the beast,
and it rushed forward onto the hunter's gun, reached him, turned back, and finally, like any
wild beast, ran back along the most disadvantageous and dangerous path, where the old scent
was familiar.
During the whole of that period, Napoleon, who seems to us to have been the leader of all
these movements, as the figurehead of a ship may seem to a savage to guide the vessel,
acted like a child, who, holding a couple of strings inside a carriage, thinks he is driving it.
End of Book 13, Chapter 10. Book 13, Chapter 11. Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 11
Early in the morning of the 6th of October, Pierre went out of the shed, and on returning,
stopped by the door to play with a little blue-gray dog with a long body.
and short bandy legs that jumped about him. This little dog lived in their shed, sleeping
beside Karateev at night. It sometimes made excursions into the town, but always returned
again. Probably it had never had an owner, and it still belonged to nobody and had no name.
The French called it Azor. The soldier who told stories called it Femgalka. Karateev and others
called it gray, or sometimes flabby.
Its lack of a master, a name, or even of a breed or any definite color, did not seem to trouble
the blue-gray dog in the least.
Its furry tail stood up firm and round as a plume.
Its bandy legs served it so well that it would often gracefully lift a hind leg and run very
easily and quickly on three legs, as if disdaining to use all four.
Everything pleased it.
Now we would roll on its back, yelping with delight.
now bask in the sun with a thoughtful air of importance, and now frolic about playing with a chip of wood or a straw.
Pierre's attire by now consisted of a dirty torn shirt, the only remnant of his former clothing,
a pair of soldier's trousers which, by Karateev's advice, he tied with string round the ankles for warmth,
and a peasant coat and cap.
Physically, he had changed much during this time.
He no longer seemed stout, though he still had the appearance of solidity and strength hereditary in his family.
A beard and mustache covered the lower part of his face, and a tangle of hair, infested with lice,
curled round his head like a cap.
The look of his eyes was resolute, calm, and adamidly alert as never before.
The former slackness, which had shown itself even in his eyes, was now replaced by an energetic readiness for action.
and resistance. His feet were bare. Pierre first looked down the field across which
vehicles and horsemen were passing that morning, then into the distance across the river,
then at the dog who was pretending to be in earnest about biting him, and then at his bare
feet which he placed with pleasure in various positions, moving his dirty, thick, big toes.
Every time he looked at his bare feet, a smile of animated self-satisfaction flitted across
his face. The sight of them reminded him of all he had experienced and learned during these
weeks, and this recollection was pleasant to him. For some days the weather had been calm and
clear, with slight frosts in the morning. What is called an old-wife's summer. In the sunshine
the air was warm, and that warmth was particularly pleasant with the invigorating freshness
of the morning frost still in the air. On everything, far and near,
lay the magic crystal glitter seen only at that time of autumn.
The sparrow hills were visible in the distance,
with the village, the church, and the large white house.
The bare trees, the sand, the bricks and roofs of the houses,
the green church spire, and the corners of the white house in the distance,
all stood out in the transparent air in the most delicate outline
and with unnatural clearness.
Nearby could be seen the familiar ruins of a half-burn mansion
occupied by the French, with lilac bushes still showing dark green beside the fence.
And even that ruined and befiled house, which in dull weather was repulsively ugly,
seemed quietly beautiful now in the clear, motionless brilliance.
A French corporal, with coat unbuttoned in a homely way, a skullcap on his head and a short pipe in his mouth,
came from behind a corner of the shed and approached Pierre with a friendly wink.
"'What sunshine, Monsieur Carroll?'
"'Their name for Pierre.
"'A. Just like spring!'
And the corporal leaned against the door and offered Pierre his pipe,
though whenever he offered it, Pierre always declined it.
"'To be on the march in such weather,' he began.
Pierre inquired what was being said about leaving,
and the corporal told him that nearly all the troops were starting
and there ought to be an order about the prisoners that day.
Sokolov, one of the soldiers in the shed with Pierre, was dying, and Pierre told the corporal
that something should be done about him.
The corporal replied that Pierre need not worry about that, as they had an ambulance and a
permanent hospital and arrangements would be made for the sick, and that in general everything
that could happen had been foreseen by the authorities.
Besides, Monsieur Carrel, you have only to say a word to the captain, you know.
He is a man who never forgets anything.
Speak to the captain when he makes his round.
He will do anything for you.
The captain of whom the corporal spoke often had long chats with Pierre
and showed him all sorts of favors.
You see, St. Thomas, he said to me the other day,
Monsieur Caril is a man of education, who speaks French.
He is a Russian signor who has had misfortunes, but he is a man.
He knows what's what.
If he wants anything and asks me, he won't get a refusal.
When one has studied, you see, one likes education and well-bred people.
It is for your sake I mention it, Monsieur Carrelle, the other day, if it had not been for you,
that affair would have ended ill.
And after chatting a while longer, the corporal went away.
The affair he had alluded to had happened a few days before,
a fight between the prisoners and the French soldiers, in which Pierre,
had succeeded in pacifying his comrades.
Some of the prisoners who had heard Pierre talking to the corporal
immediately asked what the Frenchman had said.
While Pierre was repeating what he had been told about the army leaving Moscow,
a thin, sallow, tattered French soldier came up to the door of the shed.
Rapidly and timidly, raising his fingers to his forehead by way of greeting,
he asked Pierre whether the soldier platoche to whom he had given a shirt to sew was in that shed.
A week before the French had had boot leather and linen issued to them,
which they had given out to the prisoners to make up into boots and shirts for them.
"'Ready, ready, dear fellow,' said Karateev, coming out with a neatly folded shirt.
Karateev, on account of the warm weather and for convenience at work,
was wearing only trousers and a tattered shirt as black as soot.
His hair was bound round, workman fashion, with a wisp of lime-tree bass.
and his round face seemed rounder and pleasanter than ever.
"'A promise his own brother to performance.
I said Friday, and here it is, ready,' said Plotone, smiling and unfolding the shirt he had
sown.
The Frenchman glanced around uneasily, and then, as if overcoming his hesitation,
rapidly threw off his uniform and put on the shirt.
He had a long, greasy, flowered silk waistcoat next to his sallow, thin, bare body,
but no shirt.
He was evidently afraid the prisoners looking on would laugh at him and thrust his head into the
shirt hurriedly.
None of the prisoners said a word.
"'See, it fits well,' Plotone kept repeating, pulling the shirt straight.
The Frenchman, having pushed his head and hands through, without raising his eyes,
looked down at the shirt and examined the seams.
"'You see, dear man, this is not a sewing-shop, and I had no proper tools.
and, as they say, one needs a tool even to kill a louse, said Plotone with one of his round
smiles, obviously pleased with his work.
"'It's good, quite good. Thank you,' said the Frenchman in French,
but there must be some linen left over.
"'It will fit better still when it sets to your body,' said Karateaev, still admiring his
handiwork. You'll be nice and comfortable.'
"'Thanks, thanks, old fellow.'
But the bits left over, said the Frenchman again and smiled.
He took out an assignation-ruble note and gave it to Karateev.
But give me the pieces that are left over.
Pierre saw that Plotone did not want to understand what the Frenchman was saying,
and he looked on without interfering.
Karateev thanked the Frenchman for the money and went on admiring his own work.
The Frenchman insisted on having the pieces returned that were left over
and asked Pierre to translate what he said.
"'What does he want the bits for?' said Karateev.
"'They'd make fine leg-bands for us.
Well, never mind.'
And Karateev, with a suddenly changed and saddened expression,
took a small bundle of scraps from inside his shirt and gave it to the Frenchman
without looking at him.
"'Oh, dear,' muttered Karateev and went away.
The Frenchman looked at the linen, considered for a moment,
then looked inquiringly at Pierre, and as if Pierre's look had told him something,
suddenly blushed and shouted in a squeaky voice,
"'Platosh! Hey, Potosh! Keep them yourself!'
And handing back the odd bits, he turned and went out.
"'There, look at that,' said Karatea, of swaying his head.
People said they were not Christians, but they too have souls.
And what the old folk used to say,
A sweating hands and open hand, a dry hands close.
He's naked, but yet he's given it back.
Karateev smiled thoughtfully and was silent a while looking at the pieces.
But they'll make grand leg bands, dear friend, he said, and went back into the shed.
End of Book 13, Chapter 11.
Book 13 Chapter 12 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 12.
Four weeks had passed since Pierre had been taken prisoner,
and though the French had offered to move him from the men's to the officer's shed,
he had stayed in the shed where he was first put.
In burned and devastated Moscow, Pierre experienced almost the extreme limits of
privation a man can endure.
But thanks to his physical strength and health,
of which he had till then been unconscious, and thanks especially to the fact that the privations
came so gradually that it was impossible to say when they began, he endured his position
not only lightly but joyfully. And just at this time he obtained the tranquility and ease
of mind he had formerly striven in vain to reach. He had long sought in different ways that
tranquility of mind, that inner harmony which had so impressed him in the soldiers at the Battle
of Borodino. He had sought it in philanthropy, in freemasonry, in the dissipations of town life,
in wine, in heroic feats of self-sacrifice, and in romantic love for Natasha. He had sought it
by reasoning, and all these quests and experiments had failed him. And now, without thinking about it,
he had found that peace and inner harmony only through the horror of death, through privation,
and through what he recognized in Karateev.
Those dreadful moments he had lived through at the executions,
had, as it were, forever washed away from his imagination and memory
the agitating thoughts and feelings that had formerly seemed so important.
It did not now occur to him to think of Russia, or the war, or politics, or Napoleon.
It was plain to him that all these things were no business of his,
and that he was not called unto judge concerning them,
and therefore could not do so.
Russia and summer weather are not bound together, he thought, repeating words of Karateev's,
which he found strangely consoling. His intention of killing Napoleon and his calculations of the
cabalistic number of the beast of the apocalypse now seemed to him meaningless and even ridiculous.
His anger with his wife and anxiety that his name should not be smirched, now seemed not merely trivial,
but even amusing. What concern was.
of his that somewhere or other that woman was leading the life she preferred. What did it matter
to anybody, and especially to him, whether or not they found out that the prisoner's name
was Count Bazukov. He now often remembered his conversation with Prince Andrew and quite agreed
with him, though he understood Prince Andrew's thoughts somewhat differently. Prince Andrew had
thought and said that happiness could only be negative, but had said it with a shade of bitterness
and irony, as though he was really saying that all desire for positive happiness is implanted
in us merely to torment us and never be satisfied. But Pierre believed it without any mental
reservation. The absence of suffering, the satisfaction of one's needs and consequent freedom in the
choice of one's occupation, that is, of one's way of life, now seemed to Pierre to be
indubitably man's highest happiness. Here and now for the first time, he felt, he felt, and now for the first time, he
fully appreciated the enjoyment of eating when he wanted to eat, drinking when he wanted to drink,
sleeping when he wanted to sleep, of warmth when he was cold, of talking to a fellow man when
he wished to talk and to hear a human voice. The satisfaction of one's needs, good food,
cleanliness and freedom, now that he was deprived of all this, seemed to Pierre to constitute
perfect happiness, and the choice of occupation, that is, of his way of life, now that that
that was so restricted, seemed to him such an easy matter that he forgot that a superfluity of
the comforts of life destroys all joy in satisfying one's knees. While great freedom in the
choice of occupation, such freedom as his wealth, his education, and his social position
had given him in his own life, is just what makes the choice of occupation insolubly difficult
and destroys the desire and possibility of having an occupation.
All Pierre's daydreams now turned on the time when he would be free.
Yet, subsequently, and for the rest of his life,
he thought and spoke with enthusiasm of that month of captivity,
of those irrecoverable, strong, joyful sensations,
and chiefly of the complete peace of mind and inner freedom
which he experienced only during those weeks.
When on the first day he got up early,
went out of the shed at dawn,
and saw the cupulas and crosses of the world,
the new convent of the Virgin still dark at first, the hoar-frost on the dusty grass, the sparrow
hills, and the wooded banks above the winding river vanishing in the purple distance.
When he felt the contact of the fresh air and heard the noise of the crows flying from Moscow
across the field, and when afterwards light gleam from the east and the sun's rim appeared
solemnly from behind a cloud, and the cupulas and crosses, the hoar-frost, the distance and the river
all began to sparkle in the glad light. Pierre felt a new joy and strength in life such as he
had never before known. And this not only stayed with him during the whole of his imprisonment,
but even grew in strength as the hardships of his position increased. That feeling of alertness
and of readiness for anything was still further strengthened in him by the high opinion
his fellow prisoners formed of him soon after his arrival at the shed. With his knowledge,
of languages, the respect shown him by the French, his simplicity, his readiness to give anything
asked of him, he received the allowance of three roubles a week made to officers, with his
strength, which he showed to the soldiers by pressing nails into the walls of the hut,
his gentleness to his companions, and his capacity for sitting still and thinking without
doing anything, which seemed to them incomprehensible. He appeared to them a rather mysterious
and superior being.
The very qualities that had been a hindrance, if not actually harmful to him in the world he had lived
in, his strength, his disdain for the comforts of life, his absent-mindedness and simplicity,
here among these people, gave him almost the status of a hero.
And Pierre felt that their opinion placed responsibilities upon him.
End of Book 13 Chapter 12
Book 13 Chapter 13 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13 Chapter 13
The French evacuation began on the night between the 6th and 7th of October.
Kitchens and sheds were dismantled, carts loaded, and troops and baggage trains started.
At seven in the morning, a French convoy in marching trim, wearing shakos and carrying muskets,
knapsacks, and enormous sacks, stood in front of the sheds, and animated French talk mingled
with curses, sounded all along the lines.
In the shed, everyone was ready, dressed, belted, shod, and only awaited the order to start.
The sick soldier, Sakhalov, pale and thin, with dark shadows round his eyes,
alone sat in his place barefoot and not dressed.
His eyes, prominent from the emaciation of his face,
gazed inquiringly at his comrades who were paying no attention to him,
and he moaned regularly and quietly.
It was evidently not so much his sufferings that caused him to moan,
he had dysentery, as his fear and grief at being left alone.
Pierre, girt with a rope round his waist and wearing shoes Karateev,
had made for him from some of his own.
leather a French soldier had torn off a tea-chest and brought to have his boots mended with,
went up to the sick man and squatted down beside him.
"'You know, Succolov, they're not all going away. They have a hospital here. You may be
better off than we others,' said Pierre. "'Oh, Lord, it will be the death of me. Oh, Lord!'
moaned the man in a louder voice. "'I'll go and ask them again directly,' said Pierre, rising,
and going to the door of the shed.
Just as Pierre reached the door,
the corporal who had offered him a pipe the day before
came up to it with two soldiers.
The corporal and soldiers were in marching kit,
with knapsacks and shakos that had metal straps,
and these changed their familiar faces.
The corporal came, according to orders,
to shut the door.
The prisoners had to be counted before being let out.
Corporal, what will they do with the sick man?
Pierre began.
But even as he spoke, he began to doubt whether this was the corporal he knew or a stranger,
so unlike himself did the corporal seem at that moment.
Moreover, just as Pierre was speaking, a sharp rattle of drums was suddenly heard from both sides.
The corporal frowned at Pierre's words, and uttering some meaningless oaths, slammed the door.
The shed became semi-dark, and the sharp rattle of the drums on two sides drowned the sick man.
groans.
There it is. It again, said Pierre to himself, and an involuntary shudder ran down his
spine. In the corporal's changed face, in the sound of his voice, in the stirring and deafening
noise of the drums, he recognized that mysterious, callous force which compelled people
against their will to kill their fellow men, that force the effect of which he had witnessed
during the executions.
To fear or to try to escape that force, to address entreaties or exhortations to those who served as its tools were useless.
Pierre knew this now.
One had to wait and endure.
He did not again go to the sick man, nor turned to look at him, but stood frowning by the door of the hut.
When that door was opened and the prisoners, crowding against one another like a flock of sheep, squeezed into the exit,
Pierre pushed his way forward and approached that very captain, who, as the corporal had assured
him, was ready to do anything for him.
The captain was also in marching kit, and on his cold face appeared that same it which Pierre
had recognized in the corporal's words and in the roll of the drums.
"'Pass on, pass on,' the captain reiterated, frowning sternly and looking at the prisoners
who thronged past him.
went up to him, though he knew his attempt would be vain.
What now?
The officer asked with a cold look as if not recognizing Pierre.
Pierre told him about the sick man.
He'll manage to walk, devil take him, said the captain.
Pass on, pass on!
He continued without looking at Pierre.
But he is dying, Pierre again began.
Be so good, shouted the captain, frowning angrily.
Dada-dum, dumb, dumb, rattle the drums,
and Pierre understood that this mysterious force completely controlled these men,
and that it was now useless to say any more.
The officer prisoners were separated from the soldiers and told to march in front.
There were about thirty officers, with Pierre among them, and about three hundred men.
The officers, who had come from the other sheds,
were all strangers to Pierre and much better dressed than he.
They looked at him and at his shoes mistrustfully as at an alien.
Not far from him walked a fat major with a sallow, bloated, angry face,
who was wearing a Kazan dressing-gown tied round with a towel,
and who evidently enjoyed the respect of his fellow prisoners.
He kept one hand in which he clasped his tobacco pouch
inside the bosom of his dressing-gown,
and held the stem of his pipe firmly with the other.
Panting and puffing, the man.
Major grumbled and growled at everybody because he thought he was being pushed and that they
were all hurrying when they had nowhere to hurry to, and were all surprised at something when there
was nothing to be surprised at. Another, a thin little officer, was speaking to everyone,
conjecturing where they were now being taken and how far they would get that day.
An official in felt boots and wearing a commissariat uniform ran round from side to side
and gazed at the ruins of Moscow, loudly announcing his observations as to what had been
burned down and what this or that part of the city was that they could see.
A third officer, who, by his accent, was a pole, disputed with the commissariat officer,
arguing that he was mistaken in his identification of the different wards of Moscow.
"'What are you disputing about?' said the Major angrily.
"'What does it matter whether it is St. Nicholas or St. Blasius?
You see, it's burned down, and there's an end of it.
What are you pushing for?
Isn't the road wide enough?
Said he, turning to a man behind him who was not pushing him at all.
Oh, oh, oh, what have they done?
The prisoners on one side and another were heard saying as they gazed on the charred ruins.
All beyond the river, and Zubovah, and in the Kremlin.
Just look, there's not half of it left.
Yes, I told you, the whole quarter be able to.
beyond the river, and so it is.
"'Well, you know it's burned, so what's the use of talking?' said the major.
As they passed near a church in the Kamaovniki, one of the few unburned quarters of Moscow,
the whole mass of prisoners suddenly started to one side and exclamations of horror and disgust
were heard.
"'Ah, the villains!
What heathens!
Yes, dead!
Dead!
So he is!
And smeared with something!'
Pierre, too, drew near the church where the thing was that evoke these exclamations,
and dimly made out something leaning against the pailings surrounding the church.
From the words of his comrades who saw better than he did,
he found that this was the body of a man, set upright against the palings with its face smeared with soot.
Go on! What the devil! Go on! Thirty thousand devils!
The convoy guards began cursing, and the French soldiers,
with fresh virulence drove away with their swords the crowd of prisoners who were gazing at the
dead man.
End of Book 13, Chapter 13.
Book 13 Chapter 14 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 14
Through the cross streets of the Kamov-Nickey quarter, the prisoners marched, followed only by their escort, and the vehicles and wagons belonging to that escort.
But when they reached the supply stores, they came among a huge and closely packed train of artillery mingled with private vehicles.
At the bridge they all halted, waiting for those in front to get across.
From the bridge, they had a view of endless lines of moving baggage trains before and behind.
them. To the right, where the Kaluga Road turns in Naskuchni,
endless rows of troops and carts stretched away into the distance.
These were troops of Boer Nays Corps, which had started before any of the others.
Behind, along the riverside and across the stone bridge, were Nays troops and transport.
Davos' troops, in whose charge were the prisoners, were crossing the Crimean Bridge,
and some were already debouching into the Kaluga Road.
But the baggage train stretched out so that the last of Bornais train had not yet got out of Moscow and reached the Kuluga Road,
when the vanguard of Nays Army was already emerging from the Great Ordinca Street.
When they had crossed the Crimean Bridge, the prisoners moved a few steps forward, palted, and again moved on,
and from all sides, vehicles and men crowded closer and closer together.
They advanced the few hundred paces that separated the bridge from the Kaluga Road, taking
more than an hour to do so, and came out upon the square where the streets of the Transmoska
Ward and the Kaluga Road converge, and the prisoners jammed close together had to stand for
some hours at that crossway.
From all sides, like the roar of the sea, were heard the rattle of wheels, the tramp of feet,
and incessant shouts of anger and abuse.
Pierre stood pressed against the wall of a charred house,
listening to that noise which mingled in his imagination with the roll of the drums.
To get a better view, several officer prisoners climbed onto the wall of that half-burnt house
against which Pierre was leaning.
"'What crowds! Just look at the crowds!
They've loaded goods even on the cannon!
Look there! Those are furs!' they exclaimed.
"'Just see what the blackguards have looted.
There. See what that one has behind in the cart? Why, those are settings taken from some icons by
heaven. Oh, the rascals! See how that fellow has loaded himself up. He can hardly walk.
Good Lord. They've even grabbed those chases. See that fellow there sitting on the trunks?
Heavens! They're fighting. That's right. Hit him on the snout. On his snout.
Like this, we shan't get away before evening.
Look, look there. Why, that must be Napoleon's own. See what horses. And the monograms with a
crown. It's like a portable house. That fellow's dropped his sack and doesn't see it.
Fighting again. A woman with a baby. A not bad looking either. Yes, I dare say. That's the way
they'll let you pass. Just look. There's no end to it. Russian wenches by heaven, so they are.
In carriages, see how comfortably they've settled themselves.
Again, as at the church in Kamovniki, a wave of general curiosity bore all the prisoners
forward onto the road, and Pierre, thanks to his stature, saw over the heads of the others
what so attracted their curiosity.
In three carriages involved among the munition carts, closely squeezed together,
set women with rougeed faces, dressed in glaring colors, who were shouting something
and shrill voices.
From the moment Pierre had recognized the appearance of the mysterious force,
nothing had seemed to him strange or dreadful.
Neither the corpse smeared with soot for fun,
nor these women hurrying away, nor the burned ruins of Moscow.
All that he now witnessed scarcely made an impression on him,
as if his soul, making ready for a hard struggle,
refused to receive impressions that might weaken it.
The women's vehicles drove by.
Behind them came more carts, soldiers, wagons, soldiers, gun carriages, carriages,
soldiers, ammunition carts, more soldiers, and now and then women.
Pierre did not see the people as individuals, but saw their movement.
All these people and horses seemed driven forward by some invisible power.
During the hour Pierre watched them, they all came flowing from the different streets
with one and the same desire to get on quickly.
They all jostled one another.
began to grow angry and to fight. White teeth gleamed, brows frowned. Ever the same words of abuse
flew from side to side, and all the faces bore the same, swaggeringly resolute and coldly cruel
expression that had struck Pierre that morning on the corporal's face when the drums were beating.
It was not till nearly evening that the officer commanding the escort collected his men and with
shouts and quarrels forced his way in among the baggage trains, and the prisoners, hemmed in on all
sides emerged onto the Kaluga Road. They marched very quickly, without resting, and halted only
when the sun began to set. The baggage carts drew up close together, and the men began to prepare
for their night's rest. They all appeared angry and dissatisfied. For a long time, oaths, angry
shouts, and fighting could be heard from all sides. A carriage that followed the escort ran into one of the
carts, and knocked a hole in it with its pole.
Several soldiers ran toward the cart from different sides.
Some beat the carriage horses on their heads, turning them aside.
Others fought among themselves, and Pierre saw that one German was badly wounded on the head by a sword.
It seemed that all these men, now that they had stopped amid fields in the chill dusk of the autumn evening,
experienced one and the same feeling of unpleasant awakening from the hurry and eagerness to push on
that had seized them at the start.
Once at a standstill, they all seemed to understand that they did not yet know where they were going,
and that much that was painful and difficult awaited them on this journey.
During this halt, the escort treated the prisoners even worse than they had done at the start.
It was here that the prisoners, for the first time, received horse flesh for their meat ration.
From the officer down to the lowest soldier, they showed what seemed like personal spite against each of the prison.
in unexpected contrast to their former friendly relations.
This spite increased still more when on calling over the role of prisoners,
it was found that in the bustle of leaving Moscow, one Russian soldier,
who had pretended to suffer from Collick, had escaped.
Pierre saw a Frenchman beat a Russian soldier cruelly for straying too far from the road,
and heard his friend the captain reprimand and threatened to court-martial a non-commissioned officer
on account of the escape of the Russian.
To the non-commissioned officer's excuse that the prisoner was ill and could not walk,
the officer replied that the order was to shoot those who lagged behind.
Pierre felt that that fatal force which had crushed him during the executions,
but which he had not felt during his imprisonment,
now again controlled his existence.
It was terrible, but he felt that in proportion to the efforts of that fatal force to crush him,
There grew and strengthened in his soul a power of life independent of it.
He ate his supper of buckwheat soup with horse flesh and chatted with his comrades.
Neither Pierre nor any of the others spoke of what they had seen in Moscow,
or of the roughness of their treatment by the French,
or of the order to shoot them which had been announced to them.
As if in reaction against the worsening of their position,
they were all particularly animated and gay.
They spoke of personal reminiscences, of amusing scenes they had witnessed during the campaign,
and avoided all talk of their present situation.
The sun had set long since.
Bright stars shone out here and there in the sky.
A red glow as of a conflagration spread above the horizon from the rising full moon,
and that vast red ball swayed strangely in the gray haze.
It grew light.
The evening was ending.
but the night had not yet come.
Pierre got up and left his new companions,
crossing between the campfires to the other side of the road,
where he had been told the common soldier prisoners were stationed.
He wanted to talk to them.
On the road he was stopped by a French sentinel who ordered him back.
Pierre turned back, not to his companions by the campfire,
but to an unharnessed cart where there was nobody.
Tucking his legs under him and dropping his head,
he sat down on the cold ground by the wheel of the cart and remained motionless a long while
sunk in thought.
Suddenly, he burst out into a fit of his broad, good-natured laughter, so loud that men from
various sides turned with surprise to see what this strange and evidently solitary laffer
could mean.
Ha, ha ha!
laughed Pierre, and he said aloud to himself,
The soldier did not let me pass.
They took me and shut me up.
They hold me captive.
What?
Me?
My immortal soul?
Ha ha ha ha!
Ha! ha!
And he laughed till tears started to his eyes.
A man got up and came to see what this queer big fellow was laughing at all by himself.
Pierre stopped laughing, got up, went farther away from the inquisitive man, and looked around him.
The huge endless bivouac that had previously resounded with the crackling of campfires
and the voices of many men had grown quiet. The red campfires were growing paler and dying down.
High up in the light sky hung the full moon. Forests and fields beyond the camp, unseen before,
were now visible in the distance. And farther still, beyond those forests and fields,
the bright, oscillating, limitless distance lured one to itself.
Pierre glanced up at the sky and the twinkling stars in its far-away depths.
"'And all this is me, all that is within me, and it is all I,' thought Pierre.
"'And they caught all that and put it into a shed boarded up with planks.'
He smiled and went and laid down to sleep beside his companions.
End of Book 13, Chapter 14.
Book 13 Chapter 15 of War and Peace
Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Liberbox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 15
In the early days of October, another envoy came to Kutuzov with a letter from Napoleon,
proposing peace and falsely dated from Moscow, though Napoleon was already not far from Kutuzov
on the old Kaluga Road.
Kutuzov replied to this letter, as he had done to him.
the one formerly brought by Lariston, saying that there could be no question of peace.
Soon after that, a report was received from Dorokov's guerrilla detachment
operating to the left of Taratino, that troops of Brousier's division have been seen at
Forminsk, and that being separated from the rest of the French army they might easily be destroyed.
The soldiers and officers again demanded action. Generals on the staff, excited by the memory
of the easy victory at Tarotino, urged Kutuzov to carry out Dorokov's suggestion.
Kutuzov did not consider any offensive necessary. The result was a compromise which was inevitable.
A small detachment was sent to Forminsk to attack Broussier.
By a strange coincidence, this task, which turned out to be a most difficult and important
one, was entrusted to Dakturov, that same modest little Dakturov, whom no one had described to us
as drawing up plans of battles, dashing about in front of regiments,
showering crosses on batteries, and so on.
And who was thought to be, and was spoken of as undecided and undecerning,
but whom we find commanding wherever the position was most difficult,
all through the Russo-French wars from Austerlitz to the year 1813.
At Austerlitz, he remained last at the Auges Dam, rallying the regiments,
saving what was possible when all were flying and perishing,
and not a single general was left in the rear guard.
Ill with fever, he went to Smolensk with twenty thousand men to defend the town against Napoleon's
whole army. In Smolensk, at the Malkov gate, he had hardly dozed off in a paroxysm of fever
before he was awakened by the bombardment of the town, and Smolensk held out all day long.
At the Battle of Borodino, when Bagradian was killed and nine-tenths of the men of our left flank had fallen,
and the full force of the French artillery fire was directed against it.
The man sat there was this same irresolute and undecurning Doctorov.
Kutuzov hastening to rectify a mistake he had made by sending someone else there first.
And the quiet little Doctorov wrote thither, and Borodino became the greatest glory of the Russian army.
Many heroes have been described to us in verse and prose, but of Doctorov scarcely a word has been said.
It was Dr. Turav again whom they sent to Forminsk and from there to model Yaroslavets,
the place where the last battle with the French was fought, and where the obvious disintegration
of the French army began. And we are told of many geniuses and heroes of that period of the
campaign, but of Dr. Turov nothing or very little is said, and that dubiously. And this silence
about Dr. Torov is the clearest testimony to his merit. It is natural for a man who does not
understand the workings of a machine, to imagine that a shaving that has fallen into it by chance,
and is interfering with its action and tossing about in it, is its most important part.
The man who does not understand the construction of the machine cannot conceive that the small
connecting cog-wheel, which revolves quietly, is one of the most essential parts of the machine,
and not the shaving which merely harms and hinders the working.
On the 10th of October, when Dr. Turov had gone halfway to Forminsk, had stopped at the village of Aristopo,
preparing faithfully to execute the orders he had received, the whole French army, having,
in its convulsive movement, reached Mara's position, apparently in order to give battle.
Suddenly, without any reason, turned off to the left onto the new Kaluga Road and began to enter
Forminsk, where only Broussie had been till then. At that time, Dr. Turov had under the
his command, besides Dorokov's detachment, the two small guerrilla detachments of Figner and
Sislavin. On the evening of October 11, Soslavon came to the Aristobovo headquarters with a French
guardsman he had captured. The prisoner said that the troops that had entered for Minsk that
day were the vanguard of the whole army, that Napoleon was there and the whole army had left Moscow
four days previously.
That same evening, a houseurf who had come from Borovsk said he had seen an immense army
entering the town.
Some Cossacks of Dakturov's detachment reported having cited the French guards marching along
the road to Borovsk.
From all these reports, it was evident that where they had expected to meet a single division,
there was now the whole French army marching from Moscow in an unexpected direction, along the Kaluga
the road. Dr. Turov was unwilling to undertake any action, as it was not clear to him now
what he ought to do. He had been ordered to attack Forminsk, but only Brousier had been there
at that time, and now the whole French army was there. Rommolov wished to act on his own
judgment, but Dakturov insisted that he must have Katoosov's instructions. So it was
decided to send a dispatch to the staff. For this purpose, a capable of
Officer, Boko of Idenov was chosen, who was to explain the whole affair by word of mouth
besides delivering a written report. Toward midnight, Bokovedanov, having received the dispatch
and verbal instructions, galloped off to the general staff accompanied by a Cossack with spare horses.
End of Book 13 Chapter 15. Book 13 Chapter 16
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Librabox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 16
It was a warm, dark autumn night. It had been raining for four days.
Having changed horses twice and galloped 20 miles in an hour and a half over a sticky, muddy road,
Bocavokov reached Lidashvka after one o'clock that night.
Dismounting at a cottage on whose waddle fence hung a signboard, general staff,
and throwing down his reins, he entered a dark passage.
"'The general on duty, quick, it's very important,' said he to someone who had risen
and was sniffing in the dark passage.
"'He has been very unwell since the evening, and this is the third night he has not slept,'
said the orderly, pleadingly in a whisper.
"'You should wait the captain first.'
"'But this is very important, from General Docturov,' said Bolka Vedanov, entering the open door
which he had found by feeling in the dark.
The orderly had gone in before him and began waking somebody.
Your Honor, Your Honor, a courier.
What? What's that?
From whom?
Came a sleepy voice.
From Doctorov and from Alexei Petrovich.
Napoleon is at Formisk, said Boko Viedanov,
unable to see in the dark who was speaking,
but guessing by the voice that it was not Karnof Nitzin.
The man who had wakened, yawned, and stretched himself.
"'I don't like waking him,' he said, fumbling for something.
"'He is very ill. Perhaps this is only a rumor.'
"'Here is the dispatch,' said Bokovenanov.
"'My orders are to give it at once to the general on duty.'
"'Wait a moment. I'll light a candle.
"'You damned rascal! Where do you always hide it?'
said the voice of the man who was stretching himself to the orderly.
This was Sherbinan, Korovnitsen's adjutant.
I found it, I found it, he added.
The orderly was striking a light,
and Sherbinan was fumbling for something on the candlestick.
Oh, the nasty beasts, said he with disgust.
By the light of the sparks,
Boko Venernav saw Sherbinan's youthful face as he held the candle,
and the face of another man who was still asleep.
This was Korovnitsyn.
When the flame of the sulfur splinters
kindled by the tinder burned up,
first blue and then red,
Sherbinan lit the tallow candle,
from the candlestick of which
the cockroaches that had been gnawing at it
were running away,
and looked at the messenger.
Bochovinov was bespattered all over with mud
and had smeared his face by wiping it with his sleeve.
Who gave the report?
inquired Sherbinan, taking the envelope.
The news is reliable, said Bocovenov.
prisoners, Cossacks, and the scouts all say the same thing.
"'There's nothing to be done. We'll have to wake him,' said Sherbinan, rising and going up to the man in the nightcap who lay covered by a great coat.
"'Peter Petrovitch,' said he.
Kornovnitsin did not stir.
"'To the General Staff,' he said with a smile, knowing that those words would be sure to arouse him.
And, in fact, the head in the nightcap was lifted at once.
On Conovnizen's handsome, resolute face, with cheeks flushed by fever, there still remained
for an instant a far-away dreamy expression remote from present affairs. But then he suddenly
started, and his face assumed its habitual calm and firm appearance.
"'Well, what is it? From whom?' he asked immediately, but without hurry, blinking at the light.
While listening to the officer's report, Conovnizen broke the seal and read the dispatch.
Hardly had he done so before he lowered his legs in their woolen stockings to the earthen floor
and began putting on his boots. Then he took off his nightcap, combed his hair over his temples,
and donned his cap. Did you get here quickly? Let us go to His Highness.
Conovnizen had understood at once that the news brought was of great importance,
and that no time must be lost. He did not consider or ask himself whether the news was good or bad.
That did not interest him.
He regarded the whole business of the war, not with his intelligence or his reason, but by something
else.
There was within him a deep, unexpressed conviction that all would be well, but that one must
not trust to this, and still less speak about it, but must only attend to one's own work.
And he did his work, giving his whole strength to the task.
Peter Petrovich Konovenitsyn, like Dr. Turov, seems to have been included merely for
propriety's sake in the list of the so-called heroes of 1812, the Barclays, Ryevskis, Ermalovs, Platovs, and Miloradovich's.
Like Dr. Turov, he had the reputation of being a man a very limited capacity and information,
and like Dr. Turov, he never made plans of battle, but was always found where the situation was
most difficult. Since his appointment as General on duty, he had always slept with his door open,
giving orders that every messenger should be allowed to wake him up. In battle, he was always under fire,
so that Kutuzov reproved him for it and feared to send him to the front, and like Dr. Turov,
he was one of those unnoticed cog-wheels, that without clatter or noise, constitute the most
essential part of the machine.
Coming out of the hut into the damp, dark night,
Konovnitsen frowned, partly from an increased pain in his head,
and partly at the unpleasant thought that occurred to him,
of how all that nest of influential men on the staff would be stirred up by this news,
especially Benningson, who ever since Tarotino had been at daggers drawn with Kutuzov,
and how they would make suggestions, quarrel, issue orders, and rescind them.
and this premonition was disagreeable to him, though he knew it could not be helped.
And, in fact, Toll, to whom he went to communicate the news,
immediately began to expound his plans to a general sharing his quarters,
until Konoffnitsyn, who listened in weary silence, reminded him that they must go to see his highness.
End of Book 13, Chapter 16.
Book 13 Chapter 17.
of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 17
Kutuzov, like all old people, did not sleep much at night.
He often fell asleep unexpectedly in the daytime, but at night, lying on his bed without undressing,
he generally remained awake thinking.
So he lay now on a day-time.
his bed, supporting his large, heavy, scarred head on his plump hand, with his one eye open,
meditating and peering into the darkness.
Since Benningson, who corresponded with the Emperor and had more influence than anyone else on
the staff, had begun to avoid him, Kutuzov was more at ease as to the possibility of himself
and his troops being obliged to take part in useless, aggressive movements.
The lesson of the Tarotino Battle and of the day before it, which, you were in the war in the
which Kutuzov remembered with pain, must, he thought, have some effect on others, too.
They must understand that we can only lose by taking the offensive.
Patience and time are my warriors, my champions, thought Katoosov.
He knew that an apple should not be plucked while it is green.
It will fall of itself when ripe, but if picked unripe, the apple is spoiled,
the tree is harmed, and your teeth are set on edge.
Like an experienced sportsman, he knew that the beast was wounded, and wounded as only the whole
strength of Russia could have wounded it, but whether it was mortally wounded or not was still an
undecided question. Now by the fact of Lauriston and Bartolomey having been sent, and by the
reports of the guerrillas, Kutuzov was almost sure that the wound was mortal, but he needed
further proofs and it was necessary to wait.
They want to run to see how they have wounded it. Wait and we shall see.
Continual maneuvers, continual advances, thought he. What for? Only to distinguish themselves,
as if fighting were fun. They are like children, from home,
why can't get any sensible account of what has happened, because they all want to show how
well they can fight. But that's not what is needed now. And what ingenious maneuvers they
all proposed to me. It seems to them that when they have thought of two or three contingencies,
he remembered the general plan sent him from Petersburg, they have foreseen everything. But the
contingencies are endless. The undecided question as to whether the wound inflicted at Borodino
was mortal or not had hung over Kutuzov's head for a whole month. On the one hand, the French had occupied
Moscow. On the other, Kutuzal felt assured with all his being that the terrible blow into which he
and all the Russians had put their whole strength must have been mortal. But in any case,
proofs were needed. He had waited a whole month for them and grew more impatient the longer he
waited. Lying on his bed during those sleepless nights, he did just what he reproached those
younger generals for doing. He imagined all sorts of possible contingencies, just like the
younger men, but with this difference, that he saw thousands of contingencies instead of two or three
and based nothing on them. The longer he thought, the more contingencies presented themselves.
He imagined all sorts of movements of the Napoleonic Army as a whole or in sections,
against Petersburg or against him, or to outflank him. He thought too of the possibility,
which he feared most of all, that Napoleon might fight him with his own weapon and remain in
Moscow awaiting him. Kutuzov even imagined that Napoleon's army might turn back through
Medin and Yuknov, but the one thing he could not foresee was what happened. The insane,
convulsive stampede of Napoleon's army during its first 11 days after leaving Moscow. A stampede
which made possible what Kutuzov had not yet even dared to think of, the complete extermination
of the French. Dorikov's report about Brousier's division.
the guerrillas' reports of distress in Napoleon's army.
Rumors of preparations for leaving Moscow all confirmed the supposition
that the French army was beaten and preparing for flight.
But these were only suppositions,
which seemed important to the younger men, but not to Kutuzov.
With his sixty years' experience, he knew what value to attach to rumors.
He knew how apt people who desire anything are to group all news
so that it appears to confirm what they desire,
and he knew how readily in such cases
they omit all that makes for the contrary.
And the more he desired it,
the less he allowed himself to believe it.
This question absorbed all his mental powers.
All else was to him only life's customary routine.
Two such customary routine belonged
his conversations with the staff,
the letters he wrote from Tarotino to Madame de Staell,
the reading of novels,
the distribution of awards, his correspondence with Petersburg and so on.
But the destruction of the French, which he alone foresaw, was his heart's one desire.
On the night of the 11th of October, he lay leaning on his arm and thinking of that.
There was a stir in the next room, and he heard the steps of Toll, Koldovnitzen, and Boca of Edenoff.
"'Eh, who's there? Come in, come in. What news?' the field-marked.
Marshall called out to them. While a footman was lighting a candle, Toll communicated the substance
of the news. "'Who brought it?' asked Kutuzov, with a look which, when the candle was lit,
struck Toll by its cold severity. "'There can be no doubt about it, Your Highness. Call him in. Call him
here!' Kutuzov sat up with one leg hanging down from the bed and his big paunch resting against
the other, which was doubled under him. He screwed up his seeing eyes.
to scrutinize the messenger more carefully, as if wishing to read in his face what preoccupied
his own mind.
"'Tell me, tell me, friend,' said he to Bokovidovinoff, in his low, aged voice,
as he pulled together the shirt which gaped open on his chest.
"'Come nearer, nearer. What news have you brought me, eh?
That Napoleon has left Moscow? Are you sure, eh?'
Bocavadovinov gave a detailed account from the beginning of all he had been told to report.
"'Speak quicker, quicker!
Don't torture me!' Kutuzov interrupted him.
Bolkov Edof told him everything and was then silent, awaiting instructions.
Toll was beginning to say something, but Kutuzov checked him.
He tried to say something, but his face suddenly puckered and wrinkled.
He waved his arm at Toll and turned to the opposite side of the room,
to the corner darkened by the icons that hung there.
"'Oh, Lord, my creator, thou have you.
heard our prayer, said he in a tremulous voice with folded hands.
Russia is saved. I thank thee, O Lord. And he wept.
End of Book 13, Chapter 17. Book 13 Chapter 18 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13 Chapter 18
From the time he received this news to the end of the campaign, all Kutuzov's activity was directed toward restraining his troops, by authority, by guile, and by entreaty, from useless attacks, maneuvers, or encounters with the perishing enemy.
Dr. Turov went to Malo Yaroslavets, but Kutuzov lingered with the main army, and gave orders for the evacuation of Kaluga, a retreat.
a retreat beyond which town seemed to him quite possible.
Everywhere Kutuzov retreated,
but the enemy, without waiting for his retreat,
fled in the opposite direction.
Napoleon's historians described to us his skilled maneuvers
at Taratino and Malo Yaroslavets
and make conjectures as to what would have happened
had Napoleon been in time to penetrate into the rich southern provinces.
But not to speak of the fact that
Nothing prevented him from advancing into those southern provinces, for the Russian army did not
bar his way. The historians forget that nothing could have saved his army. For then,
already, it bore within itself the germs of inevitable ruin. How could that army, which had found
abundant supplies in Moscow and had trampled them underfoot instead of keeping them, and on
arriving at Smolensk had looted provisions instead of storing them? How could that army recuperate
and Kaluga Province, which was inhabited by Russians, such as those who lived in Moscow,
and where fire had the same property of consuming what was set ablaze.
That army could not recover anywhere.
Since the Battle of Borodino and the pillage of Moscow, it had borne within itself,
as it were, the chemical elements of dissolution.
The members of what had once been an army, Napoleon himself and all his soldiers,
fled without knowing whither, each concerned only to make his escape as quickly as possible
from this position, of the hopelessness of which they were all more or less vaguely conscious.
So it came about that at the Council at Malo Yaroslavids, when the generals pretending to confer
together expressed various opinions, all mouths were closed by the opinion uttered by this simple-minded
soldier Mouton, who, speaking last, said what they all felt, that the one thing that
needful was to get away as quickly as possible.
And no one, not even Napoleon, could say anything against that truth which they all recognized.
But though they all realized that it was necessary to get away, there still remained a feeling
of shame at admitting that they must flee.
An external shock was needed to overcome that shame, and this shock came in due time.
It was what the French called L'Hara de L'Ampereurre.
The day after the council at Malo Yoroslavans, Napoleon rode out early in the morning,
amid the lines of his army with his suite of marshals and an escort, on the pretext of inspecting
the army and the scene of the previous and of the impending battle. Some Cossacks on the prow for
booty fell in with the Emperor and very nearly captured him. If the Cossacks did not capture
Napoleon then, what saved him was the very thing that was destroying the French army,
the booty on which the Cossacks fell.
Here, as at Tarotino, they went after plunder, leaving the men.
Disregarding Napoleon, they rushed after the plunder, and Napoleon managed to escape.
When Le Anfant-Doudon might so easily have taken the Emperor himself in the midst of his army,
it was clear that there was nothing for it but to fly as fast as possible along the nearest familiar road.
Napoleon, with his 40-year-old stomach, understood that hint, not feeling his former agility and
boldness, and under the influence of the fright the Cossacks had given him, he had once agreed with
Muton and issued orders, as the historians tell us, to retreat by the Smolensk Road.
That Napoleon agreed with Muton, and that the army retreated, does not prove that Napoleon
caused it to retreat, but that the forces which influenced the whole army,
and directed it along the Mojaisk, that is the Smolensk Road,
acted simultaneously on him also.
End of Book 13, Chapter 18.
Book 13, Chapter 19
of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 13, Chapter 19
A Man in Motion always Divorne by
and aim for that motion. To be able to go a thousand miles, he must imagine that something good
awaits him at the end of those thousand miles. One must have the prospect of a promised land to have
the strength to move. The promised land for the French during their advance had been Moscow. During their
retreat, it was their native land. But that native land was too far off, and for a man going a thousand
miles, it is absolutely necessary to set aside his final goal and to say to himself,
Today I shall get to a place twenty-five miles off where I shall rest and spend the night.
And during the first day's journey, that resting-place eclipses his ultimate goal
and attracts all his hopes and desires. And the impulses felt by a single person are always
magnified in a crowd. For the French, retreating along the old Smolensk Road, the final goal,
their native land was too remote, and their immediate goal was Smolensk, toward which all their
desires and hopes enormously intensified in the mass urged them on. It was not that they knew that much food
and fresh troops awaited them in Smolensk, nor that they were told so. On the contrary,
their superior officers, and Napoleon himself, knew that provisions were scarce there. But because
this alone could give them strength to move on and endure their present privations.
So both those who knew and those who did not know deceive themselves,
and pushed on to Smolensk as to a promised land.
Coming out onto the high road, the French fled with surprising energy
and unheard of rapidity toward the goal they had fixed on.
Besides the common impulse which bound the whole crowd of French into one mass
and supplied them with a certain energy,
there was another cause binding them together.
Their great numbers.
As with the physical law of gravity,
their enormous mass drew the individual human atoms to itself.
In their hundreds of thousands, they move like a whole nation.
Each of them desired nothing more than to give himself up as a prisoner
to escape from all this horror and misery.
But on the one hand, the force of this common attraction to Smolensk, their goal,
drew each of them in the same direction.
On the other hand, an army corps could not surrender to a company,
and though the French availed themselves of every convenient opportunity
to detach themselves and to surrender on the slightest decent pretext,
such pretexts did not always occur.
Their very numbers, and their crowded and swift movement deprived them of that possibility,
and rendered it not only difficult, but impossible for the Russians to stop this movement,
to which the French were directing all their energies.
Beyond a certain limit,
no mechanical disruption of the body
could hasten the process of decomposition.
A lump of snow cannot be melted instantaneously.
There is a certain limit of time
in less than which no amount of heat can melt the snow.
On the contrary, the greater the heat,
the more solidified the remaining snow becomes.
Of the Russian commanders,
Kutuzov alone understood this.
When the flight of the French army along the Smolensk Road became well-defined,
what Kutovnitsin had foreseen on the night of the 11th of October began to occur.
The superior officers all wanted to distinguish themselves,
to cut off, to seize, to capture, and to overthrow the French,
and all clamored for action.
Kutuzov alone used all his power,
and such power is very limited in the case of any command.
commander-in-chief, to prevent an attack. He could not tell them what we say now,
why fight, why block the road, losing our own men and inhumanly slaughtering unfortunate wretches?
What is the use of that, when a third of their army has melted away on the road from
Moscow to Vyazma without any battle? But drawing from his aged wisdom what they could understand,
he told them of the golden bridge, and they all laughed at and slandered him, flinging themselves on,
rending and exulting over the dying beast.
Ermolov, Miloradovich, Platov, and others in proximity to the French, near Vyazma,
could not resist their desire to cut off and break up two French corps,
and by way of reporting their intention to Kutuzov, they sent him a blank sheet of paper in an envelope.
And Trias Kutuzov might to restrain the troops, our men attacked, trying to bar the road.
Infantry regiments, we are told, advanced to the attack.
with music and drums beating, and killed and lost thousands of men.
But they did not cut off or overthrow anybody, and the French army, closing up more firmly at
the danger, continued, while steadily melting away to pursue its fatal path to Smolensk.
End of Book 13, Chapter 19. Book 14 Chapter 1
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, 1812, Chapter 1
The Battle of Borodino, with the occupation of Moscow that followed it, and the flight of the French without further conflicts,
is one of the most instructive phenomena in history.
All historians agree that the external activity of states and nations in their conflicts with one another is expressed in wars,
and that as a direct result of greater or less success in war,
the political strength of states and nations increases or decreases.
Strange as may be the historical account of how some king or emperor,
having quarreled with another, collects an army,
fights his enemy's army, gains a victory by killing three, five, or ten thousand men,
and subjugates a kingdom and an entire nation of several millions.
All the facts of history, as far as we know it,
confirm the truth of the statement that the greater or lesser success of one army against another
is the cause, or at least an essential indication of an increase or decrease in the strength of a nation,
even though it is unintelligible why the defeat of an army, a hundredth part of a nation,
should oblige that whole nation to submit.
An army gains a victory, and at once the rights of the conquering nation have increased to the detriment of the defeated.
An army has suffered defeat, and at once a people loses its rights in proportion to the severity
of the reverse, and if its army suffers a complete defeat, the nation is quite subjugated.
So, according to history, it has been found from the most ancient times, and so it is, to our own day.
All Napoleon's war served to confirm this rule.
In proportion to the defeat of the Austrian army, Austria loses its rights, and the right
rights and the strength of France increase. The victories of the French at Jena and
Ayrstadt destroy the independent existence of Prussia. But then, in 1812, the French
gained a victory near Moscow. Moscow was taken, and after that, with no further battles,
it is not Russia that ceases to exist, but the French army of 600,000, and then Napoleonic France
itself. To strain the facts to fit the rules of history, to say,
that the field of battle at Borodino remained in the hands of the Russians, or that after Moscow
there were other battles that destroyed Napoleon's army is impossible.
After the French victory at Borodino, there was no general engagement, nor any, that were at all
serious, yet the French army ceased to exist. What does this mean? If it were an example taken
from the history of China, we might say that it was not an historic phenomenon, which is the
historians' usual expedient when anything does not fit their standards. If the matter concerned
some brief conflict in which only a small number of troops took part, we might treat it as an
exception. But this event occurred before our father's eyes, and for them it was a question of the
life or death of their fatherland, and it happened in the greatest of all known wars.
The period of the campaign of 1812, from the Battle of Borodino to the expulsion of the French,
proved that the winning of a battle does not produce a conquest, and is not even an invariable
indication of conquest. It proved that the force which decides the fate of peoples lies not in
the conquerors, nor even in armies and battles, but in something else.
The French historians, describing the condition of the French army before it left Moscow,
affirm that all was in order in the Grand Army except the cavalry, the artillery, and the transport.
There was no forage for the horses or the cattle. That was a misfortune no one could remedy,
for the peasants of the district burned their hay rather than let the French have it.
The victory gain did not bring the usual results, because the peasants, carers,
Arp and Vlas, who after the French had evacuated Moscow, drove in their carts to pillage the
town, and in general personally failed to manifest any heroic feelings. And the whole innumerable
multitude of such peasants did not bring their hay to Moscow for the high price offered them,
but burned it instead. Let us imagine two men who have come out to fight a duel with rapiers,
according to all the rules of the art of fencing. The fencing has gone on for some time.
Suddenly, one of the combatants, feeling himself wounded and understanding that the matter is no joke
but concerns his life, throws down his rapier, and seizing the first cudgel that comes to hand
begins to brandish it. Then, let us imagine that the combatant, who so sensibly employed
the best and simplest means to attain his end, was at the same time influenced by the traditions of chivalry,
and desiring to conceal the facts of the case, insisted that he had gained his victory with the rapier
according to all the rules of art.
One can imagine what confusion and obscurity
would result from such an account of the duel.
The fencer who demanded a contest
according to the rules of fencing was the French army.
His opponent, who threw away the rapier
and snatched up the cudgel, was the Russian people.
Those who tried to explain the matter
according to the rules of fencing are the historians
who have described the event.
After the burning of Smolensk,
A war began, which did not follow any previous traditions of war.
The burning of towns and villages, the retreats after battles,
the blow dealt at Borodino, and the renewed retreat, the burning of Moscow,
the capture of marauders, the seizure of transports, and the guerrilla war were all departures from the rules.
Napoleon felt this, and from the time he took up the correct fencing attitude in Moscow,
and instead of his opponent's rapier, saw a cudgel raised above his head. He did not cease to complain
to Kutuzov and to the Emperor Alexander that the war was being carried on contrary to all the
rules, as if there were any rules for killing people. In spite of the complaints of the French
as to the non-observance of the rules, in spite of the fact that to some highly-placed Russians,
it seemed rather disgraceful to fight with a cudgel, and they wanted to assume a pose on Quart or on Tiers,
according to all the rules, and to make an adroit thrust-enprime, and so on,
the cudgel of the people's war was lifted with all its menacing and majestic strength,
and without consulting anyone's tastes or rules and regardless of anything else,
it rose and fell with stupid simplicity, but consistently,
and belabored the French till the whole invasion had perished.
And it is well for a people who do not, as the French did in 1813,
salute according to all the rules of art, and presenting the hilt of the rapier gracefully and politely,
handed to their magnanimous conqueror, but at the moment of trial, without asking what
rules others have adopted in similar cases, simply and easily pick up the first cudgel that comes
to hand and strike with it till the feeling of resentment and revenge in their souls yields to a feeling
of contempt and compassion.
End of Book 14, Chapter 1.
Book 14, Chapter 2
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 2
One of the most obvious and advantageous departures from the so-called laws of war
is the action of scattered groups against men pressed together in a mass.
Such action always occurs in wars that take off.
on a national character. In such actions, instead of two crowds opposing each other,
the men disperse, attack singly, run away when attacked by stronger forces, but again attack
when opportunity offers. This was done by the guerrillas in Spain, by the mountain tribes
in the Caucasus, and by the Russians in 1812. People have called this kind of war guerrilla warfare,
and assumed that by so calling it they have explained its meaning. But such such a
such a war does not fit in under any rule, and is directly opposed to a well-known rule of
tactics, which is accepted as infallible.
That rule says that an attacker should concentrate his forces in order to be stronger than
his opponent at the moment of conflict.
Guerrilla War, always successful, as history shows, directly infringes that rule.
This contradiction arises from the fact that military science assumes the strength of an army
to be identical with its numbers.
Military science says that
the more troops, the greater the strength.
Legro battalion,
en to jeer raison.
Large battalions are always victorious.
For military science to say this
is like defining momentum and mechanics
by reference to the mass only,
stating that momenta are equal or unequal
to each other,
simply because the masses involved are equal or unequal.
Momentum, quantity of motion, is the product of mass and velocity.
In military affairs, the strength of an army is the product of its mass and some unknown X.
Military science, seeing in history innumerable instances of the fact that the size of any army does not coincide with its strength,
and that small detachments defeat larger ones, obscurely admits the existence of this unknown factor and tries to discover it,
now in a geometric formation, now in the equipment employed, now, and most usually, in the
genius of the commanders. But the assignment of these various meanings to the factor does not
yield results which accord with the historic facts. Yet it is only necessary to abandon the
false view, adopted to gratify the heroes, of the efficacy of the directions issued in wartime
by commanders in order to find this unknown quantity.
That unknown quantity is the spirit of the army.
That is to say, the greater or lesser readiness to fight and face danger felt by all the men composing an army,
quite independently of whether they are or are not fighting under the command of a genius,
in two- or three-line formation, with cudgels or with rifles that repeat thirty times a minute.
Men who want to fight will always put themselves in the most advantageous conditions for fighting.
The spirit of an army is the factor which multiplied by the mass gives the resulting force.
To define and express the significance of this unknown factor, the spirit of an army is a problem for science.
This problem is only solvable if we cease arbitrarily to substitute for the unknown X itself,
the conditions under which that force becomes apparent, such as the commands of the general,
the equipment employed, and so on, mistaking these for the real significance of the factor,
and if we recognize this unknown quantity in its entirety, as being the greater or lesser desire
to fight and to face danger. Only then, expressing known historic facts by equations and comparing
the relative significance of this factor, can we hope to define the unknown.
10 men, battalions, or divisions, fighting 15 men, battalions, or divisions, conquer,
that is, kill or take captive, all the others, while themselves losing four, so that on the one
side, four, and on the other fifteen were lost. Consequently, the four were equal to the 15,
and therefore, 4x equals 15Y. Consequently, X divided by Y equals 15 by 1. Consequently, X divided by
four. This equation does not give us the value of the unknown factor, but gives us a ratio between
two unknowns. And by bringing various selected historic units, battles, campaigns, periods of war,
into such equations, a series of numbers could be obtained in which certain laws should
exist and might be discovered. The tactical rule that an army should act in masses when
attacking, and in smaller groups in retreat,
unconsciously confirms the truth that the strength of an army depends on its spirit.
To lead men forward under fire, more discipline,
obtainable only by movement in masses, is needed, than is needed to resist attacks.
But this rule, which leaves out of account the spirit of the army,
continually proves incorrect, and is in particularly striking contrast to the facts
when some strong rise or fault in the spirit of the troops occurs, as in all national wars.
The French, retreating in 1812, though, according to tactics, they should have separated into
detachments to defend themselves, congregated into a mass because the spirit of the army had so
fallen that only mass held the army together. The Russians, on the contrary, ought, according to tactics
to have attacked en masse, but in fact they split up into small units, because their spirit had so
risen that separate individuals, without orders, dealt blows at the French without needing
any compulsion to induce them to expose themselves to hardships and dangers.
End of Book 14, Chapter 2. Book 14 Chapter 3 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 3
The so-called partisan war
began with the entry of the French into Smolensk.
Before partisan warfare had been officially recognized by the government,
thousands of enemy stragglers, marauders, and foragers
had been destroyed by the Cossacks and the peasants,
who killed them off as instinctively as dogs worry a stray mad dog to death.
Denise Davidov, with his Russian instinct, was the first who recognized the value of this terrible
cudgel, which, regardless of the rules of military science, destroyed the French, and to him
belongs the credit for taking the first step toward regularizing this method of warfare.
On August 24th, Davidov's first partisan detachment was formed, and then others were recognized.
The further the campaign progressed, the more numerous these detachments became.
The Irregulars destroyed the Great Army piecemeal. They gathered the fallen leaves that
dropped of themselves from that withered tree, the French Army, and sometimes shook that tree itself.
By October, when the French were fleeing towards Smolensk, there were hundreds of such companies,
of various sizes and characters. There were some that adopted all the army methods and had infantry,
artillery, staffs, and the comforts of life. Others consisted solely of
Cossack cavalry. There were also small scratch groups of foot and horse, and groups of
peasants and landowners that remained unknown. A sacristan commanded one party which
captured several hundred prisoners in the course of a month, and there was Vassilissa, the
wife of a village elder who slew hundreds of the French.
The partisan warfare flamed up most fiercely in the latter days of October. Its first period
had passed, when the partisans themselves, amazed at their own boldness, feared every minute
to be surrounded and captured by the French, and hid in the forests without unsaddling,
hardly daring to dismount and always expecting to be pursued.
By the end of October, this kind of warfare had taken definite shape.
It had become clear to all what could be ventured against the French and what could not.
Now only the commanders of detachments with staffs, and moving according to rules
at a distance from the French still regarded many things as impossible.
The small bands that had started their activities long before
and had already observed the French closely
considered things possible which the commanders of the big detachments
did not dare to contemplate.
The Cossacks and peasants who crept in among the French
now considered everything possible.
On October 22nd, Denisov, who was one of the irregulares,
was with his group at the height of the guerrilla enthusiasm.
Since early morning, he and his party had been on the move.
All day long, he had been watching from the forest that skirted the high road,
a large French convoy of cavalry baggage and Russian prisoners
separated from the rest of the army, which, as was learned from spies and prisoners,
was moving under a strong escort to Smolensk.
Besides Denisov and Dolokhov, who also led a small party and moved in Denisov's vicinity,
the commanders of some large divisions with staffs also knew of this convoy.
and, as Denisov expressed it, were sharpening their teeth for it.
Two of the commanders of large parties, one a pole and the other a German,
sent invitations to Denisov almost simultaneously, requesting him to join up with their divisions
to attack the convoy.
"'No, Buehah, I have grown mustaches myself,' said Denisov in reading these documents,
and he wrote to the German that, despite his heartfelt desire to serve under so valiant and
renowned general, he had to forego that pleasure because he was already under the command of the Polish
General. To the Polish General, he replied to the same effect, informing him that he was already
under the command of the German. Having arranged matters thus, Denisov and Dolokhov intended,
without reporting matters to the higher command, to attack and seize that convoy with their own small
forces. On October 22nd, it was moving from the village of Macculino to that of Shambor, and
To the left of the road between Mikulino and Shamchevo there were large forests, extending
in some places up to the road itself, though in others a mile or more back from it.
Through these forests, Denisov and his party rode all day, sometimes keeping well back in
them and sometimes coming to the very edge, but never losing sight of the moving French.
That morning, Cossacks of Denisov's party had seized and carried off into the forest,
two wagons loaded with cavalry saddles,
which had stuck in the mud not far from a coolino,
where the forest ran close to the road.
Since then and until evening,
the party had watched the movements of the French without attacking.
It was necessary to let the French reach Chamchavo quietly without alarming them,
and then, after joining Dolokhov,
who was to come that evening to a consultation at a watchman's hut in the forest
less than a mile from Shamchavo,
to surprise the French at dawn,
falling like an avalanche on their heads from two sides,
and routed and captured them all at one blow.
In their rear, more than a mile from a coolino,
where the forest came right up to the road,
six Cossacks were posted to report if any fresh columns of French
should show themselves.
Beyond Chamchevo, Dolokhov was to observe the road in the same way,
to find out at what distance there were other French troops.
They reckoned that the convoy had 1,500 men.
Denysov had two hundred, and Dolokhov might have had as many more. But the disparity of numbers
did not deter Denisov. All that he now wanted to know was what troops these were, and to learn
that he had to capture a tongue, that is, a man from the enemy column. That morning's attack on the
wagons had been made so hastily that the Frenchmen with the wagons had all been killed. Only a
little drummer-boy had been taken alive, and as he was a straggler he could tell them nothing
definite about the troops in that column.
Denisov considered it dangerous to make a second attack for fear of putting the whole
column on the alert, so he sent Tikon Sherbody, a peasant of his party, to Shamchevo,
to try and seize at least one of the French quartermasters who had been set on in advance.
End of Book 14, Chapter 3.
Book 14 Chapter 4
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Horme.
or Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain. Book 14, Chapter 4
It was a warm, rainy autumn day. The sky and the horizon were both the color of muddy water.
At times a sort of mist descended, and then suddenly heavy slanting rain came down.
Denisov, in a felt cloak and a sheepskin cap, from which the rain ran down, was riding a thin,
thoroughbred horse with sunken sides.
Like his horse, which turned its head and laid its ears back,
he shrank from the driving rain and gazed anxiously before him.
His thin face with its short, thick black beard looked angry.
Beside Denisov rode an Esau, a captain of Cossacks,
Denisov's fellow worker, also in felt cloak and sheepskin cap
and riding a large, sleek, Don horse.
Issaul Lovetsky III was a tall man as straight as straight as
as an arrow, pale-faced, fair-haired, with narrow light eyes and with calm self-satisfaction
in his face and bearing.
Though it was impossible to say in what the peculiarity of the horse and rider lay, yet at first
glance at the Esau and Denisov, one saw that the latter was wet and uncomfortable and was
a man mounted on a horse.
While looking at the Esau one saw that he was as comfortable and as much at ease as always,
and that he was not a man who had mounted a horse, but a man who had mounted a horse.
man who was one with his horse, a being consequently possessed of twofold strength.
A little head of them walked a peasant guide, wet to the skin and wearing a gray peasant coat
and a white-knitted cap. A little behind, on a poor, small, lean, kurgish mount, with an
enormous tail in Maine and a bleeding mouth, wrote a young officer in a blue French overcoat.
Beside him rode a hussar, with a boy in a tattered French uniform and blue cap behind him
on the crupper of his horse.
The boy held on to the hussar with cold red hands,
and raising his eyebrows, gazed about him with surprise.
This was the French drummer boy captured that morning.
Behind them, along the narrow sodden cut-up forest road,
came hussars in threes and fours, and then Cossacks.
Some in felt cloaks, some in French gray coats,
and some with horse-cloths over their heads.
The horses, being drenched by the rain,
all looked black, whether chest or,
nut or bay. Their necks, with their wet, close-clinging manes, looked strangely thin.
Steam rose from them. Clothes, saddles, rains were all wet, slippery, and sodden, like the
ground and the fallen leaves that strewed the road. The men sat huddled up, trying not to stir,
so as to warm the water that had trickled to their bodies, and not admit the fresh cold water
that was leaking under their seats, their knees, and at the back of their necks. In the midst
of the outspread line of Cossacks, two wagons drawn by French horses and by saddled Cossack
horses that had been hitched on in front, rumbled over the tree stumps and branches and
splashed through the water that lay in the ruts.
Denisov's horse swerved aside to avoid a pool in the track and bumped his rider's knee
against a tree.
"'Oh, the devil!' exclaimed Denisov angrily, and showing his teeth he struck his horse
three times with his whip, splashing himself and his comrades with mud.
Denisov was out of sorts, both because of the rain and also from hunger.
None of them had eaten anything since morning.
And yet more because he still had no news from Dolokhov, and the man sent to capture a
tongue had not returned.
There hardly be another such chance to fall on a transport as today.
It's too risky to attack them by oneself, and if we put it off another day, one of the big
guerrilla detachments will snatch the prey from under our noses.
Denisov, continually peering forward, hoping to see a messenger from Dolokhov.
On coming to a path in the forest along which he could see far to the right,
Denisov stopped.
There's someone coming, said he.
The Isal looked in the direction Denisov indicated.
There are two, an officer and a Cossack.
But it is not presupposable that it is the lieutenant-colonel himself,
said the Assal, who was fond of using words.
the Cossacks did not know.
The approaching riders, having descended a decline, were no longer visible, but they reappeared
a few minutes later. In front, at a weary gallop and using his leather whip, rode an officer,
dishevelled and drenched, whose trousers had worked up to above his knees. Behind him, standing
in the stirrups, trotted a Cossack. The officer, a very young lad with a broad rosy face
and keen merry eyes, galloped up to Denisov and handed him a sodden envelope.
"'From the General,' said the officer.
"'Please excuse it's not being quite dry.'
Denisov, frowning, took the envelope and opened it.
"'There they kept telling us,
"'it's dangerous, it's dangerous,' said the officer,
"'addressing the Esau while De Nisov was reading the dispatch.
"'But Komarov and I,' he pointed to the Cossack,
"'we're prepared. We have each of us two pistols.'
"'But what's this?' he asked,
noticing the French drummer boy.
A prisoner?
You've already been in action?
May I speak to him?
Wostov.
Petya! exclaimed Deneasov, having run through the dispatch.
Why didn't you say who you were?
And turning with a smile, he held out his hand to the lad.
The officer was Petya Rostov.
All the way, Petya had been preparing himself to behave with Dinesov
as befitted a grown-up man and an officer,
without hinting at the officer.
without hinting at their previous acquaintance.
But as soon as Denisov smiled at him, Petya brightened up,
blushed with pleasure, forgot the official manner he had been rehearsing,
and began telling him how he had already been in a battle near Vyazma
and how a certain Hussar had distinguished himself there.
"'Well, I'm glad to see you,' Denisov interrupted him,
and his face again assumed its anxious expression.
"'Michael Fyuk Lidditch,' said he to the Assau,
this is again from that German, you know.
He, he indicated Petya, is serving under him.
And Denisov told the Assau that the dispatch just delivered
was a repetition of the German general's demand
that he should join forces with him for an attack on the transport.
If we don't take it tomorrow, he'll snatch it from under our noses, he added.
While Denisov was talking to the Assau,
Petya, abashed by Denisov's cold tone and supposing that it was
due to the condition of his trousers, furtively tried to pull them down under his great-coat,
so that no one should notice it, while maintaining as martial an air as possible.
"'Will there be any orders, Your Honor?' he asked Denisov, holding his hand at the salute
and resuming the game of adjutant and general for which he had prepared himself.
"'Or shall I remain with your honor?'
"'Oorders?' Denisov repeated thoughtfully.
"'But can you stay till to-morrow?'
"'Oh, please, may I stay with you?' cried Petya.
"'But just what did the General tell you? To return at once?' asked Denisov.
Petya blushed. He gave me no instructions.
"'I think I could,' he returned inquiringly.
"'Well, all right,' said Denisov.
And turning to his men, he directed a party to go on to the halting-place arranged near the watchman's hut in the forest
and told the officer on the Kyrgyz horse, who performed the duties of an adjutant,
to go and find out where Dahlikov was and whether he would come that evening.
Denisov himself intended going with the Assal and Petya to the edge of the forest
where it reached out to Shamchevo, to have a look at the part of the French bivouac they were
to attack next day.
"'Well, old fellow,' said he to the peasant guide,
"'lead us to Shamchevo!'
Denisov, Petya, and the Assau, accompanied by the army of the army,
by some Cossacks and the Hussar, who had the prisoner, rode to the left across a ravine
to the edge of the forest.
End of Book 14, Chapter 4.
Book 14 Chapter 5 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 5
The rain had stopped, and only the mist was falling
and drops from the trees.
Denisov, the Esaule, and Petya rode silently,
following the peasant in the knitted cap,
who, stepping lightly without turned toes
and moving noiselessly in his bashed shoes
over the roots and wet leaves,
silently led them to the edge of the forest.
He ascended an incline, stopped,
looked about him, and advanced to where the screen of trees
was less dense.
On reaching a large oak tree that had not yet shed its leaves,
he stopped and beckoned mysteriously to the trees.
them with his hand.
Denisov and Petya rode up to him.
From the spot where the peasant was standing, they could see the French.
Immediately beyond the forest, on a downward slope, lay a field of spring rye.
To the right, beyond a steep ravine, was a small village and a landowner's house with a broken
roof.
In the village, in the house, in the garden, by the well, by the pond, over all the rising
ground and all along the road uphill from the bridge leading to the village, not
More than 500 yards away, crowds of men could be seen through the shimmering mist.
Their un-Russian shouting at their horses, which were straining uphill with the carts,
and their calls to one another could be clearly heard.
"'Bing the prisoner here,' said Denisov in a low voice, not taking his eyes off the French.
A Cossack dismounted, lifted the boy down, and took him to Denisov.
Pointing to the French troops, Denisov asked him what these and those of them were.
The boy, thrusting his cold hands into his pockets and lifting his eyebrows, looked at Denisov in a fright,
but in spite of an evident desire to say all he knew, gave confused answers, merely assenting
to everything Denisov asked him.
Denisov turned away from him frowning and addressed the Assau, conveying his own conjectures to him.
Petya, rapidly turning his head, looked now at the drummer boy, now at Denisov, now at the
Esau, and now with the French in the village and along the road, trying not to miss anything of
importance.
"'Whether Dolokhov comes or not, we must seize it, eh?' said Denisov with a merry sparkle in his
eyes.
"'It's a very suitable spot,' said the Assau.
"'Well, send the infantry down by the swamps,' Denisov continued.
"'They'll queep up to the garden.'
"'You'll wide up from there with the Cossacks.'
He pointed to a spot in the forest beyond the village.
and I with my hussars from here.
At the signal shot—
"'The hollow is impassable.
There's a swamp there,' said the Assau.
The horses would sink.
We must ride round more to the left.
While they were talking in undertones,
the crack of a shot sounded from the low ground by the pond.
A puff of white smoke appeared,
then another,
and the sound of hundreds of seemingly merry French voices
shouting together came up from the slope.
For a moment, Denisov and the Assau drew back.
They were so near that they thought that they were the cause of the firing and shouting.
But the firing and shouting did not relate to them.
Down below, a man wearing something red was running through the marsh.
The French were evidently firing and shouting at him.
"'Why, that's our teacon,' said the Assau.
"'So it is. It is.'
"'The wascal,' said Denisov.
He'll get away, said the Assau, screwing up his eyes.
The man whom they called Tikan, having run to the stream, plunged in so that the water splashed
in the air, and having disappeared for an instant scrambled out on all fours, all black
with wet and ran on. The French who had been pursuing him stopped.
Smart that, said the Assau.
What a beast, said Anisov with his former look of vexation.
What has he been doing all this time?
"'Who is he?' asked Petya.
"'He is our plaston. I send him to capture a tongue.'
"'Oh, yes,' said Petya, nodding at the first words Denisov uttered as if he understood it all,
though he really did not understand anything of it.
Tegan Sherbady was one of the most indispensable men in their band.
He was a peasant from Bakrowski near the river Gazot.
When Denisov had come to Bakrowski at the beginning of his operations,
and had, as usual, summoned the village elder and asked him what he knew about the French.
The elder, as though shielding himself, had replied, as all village elders did,
that he had neither seen nor heard anything of them.
But when Denisov explained that his purpose was to kill the French,
and asked if no French had strayed that way, the elder replied that some more orderers had really
been at their village, but that Tikon Shurbati was the only man who dealt with such matters.
Denisov had Teacan called, and having praised him for his activity, said a few words in the
elder's presence about loyalty to the Tsar and the country, and the hatred of the French that
all sons of the fatherland should cherish.
"'We don't do the French any harm,' said Teikin, evidently frightened by Denisov's words.
"'We only fooled about with the lads for fun, you know. We killed a score or so of mororers,
but we did no harm else.'
Next day when Denisov had left Pekrovsk, having quite forgotten about this peasant,
it was reported to him that Tekin had attached himself to their party and asked to be allowed to remain with it.
Denisov gave orders to let him do so.
Tiken, who at first did rough work, laying campfires, fetching water, flaying dead horses, and so on,
soon showed a great liking and aptitude for partisan warfare.
At night he would go out for booty and always brought back French clothes.
and weapons, and when told to, would bring in French captives also.
Denisov then relieved him from drudgery and began taking him with him when he went out on
expeditions and had him enrolled among the Cossacks. Teacan did not like riding, and always
went on foot, never lagging behind the cavalry. He was armed with a musketoon, which he carried
rather as a joke, a pike and an axe, which latter he used as a wolf uses its teeth,
with equal ease picking fleas out of its fur or crunching thick bones.
Tegan, with equal accuracy, would split logs with blows at arm's length,
or holding the head of the axe would cut thin little pegs or carve spoons.
In Denevsov's party, he held a peculiar and exceptional position.
When anything particularly difficult or nasty had to be done,
to push a cart out of the mud with one shoulders,
pull a horse out of a swamp by its tail, skin it, slink in among the French,
or walk more than 30 miles in a day,
everybody pointed laughingly at Teigen.
"'It won't hurt that devil.
He's as strong as a horse,' they said of him.
Once a Frenchman, Teacan was trying to capture,
fired a pistol at him,
and shot him in the fleshy part of the back.
That wound, which Teacan treated only
with internal and external applications of vodka,
was the subject of the liveliest jokes
by the whole detachment,
jokes in which Teakin readily joined.
"'Hello, mate! Never again! Gave you a twist!' the Cossacks would banter at him.
And Tekin, purposely writhing and making faces, pretended to be angry and swore at the French with the funniest curses.
The only effect of this incident on Tikan was that after being wounded, he seldom brought in prisoners.
He was the bravest and most useful man in the party.
No one found more opportunities for attacking. No one captured or killed.
filled more Frenchmen, and consequently he was made the buffoon of all the Cossacks and
hussars and willingly accepted that role.
Now he had been sent by Denisov overnight to Shamchevo to capture a tongue.
But whether because he had not been content to take only one Frenchman, or because he had
slept through the night, he had crept by day into some bushes right among the French,
and as Denisov had witnessed from above, had been detected by them.
End of Book 14, Chapter 5.
Book 14 Chapter 6
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 6.
After talking for some time with the Assal about next day's attack,
which now, seeing how near they were to the French,
he seemed to have definitely decided on,
Denisov turned his horse and rode back.
"'Now, my lad, we'll go and get Dwye,' he said to Petya.
As they approached the watch-house, Denisov stopped, peering into the forest.
Among the trees, a man with long legs and long swinging arms,
wearing a short jacket, bashed shoes, and a Kazan hat,
was approaching with long, light steps.
He had a musketoon over his shoulder and an axe stuck in his girdle.
When he espied Denisov, he hastened.
Steeley threw something into the bushes, removed his sodden hat by its floppy brim, and
approached his commander.
It was Tekin.
His wrinkled and pock-marked face and narrow little eyes beamed with self-satisfied merriment.
He lifted his head high and gazed at Denisov as if repressing a laugh.
"'Well, where did you disappear to?' inquired Dinesov.
"'Where did I disappear to? I went to get Frenchmen,' answered Tiken boldly and hurriedly,
in a husky but melodious bass voice.
Why did you push yourself in there by daylight?
You ask.
Well, why haven't you taken one?
Oh, I took one all right, said Tegan.
Where is he?
You see, I took him first thing at dawn.
Tickin continued, spreading out his flat feet
with outturned toes in their bashed shoes.
I took him into the forest.
Then I see he's no good,
and I think I'll go and fetch a likelier one.
"'You see? What a wogue! It's just as I thought,' said Denisov to the Assau.
"'Why did you bring that one?'
"'What was the good of bringing him?' Tegan interrupted hastily and angrily.
"'That one wouldn't have done for you. As if I don't know what sort you want.'
"'What a boot you are! Well?'
"'I went for another one,' Tikan continued,
and I crept like this through the wood and lay down. He suddenly laid down
on his stomach with a supple movement to show how he had done it.
One turned up, and I grabbed him like this. He jumped up quickly and lightly.
"'Come along to the Colonel,' I said. He starts yelling, and suddenly there were four of them.
They rushed at me with their little swords. So I went for them with my axe, this way.
"'What are you up to?' says I. "'Christ be with you,' shouted Tegan,
waving his arms with an angry scowl and throwing out his chest.
"'Yes, we saw from the hill how you took to your heels through the puddles,' said the Isau,
screwing up his glittering eyes.
Pedia badly wanted to laugh, but noticed that they all refrain from laughing.
He turned his eyes rapidly from Tegan's face to the Assals and Denisov's,
unable to make out what it all meant.
"'Don't play the fool,' said Denisov, coughing angrily.
"'Why didn't you bring the first one?'
Tegan scratched his back with one hand and his head with the other.
Then suddenly his whole face expanded into a beaming, foolish grin,
disclosing a gap where he had lost a tooth.
That was why he was called Shibati, the gap-toothed.
Denisov smiled, and Petya burst into a peal of merry laughter
in which Tekin himself joined.
"'Oh, but he was a regular good-for-nothing,' said Tegan.
"'The clothes on him? Poor stuff!
How could I bring him?'
"'And so rude, Your Honor. Why, he says, I'm a general son myself. I won't go,' he says.
"'You are a brute,' said Denisov. "'I wanted to question.'
"'But I questioned him,' said Tegan. He said he didn't know much.
"'There are a lot of us,' he says, but all poor stuff. Only soldiers in name, he says.
"'Shout loud at them, he says, and you'll take them all.'
Teakin concluded, looking cheerfully and resolutely into Denisov's eyes.
"'I'll give you a hundred sharp lashes. That'll teach you to play the fool,' said Denisov severely.
"'But why are you angry?' remonstrated Teacan.
"'Just as if I'd never seen your Frenchman. Only wait till it gets dark, and I'll fetch you any of them you want.
Three, if you like.'
"'Well, let's go,' said Denisov, and rode all the way to you.
to the watchhouse in silence and frowning angrily. Teigen followed behind, and Petya heard the
Cossacks laughing with him and at him, about some pair of boots he had thrown into the bushes.
When the fit of laughter that had seized him at Teakon's words and smile had passed, and Petya realized
for a moment that this Teikin had killed a man, he felt uneasy. He looked round at the captive
drummer boy and felt a pang in his heart. But this uneasiness lasted only a moment.
He felt it necessary to hold his head higher, to brace himself, and to question the assault
with an air of importance about tomorrow's undertaking, that he might not be unworthy of the
company in which he found himself.
The officer who had been sent to inquire met Denisov on the way with the news that
Dolokhov was soon coming, and that all was well with him.
Denisov at once cheered up, and calling Petya to him said,
Well, tell me about yourself.
End of Book 14, Chapter 6.
Book 14 Chapter 7
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Homer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 7
Petya, having left his people after their departure from Moscow,
joined his regiment and was soon taken as orderly by a general
commanding a large guerrilla detachment.
From the time he received his commission,
and especially since he had joined the active army
and taken part in the battle of Vyazma,
Petya had been in a constant state of blissful excitement
at being grown up,
and in a perpetual ecstatic hurry
not to miss any chance to do something really heroic.
He was highly delighted with what he saw and experienced in the army,
but at the same time it always seemed to him
that the really heroic exploits
were being performed just where he did not happen to be.
And he was always in a hurry to get where he was not.
When on the 21st of October,
his general expressed a wish to send somebody to Denisov's detachment,
Petya begged so piteously to be sent that the general could not refuse.
But when dispatching him, he recalled Petya's mad action at the Battle of Yasmah,
where, instead of riding by the road to the place to which he had been sent,
he had galloped to the advance line under the fire of the French, and had there twice fired
his pistol. So now the general explicitly forbade his taking part in any action whatever of Denisov's.
That was why Petya had blushed and grown confused, when Denisov asked him whether he could stay.
Before they had ridden to the outskirts of the forest, Petya had considered he must carry out his
instructions strictly and return at once. But when he saw the French and saw T'Ira, and saw T'Irault,
Ticken and learned that there would certainly be an attack that night, he decided, with the
rapidity with which young people changed their views, that the general, whom he had greatly
respected till then, was a rubbishy German. That Dinesov was a hero, the Assal a hero, and
Tikan a hero too, and that it would be shameful for him to leave them at a moment of difficulty.
It was already growing dusk when Dinoosov, Petya, and the Assal rode up to the watchhouse.
In the twilight, saddled horses could be seen, and Cossacks and hussars who had rigged up
rough shelters in the glade and were kindling glowing fires in a hoddle of the forest where
the French could not see the smoke.
In the passage of the small watchhouse, a Cossack with sleeves rolled up was chopping some
mutton. In the room, three officers of Denisov's band were converting a door into a tabletop.
Petya took off his wet clothes, gave them to be dried, and at once began helping the officer.
to fix up the dinner table.
In ten minutes the table was ready,
and a napkin spread on it.
On the table were vodka,
a flask of rum,
white bread, roast mutton, and salt.
Sitting at table with the officers
and tearing the fat, savory mutton with his hands,
down which the grease trickled,
Petya was in an ecstatic, childish state of love for all men,
and consequently, of confidence that others loved him in the same way.
So then, what do you think,
think, Vasilie Dmitrich, said he to Deneasov.
It's all right my staying a day with you.
And not waiting for a reply, he answered his own question.
You see, I was told to find out, well, I am finding out, only do let me into the very,
into the chief.
I don't want a reward, but I want—
Pecha clenched his teeth and looked around, throwing back his head and flourishing his arms.
Into the very chief, Denise.
off repeated with a smile.
Only, please let me command something, so that I may really command,
Petya went on.
What would it be to you?
Oh, you want a knife?
He said, turning to an officer who wished to cut himself a piece of mutton.
And he handed him his clasp knife.
The officer admired it.
Please keep it.
I have several like it, said Petya, blushing.
Heavens, I was quite forgetting, he suddenly cried.
"'I have some raisins, fine ones, you know, seedless ones.
We have a new sutler, and he has such capital things.
I bought ten pounds. I am used to something sweet. Would you like some?'
And Pedia ran out into the passage to his Cossack and brought back some bags which contained
about five pounds of raisins.
"'Have some, gentlemen, have some!'
"'You want a coffee-pot, don't you?' he asked the assault.
"'I bought a capital one from our sutler.
He has splendid things, and he's very honest.
That's the chief thing.
I'll be sure to send it to you.
Or perhaps your flints are giving out, or are worn out.
That happens sometimes, you know.
I have brought some with me.
Here they are.
And he showed a bag.
A hundred flints.
I bought them very cheap.
Please, take as many as you want.
Or all if you like.
Then suddenly, dismayed lest he had said too much,
Petya stopped and blushed.
He tried to remember whether he had not done anything else that was foolish.
And running over the events of the day, he remembered the French drummer boy.
It's capital for us here, but what of him?
Where have they put him?
Have they fed him?
Haven't they hurt his feelings?
He thought.
But having caught himself saying too much about the flints, he was now afraid to speak out.
I might ask, he thought, but they'll say,
he's a boy himself, and so he pities the boy. I'll show them tomorrow whether I'm a boy.
Will it seem odd if I ask? Petya thought. Well, never mind. And immediately, blushing and looking
anxiously at the officers to see if they appeared ironical, he said, may I call in that boy who
was taken prisoner and give him something to eat? Perhaps. Yes, he's a poor little fellow,
said Denisov, who evidently saw nothing shameful in this remote.
minder. Call him in. His name is Vincent Boss, having fetched. I'll call him, said Petja.
Yes, yes, call him. A poor little fellow, Denisov repeated. Petya was standing at the door when
Denisov said this. He slipped in between the officers, came close to Denisov, and said,
Let me kiss you, dear old fellow. Oh, how fine, how splendid! And having kissed Denisov, he ran out of the
hut. Boss, Vincent, Pecha cried, stopping outside the door.
Who do you want, sir? asked a voice in the darkness. Petya replied that he wanted the
French lad who had been captured that day. Ah, Veseni, said a Cossack. Vincent, the boy's name,
had already been changed by the Cossacks into Vesni, Vernal, and into Vesnia by the peasants
and soldiers. In both these adaptations, the reference to Spring,
Vesna matched the impression made by the young lad.
He is warming himself there by the bonfire.
Ho! Vesena! Fessna! Vesni!
Laughing voices were heard calling to one another in the darkness.
He's a smart lad, said a hussar standing near Petya.
We gave him something to eat a while ago. He was awfully hungry.
The sound of bare feet splashing through the mud was heard in the darkness,
and the drummer boy came to the door.
"'Ah, it's you,' said Petya.
"'Wole you majean,
"'Nay, Pappur.
"'O'nevo, ferra, par de mal.'
"'Ah, it's you.
"'Do you want something to eat?'
"'Don't be afraid.
"'They won't hurt you.'
"'He added shyly and affectionately,
"'touching the boy's hand.
"'Antre!
"'Come in, come in.
"'Mercie, monsieur.'
"'Thank you, sir,' said the drummer-boy,
"'in a trembling, almost childish voice,
"'and he began scraping his dirty feet
on the threshold.
There were many things Petya wanted to say to the drummer-boy but did not dare to.
He stood irresolutely beside him in the passage.
Then in the darkness he took the boy's hand and pressed it.
"'Come in, come in!' he repeated in a gentle whisper.
"'Oh, what can I do for him?' he thought, and opening the door, he let the boy pass in first.
When the boy had entered the hut, Petya sat down at a distance from him, considering it
beneath his dignity to pay attention to him. But he fingered the money in his pocket and
wondered whether it would seem ridiculous to give some to the drummer boy. End of Book 14, Chapter 7.
Book 14 Chapter 8 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain. Book 14, Chapter 8
The arrival of Dolokov diverted Petya's attention from the drummer-boy, to whom
Denisov had had some mutton and vodka given, and whom he had dressed in a Russian coat,
so that he might be kept with their band and not sent away with the other prisoners.
Petya had heard in the army many stories of Dolokhov's extraordinary bravery, and of his
cruelty to the French. So from the moment he entered the hut, Petya did not take his eyes from him,
but braced himself up more and more and held his head high,
that he might not be unworthy even of such company.
Dahlikov's appearance amazed Petya by its simplicity.
Did he saw for a cossack coat,
had a beard and an icon of Nicholas the wonder worker on his breast,
and his way of speaking and everything he did indicated his unusual position.
But Dahlikov, who in Moscow had worn a Persian costume,
had now the appearance of a most correct officer of the guards.
He was clean-shaven and wore a guardsman's padded coat with an order of St. George at his buttonhole
and a plain forage cap set straight on his head. He took off his wet felt cloak in a corner of the
room, and without greeting anyone, went up to Denisov and began questioning him about the matter
in hand. Denisov told him of the designs the large detachments had on the transport, of the
message Petya had brought, and his own replies to both generals. Then he told him all he knew of the
French detachment.
That's so.
But we must know what troops they are and their numbers, said Dolokhov.
It will be necessary to go there.
We can't start the affair without knowing for certain how many there are.
I like to work accurately.
Here now.
Wouldn't one of these gentlemen like to ride over to the French camp with me?
I have brought a spare uniform.
I—I'll go with you, cried Petia.
There's no need for you.
you to go at all, said Denisov, addressing Dolokov. And as for him, I won't let him go on any account.
I like that, exclaimed Petya, why shouldn't I go? Because it's useless. Well, you must excuse me,
because—because I shall go and that's all. You'll take me, won't you? He said, turning to Dolokhov.
Why not? Dolokhov answered absently, scrutinizing the face of the French drummer boy.
"'Have you had that youngster with you long?' he asked Denisov.
"'He was taken to-day, but he knows nothing. I'm keeping him with me.'
"'Yes, and where do you put the others?' inquired Dolokhov.
"'Where? I send them away and take a receipt for them,' shouted Denisov, suddenly flushing.
"'And I say boldly that I have not a single man's life on my conscience.
Would it be difficult for you to send thirty or three hundred men to town under escort instead of staining?
I speak bluntly, staining the honor of a soldier?
That kind of amiable talk would be suitable from this young count of sixteen, said Dolokhov with cold irony,
but it's time for you to drop it.
Why, I've not said anything.
I only say that I'll certainly go with you, said Petya shyly.
But for you and me, old fellow, it's time to drop these amenities,
continued Dolokhov, as if he found a particular pleasure in speaking of this subject which
irritated Denisov.
Now, why have you kept this lad?
He went on swaying his head, because you are sorry for him.
Don't we know those receipts of yours?
You send a hundred men away and thirty get there.
The rest either starve or get killed.
So isn't it all the same not to send them?'
The assault, screwing up his light-colored eyes, nodded approvingly.
"'That's not the point. I'm not going to discuss the matter. I do not wish to take it on my
conscience. You say they'll die? All white, only not by my fault.'
Dahlikov began laughing.
"'Who has told them not to capture me these twenty times over? But if they did catch me,
they'd string me up to an aspen tree, and with all your chivalry just the same.'
He paused.
However, we must get to work.
Tell the Cossack to fetch my kit.
I have two French uniforms in it.
Well, are you coming with me?
He asked Petya.
I?
Yes, yes, certainly, cried Petya, blushing almost at tears and glancing at Dinesov.
While Dahlikov had been disputing with Dinesov what should be done with prisoners,
Petya had once more felt awkward and restless.
But again, he had no time to grasp fully what they were talking about.
If grown-up distinguished men think so, it must be necessary and right, thought he.
But above all, Denisov must not dare to imagine that I'll obey him
and that he can order me about.
I will certainly go to the French camp with Dolokhov.
If he can, so can I.
And to all Denisov's persuasions, Petya was to have.
replied that he too was accustomed to do everything accurately and not just anyhow, and that
he never considered personal danger. For you'll admit that if we don't know for sure how many
of them there are, hundreds of lives may depend on it, while there are only two of us.
Besides, I want to go very much and certainly will go, so don't hinder me, said he. It will only make
things worse. End of Book 14, Chapter 8. Book 14, Chapter 9, of War and Peace, Volume 4,
by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 9
Having put on French great coats and sheikos, Petya and Dolokhov rode to the clearing
from which Denisov had reconnoitered the French camp, and he murdered.
emerging from the forest in pitch darkness, they descended into the hollow. On reaching the bottom,
Dahlikov told the Cossacks accompanying him to await him there and rode on at a quick trot along
the road to the bridge. Petya, his heart in his mouth with excitement, rode by his side.
If we're caught, I won't be taken alive. I have a pistol, whispered he.
Don't talk Russian, said Dullikov in a hurried whisper, and at that very moment they heard through
the darkness to challenge,
Kiviv? Who goes there?
And the click of a musket.
The blood rushed to Petya's face, and he grasped his pistol.
Losier du Siziem, lancers of the Sixth Regiment, replied Dahlikov,
neither hastening nor slackening his horse's pace.
The black figure of a sentinel stood on the bridge.
Maudaudra! Password.
Dahlikov reined in his horse and advanced.
at a walk.
"'Dedon,
the coroner Gerard
and so?
Tell me,
is Colonel Gerard here?' he asked.
"'Mauddra,'
repeated the sentinel,
barring the way and not replying.
"'Quan an officier
faiseeron,
la centanel ne'est a maudre.
When an officer is making his round,
Sentinels don't ask him for the password,'
cried Dolokhov, suddenly flaring up
and riding straight at the sentinel.
I am asking you if the colonel is here.
I am asking you if the colonel is here.
And without waiting for an answer from the sentinel,
who had stepped aside,
Dolokhov rode up the incline at a walk.
Noticing the black outline of a man crossing the road,
Dolokhov stopped him and inquired where the commander and officers were.
The man, a soldier with a sack over his shoulder,
stopped, came close up to Dolokhov's horse,
touched it with his hand,
and explained simply and in a friendly way that the commander and the officers were higher up the hill to the right in the courtyard of the farm, as he called the landowner's house.
Having ridden up the road, on both sides of which French talk could be heard around the campfires,
Dahlikov turned into the courtyard of the landowner's house.
Having ridden in, he dismounted and approached a big blazing campfire, around which sat several men talking noisily.
Something was boiling in a small cauldron at the edge of the fire, and a soldier in a peaked cap and blue
overcoat lit up by the fire, was kneeling beside it, stirring its contents with a ramrod.
"'Oh, he's a hard nut to crack,' said one of the officers, who was sitting in the shadow at the
other side of the fire.
"'He'll make them get a move on, those fellows,' said another laughing.
Both fell silent, peering out through the darkness at the sound of Dolokhov's and
Petya steps as they advanced to the fire leading their horses.
"'Bonieu, messieurs!'
"'Good day, gentlemen,' said Dolokhov loudly and clearly.
There was a stir among the officers in the shadow beyond the fire,
and one tall, long-necked officer, walking around the fire, came up to Dolokhov.
"'Is that you, Clement?' he asked.
"'Where the devil!'
But, noticing his mistake, he broke off short, and, with a frown,
greeted Dolokhov as a stranger, asking what he could do for him.
Dolokhov said that he and his companion were trying to overtake their regiment,
and addressing the company in general, asked whether they knew anything of the sixth regiment.
None of them knew anything, and Petya thought the officers were beginning to look at him and
Dolokov with hostility and suspicion. For some seconds, all were silent.
"'If you're counting on the evening soup, you have come too late,' said a voice from
behind the fire with a repressed laugh.
Dolokhov replied that they were not hungry and must push on farther that night.
He handed the horses over to the soldier who was stirring the pot
and squatted down on his heels by the fire, beside the officer with the long neck.
That officer did not take his eyes from Dolokhov, and again asked to what regiment he belonged.
Dolokhov, as if he had not heard the question, did not reply, but, lighting a short French
pipe which he took from his pocket, began asking the officer in how far the road before them
was safe from Cossacks.
"'Those brigands are everywhere,' replied an officer from behind the fire.
Dahlikov remarked that the Cossacks were a danger only to stragglers, such as his companion
and himself.
"'But probably they would not dare to attack large detachments?' he added inquiringly.
No one replied.
"'Well, now he'll come.
come away, Petcha thought every moment as he stood by the campfire listening to the talk.
But Dolokhov restarted the conversation which had dropped, and began putting direct questions
as to how many men there were in the battalion, how many battalions, and how many prisoners.
Asking about the Russian prisoners with that detachment, Dolokhov said,
A horrid business dragging these corpses about with one. It would be better to shoot such rabble,
and burst into loud laughter, so sorry.
strange that Petya thought the French would immediately detect their disguise, and involuntarily
took a step back from the campfire. No one replied a word to Dolokhov's laughter, and a French
officer, whom they could not see, he lay wrapped in a greatcoat, rose and whispered something to a
companion. Dolokhov got up and called to the soldier who was holding their horses.
Will they bring our horses or not? thought Petya, instinctively drawing nearer to Dolokhov. The horses
were brought.
Good evening, gentlemen, said Dolokhov.
Petya wished to say good-night, but could not utter a word.
The officers were whispering together.
Dalikov was a long time mounting his horse, which would not stand still.
Then he rode out of the yard at a foot-pace.
Petya rode beside him, longing to look round to see whether or not the French were
running after them, but not daring to.
Coming out onto the road, Dolokhov did not ride back across
the open country, but through the village.
At one spot he stopped and listened.
Do you hear? he asked.
Petya recognized the sound of Russian voices
and saw the dark figures of Russian prisoners round their campfires.
When they had descended to the bridge,
Petya and Dolokhov rode past the Sentinel,
who, without saying a word, paced morosely up and down it.
Then they descended into the hollow where the Cossacks awaited them.
Well now, goodbye.
"'Tell Denisov, at the first shot at daybreak,' said Dolokhov,
and was about to ride away, but Petya seized hold of him.
"'Really?' he cried.
"'You are such a hero. Oh, how fine! How splendid! How I love you!'
"'All right, all right,' said Dolokhov.
But Pedia did not let go of him, and Dolokhov saw through the gloom that Petya was bending
toward him and wanted to kiss him.
Dolokhov kissed him, laughed, turned his horse, and vanished into the darkness.
End of Book 14, Chapter 9. Book 14 Chapter 10 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 10
Having returned to the Watchman's hut, Petya found Denisov in the passage. He was awaiting
Petya's return in a state of agitation, anxiety, and self-reproach for having
let him go.
Thank God, he exclaimed.
Yes, thank God, he repeated,
listening to Petya's rapturous account.
But devil take you, I haven't slept because of you.
Well, thank God.
Now, lie down.
We can still get a nap before morning.
But no, said Petya, I don't want to sleep yet.
Besides, I know myself.
If I fall asleep, it's finished.
And then, I am used to.
to not sleeping before a battle.
He sat a while in the hut,
joyfully recalling the details of his expedition
and vividly picturing to himself
what would happen next day.
Then, noticing that Denisov was asleep,
he rose and went out of doors.
It was still quite dark outside.
The rain was over,
but drops were still falling from the trees.
Near the watchman's hut,
the black shapes of the Cossack shanties
and of horses tethered together could be seen.
Behind the hut, the dark shapes of the two wagons with their horses beside them were discernible,
and in the hollow the dying campfire gleamed red.
Not all the Cossacks and Hussars were asleep.
Here and there, amid the sounds of falling drops and the munching of the horses nearby,
could be heard low voices which seemed to be whispering.
Pedia came out, peered into the darkness, and went up to the wagons.
Someone was snoring under them, and around them stood saddled horses, munching their oats.
In the dark, Petya recognized his own horse, which he called Karabakh,
though it was of Ukrainian breed and went up to it.
"'Well, Karabak, we'll do some service tomorrow,' said he, sniffing its nostrils and kissing it.
"'Why aren't you asleep, sir?' said a Cossack, who was sitting under a wagon.
"'No, uh, Likachev, isn't that your name?
Do you know I have only just come back? We've been into the French camp.'
And Petya gave the Cossack a detailed account not only of his ride, but also of his object,
and why he considered it better to risk his life than to act just anyhow.
"'Well, you should get some sleep now,' said the Cossack.
"'No, I am used to this,' said Petya.
"'I say, aren't the flints in your pistol worn out?
I brought some with me.
Don't you want any?
You can have some.'
The Cossack bent forward from under the wagon to get a closer look at Petya.
"'Because I am accustomed to do everything accurately,' said Petya.
"'Some fellows do things just anyhow, without preparation, and then they're sorry for it afterwards.
"'I don't like that.'
"'Just so,' said the Cossack.
"'Oh, yes, another thing.
"'Please, my dear fellow, will you sharpen my saber for me?
"'It's got bl—'
"'Petya fear to tell a lie, and the saber never had been sharpened.
"'Can you do it?'
Of course I can."
"'Lickachev got up, rummaged in his pack, and soon Petya heard the warlike sound of steel
on whetstone.
He climbed onto the wagon and sat on its edge.
The Cossack was sharpening the saber under the wagon.
"'I say, are the lads asleep?' asked Petya.
"'Some are, and some aren't, like us.'
"'Well, and that boy?'
"'Vasenny?
"'Oh, he's thrown himself down there in the passage.
fast asleep after his fright. He was glad.
After that, Petya remained silent for a long time, listening to the sounds.
He heard footsteps in the darkness, and a black figure appeared.
"'What are you sharpening?' asked a man coming up to the wagon.
"'Why, this gentleman's saber.'
"'That's right,' said the man, whom Petya took to be a hussar.
"'Was the cup left here?'
"'There, by the wheel.'
The hussar took the cussar took the cussar.
cup. "'It must be daylight soon,' said he, yawning, and went away.
Petya ought to have known that he was in a forest with Denisov's guerrilla band,
less than a mile from the road, sitting on a wagon captured from the French,
beside which horses were tethered, that under it Lickachev was sitting sharpening a saber for him,
that the big dark blotch to the right was the watchman's hut,
and the red blotch below to the left was the dying embers of a campfire,
that the man who had come for the cup was an hussar who wanted a drink.
But he neither knew nor waited to know anything of all this.
He was in a fairy kingdom, where nothing resembled reality.
The big dark blotch might really be the watchman's hut,
or it might be a cavern leading to the very depths of the earth.
Perhaps the red spot was a fire,
or it might be the eye of an enormous monster.
Perhaps he was really sitting on a wagon,
but it might very well be that he was not sitting on a wagon but on a terribly high tower,
from which if he fell he would have to fall for a whole day or a whole month,
or go on falling and never reach the bottom.
Perhaps it was just the Cossack Likachev who was sitting under the wagon,
but it might be the kindest, bravest, most wonderful, most splendid man in the world
whom no one knew of.
It might really have been that the Hussar came for water and went back into the hollow,
But perhaps he had simply vanished, disappeared altogether and dissolved into nothingness.
Nothing Petja could have seen now would have surprised him. He was in a fairy kingdom where
everything was possible. He looked up at the sky, and the sky was a fairy realm like the earth.
It was clearing, and over the tops of the trees clouds were swiftly sailing as if unveiling
the stars. Sometimes it looked as if the clouds were passing, and a
clear black sky appeared. Sometimes it seemed as if the black spaces were clouds. Sometimes the
sky seemed to be rising high, high overhead, and then it seemed to sink so low that one could
touch it with one's hand. Petya's eyes began to close, and he swayed a little. The trees were
dripping. Quiet talking was heard. The horses neighed and jostled one another. Someone snored.
Egg-Jegh hissed the saber against the wet stone, and suddenly Petja heard an harmonious orchestra
playing some unknown, sweetly solemn hymn. Petya was as musical as Natasha, and more so than
Nicholas, but had never learned music or thought about it, and so the melody that unexpectedly
came to his mind seemed to him particularly fresh and attractive. The music became more and more
audible. The melody grew and passed from one instrument to another. And what was
played was a fugue, though Petya had not the least conception of what a fugue is.
Each instrument, now resembling a violin and now a horn, but better and clearer than violin or horn,
played its own part. And, before it had finished, the melody merged with another instrument
that began almost the same air, and then with a third and a fourth. And they all blended into one,
and again became separate and again blended, now into solemn church music,
now into something dazzlingly brilliant and triumphant.
Oh, why, that was in a dream, Petya said to himself as he lurched forward.
It's in my ears.
But perhaps it's music of my own.
Well, go on, my music, now.
He closed his eyes, and from all sides, as if from a distance,
sounds fluttered, grew into harmonies, separated, blended,
and again all mingled into the same sweet and solemn hymn.
"'Oh, this is delightful!
As much as I like and as I like,' said Petya to himself.
He tried to conduct that enormous orchestra.
"'Now softly, softly die away, and the sounds obeyed him.
Now fuller, more joyful, still more and more joyful!'
And from an unknown depth rose increasingly triumphant sounds.
Now voices join in, ordered Petja.
And at first, from afar, he heard men's voices, and then women's.
The voices grew in harmonious, triumphant strength, and Petya listened to their surpassing
beauty in awe and joy.
With a solemn triumphal march, there mingled a song, the drip from the trees, and the hissing
of the saber, O'jeg, jeg, jeg, jeg.
And again the horses jostled one another and nade, not disturbing
the choir, but joining in it.
Petya did not know how long this lasted.
He enjoyed himself all the time, wondered at his enjoyment, and regretted that there was
no one to share it.
He was awakened by Likachev's kindly voice.
"'It's ready, Your Honor.
You can split a Frenchman in half with it.'
Petia woke up.
"'It's getting light.
It's really getting light!' he exclaimed.
The horses that had previously been invisible could now be seen to their very tails,
and a watery light showed itself through the bare branches.
Petya shook himself, jumped up, took a rubble from his pocket, and gave it to Likachev.
Then he flourished the saber, tested it, and sheathed it.
The Cossacks were untying their horses and tightening their saddle girths.
"'And here's the commander,' said Likachev.
Denesov came out of the watchman's hut, and having called Petya, gave orders to get ready.
End of Book 14, Chapter 10. Book 14 Chapter 11 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 11
The men rapidly picked out their horses in the same.
semi-darkness, tightened their saddle girths, and formed companies.
Denisov stood by the watchman's hut, giving final orders.
The infantry of the detachment passed along the road and quickly disappeared amid the trees
in the mist of early dawn, hundreds of feet splashing through the mud.
The Assal gave some orders to his men.
Petya held his horse by the bridle, impatiently awaiting the order to mount.
His face, having been bathed in cold water, was all aglow, and his assail.
eyes were particularly brilliant. Cold shivers ran down his spine and his whole body pulsed rhythmically.
"'Well, is everything wettie?' asked Denisov. "'Bwing the horses!' The horses were brought.
Denisov was angry with the Cossack because the saddle girths were too slack, reproved him and
mounted. Petya put his foot in the stirrup. His horse by habit made as if to nip his leg,
but Petya leaped quickly into the saddle, unconscious of his own weight.
and turning to look at the hussar standing in the darkness behind him,
rode up to Denisov.
Vasily Dmitrich, entrust me with some commission,
please, for God's sake, said he.
Denisov seemed to have forgotten Petya's very existence.
He turned a glance at him.
I ask one thing of you, he said sternly,
to obey me and not shove yourself forward anywhere.
He did not say another word to Petya,
but wrote in silence all the last.
away. When they had come to the edge of the forest, it was noticeably growing light over the field.
Denisov talked in whispers with the Assal, and the Cossacks rode past Petya and Denisov.
When they had all ridden by, Denisov touched his horse and rode down the hill. Slipping onto their
haunches and sliding, the horses descended with their riders into the ravine. Petya rode beside
Denisov, the pulsation of his body constantly increasing.
It was getting lighter and lighter, but the mist still hid distant objects.
Having reached the valley, Denisov looked back and nodded to a Cossack beside him.
The signal, said he.
The Cossack raised his arm and a shot rang out.
In an instant the tramp of horses galloping forward was heard.
Shouts came from various sides, and then more shots.
At the first sound of trampling hoofs and shouting,
Petya lashed his horse and, loosening his reign, galloped forward, not heeding to Nisov who shouted
at him. It seemed to Petya that at the moment the shot was fired, it suddenly became as bright as noon.
He galloped to the bridge. Cossacks were galloping along the road in front of him. On the bridge
he collided with a Cossack who had fallen behind, but he galloped on. In front of him, soldiers,
probably Frenchmen, were running from right to left across the road. One of them fell
in the mud under his horse's feet.
Cossacks were crowding about a hut, busy with something.
From the midst of that crowd, terrible screams arose.
Petya galloped up, and the first thing he saw was the pale face and trembling jaw of a Frenchman,
clutching the handle of a lance that had been named at him.
"'Hurrah! lads! hours!' shouted Petya.
And giving rein to his excited horse, he galloped forward along the village street.
He could hear shooting ahead of him.
Cossacks, hussars, and ragged Russian prisoners,
who had come running from both sides of the road,
were shouting something loudly and incoherently.
A gallant-looking Frenchman, in a blue overcoat,
capless, and with a frowning red face,
had been defending himself against the hussars.
When Petya galloped up, the Frenchman had already fallen.
Too late again, flashed to Petya's mind,
and he galloped on to the place from which the rapid firing could be.
be heard. The shots came from the yard of the landowner's house he had visited the night before
with Dolokhov. The French were making a stand there behind a wattle fence in a garden thickly
overgrown with bushes, and were firing at the Cossacks who crowded at the gateway. Through the
smoke as he approached the gate, Petya saw Dolokhov, whose face was of a pale greenish tent
shouting to his men. "'Go round! Wait for the infantry!' he exclaimed as Petya rode up to him.
Wait!
Hurrah! Ha! ha! ha! shouted Petya, and without pausing a moment, galloped to the place
whence came the sounds of firing and where the smoke was thickest.
A volley was heard, and some bullets whistled past, while others plashed against something.
The Cossacks and Dullikov galloped after Petya into the gateway of the courtyard.
In the dense wavering smoke, some of the French threw down their arms and ran out of the
bushes to meet the Cossacks, while others ran down the hill toward the pond.
Petya was galloping along the courtyard, but instead of holding the reins, he waved both
his arms about rapidly and strangely, slipping farther and farther to one side in his saddle.
His horse, having galloped up to a campfire that was smoldering in the morning light, stopped suddenly,
and Petya fell heavily onto the wet ground. The Cossacks saw that his arms and legs jerked rapidly,
though his head was quite motionless.
A bullet had pierced his skull.
After speaking to the senior French officer,
who came out of the house with a white handkerchief
tied to his sword and announced that they surrendered,
Dolokhov dismounted and went up to Petya,
who lay motionless with outstretched arms.
Dunfor, he said with a frown
and went to the gate to meet Denisov who was riding toward him.
"'Killed?' cried Denisov, recognizing from a distance.
the unmistakably lifeless attitude, very familiar to him in which Petya's body was lying.
"'Don for,' repeated Dahlikov, as if the utterance of these words afforded him pleasure,
and he went quickly up to the prisoners who were surrounded by Cossacks who had hurried up.
"'We won't take them,' he called out to Dinosov.
Denisov did not reply. He rode up to Petya, dismounted, and with trembling hands turned toward himself
the blood-stained, mud-bespattered face which had already gone white.
"'I am used to something sweet.
"'Rasins, fine ones, take them all,' he recalled Petya's words.
And the Cossacks looked round in surprise at the sound,
like the yelp of a dog with which Denisov turned away,
walked to the wattle fence, and seized hold of it.
Among the Russian prisoners rescued by Denisov and Dahlikov was Pierre Bazukov.
of Book 14, Chapter 11. Book 14, Chapter 12, of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Liberovacs recording is in the public domain. Book 14,
Chapter 12. During the whole of their march from Moscow, no fresh orders had been issued by the French
authorities concerning the party of prisoners, among whom was Pierre. On the 22nd of
October, that party was no longer with the same troops and baggage trains with which it had left
Moscow. Half the wagons laden with hardtack that had traveled the first stages with them
had been captured by Cossacks. The other half had gone on ahead. Not one of those dismounted
cavalrymen who had marched in front of the prisoners was left. They had all disappeared.
The artillery the prisoners had seen in front of them during the first days was now replaced by
Marshal Junot's enormous baggage train, convoyed by Westphalians. Behind the prisoners came a cavalry
baggage train. From Viasma onwards, the French army, which had till then moved in three columns,
went on as a single group. The symptoms of disorder that Pierre had noticed at their first
halting place after leaving Moscow had now reached the utmost limit. The road along which they moved
was bordered on both sides by dead horses, ragged men who had found.
fallen behind from various regiments, continually changed about, now joining the moving column,
now again lagging behind it. Several times during the march, false alarms had been given,
and the soldiers of the escort had raised their muskets, fired, and run headlong crushing one another,
but had afterwards reassembled and abused each other for their causeless panic.
These three groups traveling together, the cavalry stores, the convoy of prisoners, and Junot's baggage train,
still constituted a separate and united whole,
though each of the groups was rapidly melting away.
Of the artillery baggage train,
which had consisted of 120 wagons,
not more than 60 now remained.
The rest had been captured or left behind.
Some of Junot's wagons also have been captured or abandoned.
Three wagons have been raided and robbed by stragglers from DeVos' corps.
From the talk of the Germans, Pierre learned that,
a larger guard had been allotted to that baggage train than to the prisoners, and that one of their
comrades, a German soldier, had been shot by the Marshal's own order, because a silver spoon
belonging to the Marshal had been found in his possession. The group of prisoners had melted
away most of all. Of the 330 men who had set out from Moscow, fewer than a hundred now remained.
The prisoners were more burdensome to the escort than even the cavalry saddles or Junot's baggage.
They understood that the saddles and Juno's spoon might be of some use,
but that cold and hungry soldiers should have to stand and guard equally cold and hungry Russians,
who froze and lag behind on the road,
in which case the order was to shoot them, was not merely incomprehensible, but revolting.
And the escort, as if afraid, in the grievous condition they themselves were in,
of giving way to the pity they felt for the prisoners,
and so rendering their own plight still worse,
treated them with particular moroseness and severity.
At Dora Gabouge, while the soldiers of the convoy,
after locking the prisoners in a stable,
had gone off to pillage their own stores,
several of the soldier prisoners tunnelled under the wall and ran away,
but were recaptured by the French and shot.
The arrangement adopted when they started,
that the office of prisoners should be kept separate from the rest,
had long since been abandoned.
All who could walk went together, and after the third stage, Pierre had rejoined Karateev
and the gray-blue bandy-legged dog that had chosen Karateev for its master.
On the third day after leaving Moscow, Karateev again fell ill with the fever he had suffered
from in the hospital in Moscow, and as he grew gradually weaker, Pierre kept away from him.
Pierre did not know why, but since Karateev had begun to grow weaker, it had caused him
an effort to go near him. When he did so and heard the subdued moaning with which Karateev generally
lay down at the halting places, and when he smelled the odor emanating from him, which was now stronger
than before, Pierre moved farther away and did not think about him. While imprisoned in the shed,
Pierre had learned not with his intellect, but with his whole being, by life itself, that man is
created for happiness, that happiness is within him, in the satisfaction of his own. Heard was
simple human needs, and that all unhappiness arises not from privation, but from superfluity.
And now, during these last three weeks of the March, he had learned still another new
consolatory truth, that nothing in this world is terrible. He had learned that as there is no
condition in which man can be happy and entirely free, so there is no condition in which he need
be unhappy and lack freedom. He learned that suffering and freedom have
their limits, and that those limits are very near together, that the person in a bed of roses
with one crumpled petal suffered as keenly as he now, sleeping on the bare damp earth with one
side growing chilled while the other was warming. And that when he had put on tight dancing
shoes he had suffered just as he did now, when he walked with bare feet that were covered with
sores, his footgear having long since fallen to pieces. He discovered that when he had married his
wife, of his own free will as it had seemed to him, he had been no more free than now
when they locked him up at night in a stable. Of all that he himself subsequently termed his
sufferings, but which at the time he scarcely felt, the worst was the state of his bare, raw,
and scab-covered feet. The horse-flesh was appetizing and nourishing. The salt-peater flavor
of the gunpowder they used instead of salt was even pleasant. There was no great cold. It was
always warm walking in the daytime, and at night there were the campfires. The lice that devoured
him warmed his body. The one thing that was at first hard to bear was his feet. After the second
day's march, Pierre, having examined his feet by the campfire, thought it would be impossible
to walk on them. But when everybody got up, he went along limping, and when he had warmed up,
walked without feeling the pain, though at night his head was a little bit of his head. He was always,
feet were more terrible to look at than before.
However, he did not look at them now, but thought of other things.
Only now did Pierre realize the full strength of life in man, and the saving power he has
of transferring his attention from one thing to another, which is like the safety valve of a boiler
that allows superfluous steam to blow off when the pressure exceeds a certain limit.
He did not see and did not hear how they shot the prisoners who lagged behind, though more
than a hundred perished in that way. He did not think of Karateev, who grew weaker every day,
and evidently would soon have to share that fate. Still less did Pierre think about himself.
The harder his position became, and the more terrible the future, the more independent of that
position in which he found himself were the joyful and comforting thoughts, memories, and imaginings
that came to him. End of Book 14, Chapter 12.
Chapter 13
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 13
At midday on the 22nd of October, Pierre was going uphill along the muddy, slippery road,
looking at his feet and at the roughness of the way.
Occasionally he glanced at the familiar crowd around him,
and then again at his feet.
The former and the latter were alike familiar and his own.
The blue-gray bandy-legged dog ran merrily along the side of the road,
sometimes in proof of its agility and self-satisfaction,
lifting one hind leg and hopping along on three,
and then again going on all four and rushing to bark at the crows that sat on the carrion.
The dog was merrier and sleeker than it had been in Moscow.
All around lay the flesh of different animals,
from men to horses, in various stages of decomposition.
And as the wolves were kept off by the passing men, the dog could eat all it wanted.
It had been raining since morning, and had seemed as if at any moment it might cease and the sky clear,
but after a short break it began raining harder than before.
The saturated road no longer absorbed the water, which ran along the ruts in streams.
Pierre walked along, looking from side to side, counting his steps in threes and reckoning them off
on his fingers.
Mentally addressing the rain, he repeated,
"'Now then, now then, go on, pelt harder!'
It seemed to him that he was thinking of nothing.
But far down and deep within him, his soul was occupied with something important and comforting.
This something was a most subtle spiritual deduction from a conversation
with Karateev the day before.
At their yesterday's halting-place, feeling chilly by a dying campfire,
Pierre had got up and gone to the next one, which was burning better.
There, Plataon Karateev was sitting covered up, head and all, with his gray coat,
as if it were a vestment, telling the soldiers in his effective and pleasant,
though now feeble voice, a story Pierre knew.
It was already past midnight, the hour when Karateev was usually free of his fever and particularly
lively. When Pierre reached the fire and heard Ploton's voice infeble by illness and saw his pathetic
face brightly lit up by the blaze, he felt a painful prick at his heart. His feeling of pity for
this man frightened him, and he wished to go away, but there was no other fire, and Pierre sat down,
trying not to look at Ploton. "'Well, how are you?' he asked. "'How am I? If we grumble at sickness,
"'God won't grant us death,' replied Plotone, and at once resumed the story he had begun.
"'And so, brother,' he continued, with a smile on his pale, emaciated face and a particularly
happy light in his eyes. "'You see, brother?' Pierre had long been familiar with that story.
Karateev had told it to him alone some half-dozen times, and always with especially joyful emotion.
But well as he knew it, Pierre now listened to that tale as
as to something new, and the quiet rapture Karateev evidently felt, as he told it, communicated
itself also to Pierre. The story was of an old merchant who lived a good and god-fearing
life with his family, and who went once to the Nizhni fair with a companion, a rich merchant.
Having put up at an inn, they both went to sleep, and next morning his companion was found
robbed with his throat cut. A blood-stained knife was found under the old merchant's pillow.
He was tried, knouted, and his nostrils having been torn off, all in due form, as Karateev put it,
he was sent to hard labor in Siberia.
And so, brother, it was at this point that Pierre came up.
Ten years or more passed by.
The old man was living as a convict, submitting as he should and doing no wrong.
Only he prayed to God for death.
Well, one night, the convicts were gathered just as we.
are, with the old man among them. And they began telling what each was suffering for,
and how they had sinned against God. One told how he had taken a life, another had taken two,
a third had set a house on fire, while another had simply been a vagrant and had done nothing.
So they asked the old man, what are you being punished for, Daddy?
"'I, my dear brothers,' said he, "'am being punished for my own and other men's sins.
but I have not killed anyone or taken anything that was not mine,
but have only helped my poor brothers.
I was a merchant, my dear brothers, and had much property,
and he went on to tell them all about it in due order.
I don't grieve for myself, he says,
God, it seems, has chastened me,
only I am sorry for my old wife and the children,
and the old man began to weep.
Now it happened that, in the grief,
was the very man who had killed the other merchant.
"'Where did it happen, Daddy?' he said.
"'When and in what month?'
He asked all about it, and his heart began to ache.
So he comes up to the old man like this, and falls down at his feet.
"'You are perishing because of me, Daddy,' he says.
"'It's quite true, lads, that this man,' he says,
is being tortured innocently and for nothing.
"'I,' he says, did that deed,
and I put the knife under your head while you were asleep.
Forgive me, Daddy, he says, for Christ's sake.'
Karatea paused, smiling joyously as he gazed into the fire
and he drew the logs together.
And the old man said,
God will forgive you.
We are all sinners in his sight.
I suffer for my own sins, and he wept bitter tears.
Well, what do you think, dear friends?
Karateev continued.
his face brightening more and more with a rapturous smile,
as if what he now had to tell contained the chief charm and the whole meaning of his story.
"'What do you think, dear fellows?'
"'That murder confessed to the authorities.
"'I have taken six lives,' he says.
"'He was a great sinner.
"'But what I'm most sorry for is this old man.
"'Don't let him suffer because of me.'
"'So he confessed, and it was all written down in the paper,
set off in due form. The place was a long way off, and while they were judging, what with one
thing and another, filling in the papers all in due form, the authorities, I mean, time passed.
The affair reached the Tsar. After a while, the Tsar's decree came, to set the merchant free
and give him a compensation that had been awarded. The paper arrived, and they began to look for the
old man. Where is the old man who has been suffering innocently and in vain?
A paper has come from the Tsar, so they began looking for him.
Here Karateev's lower jaw trembled.
But God had already forgiven him.
He was dead.
That's how it was, dear fellows.
Karateev concluded, and sat for a long time silent,
gazing before him with a smile.
And Pierre's soul was dimly, but joyfully filled,
not by the story itself, but by its mysterious significance.
by the rapturous joy that lit up Karateev's face as he told it, and the mystic significance of that joy.
End of Book 14, Chapter 13. Book 14 Chapter 14 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 14
"'Avo plus!'
"'To your places,' suddenly cried a voice.
A pleasant feeling of excitement and an expectation of something joyful and solemn
was aroused among the soldiers of the convoy and the prisoners.
From all sides came shouts of command,
and from the left came smartly dressed cavalrymen on good horses,
passing the prisoners at a trot.
The expression on all faces showed the tension people feel
at the approach of those in authority.
The prisoners thronged together and were pushed off the road.
The convoy formed up.
"'The Emperor! The Emperor! The Marshal! The Duke!'
And hardly had the sleek cavalry passed before a carriage drawn by six grey horses rattled by.
Pierre caught a glimpse of a man in a three-cornered hat with a tranquil look on his handsome, plump, white face.
It was one of the marshals.
His eye fell on Pierre's large and striking figure,
and in the expression with which he frowned and looked away.
Pierre thought he detected sympathy and a desire to conceal that sympathy.
The general in charge of the stores galloped after the carriage with a red and frightened face,
whipping up his skinny horse.
Several officers formed a group and some soldiers crowded round them.
Their faces all looked excited and worried.
What did he say?
What did he say?
Pierre heard them ask.
While the Marshal was passing, the prisoners had huddled together in a crowd,
and Pierre saw Karateev whom he had not yet seen that morning.
He sat in his short overcoat, leaning against a birch tree.
On his face, besides the look of joyful emotion it had worn yesterday
while telling the tale of the merchant who had suffered innocently,
there was now an expression of quiet solemnity.
Karateev looked at Pierre with his kindly round eyes, now filled with tears,
evidently wishing him to come near that he might say something to him.
But Pierre was not sufficiently sure of himself.
He made as if he did not notice that look and moved hastily away.
When the prisoners again went forward, Pierre looked round.
Karateev was still sitting at the side of the road under the birch tree, and two Frenchmen
were talking over his head.
Pierre did not look round again, but went limping up the hill.
From behind, where Karateev had been sitting, came the sound of a shot.
Heard heard it plainly, but at that moment he remembered that he had not yet finished reckoning
up how many stages still remained to Smolensk, a calculation he had begun before the
Marshal went by.
And he again started reckoning.
The two French soldiers ran past Pierre, one of whom carried a lowered and smoking gun.
They both looked pale, and in the expression on their faces, one of them glanced timidly
at Pierre, there was something resembling what he had seen on the face of the young soldier.
at the execution.
Pierre looked at the soldier and remembered that two days before.
That man had burned his shirt while drying it at the fire and how they had laughed at him.
Behind him, where Karateev had been sitting, the dog began to howl.
What a stupid beast!
Why is it howling?
Thought Pierre.
His comrades, the prisoner soldiers walking beside him,
avoided looking back at the place where the shot had been fired and the dog was howling.
just as Pierre did, but there was a set look on all their faces.
End of Book 14, Chapter 14.
Book 14 Chapter 15 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 15
The Stores, the Prisoners, and the Marshal's baggage train
stopped at the village of Shamchevo.
The men crowded together round the campfires.
Pierre went up to the fire, ate some roast horse-flesh,
lay down with his back to the fire, and immediately fell asleep.
He again slept as he had done at Mojaisk after the Battle of Borodino.
Again, real events mingled with dreams and again someone, he or another,
gave expression to his thoughts,
and even to the same thoughts that had been expressed in his dream at Mojc.
Life is everything. Life is God. Everything changes and moves, and that movement is God.
And while there is life, there is joy in consciousness of the divine. To love life is to love God.
Harder and more blessed than all else is to love this life in one's sufferings, in innocent sufferings.
Karateev came to Pierre's mind. And suddenly he saw vividly before,
him a long-forgotten, kindly old man who had given him geography lessons in Switzerland.
Wait a bit, said the old man, and showed Pierre a globe. This globe was alive, a vibrating
ball without fixed dimensions. Its whole surface consisted of drops closely pressed together,
and all these drops moved and changed places, sometimes several of them merging into one,
sometimes one dividing into many. Each drop tried to spread out,
and occupy as much space as possible, but others striving to do the same compressed it,
sometimes destroyed it, and sometimes merged with it.
"'That is life,' said the old teacher.
"'How simple and clear it is,' thought Pierre.
"'How is it I did not know it before.
"'God is in the midst, and each drop tries to expand
"'so as to reflect him to the greatest extent.
"'And it grows, merges, disembassive,
disappears from the surface, sinks to the depths, and again emerges.
There now, Karateev has spread out and disappeared.
Do you understand, my child? said the teacher.
Do you understand, damn you? shouted a voice, and Pierre woke up.
He lifted himself and sat up. A Frenchman, who had just pushed a Russian soldier away,
was squatting by the fire, engaged in roasting a piece of meat stuck on a ramrod.
His sleeves were rolled up, and his sinewy, hairy red hands with their short fingers
deftly turned the ramrod.
His brown morose face with frowning brows was clearly visible by the glow of the charcoal.
It's all the same to him, he muttered, turning quickly to a soldier who stood behind him.
Breggant, get away!
And twisting the ramrod, he looked gloomily at Pierre, who turned away and gazed into the darkness.
A prisoner, the Russian soldier the French, the French,
Frenchman had pushed away, was sitting near the fire, patting something with his hand.
Looking more closely, Pierre recognized the blue-gray dog, sitting beside the soldier,
wagging its tail.
"'Ah, he's come,' said Pierre.
"'And Platt—' he began, but did not finish.
Suddenly and simultaneously, a crowd of memories awoke in his fancy.
Of the look Ploton had given him as he sat under the tree.
of the shot heard from that spot, of the dog's howl, of the guilty faces of the two Frenchmen
as they ran past him, of the lowered and smoking gun, and of Karateov's absence at this halt.
And he was on the point of realizing that Karateev had been killed, but just at that instant
he knew not why, the recollection came to his mind of a summer evening he had spent with a beautiful
Polish lady on the veranda of his house in Kiev.
And without linking up the events of the day or drawing a conclusion from them, Pierre closed his
eyes, seeing a vision of the country in summertime mingled with the memories of bathing and of the
liquid vibrating globe, and he sank into water so that it closed over his head.
Before sunrise, he was awakened by shouts and loud and rapid firing.
French soldiers were running past him.
The Cossacks!
One of them shouted, and a moment later a crowd of Russians surrounded Pierre.
For a long time he could not understand what was happening to him.
All around he heard his comrades sobbing with joy.
Brothers, dear fellows, darlings! old soldiers exclaimed, weeping as they embraced Cossacks and Hussars.
The hussars and Cossacks crowded round the prisoners.
One offered them clothes, another boots, and a third bread.
Pierre sobbed as he sat among them and could not utter a word.
He hugged the first soldier who approached him and kissed him weeping.
Dolokhov stood at the gate of the ruined house,
letting a crowd of disarmed Frenchmen pass by.
The French, excited by all that had happened,
were talking loudly among themselves,
but as they passed Dolokhov,
who gently switched his boots with his whip
and watched them with cold, glassy eyes that boated no good,
they became silent.
On the opposite side stood Dahlikov's Cossack, counting the prisoners and marking off each
hundred with a chalk line on the gate.
How many?
Dahlikov asked the Cossack.
The second hundred, replied the Cossack.
Filet!
Fillet!
Get along, get along, get along, Dahlikov kept saying, having adopted this expression from
the French, and when his eyes met those of the prisoners, they flashed with a cruel light.
Denisov, bareheaded and with a gloomy fit.
faced, walked behind some Cossacks who were carrying the body of Petya Rostov to a hole that
had been dug in the garden.
End of Book 14, Chapter 15.
Book 14 Chapter 16 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 16
After the 28th of October, when the frosts began, the flight of the French assumed a still more tragic character,
with men freezing or roasting themselves to death at the campfires, while carriages with people dressed in furs
continued to drive past, carrying away the property that had been stolen by the Emperor, kings, and dukes.
But the process of the flight and disintegration of the French army went on essentially as before.
From Moscow to Vyazma, the French army of 73,000 men, not reckoning the guards, who did
nothing during the whole war but pillage, was reduced to 36,000, though not more than
5,000 had fallen in battle.
From this beginning the succeeding terms of the progression could be determined mathematically.
The French army melted away and perished at the same rate from Moscow to Vyazma, from
Vyazma to Smolensk, from Smolensk to the Berizena, and the Bersina, and the French army, and
and from the Beresina to Vilna,
independently of the greater or lesser intensity of the cold,
the pursuit, the barring of the way,
or any other particular conditions.
Beyond Viasma, the French army,
instead of moving in three columns,
huddled together into one mass,
and so went on to the end.
Bertier wrote to his emperor,
We know how far commanding officers allow themselves
to diverge from the truth in describing the condition of an army,
and this is what he said.
I deem it my duty to report to your majesty the condition of the various corps I have had
occasion to observe during different stages of the last two or three days' March.
They are almost disbanded.
Scarcely a quarter of the soldiers remain with the standards of their regiments.
The others go off by themselves in different directions, hoping to find food and escape discipline.
In general they regard Smolensk as the place where they hope to recover.
during the last few days, many of the men have been seen to throw away their cartridges and
their arms. In such a state of affairs, whatever your ultimate plans may be, the interest of
your Majesty service demands that the army should be rallied at Smolensk, and should, first of all,
be freed from ineffectives, such as a dismounted cavalry, unnecessary baggage, and artillery
material that is no longer in proportion to the present forces. The soldiers, who are worn out with
hunger and fatigue, need these supplies as well as a few days rest. Many have died these last days
on the road or at the bivouac's. This state of things is continually becoming worse and makes one
fear that unless a prompt remedy is applied, the troops will no longer be under control in case
of an engagement. November 9, 20 miles from Smolensk. After staggering into Smolensk, which seemed to them a
promised land. The French, searching for food, killed one another, sacked their own stores,
and when everything had been plundered, fled farther. They all went without knowing whither or
why they were going. Still less did that genius Napoleon know it, for no one issued any orders to
him. But still, he and those about him retained their old habits, wrote commands, letters,
reports and orders of the day, called one another sire, Montcazan, Prince Decmure,
Wad de Napa, and so on. But these orders and reports were only on paper. Nothing in them was
acted upon, for they could not be carried out, and though they entitled one another majesties,
highnesses, or cousins, they all felt that they were miserable wretches who had done much evil
for which they had now to pay. And though they pretended to be concerned about the army,
each was thinking only of himself and how to get away quickly and save himself.
End of Book 14, Chapter 16.
Book 14 Chapter 17 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 17
The movements of the Russian and French armies during the campaign
pain from Moscow back to the Neiman, were like those in a game of Russian blind man's buff,
in which two players are blindfolded and one of them occasionally rings a little bell
to inform the catcher of his whereabouts. First he rings his bell fearlessly, but when he gets
into a tight place, he runs away as quietly as he can, and often thinking to escape runs straight
into his opponent's arms. At first, while they were still moving along the Kaluga Road,
the Polion's armies made their presence known.
But later, when they reached the Smolensk Road,
they ran holding the clapper of their bell tight,
and, often thinking they were escaping, ran right into the Russians.
Owing to the rapidity of the French flight and the Russian pursuit
and the consequent exhaustion of the horses,
the chief means of approximately ascertaining the enemy's position
by cavalry scouting was not available.
Besides, as a result of the frequent,
and rapid change of position by each army,
even what information was obtained
could not be delivered in time.
If news was received one day
that the enemy had been in a certain position the day before,
by the third day, when something could have been done,
that army was already two days marched farther on
and in quite another position.
One army fled, and the other pursued.
Beyond Smolensk, there were several different roads
available for the French,
and one would have thought
that during their stay of four days they might have learned where the enemy was, might have
arranged some more advantageous plan and undertaken something new. But after a four days halt,
the mob, with no maneuvers or plans, again began running along the beaten track, neither
to the right nor to the left, but along the old, the worst road, through Krasno and Orsha.
Expecting the enemy from behind and not in front, the French separated in their flight and spread
out over a distance of 24 hours. In front of them all fled the emperor, then the kings,
then the dukes. The Russian army, expecting Napoleon to take the road to the right beyond the
NEPer, which was the only reasonable thing for him to do, themselves turned to the right,
and came out onto the high road at Krasno. And here, as in a game of blind man's buff,
the French ran into our vanguard. Seeing their enemy unexpectedly, the French fell into
confusion and stopped short from the sudden fright, but then they resumed their flight,
abandoning their comrades who were farther behind.
Then for three days separate portions of the French army, first Maras, the Vice-Kings,
then DeVos and then Nays, ran as it were, the gauntlet of the Russian army.
They abandoned one another, abandoned all their heavy baggage, their artillery and half their
men, and fled, getting past the Russians by night by making semi-enects.
me circles to the right.
Nay, who came last, had been busy himself blowing up the walls of Smolensk, which were in nobody's
way, because, despite the unfortunate plight of the French, or because of it, they wished to
punish the floor against which they had hurt themselves.
Nay, who had had a corps of ten thousand men, reached Napoleon at Orsha, with only one thousand
men left, having abandoned all the rest and all his cannon, and having crossed the Nipar at
night by stealth at a wooded spot.
From Orsha they fled farther along the road to Vilna, still playing at Blind Man's
buff with the pursuing army.
At the Berazina they again became disorganized.
Many were drowned and many surrendered, but those who got across the river fled farther.
Their supreme chief donned a fur coat and having seated himself in a sleigh galloped on
alone, abandoning his companions.
The others who could do so drove away, too, leaving those who could not to surrender or die.
End of Book 14, Chapter 17.
Book 14 Chapter 18 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Liberbox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 18
This campaign consisted in a flight of the French, during which they did all they could
to destroy themselves.
From the time they turned on to the Caluga Road to the day their leader fled from the army,
none of the movements of the crowd had any sense.
So one might have thought that regarding this period of the campaign, the historians, who attributed
the actions of the Mass to the will of one man, would have found it impossible to make the
story of the retreat fit their theory. But no, mountains of books have been written by the
historians about this campaign, and everywhere are described in Napoleon's arrangements,
the maneuvers, and his profound plans which guided the army, as well as the military genius
shown by his marshals. The retreat from Malo Yaroslavits when he had a free road into a well-supplied
district, and the parallel road was open to him along which Kutuzov afterwards pursued him.
this unnecessary retreat along a devastated road
is explained to us as being due to profound considerations.
Similarly profound considerations
are given for his retreat from Smolensk to Orsha.
Then his heroism at Krasno is described,
where he is reported to have been prepared to accept battle
and take personal command,
and to have walked about with a birch-stick and said,
"'Jase, fe L' Emperor,
"'I le tom de'affaire la general.'
"'I have acted the Emperor long enough.
It is time to act the General.'
But nevertheless immediately ran away again,
abandoning to its fate the scattered fragments of the army he left behind.
Then we are told of the greatness of soul of the marshals,
especially of nay, a greatness of soul consisting in this,
that he made his way by night around through the forest and across the Nipur
and escape to Orsha, abandoning standards, artillery, and nine-tenths of his men.
And lastly, the final departure of the great emperor from his heroic army is presented to us
by the historians as something great and characteristic of genius.
Even that final running away, described in ordinary language as the lowest depth of baseness
which every child is taught to be ashamed of, even that act finds justification in the historian's
language. When it is impossible to stretch the very elastic threads of historical
rachosciation any farther, when actions are clearly contrary to all that humanity calls
right or even just, the historians produce a saving conception of greatness. Greatness, it seems,
excludes the standards of right and wrong. For the great man, nothing is wrong. There is no
atrocity for which a great man can be blamed.
"'Say Grande. It is great,' say the historians, and there no longer exists either good or evil,
but only Grand and not Grand. Grand is good, not Grand is bad. Grand is the characteristic in their
conception of some special animals called heroes. And Napoleon, escaping home in a warm fur coat
and leaving to perish those who were not merely his comrades, but were, in his opinion,
men he had brought there, feels
that is great, and his soul is tranquil.
Do supleim, he saw something sublime in himself,
a ridicule, il ni a cumpa.
From the sublime to the ridiculous is but a step, said he.
And the whole world for fifty years has been repeating,
Sublime, grand, Napoleon, grand!
do sublime or ridicule, it niacoon pas.
And it occurs to no one that to admit a greatness not commensurable with the standard of right and wrong
is merely to admit one's own nothingness and immeasurable meanness.
For us, with the standard of good and evil given us by Christ, no human actions are incommensurable,
and there is no greatness where simplicity, goodness, and truth are absent.
End of Book 14, Chapter 18.
Book 14, Chapter 19 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 14, Chapter 19
What Russian, reading the account of the last part of the campaign of 1812, has not experienced an uncomfortable feeling of
regret, dissatisfaction, and perplexity.
Who has not asked himself how it is that the French were not all captured or destroyed
when our three armies surrounded them in superior numbers, when the disordered French,
hungry and freezing, surrendered in crowds, and when, as the historians relate, the aim of
the Russians was to stop the French to cut them off and capture them all?
How was it that the Russian army, which, when numerically weaker than the French, had given
battle at Borodino did not achieve its purpose when it had surrounded the French on three sides,
and when its aim was to capture them.
Can the French be so enormously superior to us that when we had surrounded them with superior forces,
we could not beat them?
How could that happen?
History, or what is called by that name, replying to these questions, says that this occurred
because Katoosov and Tormasov and Chichagov, and this man and that man,
did not execute such and such maneuvers.
But why did they not execute those maneuvers?
And why if they were guilty of not carrying out a prearranged plan
were they not tried and punished?
But even if we admitted that Kutuzov, Chichagov, and others
were the cause of the Russian failures,
it is still incomprehensible why,
the position of the Russian army being what it was at Krasno and at the Berazina,
in both cases we had superior forces,
The French army, with its marshals, kings, and emperor, was not captured if that was what the
Russians aimed at.
The explanation of this strange fact given by Russian military historians, to the effect that
Kutuzov hindered an attack, is unfounded.
For we know that we could not restrain the troops from attacking at Vyazma and Taratino.
Why was the Russian army, which, with inferior forces, had withstood the enemy in full strength
at Borodino, defeated at Krasno and the Berazina by the disorganized crowds of the French
when it was numerically superior. If the aim of the Russians consisted in cutting off and capturing
Napoleon and his marshals, and that aim was not merely frustrated, but all attempts to attain it
were most shamefully baffled, then this last period of the campaign is quite rightly considered
by the French to be a series of victories, and quite wrongly considered victorious by Russian
historians. The Russian military historians, insofar as they submit to claims of logic, must admit
that conclusion, and in spite of their lyrical rhapsodies about valor, devotion, and so forth,
must reluctantly admit that the French retreat from Moscow was a series of victories for Napoleon
and defeats for Kutuzov. But putting national vanity entirely aside, one feels that
such a conclusion involves a contradiction, since,
the series of French victories brought the French complete destruction, while the series of
Russian defeats led to the total destruction of their enemy and the liberation of their country.
Source of this contradiction lies in the fact that the historians studying the events from
the letters of the sovereigns and the generals, from memoirs, reports, projects, and so forth,
have attributed to this last period of the War of 1812 an aim that never existed,
namely that of cutting off and capturing Napoleon with his marshals and his army.
There never was or could have been such an aim, for it would have been senseless and its attainment
quite impossible. It would have been senseless, first because Napoleon's disorganized army
was flying from Russia with all possible speed, that is to say, was doing just what every Russian
desired. So, what was the use of performing various operations on the French who were running away
as fast as they possibly could? Secondly, it would have been senseless to block the passage of men
whose whole energy was directed to flight. Thirdly, it would have been senseless to sacrifice one's
own troops in order to destroy the French army, which, without external interference,
was destroying itself at such a rate that though its path was not blocked, but, though its path was not
blocked, it could not carry across the frontier more than it actually did in December,
namely a hundredth part of the original army.
Fourthly, it would have been senseless to wish to take captive the Emperor,
kings, and dukes, whose capture would have been in the highest degree embarrassing for the Russians
as the most adroit diplomatists of the time, Joseph de Maitre and others, recognized.
Still more senseless would have been the wish to capture army corps of the French,
when our own army had melted away to half before reaching Krasno,
and a whole division would have been needed to convoy the core of prisoners,
and when our men were not always getting full rations,
and the prisoners already taken were perishing of hunger.
All the profound plans about cutting off and capturing Napoleon and his army
were like the plan of a market gardener,
who, when driving out of his garden,
a cow that had trampled down the beds he had planted,
should run to the gate and hit the cow on the head.
head. The only thing to be said in excuse of that Gardner would be that he was very angry.
But not even that could be said for those who drew up this project, for it was not they who
had suffered from the trampled beds. But besides the fact that cutting off Napoleon with his army
would have been senseless, it was impossible. It was impossible, first because, as experience
shows that a three-mile movement of columns on a battlefield never coincides with the plans,
the probability of Chichagov, Katoosov, and Wittgenstein,
affecting a junction on time at an appointed place, was so remote
as to be tantamount to impossibility,
as in fact thought Kutuzov,
who, when he received the plan,
remarked that diversions planned over great distances
do not yield the desired results.
Secondly, it was impossible,
because to paralyze the momentum with which Napoleon's army was retiring,
incomparably greater forces than the Russians possessed would have been required.
Thirdly, it was impossible because the military term to cut off has no meaning.
One can cut off a slice of bread, but not an army.
To cut off an army, to bar its road, is quite impossible,
for there is always plenty of room to avoid capture,
and there is the night when nothing can be seen,
as the military scientists might convince themselves
by the example of Krasno and of the Beresina.
It is only possible to capture prisoners if they agree to be captured,
just as it is only possible to catch a swallow if it settles on one's hand.
Men can only be taken prisoners if they surrender
according to the rules of strategy and tactics, as the Germans did.
But the French troops, quite rightly, did not consider that this suited them,
since death by hunger and cold awaited them in flight or captivity alike.
Fourthly, and chiefly, it was impossible, because never since the world began has a war been
fought under such conditions as those that obtained in 1812, and the Russian army, in its pursuit
of the French, strained its strength to the utmost and could not have done more without
destroying itself. During the movement of the Russian army from Taratino to Krasno, it lost
50,000 sick or stragglers, that is, a number equal to the population of a large provincial
town. Half the men fell out of the army without a battle. And it is of this period of the campaign,
when the army lacked boots and sheepskin coats, was short of provisions and without vodka,
and was camping out at night for months in the snow with 15 degrees of frost, when there were only
seven or eight hours of daylight, and the rest was night in which the influence of discipline
cannot be maintained. When men were taken into that region of death where discipline fails, not for a few
hours, only as in a battle, but for months where they were every moment fighting death from hunger
and cold, when half the army perished in a single month. It is of this period of the campaign
that the historians tell us how Miloradovich should have made a flank march to such and such a place,
Tormasov to another place, and Chichagov should have crossed, more than knee-deep in snow, to
somewhere else, and how so-and-so routed and cut off the French and so on and so on.
The Russians, half of whom died, did all that could and should have been done to attain
an end worthy of the nation, and they were not to blame because other Russians, sitting in
warm rooms, proposed that they should do what was impossible.
All that strange contradiction now difficult to understand between the facts and the historical
accounts only arises because the historians dealing with the matter have written the history
of the beautiful words and sentiments of various generals, and not the history of the events.
To them, the words of Miloradovich seem very interesting, and so do their surmises and the rewards
this or that general received. But the question of those 50,000 men who were left in hospitals
and in graves, does not even interest them, for it does not come within the range of their
investigation. Yet one need only discard the study of the reports in the case.
general plans, and consider the movement of those hundreds of thousands of men who took
a direct part in the events, and all the questions that seemed insoluble easily and simply
receive an immediate and certain solution.
The aim of cutting off Napoleon and his army never existed except in the imaginations of
a dozen people.
It could not exist because it was senseless and unattainable.
the people had a single aim, to free their land from invasion. That aim was attained in the
first place of itself, as the French ran away, and so it was only necessary not to stop
their flight. Secondly, it was attained by the guerrilla warfare which was destroying
the French, and thirdly by the fact that a large Russian army was following the French,
ready to use its strength in case their movement stopped. The Russian army had to act like a whip
to a running animal, and the experienced driver knew it was better to hold the whip raised as a
menace than to strike the running animal on the head.
End of Book 14, Chapter 19.
Book 15 Chapter 1 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, 1812, 13.
Chapter 1
When seeing a dying animal, a man feels a sense of horror.
Substance similar to his own is perishing before his eyes.
But when it is a beloved and intimate human being that is dying,
besides this horror at the extinction of life,
there is a severance, a spiritual wound,
which, like a physical wound, is sometimes fatal and sometimes heals,
but always aches and shrinks at any external irritating touch.
After Prince Andrew's death, Natasha and Princess Mary alike felt this.
Drooping in spirit and closing their eyes before the menacing cloud of death had overhung them.
They dared not look life in the face.
They carefully guarded their open wounds from any rough and painful contact.
Everything.
A carriage passing rapidly in the street.
A summons to dinner.
The maids inquiry what dress to prepare?
Or worse still, any word of insincere or feeble simile.
empathy, seemed an insult. Painfully irritated the wound, interrupted that necessary quiet in
which they both tried to listen to the stern and dreadful choir that still resounded in their
imagination, and hindered their gazing into those mysterious, limitless vistas that for an instant
had opened out before them. Only one alone together were they free from such outrage and pain.
They spoke little even to one another, and when they did it was of very unimportant matters.
Both avoided any allusion to the future. To admit the possibility of a future seemed to them to insult his memory.
Still more carefully did they avoid anything relating to him who was dead. It seemed to them that what they had lived through and experienced could not be expressed in words,
and that any reference to the details of his life infringed the majesty and sacredness of the mystery that had been accomplished before their eyes.
abstention from speech and constant avoidance of everything that might lead up to the subject,
this halting on all sides at the boundary of what they might not mention,
brought before their minds with still greater purity and clearness what they were both feeling.
But pure and complete sorrow is as impossible as pure and complete joy.
Princess Mary, in her position as absolute and independent arbiter of her own fate,
and guardian and instructor of her nephew,
was the first to be called back to life
from that realm of sorrow in which she had dwelt for the first fortnight.
She received letters from her relations to which she had to reply.
The room in which little Nicholas had been put was damp and he began to cough.
Al-Patic came to Yaroslavl with reports on the state of their affairs
and with advice and suggestions that they should return to Moscow to the house on Voshevenka Street,
which had remained uninjured and needed only slight repairs.
Life did not stand still, and it was necessary to live.
Hard as it was for Princess Mary to emerge from the realm of secluded contemplation
in which she had lived till then, and sorry, and almost ashamed as she felt to leave Natasha
alone, yet the cares of life demanded her attention, and she involuntarily yielded to them.
She went through the accounts with El Paditch, conferred with Descartes,
about her nephew and gave orders and made preparations for the journey to Moscow.
Natasha remained alone, and from the time Princess Mary began making preparations for departure
held aloof from her too.
Princess Mary asked the Countess to let Natasha go with her to Moscow, and both parents gladly
accepted this offer, for they saw their daughter losing strength every day and thought
that a change of scene and the advice of Moscow doctors would be good to be good for.
good for her."
I am not going anywhere," Natasha replied when this was proposed to her.
Do please just leave me alone.
And she ran out of the room, with difficulty refraining from tears of vexation and irritation
rather than of sorrow.
After she felt herself deserted by Princess Mary and alone in her grief, Natasha spent most
of the time in her room by herself, sitting huddled up, feet and all in the corner
of the sofa, tearing and twisting her.
something with her slender nervous fingers, and gazing intently and fixedly at whatever
her eyes chanced to fall on.
This solitude exhausted and tormented her, but she was in absolute need of it.
As soon as anyone entered, she got up quickly, changed her position and expression, and
picked up a book or some sewing, evidently waiting impatiently for the intruder to go.
She felt all the time as if she might at any moment penetrate that on which,
with a terrible questioning too great for her strength, her spiritual gaze was fixed.
One day toward the end of December, Natasha, pale and thin, dressed in a black woolen gown,
her plaited hair negligently twisted into a knot, was crouched feet and all in the corner of her sofa,
nervously crumpling and smoothing out the end of her sash while she looked at a corner of the door.
She was gazing in the direction in which she had gone, to the other side of life.
and that other side of life in which she had never before thought
and which had formerly seemed to her so far away and improbable
was now nearer and more akin and more comprehensible than this side of life,
where everything was either emptiness and desolation or suffering and indignity.
She was gazing where she knew him to be,
but she could not imagine him otherwise than as he had been there.
She now saw him again as he had been at Matisci, at Torita,
and at Yaroslavl. She saw his face, heard his voice, repeated his words and her own, and
sometimes devised other words they might have spoken. There he is lying back in an armchair
in his velvet cloak, leaning his head on his thin, pale hand. His chest is dreadfully hollow
and his shoulders raised. His lips are firmly closed, his eyes glitter, and a wrinkle comes
and goes on his pale forehead. One of his legs
twitches just perceptibly, but rapidly.
Natasha knows that he is struggling with terrible pain.
What is that pain like? Why does he have that pain? What does he feel? How does it
hurt him? Thought Natasha. He noticed her watching him, raised his eyes, and began to speak
seriously. One thing would be terrible, said he, to bind oneself forever to a suffering man.
it would be continual torture.
And he looked searchingly at her.
Natasha, as usual, answered before she had time to think what she would say.
She said,
"'This can't go on. It won't. You will get well, quite well.'
She now saw him from the commencement of that scene, and relived what she had then felt.
She recalled his long, sad, and severe look at those words,
and understood the meaning of the rebeenews.
and despair in that protracted gaze.
I agreed, Natasha now said to herself, that it would be dreadful if he always continued to
suffer. I said it then only because it would have been dreadful for him, but he understood
it differently. He thought it would be dreadful for me. He then still wished to live and feared
death. And I said it so awkwardly and stupidly. I did not say what I meant. I thought quite
differently. Had I said what I thought, I should have said, even if he had to go on dying,
to die continually before my eyes, I should have been happy compared with what I am now.
Now there is nothing, nobody. Did he know that? No, he did not, and never will know it.
And now it will never, never be possible to put it right. And now he again seemed to be saying
the same words to her, only in her imagination, Natasha this time, gave him a different answer.
She stopped him and said,
"'Terrible for you, but not for me. You know that for me there is nothing in life but you,
and to suffer with you is the greatest happiness for me.' And he took her hand and pressed it
as he had pressed it that terrible evening four days before his death. And in her imagination
she said other tender and loving words, which she might have said that,
then, but only now spoke.
I love thee, thee, I love, love, she said, convulsively pressing her hands and setting her
teeth with a desperate effort.
She was overcome by sweet sorrow and tears were already rising in her eyes.
Then she suddenly asked herself, to whom she was saying this.
Again, everything was shrouded in hard, dry perplexity, and again, with a strained frown
she peered toward the world where he was.
And now, now it seemed to her she was penetrating the mystery.
But at the instant when it seemed that the incomprehensible was revealing itself to her,
a loud rattle of the door-handle struck painfully on her ears.
Dunyasha, her maid, entered the room quickly and abruptly with a frightened look on her face
and showing no concern for her mistress.
"'Come to your papa at once, please,' said she with a strange excited,
look. A misfortune about Peter Illinich. A letter! She finished with a sob.
End of Book 15, Chapter 1. Book 15 Chapter 2 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 2
Besides a feeling of aloofness from everybody, Natasha
was feeling a special estrangement from the members of her own family.
All of them, her father, mother, and Sonia, were so near to her, so familiar, so commonplace,
that all their words and feelings seemed an insult to the world in which she had been living
of late, and she felt not merely indifferent to them, but regarded them with hostility.
She heard Dunaisha's words about Peter Illinich and a misfortune, but did not grasp them.
"'What misfortune?
What misfortune can happen to them?
They just live their own old, quiet, and commonplace life, thought Natasha.
As she entered the ballroom, her father was hurriedly coming out of her mother's room.
His face was puckered up and wet with tears.
He had evidently run out of that room to give vent to the sobs that were choking him.
When he saw Natasha, he waved his arms despairingly and burst into a convulsively painful sobs
that distorted his soft round face.
"'Petcha! Go! Go! She is calling!'
And weeping like a child and quickly shuffling on his feeble legs to a chair,
he almost fell into it, covering his face with his hands.
Suddenly, an electric shock seemed to run through Natasha's whole being.
Terrible anguish struck her heart.
She felt a dreadful ache as if something was being torn inside her and she were dying.
But the pain was immediately followed by a feeling of her.
of release from the oppressive constraint that had prevented her taking part in life.
The sight of her father, the terribly wild cries of her mother that she heard through the door,
made her immediately forget herself and her own grief. She ran to her father, but he feebly
waved his arm, pointing to her mother's door. Princess Mary, pale and with quivering chin,
came out from that room and taking Natasha by the arm, said something to her.
Natasha neither saw nor heard her.
She went in with rapid steps, pausing at the door for an instant as if struggling with
herself and then ran to her mother.
The Countess was lying in an armchair, in a strange and awkward position, stretching out
and beating her head against the wall.
Sonia and the maids were holding her arms.
"'Natasha!
"'Natasha!' cried the Countess.
"'It's not true!
It's not true!
He's lying!
Natasha!
She shrieked, pushing those around her away.
Go away, all of you! It's not true!
Killed! Ha, ha, ha! It's not true!
Natasha put one knee on the armchair, stooped over her mother, embraced her,
and with unexpected strength raised her, turned her face toward herself, and clung to her.
Mommy, darling, I am here, my dearest mummy!
She kept on whispering, not pausing an instant.
instant. She did not let go of her mother, but struggled tenderly with her, demanded a pillow
and hot water, and unfastened and tore open her mother's dress.
"'My dearest, darling, mummy, my precious!'
She whispered incessantly, kissing her head, her hands, her face, and feeling her own
irrepressible and streaming tears tickling her nose and cheeks.
The Countess pressed her daughter's hand, closed her eyes, and became quiet for a moment.
Suddenly, she sat up with unaccustomed swiftness, glanced vaguely around her, and seeing Natasha,
began to press her daughter's head with all her strength.
Then she turned toward her daughter's face, which was wincing with pain and gazed long at it.
"'Natasha, you love me!' she said in a soft, trustful whisper.
"' Natasha, you would not deceive me. You'll tell me the whole truth?'
Natasha looked at her with eyes full of tears, and in her look there was nothing but love
and an entreaty for forgiveness.
"'My darling, mummy!' she repeated, straining all the power of her love to find some way of
taking on herself the excess of grief that crushed her mother.
And again, in a futile struggle with reality, her mother, refusing to believe that she could
live when her beloved boy was killed in the bloom of life, escaped from reality into a
world of delirium.
Natasha could not remember how that day passed, nor that night, nor the next day and night.
She did not sleep and did not leave her mother.
Her persevering and patient love seemed completely to surround the countess every moment,
not explaining or consoling, but recalling her to life.
During the third night, the countess kept very quiet for a few minutes,
and Natasha rested her head on the arm of her chair and closed her eyes.
but opened them again on hearing the Bedstead Creek.
The Countess was sitting up in bed and speaking softly.
"'How glad I am you have come. You are tired.
Won't you have some tea?'
Natasha went up to her.
"'You have improved in looks and grown more manly,' continued the Countess,
taking her daughter's hand.
"'Mama, what are you saying?'
"' Natasha, he is no more.'
No more!
And embracing her daughter, the Countess began to weep for the first time.
End of Book 15, Chapter 2.
Book 15 Chapter 3 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Homer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 3
Princess Mary postponed her departure.
Sonia and the cow tried to replace Natasha, but could not.
They saw that she alone was able to restrain her mother from unreasoning despair.
For three weeks, Natasha remained constantly at her mother's side,
sleeping on a lounge chair in her room, making her eat and drink,
and talking to her incessantly because the mere sound of her tender, caressing tones,
soothed her mother.
The mother's wounded spirit could not heal.
Petya's death had torn from her half her life.
When the news of Petya's death had come,
she had been a fresh and vigorous woman of fifty,
but a month later she left her room a listless old woman
taking no interest in life.
But the same blow that almost killed the countess,
the second blow restored Natasha to life.
A spiritual wound produced by rending of the spiritual body
is like a physical wound,
and strange as it may seem,
just as a deep wound may heal and its edges joined,
physical and spiritual wounds alike can yet heal completely
only as the result of a vital force from within.
Natasha's wound healed in that way.
She thought her life was ended,
but her love for her mother unexpectedly showed her
that the essence of life, love, was still active within her.
Love awoke, and so did life.
Prince Andrew's last days had bound Princess Mary,
and Natasha together.
This new sorrow brought them still closer to one another.
Princess Mary put off her departure,
and for three weeks looked after Natasha as if she had been a sick child.
The last weeks passed in her mother's bedroom
had strained Natasha's physical strength.
One afternoon, noticing Natasha shivering with fever,
Princess Mary took her to her own room and made her lie down on the bed.
Natasha lay down.
But when Princess Mary had drawn the blinds and was going away, she called her back.
"'I don't want to sleep, Mary. Sit by me a little. You are tired. Try to sleep.
No, no. Why did you bring me away? She will be asking for me. She is much better. She spoke so
well today,' said Princess Mary. Natasha lay on the bed, and in the semi-darkness of the room
scanned Princess Mary's face.
"'Is she like him?' thought Natasha.
"'Yes, like, and yet not alike.
"'But she is quite original, strange, new, and unknown.
"'And she loves me.
"'What is in her heart?
"'All that is good.
"'But how?
"'What is her mind like?
"'What does she think about me?
"'Yes, she is splendid.'
"'Mary, she is, she is, splendid.
"'Mary,' she.
She said timidly, drawing Princess Mary's hand to herself.
"'Mary, you mustn't think me wicked. No. Mary, darling, how I love you. Let us be quite,
quite friends.' And Natasha, embracing her, began kissing her face and hands,
making Princess Mary feel shy but happy by this demonstration of her feelings.
From that day a tender and passionate friendship, such as exists only between
women was established between Princess Mary and Natasha. They were continually kissing and saying
tender things to one another, and spent most of their time together. When one went out,
the other became restless and hastened to rejoin her. Together they felt more in harmony with one
another than either of them felt with herself one alone. A feeling stronger than friendship
sprang up between them. An exclusive feeling of life being possible only in each other's presence.
Sometimes they were silent for hours.
Sometimes, after they were already in bed, they would begin talking and go on till morning.
They spoke most of what was long past.
Princess Mary spoke of her childhood, of her mother, her father, and her daydreams.
And Natasha, who, with a passive lack of understanding, had formerly turned away from that life
of devotion, submission, and the poetry of Christian self-sacrifice, now feeling herself bound to
Princess Mary by affection, learned to love her past too, and to understand a side of life
previously incomprehensible to her. She did not think of applying submission and self-abnegation
to her own life, for she was accustomed to seek other joys, but she understood and loved in
another those previously incomprehensible virtues. For Princess Mary, listening to Natasha's
tales of childhood and early youth, there also opened out a new and hitherto uncomprehended side of
life, belief in life and its enjoyment. Just as before, they never mentioned him so as not to
lower as they thought their exalted feelings by words. But this silence about him had the effect
of making them gradually begin to forget him without being conscious of it. Natasha had grown
thin and pale and physically so weak that they all talked about her health and this pleased her.
But sometimes she was suddenly overcome by fear, not only of death, but of sickness,
weakness, and loss of good looks, and involuntarily she examined her bare arm carefully,
surprised at its thinness, and in the morning noticed her drawn and as it seemed to her
piteous face in her glass. It seemed to her that things must be so, and yet
it was dreadfully sad.
One day she went quickly upstairs
and found herself out of breath.
Unconsciously, she immediately invented a reason for going down,
and then, testing her strength, ran upstairs again,
observing the result.
Another time when she called Dunyasha, her voice trembled.
So she called again, though she could hear Dunyasha coming,
called her in the deep chest tones in which she had been wont to sing,
and listened attentively to herself.
She did not know and would not have believed it,
but beneath the layer of slime that covered her soul
and seemed to her impenetrable,
delicate young shoots of grass were already sprouting,
which, taking root, would so cover with their living verger
the grief that weighed her down,
that it would soon no longer be seen or noticed.
The wound had begun to heal from within.
At the end of January, Princess Mary left for her.
Moscow, and the Count insisted on Natasha's going with her to consult the doctors.
End of Book 15, Chapter 3. Book 15 Chapter 4 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 4
After the encounter at Vyazma, where Kutuzov had been unable to hold back to
his troops and their anxiety to overwhelm and cut off the enemy and so on, the farther movement
of the fleeing French and of the Russians who pursued them continued as far as Krasno without a battle.
The flight was so rapid that the Russian army pursuing the French could not keep up with them.
Cavalry and artillery horses broke down, and the information received of the movements of the
French was never reliable. The men in the Russian army were so worn out by this continuous
marching at the rate of 27 miles a day that they could not go any faster.
To realize the degree of exhaustion of the Russian army,
it is only necessary to grasp clearly the meaning of the fact that,
while not losing more than 5,000 killed and wounded after Tarotino and less than 100 prisoners,
the Russian army which left that place 100,000 strong, reached Krasno with only 50,000.
The rapidity of the Russian pursuit was just as distrable.
to our army as the flight of the French was to theirs.
The only difference was that the Russian army moved voluntarily,
with no such threat of destruction as hung over the French,
and that the sick Frenchmen were left behind in enemy hands
while the sick Russians left behind were among their own people.
The chief cause of the wastage of Napoleon's army
was the rapidity of its movement,
and a convincing proof of this is the corresponding decrease of the Russian army.
Kutuzov, as far as was in his power, instead of trying to check the movement of the French
as was desired in Petersburg and by the Russian Army generals, directed his whole activity here,
as he had done at Tarotino and Vyazma, to hastening it on while easing the movement of our army.
But besides this, since the exhaustion and enormous diminution of the army caused by the rapidity
of the advance had become evident, another reason,
for slackening the pace and delaying presented itself to Kutuzov.
The aim of the Russian army was to pursue the French.
The road the French would take was unknown, and so the closer our troops trod on their heels
the greater distance they had to cover.
Only by following at some distance could one cut across the zigzag path of the French.
All the artful maneuvers suggested by our generals meant fresh movements of the army
and a lengthening of its marches, whereas the only reasonable aim was to shorten those marches.
To that end, Kutuzov's activity was directed during the whole campaign from Moscow to Vilna,
not casually or intermittently, but so consistently that he never once deviated from it.
Kutuzov felt and knew, not by reasoning or science, but with the whole of his Russian being,
what every Russian soldier felt, that the French were beaten, that the French were beaten, that the
the enemy was flying and must be driven out. But at the same time, he, like the soldiers,
realized all the hardship of this march, the rapidity of which was unparalleled for such a time
of the year. But to the generals, especially the foreign ones in the Russian army, who wish to
distinguish themselves, to astonish somebody and for some reason to capture a king or a duke,
It seemed that now, when any battle must be horrible and senseless, was the very time to fight and conquer somebody.
Kutuzov merely shrugged his shoulders when one after another they presented projects of maneuvers to be made with those soldiers,
ill-shod, insufficiently clad and half-starved, who within a month and without fighting a battle had dwindled to half their number,
and who at the best if the flight continued would have to go a greater distance than they had already traversed,
before they reached the frontier. This longing to distinguish themselves, to maneuver, to overthrow,
and to cut off showed itself particularly whenever the Russians stumbled on the French army.
So it was at Krasno, where they expected to find one of three French columns,
and stumbled instead on Napoleon himself with 16,000 men. Despite all Kutuzov's efforts to avoid
that ruinous encounter and to preserve his troops,
the massacre of the broken mob of French soldiers by worn-out Russians
continued at Krasno for three days.
Toll wrote a disposition.
The first column will march to so-and-so, etc.
And as usual, nothing happened in accord with the disposition.
Prince Eugène of Wurttemberg fired from a hill over the French crowds that were running past
and demanded reinforcements which did not arrive.
The French, avoiding the Russians,
dispersed and hid themselves in the forest by night,
making their way round as best they could and continued their flight.
Miloradovich, who said he did not want to know anything
about the commissariat affairs of his detachment,
and could never be found when he was wanted,
that chevalier sans pere, sans pere, as sans reproach,
night without fear and without reproach, as he styled himself,
who was fond of parties with the French,
sent envoys demanding their surrender,
wasted time and did not do what he was ordered to do.
"'I give you that column, lads,' he said,
writing up to the troops and pointing out the French to the cavalry.
And the cavalry, with spurs and sabres urging on horses that could scarcely move,
trotted with much effort to the column presented to them.
That is to say, to a crowd of Frenchmen stark with cold, frost-bitten, and starving,
and the column that had been presented to them threw down its arms and surrendered as it had long been anxious to do.
At Crasno they took 26,000 prisoners, several hundred cannon, and a stick called a marshal staff,
and disputed as to who had distinguished himself and were pleased with their achievement,
though they much regretted not having taken Napoleon, or at least a marshal or a hero of some sort,
and reproached one another and especially Coutuzov.
for having failed to do so.
These men, carried away by their passions,
were but blind tools of the most melancholy law of necessity,
but considered themselves heroes
and imagined that they were accomplishing
a most noble and honorable deed.
They blamed Kutuzov and said that from the very beginning of the campaign
he had prevented their vanquishing Napoleon,
that he thought of nothing but satisfying his passions
and would not advance from the linen factories
because he was comfortable there,
that at Krasno he checked the advance
because on learning that Napoleon was there,
he had quite lost his head,
and that it was probable that he had an understanding with Napoleon
and had been bribed by him, and so on and so on.
Not only did his contemporaries,
carried away by their passions talk in this way,
but posterity and history have acclaimed Napoleon as grand,
while Kutuzov is described by foreigners
as a crafty, dissolute, weak-old courtier, and by Russians as something indefinite, a sort of
puppet useful only because he had a Russian name.
End of Book 15, Chapter 4.
Book 15 Chapter 5 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 5.
In 1812 and 1813, Katoosov was openly accused of blundering.
The Emperor was dissatisfied with him.
And in a history recently written by order of the highest authorities,
it is said that Kutuzov was a cunning court liar,
frightened of the name of Napoleon,
and that by his blunders at Krasno and the Beresina,
he deprived the Russian army of the glory of complete victory over the French.
History of the year 1812, the character of Katoosov and reflections on the unsatisfactory results
of the battles of Krasno by Bogdanovich.
Such is the fate not of great men, Grand Om, whom the Russian mind does not acknowledge,
but of those rare and always solitary individuals who, discerning the will of Providence,
submit their personal will to it.
The hatred and contempt of the crowd punish such men for discerning the higher law.
Because, for Russian historians, strange and terrible to say, Napoleon, that most insignificant
tool of history who never anywhere, even in exile, showed human dignity, Napoleon is the
object of adulation and enthusiasm. He is groaned. But Kutuzov, the man who, from the beginning
to the end of his activity in 1812, never once swerving by word or deed from Borodino to Vilni
to Vilna, presented an example exceptional in history of self-sacrifice, and a present
consciousness of the future importance of what was happening, Kutuzov seems to them something
indefinite and pitiful, and when speaking of him and of the year 1812, they always seem a little
ashamed. And yet it is difficult to imagine an historical character whose activity was so unswervingly
directed to a single aim, and it would be difficult to imagine any aim more worthy or more
consonant with the will of the whole people. Still more difficult, would it be to find an instance
in the history of the aim of an historical personage being so completely accomplished as that
to which all Kutuzov's efforts were directed in 1812. Kutuzov never talked of 40 centuries
looking down from the pyramids, of the sacrifices he offered.
for the fatherland, or of what he intended to accomplish or had accomplished.
In general, he said nothing about himself.
Adopted no pose, always appeared to be the simplest and most ordinary of men,
and said the simplest and most ordinary things.
He wrote letters to his daughters and to Madame d'Estaelle, read novels, like the
Society of Pretty Women, jested with generals, officers and soldiers, had never contradicted
those who tried to prove anything to him.
When Count restoption at the Yuz of Bridge, galloped up to Kutuzov with personal
reproaches for having caused the destruction of Moscow and said,
How was it you promised not to abandon Moscow without a battle?
Katoosov replied,
And I shall not abandon Moscow without a battle, though Moscow was then already abandoned.
When Eric Chayev, coming to him from the Emperor, said that Rmolov ought to be
appointed chief of the artillery, Katoosov replied,
"'Yes, I was just saying so myself,' though a moment before he had said quite the contrary.
"'What did it matter to him? Who then alone amid a senseless crowd understood the whole
tremendous significance of what was happening? What did it matter to him, whether restoption
attributed the calamities of Moscow to him or to himself? Still less could it matter to him,
who was appointed chief of the artillery.
Not merely in these cases, but continually did that old man, who, by experience of life,
had reached the conviction that thoughts and the words serving as their expression are not
what move people, use quite meaningless words that happen to enter his head.
But that man, so heedless of his words, did not once during the whole time of his activity
utter one word inconsistent with the single aim toward which he moved throughout the whole war.
Obviously, in spite of himself, in very diverse circumstances, he repeatedly expressed his
real thoughts with the bitter conviction that he would not be understood.
Beginning with the Battle of Borodino, from which time his disagreement with those about him
began, he alone said that the Battle of Borodino was a victory, and repeated this both verbally
and in his dispatches and reports up to the time of his death.
He alone said that,
the loss of Moscow was not the loss of Russia.
In reply to Lauriston's proposal of peace,
he said,
There can be no peace, for such is the people's will.
He alone, during the retreat of the French,
said that,
all our maneuvers are useless.
Everything is being accomplished of itself better than we could desire,
that the enemy must be offered a golden bridge, that neither the Tarotino, the Viasma, nor the Krasno
battles were necessary, that we must keep some force to reach the frontier with, and that
he would not sacrifice a single Russian for ten Frenchmen.
And this courtier, as he is described to us, who lies to Eric Cheyev to please the emperor,
he alone, incurring thereby the emperor's displeasure, says,
in Vilna that, to carry the war beyond the frontier, is useless and harmful.
Nor do words alone prove that only he understood the meaning of the events.
His actions, without the smallest deviation, were all directed to one and the same three-fold
end.
One, to brace all his strength for conflict with the French.
Two, to defeat them.
And three, to drive them out of Russia, minimizing as far as possible as possible.
the sufferings of our people and of our army.
This procrastinator Kutuzov, whose motto was
patience and time, this enemy of decisive action, gave battle at Borodino,
investing the preparations for it with unparalleled solemnity.
This Katoz, who, before the Battle of Austerlitz began, said that it would be lost,
he alone, in contradiction to everyone else, declared till his death
that Borodino was a victory, despite the assurance of generals that the battle was lost,
and despite the fact that for an army to have to retire after winning a battle was unprecedented.
He alone, during the whole retreat, insisted that battles, which were useless then,
should not be fought, and that a new war should not be begun, nor the frontiers of Russia crossed.
It is easy now to understand the significance of these events,
If only we abstained from attributing to the activity of the mass,
aims that existed only in the heads of a dozen individuals,
for the events and results now lie before us.
But how did that old man, alone in opposition to the general opinion,
so truly discerned the importance of the people's view of the events
that in all his activity he was never once untrue to it?
The source of that extraordinary power of penetrating the meaning of the events,
then occurring, lay in the national feeling which he possessed in full purity and strength.
Only the recognition of the fact that he possessed this feeling caused the people in so strange a
manner, contrary to the Tsar's wish to select him, an old man in disfavor, to be their
representative in the national war. And only that feeling placed him on the highest human pedestal,
for which he, the commander-in-chief, devoted all his powers,
not to slaying and destroying men, but to saving and showing pity on them.
That simple, modest, and therefore truly great figure
could not be cast in the false mold of a European hero,
the supposed ruler of men that history has invented.
To a lackey, no man can be great,
for a lackey has his own conception of greatness.
End of Book 15, Chapter 5. Book 15 Chapter 6 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude. This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 6
The 5th of November was the first day of what is called the Battle of Krasno.
Toward evening, after much disputing and many mistakes made by General,
who did not go to their proper places, and after adjutants had been sent about with counter-orders,
when it had become plain that the enemy was everywhere in flight, and that there could and would
be no battle, Kutuzov left Krasno and went to Dobro, whither his headquarters had that day been
transferred. The day was clear and frosty. Kutuzov rode to Dobro on his plump little white horse,
followed by an enormous suite of discontented generals who whispered among themselves behind his back.
All along the road, groups of French prisoners captured that day,
there were 7,000 of them, were crowding to warm themselves at campfires.
Near Dobro, an immense crowd of tattered prisoners,
buzzing with talk and wrapped and bandaged in anything they had been able to get hold of,
were standing in the road beside a long row of unharnessed French guns.
At the approach of the commander-in-chief, the buzz of talk ceased and all eyes were fixed on
Kutuzov, who, wearing a white cap with a red band and a padded overcoat that bulged on his
round shoulders, moved slowly along the road on his white horse.
One of the generals was reporting to him where the guns and prisoners had been captured.
Kutuzov seemed preoccupied and did not listen to what the general was saying.
He screwed up his eyes with a dissatisfied look as he gave him.
gazed attentively and fixedly at these prisoners, who presented a specially wretched appearance.
Most of them were disfigured by frost-bitten noses and cheeks, and nearly all had red, swollen,
and festering eyes. One group of the French stood close to the road, and two of them, one of whom
had his face covered with sores, were tearing a piece of raw flesh with their hands.
There was something horrible and bestial in the fleeting glance they threw,
at the writers, and in the malevolent expression with which, after a glance at Kutuzov,
the soldier with the sores immediately turned away and went on with what he was doing.
Kutuzov looked long and intently at these two soldiers. He puckered his face,
screwed up his eyes, and pensively swayed his head. At another spot, he noticed a Russian soldier
laughingly patting a Frenchman on the shoulder, saying something to him in a friendly manner,
and Kutuzov, with the same expression on his face, again swayed his head.
"'What were you saying?' he asked the general,
who, continuing his report, directed the commander-in-chief's attention to some standards
captured from the French and standing in front of the Prajabresansk regiment.
"'Ah, the standards,' said Kutuzov, evidently detaching himself with difficulty
from the thoughts that preoccupied him.
He looked about him absently.
Thousands of eyes were looking at him from all sides, awaiting a word from him.
He stopped in front of the Priab Resensk Regiment, sighed deeply, and closed his eyes.
One of his suite beckoned to the soldiers carrying the standards to advance and surround the
commander-in-chief with them.
Kutuzov was silent for a few seconds, and then, submitting with evident reluctance to the duty
imposed by his position, raised his seat.
head and began to speak. A throng of officers surrounded him. He looked attentively around at the
circle of officers, recognizing several of them. "'I thank you all,' he said, addressing the soldiers
and then again the officers. In the stillness around him, his slowly uttered words were distinctly
heard. "'I thank you all for your hard and faithful service. The victory is complete and Russia will not
forget you. Honor to you forever. He paused and looked around.
Lower its head, lower it, he said to a soldier who had accidentally lowered the French eagle
he was holding before the Pre-Apresence standards. Lower, lower, that's it. Hurrah, lads!
He added, addressing the men with a rapid movement of his chin.
Hurrah!
Roared thousands of voices.
While the soldiers were shouting, Katoosov leaned forward in his saddle and bowed his head,
and his eye lit up with a mild and apparently ironic gleam.
"'You see, brothers!' said he when the shouts had ceased, and all at once his voice and the expression
of his face changed. It was no longer the commander-in-chief speaking, but an ordinary old
man who wanted to tell his comrades something very important.
There was a stir among the throng of officers and in the ranks of the soldiers,
who moved that they might hear better what he was going to say.
You see, brothers, I know it's hard for you, but it can't be helped.
Bear up. It won't be for long now.
We'll see our visitors off, and then we'll rest.
The Tsar won't forget your service.
It is hard for you, but still,
you are at home, while they, you see what they have come to, said he, pointing to the prisoners.
Worse off than our poorest beggars.
While they were strong, we didn't spare ourselves, but now we may even pity them.
They are human beings, too.
Isn't it so, lads?'
He looked around, and in the direct, respectful, wondering gaze fixed upon him,
he read sympathy with what he had said.
His face grew brighter and brighter
with an old man's mild smile,
which drew the corners of his lips and eyes
into a cluster of wrinkles.
He ceased speaking and bowed his head as if in perplexity.
But, after all, who asked them here?
Serves them right, the bloody bastards!
He cried, suddenly lifting his head.
In flourishing his whip, he rode off at a gal.
for the first time during the whole campaign, and left the broken ranks of the soldiers laughing
joyfully and shouting, hurrah."
Katoosov's words were hardly understood by the troops.
No one could have repeated the Field Marshal's address, begun solemnly and then changing
into an old man's simple-hearted talk.
But the hearty sincerity of that speech, the feeling of majestic triumph combined with pity for
the foe and consciousness of the justice of our own.
cause, exactly expressed by that old man's good-natured expletives, was not merely understood,
but lay in the soul of every soldier and found expression in their joyous and long-sustained
shouts.
Afterwards, when one of the generals addressed Kutuzov asking whether he wished his Kalesh
to be sent for, Kutuzov, in answering, unexpectedly gave a sob, being evidently greatly
moved.
End of Book 15, Chapter 6.
15 Chapter 7 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 7
When the troops reached their night's halting place on the 8th of November, the last day
of the Krasno battles, it was already growing dusk.
All day it had been calm and frosty, with occasional light,
falling snow, and toward evening it began to clear. Through the falling snow, a purple-black
and starry sky showed itself, and the frost grew keener. An infantry regiment which had left
Heratino three thousand strong, but now numbered only nine hundred, was one of the first
to arrive that night at its halting-place, a village on the high road. The quarter-masters who
met the regiment announced that all the huts were full of sick and dead Frenchmen, cavalry
and members of the staff. There was only one hut available for the regimental commander.
The commander rode up to his hut. The regiment passed through the village and stacked its
arms in front of the last huts. Like some huge, many-limbed animal, the regiment began to prepare
its lair and its food. One part of it dispersed and waded knee-deep through the snow into a birch
forest to the right of the village, and immediately the sound of axes and sword. And immediately the sound of axes and
swords, the crashing of branches, and merry voices could be heard from there.
Another section amid the regimental wagons and horses, which are standing in a group,
were busy getting out cauldrons and rye biscuit, and feeding the horses.
A third section scattered through the village arranging quarters for the staff officers,
carrying out the French corpses that were in the huts, and dragging away boards,
dry wood, and thatch from the roofs for the campfires, or wattle fences to serve
for shelter. Some fifteen men with merry shouts were shaking down the high waddle wall of a shed,
the roof of which had already been removed. "'Now then, altogether, shove!' cried the voices,
and the huge surface of the wall, sprinkled with snow and creaking with frost, was seen swaying
in the gloom of the night. The lower stakes cracked more and more, and at last the wall fell,
and with it the men who had been pushing it.
Loud, coarse laughter and joyous shouts ensued.
"'Now then, catch hold in twos!
Hand up the lever! That's it! Where are you shoving to?
Now, all together. But wait a moment, boys, with a song!'
All stood silent, and a soft, pleasant, velvety voice began to sing.
At the end of the third verse, as the last note died away,
Twenty voices roared out at once,
"'oo, ooh, ooh, ooh, that's it, altogether.
Heave away, boys!'
But despite their united efforts, the waddle hardly moved,
and in the silence that followed the heavy breathing of the men was audible.
"'Here, you of the sixth company!
Devils that you are! Linda Han, will you?
You may want us one of these days!'
Some twenty men of the sixth company, who were on their way into the village,
joined the haulers, and the waddle-wall, which was about thirty-five feet long and seven feet high,
moved forward along the village street swaying, pressing upon and cutting the shoulders of the gasping men.
"'Get along! Falling! What are you stopping for? There now!'
Mary's senseless words of abuse flowed freely.
"'What are you up to?'
Suddenly came the authoritative voice of a sergeant major who came upon the men who were hauling
their burden.
"'There are gentry here. The general himself is in that hut, and you foul-mouthed devils,
you brutes! I'll give it to you!' shouted he, hitting the first man who came in his way
a swinging blow on the back.
"'Can't you make less noise?'
The men became silent.
The soldier who had been struck groaned and wiped his face, which had been scratched
till it bled by his falling against the waddle.
"'There! How that devil hits out! He's made my face all bloody!' said he in a frighten whisper
when the sergeant major had passed on.
"'Don't you like it?' said a laughing voice, and moderating their tones, the men moved forward.
When they were out of the village they began talking again as loud as before, interlarding their
talk with the same aimless expletives.
In the hut which the men had passed, the chief officers had gathered and were in animated talk over their tea about the events of the day and the maneuvers suggested for tomorrow.
It was proposed to make a flank march to the left, cut off the vice-king-Morrah, and capture him.
By the time the soldiers had dragged the waddle fence to his place, the campfires were blazing on all sides ready for cooking,
the wood crackled, the snow was melting, and black shadows of soldiers flew.
to and fro all over the occupied space where the snow had been trodden down.
Axes and choppers were plied all around. Everything was done without any orders being given.
Stores of wood were brought for the night. Shelters were rigged up for the officers,
cauldrons were being boiled, and muskets and accoutrements put in order.
The waddlewall the men had brought was set up in a semicircle by the eighth company as a shelter
from the north, propped up by musket rests, and a campfire was built before it.
They beat the tattoo, called the roll, had supper, and settled down round the fires for
the night.
Some repairing their footgear, some smoking pipes, some stripping themselves naked to steam
the lice out of their shirts.
End of Book 15, Chapter 7.
Book 15 Chapter 8.
Of War and Peace, Volume 4.
by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 8
One would have thought that under the almost incredibly wretched conditions
the Russian soldiers were in at that time,
lacking warm boots and sheepskin coats,
without a roof over their heads, in the snow with 18 degrees of frost,
and without even full rations.
The commissariat did not always keep up with the troops,
they would have presented a very sad and depressing spectacle.
On the contrary, the army had never under the best material conditions
presented a more cheerful and animated aspect.
This was because all who began to grow depressed or who lost strength
were sifted out of the army day by day.
All the physically or morally weak had long since been left behind,
and only the flower of the army physically and mentally remained.
More men collected behind the waddle fence of the Eighth Company
than anywhere else. Two sergeants' major were sitting with them, and their campfire blazed brighter
than others. For leave to sit by their waddle, they demanded contributions of fuel.
"'Hey, Mikhail! What has become of you, you son of a bitch? Are you lost, or have the wolves
eaten you? Fetch some more wood!' shouted a red-haired and red-faced man,
screwing up his eyes and blinking because of the smoke, but not moving back from the fire.
"'And you, Jackdaw, go and fed some wood,' said he to another soldier.
This red-haired man was neither a sergeant nor a corporal, but being robust he ordered
about those weaker than himself. The soldier they called Jackdaw, a thin little fellow with a
sharp nose, rose obediently and was about to go, but at that instant there came into the light of
the fire the slender, handsome figure of a young soldier carrying a load of wood.
"'Bring it here. That's fine.'
They split up the wood, pressed it down on the fire, blew at it with their mouths,
and fanned it with the skirts of their great-coats, making the flames hiss and crackle.
The men drew nearer and lit their pipes. The handsome young soldier, who had brought the wood,
setting his arms akimbo, began stamping his cold feet rapidly and deftly on the spot where he stood.
"'Mother, the dew is cold but clear. It's well that I'm a mussel.
"'skateer,' he sang, pretending to hiccough after each syllable.
"'Look out! Your souls will fly off!' shouted the red-haired man,
noticing that the soul of the dancer's boot was hanging loose.
"'What a fellow you are for dancing!'
The dancer stopped, pulled off the loose piece of leather, and threw it on the fire.
"'Right enough, friend,' said he, and having sat down,
took out of his knapsack a scrap of blue French cloth and wrapped it round his foot.
"'It's the steam that spoils them,' he added, stretching out his feet toward the fire.
"'They'll soon be issuing us new ones. They say that when we finished hammering them,
we're to receive double kits.' "'And that son of a bitch Petrov has lagged behind, after all,
it seems,' said one Sergeant Major.
"'I've had an eye on him this long while,' said the other.
"'Well, he's a poor sort of soldier. But in the third company they say,
nine men were missing yesterday.
Yes, it's all very well, but when a man's feet are frozen, how can he walk?
Eh, don't talk nonsense, said a sergeant major.
Do you want to be doing the same?
Said an old soldier, turning reproachfully to the man who had spoken of frozen feet.
Well, you know, said the sharp-nosed man they called Jackdaw in a squeaky and unsteady voice,
raising himself at the other side of the fire.
A plump man gets thin, but for a thin one it's death.
Take me now. I've got no strength left, he added, with sudden resolution turning to the
Sergeant Major.
Tell them to send me to hospital. I'm aching all over.
Anyway, I shan't be able to keep up.
That'll do, that'll do, replied the Sergeant Major quietly.
The soldier said no more, and the talk went on.
What a lot of those Frenchies were taken today!
And the fact is that not one of them had what you might call real boots on,
said a soldier, starting a new theme.
They were no more than make-believes.
The Cossacks have taken their boots.
They were clearing the hut for the colonel and carried them out.
It was pitiful to see them, boys, put in the dancer.
As they turned them over, one seemed still alive,
and would you believe it, he jabbered something in their lingo.
"'But they're a clean folk, lads,' the first man went on.
"'He was white, as white as birch-bark.
"'And some of them are such fine fellows.
"'You might think they were nobles.
"'Well, what do you think?
"'They make soldiers of all classes there.'
"'But they don't understand our talk at all,' said the dancer with a puzzled smile.
"'I asked him whose subject he was, and he jabbered in his own way.
"'A queer lot.'
"'But it's still.
Strange, friends, continued the man who had wondered at their whiteness.
The peasants at Mojais were saying that, when they began burying the dead, where the battle was,
you know, well, those dead had been lying there for nearly a month, and says the peasant,
they lie as white as paper, clean, and not as much smell as a puff of powder smoke.
"'Was it from the cold?' asked someone.
"'You're a clever fellow, from the cold indeed.
why it was hot.
If it had been from the cold, ours would not have rotted either.
But he says, go up to ours, and they are all rotten and maggotty.
So he says, we tie our faces up with kerchiefs and turn our heads away as we drag them off.
We can hardly do it.
But theirs, he says, are white as paper, and not so much smell as a whiff of gunpowder.
All were silent.
It must be from their food.
said the sergeant-major.
They used to gobble the same food as the gentry.
No one contradicted him.
That peasant near Moseksk, where the battle was,
said the men were all called up from ten villages around,
and they carted for twenty days,
and still didn't finish carting the dead away.
And as for the wolves, he says,
that was a real battle, said an old soldier.
It's the only one worth remembering.
But since that, it's only been tormenting folk.
"'And do you know, Daddy, the day before yesterday we ran at them.
"'And my word, they didn't let us get near before they just threw down their muskets and went on their knees.
"'Pardon, they say. That's only one case.
"'They say Platov took Poling himself twice.
"'But he didn't know the right charm.
"'He catches him and catches him.
"'No good.
"'He turns into a bird in his hands and flies away.
"'And there's no way of killing him either.'
"'You're a first-class liar, Kislev, when I come to look at you.
"'Layer, indeed. It's the real truth.'
"'If he fell into my hands, when I'd caught him,
"'I'd bury him in the ground with an aspen steak to fix him down.
"'What a lot of men he's ruined.
"'Well, anyhow, we're going to end it.
"'He won't come here again,' remarked the old soldier, yawning.
"'The conversation flagged, and the soldiers began settling down to sleep.
sleep.
Look at the stars.
It's wonderful how they shine.
You would think the women had spread out their linen," said one of the men, gazing with admiration
at the Milky Way.
That's a sign of a good harvest next year.
We shall want some more wood.
You warm your back and your belly gets frozen.
That's queer.
Oh, Lord, what are you pushing for?
Is the fire only for you?
Look!
Look how he's sprawling!
In the silence that ensued,
the snoring of those who had fallen asleep could be heard.
Others turned over and warmed themselves,
now and again exchanging a few words.
From a campfire a hundred paces off
came a sound of General Merry Laughter.
Hark at them roaring there in the Fifth Company,
said one of the soldiers.
And what a lot of them there are!
One of the men got up and went over to the Fifth Company.
They're having such fun, said he coming back.
Two Frenchies have turned up.
One's quite frozen, and the other's an awful swaggerer.
He's singing songs.
Oh, I'll go across and have a look.
And several of the men went over to the Fifth Company.
End of Book 15, Chapter 8.
Book 15 Chapter 9 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 9
The fifth company was bivouacking at the very edge of the forest.
A huge campfire was blazing brightly in the midst of the snow, lighting up the branches of trees heavy with hoarfrost.
About midnight, they heard the sound of steps in the snow of the forest and the crackling of dry branches.
A bear, lads, said one of the men.
They all raised their heads to listen, and out of the forest into the bright firelight,
stepped two strangely-clad human figures clinging to one another.
These were two Frenchmen who had been hiding in the forest.
They came up to the fire, hoarsely uttering something in a language our soldiers did not understand.
One was taller than the other.
He wore an officer's hat and seemed quite exhausted.
On approaching the fire, he had been going to sit down, but fell.
The other, a short, sturdy soldier with a shawl tied round his head, was stronger.
He raised his companion and said something, pointing to his mouth.
The soldier surrounded the Frenchman, spread a great coat on the ground for the sick man,
and brought some buckwheat porridge and vodka for both of them.
The exhausted French officer was Rambal, and the man with his head wrapped in the shawl was Morel, his orderly.
When Morel had drunk some vodka and finished his bowl of porridge,
he suddenly became unnaturally merry and chattered incessantly to the soldiers who could not understand him.
Rambal refused food, and resting his head on his elbow, lay silent beside the campfire,
looking at the Russian soldiers with red and vacant eyes.
Occasionally, he admitted a long-drawn groan and then again became silent.
Morel, pointing to his shoulders, tried to impress on the soldiers the fact that Rambal was an officer and ought to be warmed.
A Russian officer, who had come up to the fire, sent to ask his colonel whether he would not
take a French officer into his hut to warm him. And when the messenger returned and said
that the colonel wished the officer to be brought to him, Rambal was told to go.
He rose and tried to walk, but staggered and would have fallen, had not a soldier standing
by held him up.
"'You won't do it again, eh?' said one of the soldiers, winking and turning mockingly to Rambal.
"'Oh, you fool! Why talk rubbish! Lout that you are! A real peasant!' came rebukes from all sides
addressed to the jesting soldier. They surrounded Rambal, lifted him on the crossed arms of two soldiers,
and carried him to the hut. Rambal put his arms around their necks while they carried him
and began wailing plaintively. "'Oh, you fine fellows, my kind, kind friends! These are men!
Oh, my brave, kind friends!
And he leaned his head against the shoulder of one of the men like a child.
Meanwhile, Morel was sitting in the best place by the fire, surrounded by the soldiers.
Morel, a short, sturdy Frenchman with inflamed and streaming eyes,
was wearing a woman's cloak and had a shawl-tied woman fashion round his head over his cap.
He was evidently tipsy, and was singing a French song in a hoarse-broken voice,
with an arm thrown round the nearest soldier.
The soldier simply held their sides as they watched him.
Now then, now then, teach us how it goes.
I'll soon pick it up. How is it? said the man,
a singer and a wag, who Morel was embracing.
Vive ariquot.
Vive ce wa valiant, say Morrell, winking.
Se diablo at what?
Longed if Henry IV, that valiant king, that rowdy devil.
"'Viva rika,
"'vif suruvaru,
"'seedya Blayaka,' repeated the soldier,
"'f flourishing his arms and really catching the tune.
"'Bravo! ha, ha! ha!'
rose their rough, joyous laughter from all sides.
Morel, wrinkling up his face, laughed too.
"'Well, go on, go on.
"'Que the triple talon,
"'de bois de bat,
"'and d'etre unval.
"'Who had a triple-reux-a-ha-ha-ha-gallant.
"'Who had a triple-triple.
talent for drinking, for fighting, and for being a gallant old boy.
It goes smoothly, too. Well, now, Zeleteev.
Ke?
Zalotayev brought out with effort.
Kea, eh, eh, he drawled, laboriously pursing his lips.
Le triptala de bu deba, he sang.
Fine, just like the Frenchie.
Oh, ho, ho.
Do you want some more to eat?
Give him some porridge.
It takes a long time to get filled up after starving.
They gave him some more porridge and Morel with a laugh set to work on his third bowl.
All the young soldiers smiled gaily as they watched him.
The older men, who thought it undignified to amuse themselves with such nonsense,
continue to lie at the opposite side of the fire,
but one would occasionally raise himself on an elbow and glance at Morel with a smile.
They are men, too, said one of them as he wrapped himself up in his coat.
Even wormwood grows on its own root.
Oh, Lord, oh Lord, how starry it is!
Tremendous! That means a hard frost!
They all grew silent, the stars, as if knowing that no one was looking at them,
began to disport themselves in the dark sky,
now flaring up, now vanishing, now trembling.
they were busy whispering something gladsome and mysterious to one another.
End of Book 15, Chapter 9.
Book 15 Chapter 10 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 10
The French Army melted away at the uniform rate of a mathematical progression,
and that crossing of the Berazina about which so much has been written
was only one intermediate stage in its destruction,
and not at all the decisive episode of the campaign.
If so much has been and still is written about the Beresina,
on the French side, this is only because, at the broken bridge across that river,
the calamities their army had been previously enduring,
were suddenly concentrated at one moment into a tragic spectacle that remained in every memory.
And on the Russian side, merely because in Petersburg, far from the seat of war, a plan,
again one of fuels, had been devised to catch Napoleon in a strategic trap at the Beresina
river.
Everyone assured himself that all would happen according to plan, and therefore insisted that it
was just the crossing of the Beresina that destroyed the French army.
In reality, the results of the crossing were much less disastrous to the French, in guns and men
lost than Krasno had been, as the figures show. The sole importance of the crossing of the
Beresina lies in the fact that it plainly and indubitably proved a fallacy of all the plans for
cutting off the enemy's retreat and the soundness of the only possible line of action, the one
Kutuzov and the general mass of the army demanded, namely simply to follow the enemy up.
The French crowd fled at a continually increasing speed, and all its energy was directed to reaching
its goal. It fled like a wounded animal, and it was impossible to block its path. This was shown not
so much by the arrangements it made for crossing as by what took place at the bridges. When the bridges
broke down, unarmed soldiers, people from Moscow, and women with children who were with the French
transport, all carried on by V. Sinertia, pressed forward into boats and into the ice-covered water
and did not surrender.
That impulse was reasonable.
The condition of fugitives and of pursuers was equally bad.
As long as they remained with their own people,
each might hope for help from his fellows
and the definite place he held among them.
But those who surrendered, while remaining in the same pitiful plight,
would be on a lower level to claim a share in the necessities of life.
The French did not need to be informed of the fact that half the prisoners,
with whom the Russians did not know what to do, perished of cold and hunger,
despite their captors desired to save them.
They felt that it could not be otherwise.
The most compassionate Russian commanders, those favorable to the French,
and even the Frenchmen in the Russian service, could do nothing for the prisoners.
The French perished from the conditions to which the Russian army was itself exposed.
It was impossible to take bread and clothes from our hungry and hungry and
indispensable soldiers to give to the French, who, though not harmful or hated or guilty, were
simply unnecessary. Some Russians even did that, but they were exceptions. Certain destruction lay
behind the French, but in front there was hope. Their ships had been burned. There was no salvation
save in collective flight, and on that the whole strength of the French was concentrated.
The farther they fled, the more wretched became the plight of the remnant, especially after
the Berazina, on which, in consequence of the Petersburg plan, special hopes have been placed by
the Russians, and the keener grew the passions of the Russian commanders who blamed one another
and Kutuzov most of all. Anticipation that the failure of the Petersburg-Berazina plan
would be attributed to Kutuzov led to dissatisfaction, contempt, and ridicule.
more and more strongly expressed.
The ridicule and contempt were, of course, expressed in a respectful form,
making it impossible for him to ask wherein he was to blame.
They did not talk seriously to him.
When reporting to him or asking for his sanction,
they appeared to be fulfilling a regrettable formality,
but they winked behind his back and tried to mislead him at every turn.
Because they could not understand him, all these people assumed that it was useless to talk to the old man,
that he would never grasp the profundity of their plans, that he would answer with his phrases,
which they thought were mere phrases, about a golden bridge, about the impossibility of crossing
the frontier with a crowd of Tadermalians and so forth.
They had heard all that before, and all he said, that it was necessary to await provisions,
or that the men had no boots, was so simple, while what they proposed was so complicated and
clever that it was evident that he was old and stupid, and that they, though not in power,
were commanders of genius.
After the junction with the army of the brilliant admiral and Petersburg hero Wittgenstein,
this mood and the gossip of the staff reached their maximum.
Kutuzov saw this and merely sighed and shrugged his shoulders.
Only once, after the affair of the Barazina, did he get angry and write to Benningson,
who reported separately to the Emperor the following letter.
On account of your spells of ill health, will Your Excellency please be so good as to set off
for Colugo on receipt of this, and there await further commands and appointments from his
imperial majesty?
But after Benningson's departure, the Grand Duke Tsarevich Constantine Pavlovich joined the army.
He had taken part in the beginning of the campaign, but had subsequently been removed from
the army by Kutuzov. Now, having come to the army, he informed Kutuzov of the emperor's
displeasure at the poor success of our forces and the slowness of their advance. The emperor
intended to join the army personally in a few days' time. The old man, experienced in court
as well as in military affairs.
The same Kutuzov, who in August,
had been chosen Commander-in-Chief against the sovereign's wishes,
and who had removed the Grand Duke and heir apparent from the army,
who, on his own authority and contrary to the Emperor's will,
had decided on the abandonment of Moscow,
now realized at once that his day was over,
that his part was played,
and that the power he was supposed to hold was no longer his.
and he understood this, not merely from the attitude of the court.
He saw, on the one hand, that the military business in which he had played his part was ended
and felt his mission was accomplished, and at the same time he began to be conscious of
the physical weariness of his aged body and of the necessity of physical rest.
On the 29th of November, Kutuzov entered Vilna, his dear Vilna as he called it.
Twice during his career, Kutuzov had been governor of Ilna.
In that wealthy town, which had not been injured, he found old friends and associations,
besides the comforts of life of which he had so long been deprived.
And he suddenly turned from the cares of army and state, and as far as the passions that
seethed around him allowed, immersed himself in the quiet life to which he had formerly
been accustomed, as if all that was taking place and all that had still stills,
to be done in the realm of history did not concern him at all.
Chichagov, one of the most zealous cutters-off and breakers-up, who at first wanted to
affect a diversion in Greece and then in Warsaw, but never wished to go where he was sent.
Chichagov, noted for the boldness with which he spoke to the emperor, and who considered
Kutuzov to be under an obligation to him, because when he was sent to make peace with Turkey in
1811, independently of Kutuzov, and found that peace had already been concluded, he admitted
to the Emperor that the merit of securing that peace was really Kutuzov's. This Chichikov was
the first to meet Kutuzov at the castle where the latter was to stay. In undressed naval
uniform with a dirk and holding his cap under his arm, he handed Kutuzov a garrison report
and the keys of the town. The contemptuously respectful attitude of the youngest men to the old
old man in his dotage was expressed in the highest degree by the behavior of Chichagov,
who knew of the accusations that were being directed against Kutuzov.
When speaking to Chichagov, Kutuzov incidently mentioned that the vehicles packed with
China that had been captured from him at Boresov had been recovered and would be restored to him.
You mean to imply that I have nothing to eat out of,
on the contrary, I can supply you with everything, even if you want to give dinner,
parties," warmly replied Chichagov, who tried by every word he spoke to prove his own rectitude,
and therefore imagined Kutuzov to be animated by the same desire. Kutuzov, shrugging his
shoulders, replied with his subtle, penetrating smile,
I meant merely to say what I said. Contrary to the Emperor's wish, Kutuzov detained
the greater part of the army at Vilna. Those about him said that he became extraordinarily
slack and physically feeble during his stay in that town. He attended to Army affairs reluctantly,
left everything to his generals, and while awaiting the Emperor's arrival, led a dissipated life.
Having left Petersburg on the 7th of December with his suite, Count Tolstoy, Prince Volkonsky,
Eric Cheev and others, the Emperor reached Vilna on the 11th, and in his traveling sleigh,
drove straight to the castle. In spite of the severe frost, some hundred
generals and staff officers in full parade uniform stood in front of the castle, as well as a
guard of honor of the Seminov regiment. A courier who galloped to the castle in advance, in a troika
with three foam-flected horses, shouted, coming! And Konevnitsin rushed into the vestibule to inform
Kutuzov, who was waiting in the hall-porter's little lodge. A minute later, the old man's
large stout figure in full-dress uniform, his chest covered with orders and a scarf drawn
round his stomach waddled out into the porch. He put on his hat with its peaks to the sides,
and holding his gloves in his hand and walking with an effort sideways down the steps to the level
of the street, took in his hand the report he had prepared for the emperor. It was running to and
fro in whispering. Another Troika flew furiously up, and then all eyes were turned on an approaching
sleigh in which the figures of the Emperor and Volkonsky could already be described.
From the habit of fifty years, all this had a physically agitating effect on the old general.
He carefully and hastily felt himself all over, readjusted his hat, and pulling himself
together, drew himself up, and at the very moment when the Emperor, having alighted from the
sleigh, lifted his eyes to him, handed him the report and began speaking in his smooth, ingratiating
voice. The Emperor, with a rapid glance, scanned Kutuzov from head to foot, frowned for an instant,
but immediately mastering himself, went up to the old man, extended his arms, and embraced him.
And this embraced, too, owing to a long-standing impression related to his innermost feelings,
had its usual effect on Kutuzov, and he gave a sob.
The Emperor greeted the officers and the Semenov guard, and again pressing the old man's hand,
went with him into the castle.
When alone with the field-martial,
the Emperor expressed his dissatisfaction
at the slowness of the pursuit
and at the mistakes made at Krasno and the Beresina,
and informed him of his intentions
for a future campaign abroad.
Kutuzov made no rejoinder or remark.
The same submissive, expressionless look
with which he had listened to the Emperor's commands
on the field of Austerlitz seven years before
settled on his face now.
When Kutuzov came out of the study and with lowered head was crossing the ballroom with his
heavy waddling gate, he was arrested by someone's voice saying,
Your serene highness! Kutuzov raised his head and looked for a long while into the eyes
of Count Tolstoy, who stood before him, holding a silver salver on which lay a small object.
Kutuzov seemed not to understand what was expected of him.
Suddenly he seemed to remember.
A scarcely perceptible smile flashed across his puffy face, and bowing low and respectfully, he took the object that lay on the salver.
It was the Order of St. George of the First Class.
End of Book 15, Chapter 10. Book 15 Chapter 11 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15 Chapter 11
Next day, the field-martial gave a dinner and ball which the Emperor honored by his presence.
Katoosov had received the Order of St. George of the First Class, and the Emperor showed him
the highest honors. But everyone knew of the imperial dissatisfaction with him. The proprieties were
observed, and the Emperor was the first to set that example, but everybody understood that
the old man was blameworthy and good for nothing.
When Kutuzov, conforming to a custom of Catherine's day, ordered the standards that had been
captured to be lowered at the Emperor's feet on his entering the ballroom, the Emperor made a wry face
and muttered something in which some people caught the words, the old comedian.
The Emperor's displeasure with Kutuzov was specially increased at Vilna by the fact that
Kutuzov evidently could not or would not understand the importance of the coming campaign.
when on the following morning the emperor said to the officers assembled about him,
"'You have not only saved Russia, you have saved Europe!'
They all understood that the war was not ended.
Kutuzov alone would not see this and openly expressed his opinion
that no fresh war could improve the position or add to the glory of Russia,
but could only spoil and lower the glorious position that Russia had gained.
He tried to prove to the Emperor the impossibility of levying fresh troops, spoke of the
hardships already endured by the people, of the possibility of failure and so forth.
This being the Field Marshal's frame of mind, he was naturally regarded as merely a hindrance
and obstacle to the impending war. To avoid unpleasant encounters with the old man, the natural
method was to do what had been done with him at Austerlitz and with Barclay at the
beginning of the Russian campaign, to transfer the authority to the Emperor himself,
thus cutting the ground from under the Commander-in-Chief's feet without upsetting the old man
by informing him of the change.
With this object, his staff was gradually reconstructed and its real strength removed and
transferred to the Emperor.
Toll, Kodovnetsun and Ermolv received fresh appointments.
Everyone spoke loudly of the Field Marshal's great weakness and failing health.
His health had to be bad for his place to be taken away and given to another, and in fact,
his health was poor. So naturally, simply and gradually, just as he had come from Turkey to the
Treasury in Petersburg to recruit the militia, and then to the army when he was needed there,
now when his part was played out, Kutuzov's place was taken by a new and necessary performer.
The War of 1812, besides its national significance dear to every Russian heart, was now to assume
another, a European significance. The movement of peoples from west to east was to be succeeded
by a movement of peoples from east to west, and for this fresh war another leader was necessary,
having qualities and views differing from Kutuzovs and animated by different motives.
Alexander I.
was as necessary for the movement of the peoples from east to west
and for the refixing of national frontiers
as Kutuzov had been for the salvation and glory of Russia.
Kutuzov did not understand what Europe,
the balance of power or Napoleon meant.
He could not understand it.
For the representative of the Russian people,
after the enemy had been destroyed and Russia had been liberated
and raised to the summit of her glory,
There was nothing left to do as a Russian.
Nothing remained for the representative of the National War but to die, and Kutuzov died.
End of Book 15, Chapter 11.
Book 15 Chapter 12 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 12.
As generally happens, Pierre did not feel the full effects of the physical privation and strain
he had suffered as prisoner until after they were over.
After his liberation, he reached Orel, and on the third day there, when preparing to go to Kiev,
he fell ill and was laid up for three months.
He had what the doctors termed bilious fever.
But despite the fact that the doctors treated him, bled him, and gave him medicines to drink,
he recovered.
Scarcely any impression was left on Pierre's mind by all that happened to him from the time of his
rescue till his illness. He remembered only the dull gray weather, now rainy and now snowy,
internal physical distress, and pains in his feet and side. He remembered a general impression
of the misfortunes and sufferings of people, and of being worried by the curiosity of officers and generals
who questioned him. He also remembered his difficulty in procuring a conveyance and horses,
and above all, he remembered his incapacity to think and feel all that time.
On the day of his rescue, he had seen the body of Petya Rostov. That same day, he had learned
that Prince Andrew, after surviving the Battle of Boredino for more than a month, had recently
died in the Rostov's house at Yaroslavl. And Denisov, who told him this news, also mentioned
in Elaine's death, supposing that Pierre had heard of it long before.
All this at the time seemed merely strange to Pierre. He felt he could not grasp
at significance. Just then he was only anxious to get away as quickly as possible from places
where people were killing one another, to some peaceful refuge where he could recover himself,
rest, and think over all the strange new facts he had learned. But on reaching Orrell, he immediately
fell ill.
When he came to himself after his illness, he saw in attendance on him two of his servants,
Tarenti and Vaska, who had come from Moscow, and also his cousin, the eldest princess,
who had been living on his estate at Alets and hearing of his rescue and illness had come
to look after him.
It was only gradually during his convalescence that Pierre lost the impressions he had become
accustomed to during the last few months, and got used to.
used to the idea that no one would oblige him to go anywhere tomorrow,
that no one would deprive him of his warm bed,
and that he would be sure to get his dinner, tea, and supper.
But for a long time in his dreams,
he still saw himself in the conditions of captivity.
In the same way, little by little,
he came to understand the news he had been told after his rescue,
about the death of Prince Andrew, the death of his wife,
and the destruction of the French.
A joyous feeling of freedom, that complete inalienable freedom natural to man which he had
first experienced at the first halt outside Moscow, filled Pierre's soul during his convalescence.
He was surprised to find that this inner freedom, which was independent of external conditions,
now had, as it were, an additional setting of external liberty.
He was alone in a strange town without acquaintances. No one demanded,
anything of him or sent him anywhere. He had all he wanted. The thought of his wife, which had
been a continual torment to him, was no longer there, since she was no more. Oh, how good, how splendid,
said he to himself, when a cleanly laid table was moved up to him with savory beef tea,
or when he lay down for the night on a soft clean bed, or when he remembered that the French
had gone and that his wife was no more.
Oh, how good, how splendid!
And by old habit he asked himself the question,
Well, and what then? What am I going to do?
And he immediately gave himself the answer,
Well, I shall live. Ah, how splendid!
The very question that had formerly tormented him,
the thing he had continually sought to find, the aim of life no longer,
existed for him now. That search for the aim of life had not merely disappeared temporarily.
He felt that it no longer existed for him and could not present itself again.
And this very absence of an aim gave him the complete, joyous sense of freedom which
constituted his happiness at this time. He could not see an aim, for he now had faith,
not faith in any kind of rule or words or ideas, but faith in any kind of rule or words or ideas, but faith
in an ever-living, ever-manifest God.
Formerly, he had sought him in aims he set himself.
That search for an aim had been simply a search for God,
and suddenly, in his captivity, he had learned, not by words or reasoning,
but by direct feeling what his nurse had told him long ago,
that God is here and everywhere.
In his captivity, he had learned that in Karateev, God was greater,
more infinite and unfathomable than in the architect of the universe recognized by the Freemasons.
He felt like a man who, after straining his eyes to see into the far distance,
finds what he sought at his very feet.
All his life he had looked over the heads of the men around him,
when he should have merely looked in front of him without straining his eyes.
In the past, he had never been able to find that great, inscrutable, infinite something.
He had only felt that it must exist somewhere and had looked for it.
In everything near and comprehensible, he had seen only what was limited, petty, commonplace, and senseless.
He had equipped himself with a mental telescope and looked into remote space,
where petty worldliness hiding itself in misty distance had seemed to him great and infinite,
merely because it was not clearly seen.
And such had European life, politics, freemasonry,
philosophy, and philanthropy seemed to him.
But even then, at moments of weakness as he had accounted them,
his mind had penetrated to those distances,
and he had there seen the same pettiness, worldliness, and senselessness.
Now, however, he had learned to see the great, eternal, and infinite in everything,
and therefore, to see it and enjoy its contemplation,
he naturally threw away the telescope through which he had till now gazed over men's
heads, and gladly regarded the ever-changing, eternally great, unfathomable, and infinite life around
him. And the closer he looked, the more tranquil and happy he became. That dreadful question,
what for, which had formerly destroyed all his mental edifices, no longer existed for him. To that
question, what for, a simple answer was now always ready in his soul, because there is a God
that God, without whose will, not one hair falls from a man's head.
End of Book 15, Chapter 12.
Book 15 Chapter 13 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Ummer Maude.
This Liber box recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 13
In external ways, Pierre had hardly changed at all,
In appearance he was just what he used to be.
As before, he was absent-minded, and seemed occupied not with what was before his eyes,
but with something special of his own.
The difference between his former and present self was that formerly,
when he did not grasp what lay before him or was said to him,
he had puckered his forehead painfully as vainly seeking to distinguish something at a distance.
At present he still forgot what was said to him.
and still did not see what was before his eyes, but he now looked with a scarcely perceptible
and seemingly ironic smile at what was before him and listened to what was said, though evidently
seeing and hearing something quite different.
Formerly he had appeared to be a kind-hearted but unhappy man, and so people had been inclined
to avoid him.
Now a smile at the joy of life always played round his lips, and sympathy for others shone in
his eyes with a questioning look as to whether they were as contented as he was, and people
felt pleased by his presence. Previously, he had talked a great deal, grew excited when he
talked, and seldom listened. Now he was seldom carried away in conversation and knew how to
listen so that people readily told him their most intimate secrets. The princess, who had never
liked Pierre, and had been particularly hostile to him since she had felt herself under obligations
to him after the old Count's death. Now, after staying a short time in Orel, where she had come
intending to show Pierre that, in spite of his ingratitude, she considered it her duty to nurse him,
felt to her surprise and vexation that she had become fond of him. Pierre did not in any way seek
her approval. He merely studied her with interest. Formerly, she had felt that he regarded her
with indifference and irony, and so had shrunk into herself as she did with other.
and had shown him only the combative side of her nature.
But now he seemed to be trying to understand the most intimate places of her heart,
and, mistrustfully at first, but afterwards gratefully,
she let him see the hidden, kindly sides of her character.
The most cunning man could not have crept into her confidence more successfully,
evoking memories of the best times of her youth and showing sympathy with them.
Yet Pierre's cunning consisted simply in finding pleasure in drawing
out the human qualities of the embittered, hard, and in her own way, proud princess.
Yes, he is a very, very kind man, when he is not under influence of bad people,
but of people such as myself, thought she. His servants, too, Tarante and Vasca, in their own way,
noticed the change that had taken place in Pierre. They consider that he had become much
simpler. Terentie, when he had helped him undress and wished him good night, often
often lingered with his master's boots in his hands and clothes over his arm to see whether
he would not start at talk. And Pierre, noticing that Tarenti wanted to chat, generally
kept him there. "'Well, tell me. Now, how did you get food?' he would ask.
And Tarenti would begin talking of the destruction of Moscow, and of the old count,
and would stand for a long time holding the clothes and talking,
or sometimes listening to Pierre's stories,
and then would go out into the hall with a pleasant sense of intimacy with his master
and affection for him.
The doctor who attended Pierre and visited him every day,
though he considered it his duty as a doctor to pose as a man whose every moment
was of value to suffering humanity,
would sit for hours with Pierre telling him his favorite anecdotes,
and his observations on the characters of his patients in general,
and especially of the ladies.
"'It's a pleasure to talk to a man like that.
He is not like our provincials,' he would say.
There were several prisoners from the French army in Orel,
and the doctor brought one of them a young Italian to see Pierre.
This officer began visiting Pierre,
and the princess used to make fun of the tenderness the Italian expressed for him.
The Italian seemed happy only when he could come to see Pierre, talk with him,
tell him about his past, his life at home, and his love,
and pour out to him his indignation against the French and especially against Napoleon.
If all Russians are in the least like you, it is sacrilege to fight such a nation,
he said to Pierre.
You who have suffered so from the French do not even feel animosity toward them.
Pierre had evoked the passionate affection of the Italian merely by evoking the best side of his
nature and taking a pleasure in so doing.
During the last days of Pierre stay in Oral, his old Masonic acquaintance, Count Willarsky,
who had introduced him to the lodge in 1807, came to see him.
Wilarski was married to a Russian heiress who had a large estate in Oral province,
and he occupied a temporary post in the commissary department in that time.
town. Hearing that Bezukov was in Orel, Willarski, though they had never been intimate,
came to him with the professions of friendship and intimacy that people who meet in a desert
generally express for one another. Willarsky felt dull in Orel and was pleased to meet a man of
his own circle, and, as he supposed, of similar interests. But to his surprise, Willarsky
soon noticed that Pierre had lagged much behind the times, and had sunk as he expressed it to
himself into apathy and egotism.
"'You are letting yourself go, my dear fellow,' he said.
But for all that, Willarsky found it pleasanter now than it had been formerly to be with Pierre,
and came to see him every day.
To Pierre, as he looked at and listened to Wilarsky, it seemed strange to think that he had
been like that himself but a short time before.
Willarsky was a married man with a family, busy with his family affairs, his family affairs,
wife's affairs and his official duties. He regarded all these occupations as hindrances to life,
and considered that they were all contemptible because their aim was the welfare of himself and his
family. Military, administrative, political, and Masonic interests continually absorbed his attention,
and Pierre, without trying to change the other's views and without condemning him, but with the
quiet, joyful, and amused smile now habitual to him, was interested in this strange,
though very familiar phenomenon.
There was a new feature in Pierre's relations with Walarsky, with the princess, with the
doctor, and with all the people he now met which gained for him the general goodwill.
This was his acknowledgment of the impossibility of changing a man's convictions by words,
and his recognition of the possibility of everyone thinking, feeling, and seeing things each from his own
point of view. This legitimate peculiarity of each individual, which used to excite and
irritate Pierre, now became a basis of the sympathy he felt for and the interest he took in
other people. The difference, and sometimes complete contradiction, between men's opinions and
their lives, and between one man and another, pleased him and drew from him an amused and
gentle smile.
In practical matters, Pierre unexpectedly felt within himself a center of gravity he had previously
lacked.
Formerly, all pecuniary questions, especially requests for money to which, as an extremely
wealthy man he was very exposed, produced in him a state of hopeless agitation and
perplexity.
"'To give or not to give?' he had asked himself.
"'I have it, and he needs it.
But someone else needs it still more.
Who needs it most?
And perhaps they are both impostors.
In the old days, he had been unable to find a way out of all these surmises
and had given to all who asked as long as he had anything to give.
Formerly, he had been in a similar state of perplexity
with regard to every question concerning his property,
when one person advised one thing and another something else.
Now to his surprise, he found that he no longer felt either doubt or perplexity about these questions.
There was now within him a judge who, by some rule unknown to him, decided what should or should
not be done.
He was as indifferent as heretofore to money matters, but now he felt certain of what ought
and what ought not to be done.
The first time he had recourse to his new judge was when a French prisoner, a colonel, came to him,
and after talking a great deal about his exploits,
concluded by making what amounted to a demand
that Pierre should give him four thousand francs to send to his wife and children.
Pierre refused without the least difficulty or effort,
and was afterwards surprised how simple and easy
had been what used to appear so insurmountably difficult.
At the same time that he refused a colonel's demand,
he made up his mind that he must have recourse to artifice when leaving Orrell,
to induce the Italian officer to accept some money of which he was evidently in need.
A further proved to Pierre of his own more settled outlook on practical matters
was furnished by his decision with regard to his wife's debts
and to the rebuilding of his houses in and near Moscow.
His head steward came to him at Orel,
and Pierre reckoned up with him his diminished income.
The burning of Moscow had cost him,
according to the head steward's calculation,
about two million roubles.
To console Pierre for these losses,
the head steward gave him an estimate
showing that despite these losses
his income would not be diminished,
but would even be increased
if he refused to pay his wife's debts,
which he was under no obligation to meet,
and did not rebuild his Moscow house
and the country house on his Moscow estate,
which had cost him 80,000 rubles a year
and brought in nothing.
Yes, of course,
that's true," said Pierre with a cheerful smile.
"'I don't need all that at all. By being ruined, I have become much richer.'
But in January, Savelich came from Moscow and gave him an account of the state of things there,
and spoke of the estimate an architect had made of the cost of rebuilding the town and country
houses, speaking of this as of a settled matter.
About the same time he received letters from Prince Vasili, another Petersburg acquaintance,
speaking of his wife's debts.
And Pierre decided that the steward's proposals which had so pleased him were wrong,
and that he must go to Petersburg and settle his wife's affairs and must rebuild in Moscow.
Why this was necessary, he did not know, but he knew for certain that it was necessary.
His income would be reduced by three-fourths, but he felt it must be done.
Walarski was going to Moscow, and they agreed to travel together.
During the whole time of his convalescence in Oral, Pierre had experienced a feeling of joy,
freedom, and life. But when, during his journey, he found himself in the open world and saw
hundreds of new faces, that feeling was intensified. Throughout his journey, he felt like a schoolboy
on holiday. Everyone, the stagecoach driver, the post-house overseers, the peasants on the roads
and in the villages, had a new significance for him.
The presence and remarks of Willarsky, who continually deplored the ignorance and poverty of Russia
and its backwardness compared with Europe, only heightened Pierre's pleasure.
Where Rolarski saw deadness, Pierre saw an extraordinary strength and vitality,
the strength which, in that vast space amid the snows, maintained the life of this original,
peculiar, and unique people.
He did not contradict Wilarsky, and even seemed to agree with him,
an apparent agreement being the simplest way to avoid discussions that could lead to nothing,
and he smiled joyfully as he listened to him.
End of Book 15, Chapter 13.
Book 15 Chapter 14 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 14
It would be difficult to explain why and whither ants whose heap has been destroyed are hurrying,
some from the heap dragging bits of rubbish, larvae, and corpses, others back to the heap,
or why they jostle, overtake one another, and fight.
And it would be equally difficult to explain what caused the Russians after the departure of the French
to throng to the place that had formerly been Moscow.
But when we watch the ants round their ruined heap,
The tenacity, energy, and immense number of the delving insects proved that despite the destruction
of the heap something indestructible, which, though intangible, is the real strength of the colony,
still exists. And similarly, though in Moscow in the month of October, there was no government
and no churches, shrines, riches, or houses, it was still the Moscow it had been in August. All was
destroyed, except something intangible, yet powerful and indestructible.
The motives of those who throng from all sides to Moscow, after it had been cleared of the enemy,
were most diverse and personal, and at first, for the most part, savage and brutal.
One motive only they all had in common, a desire to get to the place that had been called Moscow
to apply their activities there.
Within a week, Moscow already had 15,000 inhabitants, in a fortnight, 25,000 and so on.
By the autumn of 1813, the number, ever-increasing and increasing, exceeded what it had been in 1812.
The first Russians to enter Moscow were the Cossacks of Vincoros detachment, peasants from the adjacent villages,
and residents who had fled from Moscow and had been hiding in its vicinity.
The Russians who entered Moscow, finding it plundered, plundered it in their turn.
They continued what the French had begun.
Trains of peasant carts came to Moscow to carry off to the villages what had been abandoned
in the ruined houses and the streets.
The Cossacks carried off what they could to their camps, and the householders seized all
they could find in other houses and moved it to their own, pretending that it was their
property.
But the first plunderers were followed by a second and a third contingent, and with increasing
numbers, plundering became more and more difficult and assumed more definite form.
The French found Moscow abandoned, but with all the organizations of regular life, with diverse
branches of commerce and craftsmanship, with luxury and governmental and religious institutions.
These forms were lifeless, but still existed.
There were bazaars, shops, warehouses, market stalls, granaries, for the most part, still
stocked with goods.
And there were factories and workshops, palaces and wealthy houses filled with luxury.
factories, hospitals, prisons, government offices, churches, and cathedrals.
The longer the French remained, the more these forms of town life perished,
until finally all was merged into one confused, lifeless scene of plunder.
The more the plundering by the French continued, the more both the wealth of Moscow
and the strength of its plunders was destroyed.
But plundering by the Russians, with which the reoccupation of the city began,
had an opposite effect.
The longer it continued, and the greater the number of people taking part in it,
the more rapidly was the wealth of the city and its regular life restored.
Besides the plunderers, very various people, some drawn by curiosity,
some by official duties, some by self-interest, houseowners, clergy, officials of all kinds,
tradesmen, artisans, and peasants, streamed into Moscow as blood flows to the heart.
Within a week, the peasants who came with empty carts to carry off plunder
were stopped by the authorities and made to cart the corpses out of the town.
Other peasants, having heard of their comrades' discomfiture,
came to town bringing rye, oats, and hay,
and beat down on one another's prices to below what they had been in former days.
Gangs of carpenters hoping for high pay arrived in Moscow every day,
and on all sides, logs were being hewn, new houses built,
and old charred ones repaired.
Tradesmen began trading in booths.
Cook shops and taverns were opened in partially burned houses.
The clergy resumed the services in many churches that had not been burned.
Donors contributed church property that had been stolen.
Government clerks set up their bays-covered tables
and their pigeonholes of documents in small rooms.
The higher authorities and the police organized the distribution of goods left behind by the French.
The owners of houses in which much property had been left brought there from other houses
complained of the injustice of taking everything to the faceted palace in the Kremlin.
Others insisted that as the French had gathered things from different houses into this or that
house, it would be unfair to allow its owner to keep all that was found there.
They abused the police and bribed them, made out estimates at ten times their value
for government stores that had perished in the fire and demanded relief.
and Count Rostoption wrote proclamations.
End of Book 15, Chapter 14.
Book 15, Chapter 15 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 15
At the end of January, Pierre went to Moscow and stayed in an annex of a
house which had not been burned. He called on Count Rostopchin and on some acquaintances who were
back in Moscow, and he intended to leave for Petersburg two days later. Everybody was celebrating
the victory. Everything was bubbling with life in the ruined but reviving city. Everyone was
pleased to see Pierre. Everyone wished to meet him, and everyone questioned him about what he had
seen. Pierre felt particularly well disposed toward them all, but was now instinctively
on his guard for fear of binding himself in any way. To all questions put to him, whether
important or quite trifling, such as, where would he live? Was he going to rebuild? When was he
going to Petersburg? And would he mind taking a parcel for someone? He replied,
Yes, perhaps, or, I think so, and so on. He had heard that the Rostovs were at Castroma,
but the thought of Natasha seldom occurred to him. If it did,
it was only as a pleasant memory of the distant past. He felt himself not only free from social obligations,
but also from that feeling which it seemed to him he had aroused in himself.
On the third day after his arrival, he heard from the Drew Betzkoes that Princess Mary was in Moscow.
The death, sufferings, and last days of Prince Andrew had often occupied Pierre's thoughts,
and now recurred to him with fresh vividness. Having heard her,
at dinner that Princess Mary was in Moscow and living in her house, which had not been burned,
in Vosjevenka Street. He drove that same evening to see her. On his way to the house, Pierre kept
thinking of Prince Andrew, of their friendship, of his various meetings with him, and especially
of the last one at Borodino. Is it possible that he died in the bitter frame of mind he was then
in? Is it possible that the meaning of life was not disclosed to him before he died? Is it possible that the
meaning of life was not disclosed to him before he died, thought Pierre.
He recalled Karateev and his death, and involuntarily began to compare these two men,
so different and yet so similar, in that they had both lived and both died, and in the love he
felt for both of them. Pierre drove up to the house of the old prince in a most serious mood.
The house had escaped the fire. It showed signs of damage, but its general aspect
was unchanged. The old footman, who met Pierre with a stern face as if wishing to make the visitor
feel that the absence of the old prince had not disturbed the order of things in the house,
informed him that the princess had gone to her own apartments and that she received on Sundays.
Announce me. Perhaps she will see me, said Pierre.
Yes, sir, said the man. Please step into the portrait gallery. A few minutes later, the footman returned
with DeSal, who brought word from the princess that she would be very glad to see Pierre if he would
excuse her want of ceremony and come upstairs to her apartment.
In a rather low room lit by one candle sat the princess, and with her another person dressed
in black.
Pierre remembered that the princess always had lady companions, but who they were and what they
were like he never knew or remembered.
"'This must be one of her companions,' he thought, glancing on her.
at the lady in the black dress.
The princess rose quickly to meet him and held out her hand.
"'Yes,' she said, looking at his altered face after he had kissed her hand.
"'So this is how we meet again.'
"'He spoke of you even at the very last,' she went on, turning her eyes from Pierre to her
companion with a shyness that surprised him for an instant.
"'I was so glad to hear of your safety. It was the first piece of good news we had
received for a long time.
Again, the princess glanced round at her companion, with even more uneasiness in her manner,
and was about to add something, but Pierre interrupted her.
"'Just imagine. I knew nothing about him,' said he.
"'I thought he had been killed. All I know I heard it secondhand from others.
I only know that he fell in with the Rostovs. What a strange coincidence!'
Pierre spoke rapidly and with animation.
He glanced once at the companion's face, saw her attentive and kindly gaze fixed on him,
and, as often happens when one is talking, felt somehow that this companion in the black dress
was a good, kind, excellent creature who would not hinder his conversing freely with Princess Mary.
But when he mentioned the Rostovs, Princess Mary's face expressed still greater embarrassment.
She again glanced rapidly from Pierre's face to that of the lady in the black dress and
said, do you really not recognize her?
Pierre looked again at the companion's pale, delicate face with its black eyes and
peculiar mouth, and something near to him, long-forgotten and more than sweet, looked at him
from those attentive eyes.
But no, it can't be, he thought.
This stern, thin, pale face looks so much older.
It cannot be she.
It merely reminds me of her.
But at that moment, Princess Mary said,
"' Natasha!'
And with difficulty, effort, and stress,
like the opening of a door grown rusty on its hinges,
a smile appeared on the face with the attentive eyes,
and from that opening door came a breath of fragrance
which suffused Pierre with a happiness he had long forgotten,
and of which he had not even been thinking,
especially at that moment.
It suffused him, seized him,
and enveloped him completely.
When she smiled,
doubt was no longer possible.
It was Natasha, and he loved her.
At that moment, Pierre involuntarily betrayed to her
to Princess Mary, and above all to himself,
a secret of which he himself had been unaware.
He flushed joyfully, yet with painful distress.
He tried to hide his agitation.
But the more he tried to hide it,
the more clearly, clearer than any words could have done, did he betray to himself,
to her, and to Princess Mary, that he loved her?
No, it's only the unexpectedness of it, thought Pierre.
But as soon as he tried to continue the conversation he had begun with Princess Mary,
he again glanced at Natasha, and a still deeper flush suffused his face,
and a still stronger agitation of mingled joy and fear seized his soul.
He became confused in his speech and stopped in the middle of what he was saying.
Pierre had failed to notice Natasha because he did not at all expect to see her there,
but he had failed to recognize her because the change in her since he last saw her was immense.
She had grown thin and pale, but that was not when made her unrecognizable.
She was unrecognizable at the moment he entered because on that face whose eyes had always shown
with a suppressed smile of the joy of life.
Now, when he first entered and glanced at her,
there was not the least shadow of a smile.
Only her eyes were kindly attentive and sadly interrogative.
Pierre's confusion was not reflected by any confusion on Natasha's part,
but only by the pleasure that just perceptibly lit up her whole face.
End of Book 15, Chapter 15.
Book 15 Chapter 16 of War and Peace.
Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 16
She has come to stay with me, said Princess Mary.
The Count and Countess will be here in a few days.
The Countess is in a dreadful state,
but it was necessary for Natasha herself to see a doctor.
They insisted on her coming with me.
"'Yes, is there a family free from sorrow now?' said Pierre, addressing Natasha.
"'You know it happened the very day we were rescued. I saw him. What a delightful boy he was!'
Natasha looked at him, and by way of answer to his words, her eyes widened and lit up.
"'What can one say or think of as a consolation?' said Pierre.
Nothing.
Why had such a splendid boy, so full of life to die?
Yes, in these days it would be hard to live without faith, remarked Princess Mary.
Yes, yes, that is really true.
Pierre hastily interrupted her.
Why is it true?
Natasha asked, looking attentively into Pierre's eyes.
How can you ask why?
said Princess Mary,
the thought alone of what awaits.
Natasha, without waiting for Princess Mary to finish,
again looked inquiringly at Pierre.
And because, Pierre continued,
only one who believed that there is a God ruling us
can bear a loss such as hers and, yours.
Natasha had already opened her mouth to speak, but suddenly stopped.
Pierre hurriedly turned away from her
and again addressed Princess Mary.
Mary, asking about his friend's last days.
Pierre's confusion had now almost vanished, but at the same time he felt that his freedom
had also completely gone. He felt that there was now a judge of his every word in action,
whose judgment mattered more to him than that of all the rest of the world.
As he spoke now, he was considering what impression his words would make on Natasha.
He did not purposely say things to please.
but whatever he was saying he regarded from her standpoint.
Princess Mary, reluctantly as is usual in such cases,
began telling of the condition in which she had found Prince Andrew.
But Pierre's face quivering with emotion,
his questions and his eager, restless expression,
gradually compelled her to go into details
which she feared to recall for her own sake.
"'Yes, yes, and so?'
Pierre kept saying,
he leaned toward her with his whole body and eagerly listened to her story.
Yes, yes. So he grew tranquil and softened. With all his soul he had always sought one thing
to be perfectly good, so he could not be afraid of death. The faults he had, if he had any,
were not of his making. So he did soften? What a happy thing that he saw you again,
he added, suddenly turning to Natasha and looking at her with eyes full of tears.
Natasha's face twitched.
She frowned and lowered her eyes for a moment.
She hesitated for an instant whether to speak or not.
Yes, that was happiness.
She then said in her quiet voice with its deep chest notes.
For me it certainly was happiness.
She paused.
and he, he, he said he was wishing for it at the very moment I entered the room.
Natasha's voice broke. She blushed, pressed her clasped hands on her knees,
and then controlling herself with an evident effort, lifted her head, and began to speak rapidly.
We knew nothing of it when we started from Moscow. I did not dare to ask him about it.
Then suddenly Sonia told me he was traveling.
with us. I had no idea and could not imagine what state he was in. All I wanted was to see him
and be with him, she said, trembling and breathing quickly. And not letting them interrupt her,
she went on to tell what she had never yet mentioned to anyone. All she had lived through
during those three weeks of their journey and life at Yaroslavl. Pierre listened to her with
lips parted and eyes fixed upon her full of tears.
As he listened, he did not think of Prince Andrew, nor of death, nor of what she was telling.
He listened to her and felt only pity for her, for what she was suffering now while she was
speaking.
Princess Mary, frowning in her effort to hold back her tears, sat beside Natasha, and heard
for the first time the story of those last days of her brothers and Natasha's love.
Evidently, Natasha needed to tell that painful yet joyful tale.
She spoke, mingling most trifling details with the intimate secrets of her soul,
and it seemed as if she could never finish.
Several times she repeated the same thing twice.
DeSal's voice was heard outside the door asking whether little Nicholas might come in to say good-night.
Well, that's all.
Everything, said Natasha.
She got up quickly, just as Nicholas entered, almost ran through the door which was hidden
by curtains, struck her head against it, and rushed from the room with a moan, either of
pain or sorrow.
Pierre gazed at the door through which she had disappeared and did not understand why he suddenly
felt all alone in the world.
Princess Mary roused him from his abstraction by drawing his attention to her nephew who had
entered the room.
that moment of emotional tenderness, young Nicholas' face, which resembled his father's, affected
Pierre so much that when he had kissed the boy, he got up quickly, took out his handkerchief,
and went to the window. He wished to take leave of Princess Mary, but she would not let him go.
"'No, Natasha and I sometimes don't go to sleep till after two, so please don't go. I will order
supper. Go downstairs. We will come immediately.'
Before Pierre left the room, Princess Mary told him,
This is the first time she has talked of him like that.
End of Book 15, Chapter 16.
Book 15 Chapter 17 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Liberbox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 17.
Pierre was shown into the large, brightly lit dining room.
A few minutes later, he heard footsteps, and Princess Mary entered with Natasha.
Natasha was calm, though a severe and grave expression had again settled on her face.
The all three of them now experienced that feeling of awkwardness,
which usually follows after a serious and heartfelt talk.
It is impossible to go back to the same conversation.
To talk of trifles is awkward, and yet the desire to speak is
There, and silence seems like affectation.
They went silently to the table.
The footman drew back the chairs and pushed them up again.
Pierre unfolded his cold table napkin, and, resolving to break the silence,
looked at Natasha and at Princess Mary.
They had evidently both formed the same resolution.
The eyes of both shone with satisfaction and a confession that besides sorrow,
life also has joy.
"'Do you take vodka count?' asked Princess Mary, and those words suddenly banished the shadows of the past.
"'Now tell us about yourself,' said she.
"'One hears such improbable wonders about you.'
"'Yes,' replied Pierre, with a smile of mild irony now habitual to him.
"'They even tell me wonders I myself never dreamed of.'
Mary Abramovna invited me to her house and kept telling me what had happened.
or ought to have happened to me.
Stepan Stepanich also instructed me how I ought to tell of my experiences.
In general, I have noticed that it is very easy to be an interesting man.
I am an interesting man now.
People invite me out and tell me all about myself.
Natasha smiled and was on the point of speaking.
We have been told, Princess Mary interrupted her,
that you lost two millions in Moscow.
Is that true?
But I am three times as rich as before, returned Pierre.
Though the position was now altered by his decision to pay his wife's debts and to rebuild his
houses, Pierre still maintained that he had become three times as rich as before.
What I have certainly gained is freedom.
He began seriously, but did not continue, noticing that this theme was too egotistic.
And are you building?
"'Yes, Savellet says I must.'
"'Tell me, you did not know of the Countess' death when you decided to remain in Moscow?'
asked Princess Mary, and immediately blushed, noticing that her question, following his mention
of freedom, ascribed to his words a meaning he had perhaps not intended.
"'No,' answered Pierre, evidently not considering awkward the meaning Princess Mary had given
to his words.
I heard of it in Orrell, and you cannot imagine how it shocked me.
We were not an exemplary couple, he added quickly, glancing at Natasha and noticing on her
face curiosity as to how he would speak of his wife.
But her death shocked me terribly.
When two people quarrel, they are always both in fault, and one's own guilt suddenly becomes
terribly serious when the other is no longer alive.
And then such a death.
Without friends and without consolation, I am very, very sorry for her, he concluded,
and was pleased to notice a look of glad approval on Natasha's face.
Yes, and so you are once more an eligible bachelor, said Princess Mary.
Pierre suddenly flushed crimson, and for a long time tried not to look at Natasha.
When he ventured to glance her way again, her face was cold, stern, and he fancied even content.
And did you really see and speak to Napoleon, as we have been told, said Princess Mary.
Pierre laughed.
No, not once.
Everybody seems to imagine that being taken prisoner means being Napoleon's guest.
Not only did I never see him, but I heard nothing about him.
I was in much lower company.
Supper was over, and Pierre, who at first declined to speak about his captivity, was gradually
led on to do so.
"'But it's true that you remained in Moscow to kill Napoleon?'
Natasha asked with a slight smile.
"'I guessed it then, when we met at the Sukarev Tower, do you remember?'
Pierre admitted that it was true, and from that was gradually led by Princess Mary's
questions, and especially by Natasha's, into giving a detailed account of his adventures.
At first, he spoke with the amused and mild irony, now customary with the way of
with him toward everybody, and especially toward himself.
But when he came to describe the horrors and sufferings he had witnessed,
he was unconsciously carried away and began speaking with the suppressed emotion
of a man re-experiencing in recollection strong impressions he has lived through.
Princess Mary, with a gentle smile, looked now at Pierre and now at Natasha.
In the whole narrative she saw only Pierre and his goodness.
Natasha, leaning on her elbow,
the expression of her face constantly changing with the narrative,
watched Pierre with an attention that never wondered,
evidently her self-experiencing all that he described.
Not only her look, but her exclamations and the brief question she put
showed Pierre that she understood just what he wished to convey.
It was clear that she understood not only what he said,
but also what he wished to, but could not express in words.
The account Pierre gave of the incident with the child and the woman for protecting whom he was arrested was this.
It was an awful sight. Children abandoned, some in the flames. One was snatched out before my eyes.
And there were women who had their things snatched off and their earrings torn out. He flushed and grew confused.
Then a patrol arrived and all the men, all those who are not looting, that is, were arrested.
an eye among them.
I am sure you're not telling us everything.
I am sure you did something, said Natasha,
and pausing added, something fine.
Pierre continued.
When he spoke of the execution,
he wanted to pass over the horrible details,
but Natasha insisted that he should not omit anything.
Pierre began to tell about Karateev, but paused.
By this time he had risen from the table,
and was pacing the room, Natasha following him with her eyes.
Then he added,
"'No, you can't understand what I learn from that illiterate man, that simple fellow.'
"'Yes, yes, go on,' said Natasha.
"'Where is he?'
They killed him almost before my eyes.
And Pierre, his voice trembling continually,
went on to tell of the last days of their retreat,
of Karateev's illness and his death.
He told of his adventures as he had never yet recalled them.
He now, as it were, saw a new meaning in all he had gone through.
Now that he was telling it all to Natasha,
he experienced that pleasure which a man has when women listen to him.
Not clever women, who, when listening,
either try to remember what they hear to enrich their minds
and when opportunity offers to retell it,
or wish to adopt it to some thought of their own, and promptly contribute their own clever
comments prepared in their little mental workshop, but the pleasure given by real women
gifted with a capacity to select and absorb the very best a man shows of himself.
Natasha, without knowing it, was all attention.
She did not lose a word, no single quiver in Pierre's voice, no look, no twitch of a muscle
in his face, nor a single gesture.
She caught the unfinished word in its flight and took it straight into her open heart, divining
the secret meaning of all Pierre's mental travail.
Princess Mary understood his story and sympathized with him, but she now saw something else
that absorbed all her attention.
She saw the possibility of love and happiness between Natasha and Pierre, and the first
thought of this filled her heart with gladness.
It was three o'clock in the morning.
The footman came in with sad and stern faces to change the candles,
but no one noticed them.
Pierre finished his story.
Natasha continued to look at him intently, with bright, attentive, and animated eyes,
as if trying to understand something more which he had perhaps left untold.
Pierre, in shame-faced and happy confusion, glanced occasionally at her,
and tried to think what to say next to introduce a fresh subject.
Princess Mary was silent.
It occurred to none of them that it was three o'clock and time to go to bed.
People speak of misfortunes and sufferings, remarked Pierre.
But if at this moment I were asked,
Would you rather be what you were before you were taken prisoner,
or go through all this again?
Then, for heaven's sake, let me again have captivity and horse.
horse flesh. We imagine that when we are thrown out of our usual ruts, all is lost, but it is
only then that what is new and good begins. While there is life, there is happiness. There is
much, much before us. I say this to you, he added, turning to Natasha.
Yes, yes, she said, answering something quite different. I too should wish nothing but
relive it all from the beginning.
Pierre looked intently at her.
Yes, and nothing more, said Natasha.
It's not true, not true, cried Pierre.
I am not to blame for being alive and wishing to live, nor you either.
Suddenly Natasha bent her head, covered her face with her hands, and began to cry.
What is it, Natasha? said Princess Mary.
Nothing, nothing.
She smiled at Pierre through her tears.
Good night. It is time for bed.
Pierre rose and took his leave.
Princess Mary and Natasha met as usual in the bedroom.
They talked of what Pierre had told them.
Princess Mary did not express her opinion of Pierre,
nor did Natasha speak of him.
Well, good night, Mary, said Natasha.
Do you know, I have a little bit.
I am often afraid that, by not speaking of him, she met Prince Andrew, for fear of not doing
justice to our feelings, we forget him.
Princess Mary sighed deeply, and thereby acknowledged the justice of Natasha's remark,
but she did not express agreement in words.
"'Is it possible to forget?' said she.
"'It did me so much good to tell all about it to-day.
It was hard and painful, but good, very good.'
said Natasha.
I am sure he really loved him.
That is why I told him.
Was it all right?
She added, suddenly blushing.
To tell Pierre?
Oh, yes.
What a splendid man he is, said Princess Mary.
Do you know, Mary?
Natasha suddenly said with a mischievous smile,
such as Princess Mary had not seen on her face for a long time.
He has somehow grown so clean, smooth,
and fresh, as if he had just come out of a Russian bath. Do you understand?
Out of a moral bath. Isn't it true?
Yes, replied Princess Mary. He has greatly improved.
With a short coat and his hair cropped, just as if, well, just as if he had come straight
from the bath, Papa used to.
I understand why he, Prince Andrew, liked no one so much as him.
said Princess Mary.
Yes, and yet
he is quite different.
They say men are friends when they are quite different.
That must be true.
Really, he is quite unlike him in everything.
Yes, but he's wonderful.
Well, good-night, said Natasha.
And the same mischievous smile
lingered for a long time on her face
as if it had been forgotten there.
End of Book 15, Chapter 17.
Book 15 Chapter 18 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 18
It was a long time before Pierre could fall asleep that night.
He paced up and down his room, now turning his thoughts on a difficult problem
and frowning, now suddenly shrugging his shoulders and wintzing, and now smiling happily.
He was thinking of Prince Andrew, of Natasha, and of their love, at one moment jealous of her
past, then reproaching himself for that feeling. It was already six in the morning, and he still
paced up and down the room. "'Well, what's to be done if it cannot be avoided? What's to be done?
Evidently, it has to be so,' said he to himself, and he,
hastily undressing, he got into bed, happy and agitated, but free from hesitation or indecision.
Strange and impossible as such happiness seems, I must do everything that she and I may be man and
wife, he told himself. A few days previously, Pierre had decided to go to Petersburg on the Friday.
When he awoke on the Thursday, Savellege came to ask him about packing for the journey.
What, to Petersburg?
"'What is Petersburg? Who is there in Petersburg?' he asked involuntarily, though only to himself.
"'Oh, yes, long ago before this happened, I did for some reason mean to go to Petersburg,' he reflected.
"'Why, but perhaps I shall go. What a good fellow he is, and how attentive, and how he remembers
everything,' he thought, looking at Sevelich's old face. And what a pleasant smile he has.
"'Well, Savellege, do you still not wish to accept your freedom?' Pierre asked him.
"'What's the good of freedom to me, your excellency? We lived under the late count. The kingdom of
heaven be his. And we have lived under you, too, without ever being wronged.'
"'And your children?' The children will live just the same. With such masters one can live.'
"'But what about my heirs?' said Pierre.
"'Supposing I suddenly marry.
"'It might happen,' he added with an involuntary smile.
"'If I may take the liberty, your excellency, it would be a good thing.'
"'How easy he thinks it,' thought Pierre.
"'He doesn't know how terrible it is and how dangerous.
"'Too soon or too late, it is terrible.'
"'So what are your orders?
"'Are you starting to-morrow?' asked Savellage.
"'No, I'll put it off for a bit. I'll tell you later. You must forgive the trouble I have put you to,'
said Pierre, and seeing Sevelace smile, he thought,
"'But how strange it is that he should not know that now there is no Petersburg for me,
and that that must be settled first of all. But probably he knows it well enough in his only
pretending. Shall I have a talk with him and see what he thinks?' Pierre reflected.
"'No, another time.'
At breakfast, Pierre told the princess, his cousin, that he had been to see Princess Mary the day before and had there met.
Whom do you think?
Natasha Rostova!
The princess seemed to see nothing more extraordinary in that than if he had seen Anna Semenovna.
Do you know her?
I have seen the princess, she replied.
I heard that they were arranging a match for her with young Rostov.
It would be a very good thing for the Rostovs.
They are said to be utterly ruined.
No, I mean, do you know Natasha Rostova?
I heard about that affair of hers at the time.
It was a great pity.
No, she either doesn't understand or is pretending, thought Pierre.
Better not say anything to her either.
The Princess, too, had prepared provisions for Pierre's journey.
How kind they all are, thought of her.
Pierre. What is surprising is that they should trouble about these things now when it can no longer
be of interest to them. And all for me! On the same day the chief of police came to Pierre,
inviting him to send a representative to the faceted palace to recover things that were to be
returned to their owners that day. And this man, too, thought Pierre, looking into the face of the
chief of police. What a fine, good-looking officer, and how kind!
"'Fancy bothering about such trifles now.
"'And they actually say he is not honest and takes bribes.
"'What nonsense!
"'Besides, why shouldn't he take bribes?
"'That's the way he was brought up, and everybody does it.
"'But what a kind, pleasant face,
"'and how he smiles as he looks at me!'
"'Pierre went to Princess Mary's to dinner.
"'As he drove through the streets past the houses
"'that had been burned down,
"'he was surprised by the beauty of those ruins.
The picturesqueness of the chimney-stacks and tumbled-down walls of the burned-out quarters of the town,
stretching out and concealing one another, reminded him of the Rhine and the Coliseum.
The cabmen he met and their passengers, the carpenters cutting the timber for new houses with axes,
the women hawkers and the shopkeepers, all looked at him with cheerful, beaming eyes that seemed to say,
Ah, there he is. Let's see what will come of it.
At the entrance to Princess Mary's house, Pierre felt doubtful whether he had really been there
the night before, and really seen Natasha and talk to her.
Perhaps I imagined it. Perhaps I shall go in and find no one there.
But he had hardly entered the room, before he felt her presence with his whole being
by the loss of his sense of freedom.
She was in the same black dress with soft folds, and her hair was done the same way as the
day before, but she was quite different. Had she been like this when he entered the day before,
he could not for a moment have failed to recognize her. She was as he had known her almost as a
child, and later on as Prince Andrew's fiancée. A bright questioning light shone in her eyes,
and on her face was a friendly and strangely roguish expression. Pierre dined with them
and would have spent the whole evening there, but Princess Mary was going to Vespers, and
Pierre left the house with her.
Next day he came early, dined, and stayed the whole evening.
Though Princess Mary and Natasha were evidently glad to see their visitor,
and though all Pierre's interest was now centered in that house,
by the evening they had talked over everything,
and the conversation passed from one trivial topic to another and repeatedly broke off.
He stayed so long that Princess Mary and Natasha exchanged glances,
evidently wondering when he would go.
Pierre noticed this, but could not go.
He felt uneasy and embarrassed, but sat on because he simply could not get up and take his leave.
Princess Mary, foreseeing no end to this, rose first, and complaining of a headache began
to say good-night.
"'So you are going to Petersburg tomorrow?' she asked.
"'No, I am not going,' Pierre replied hastily, in a surprise tone and as though offended.
"'Yes, no. To Petersburg?
Tomorrow, but I won't say goodbye yet.
I will call round in case you have any commissions for me,' said he, standing before
Princess Mary and turning red, but not taking his departure.
Natasha gave him her hand and went out.
Princess Mary, on the other hand, instead of going away, sank into an armchair,
and looked sternly and intently at him with her deep, radiant eyes.
The weariness she had plainly shown before had now quite passed off.
With a deep and long-drawn sigh, she seemed to be prepared for a lengthy talk.
When Natasha left the room, Pierre's confusion and awkwardness immediately vanished,
and were replaced by eager excitement.
He quickly moved an armchair toward Princess Mary.
"'Yes, I wanted to tell you,' said he, answering her look as if she had spoken.
"'Princess, help me!
"'What am I to do? Can I hope? Princess, my dear friend, listen. I know it all. I know I am not worthy of her. I know it's impossible to speak of it now. But I want to be a brother to her. No, not that. I don't. I can't.'
He paused and rubbed his face and eyes with his hands.
"'Well,' he went on with an evident effort at self-control and coherence.
I don't know when I began to love her, but I have loved her and her alone all my life,
and I love her so that I cannot imagine life without her.
I cannot propose to her at present, but the thought that perhaps she might someday be my wife
and that I may be missing that possibility. That possibility is terrible.
Tell me, can I hope?
Tell me what I am to do, dear princess.
He added after a pause and touched her hand as she did not reply.
"'I am thinking of what you have told me,' answered Princess Mary.
"'This is what I will say.
You are right that to speak to her of love at present?'
Princess Mary stopped.
She was going to say that to speak of love was impossible,
but she stopped because she had seen by the sudden change in Natasha two days before,
that she would not only not be heard if Pierre spoke of his love.
love, but that it was the very thing she wished for.
To speak to her now wouldn't do, said the princess all the same.
But what am I to do?
Leave it to me, said Princess Mary.
I know.
Pierre was looking into Princess Mary's eyes.
Well, well, he said.
I know that she loves.
We'll love you, Princess Mary corrected herself.
Before her words were out, Pierre had sprung up and with a frightened expression seized Princess Mary's hand.
"'What makes you think so? You think I may hope? You think?'
"'Yes, I think so,' said Princess Mary with a smile.
"'Write to her parents and leave it to me. I will tell her when I can. I wish it to happen,
and my heart tells me it will. No, it cannot be. How—'
Happy I am.
But it can't be.
How happy I am!
No, it can't be!
Pierre kept saying as he kissed Princess Mary's hands.
Go to Petersburg, that will be best.
And I will write to you, she said.
To Petersburg, go there?
Very well, I'll go.
But I may come again tomorrow.
Next day Pierre came to say goodbye.
The Tasha was less animated than she had been the day before.
But that day, as he looked at her, Pierre sometimes felt as if he was vanishing,
and that neither he nor she existed any longer, that nothing existed but happiness.
Is it possible? No, it can't be, he told himself at every look, gesture, and word
that filled his soul with joy.
When on saying goodbye he took her thin, slender hand, he could not help hold
holding it a little longer in his own.
Is it possible that this hand, that face, those eyes, all this treasure a feminine charm so strange
to me now, is it possible that it will one day be mine forever, as familiar to me as I am to
myself?
No, that's impossible."
"'Good-bye, Count,' she said aloud.
"'I shall look forward very much to your return,' she added in a way.
added in a whisper. And these simple words, her look and the expression on her face which accompanied
them, formed for two months the subject of inexhaustible memories, interpretations, and happy meditations
for Pierre. "'I shall look forward very much to your return.'
"'Yes, yes, how did she say it? Yes, I shall look forward very much to your return.
Oh, how happy I am! What is happening to me? How happy I am! How happy I am! How happy I am! How happy I am! How
I am, said Pierre to himself.
End of Book 15, Chapter 18.
Book 15 Chapter 19
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 19
There was nothing in Pierre's soul now at all like what had troubled it
during his courtship of Elaine.
He did not repeat to himself with a sickening feeling of shame the words he had spoken,
or say,
Oh, why did I not say that?
And, whatever made me say, Jevoem!
On the contrary, he now repeated in imagination every word that he or Natasha had spoken,
and pictured every detail of her face and smile,
and did not wish to diminish or add anything,
but only to repeat it again and again.
There was now not a shout of her.
of doubt in his mind as to whether what he had undertaken was right or wrong.
Only one terrible doubt sometimes crossed his mind.
Wasn't it all a dream?
Isn't Princess Mary mistaken?
Am I not too conceited and self-confident?
I believe all this.
And suddenly Princess Mary will tell her,
and she will be sure to smile and say,
How strange!
He must be deluding himself!
Doesn't he know that he is a man, just a man?
while I—I am something altogether different and higher?'
That was the only doubt often troubling Pierre.
He did not now make any plans.
The happiness before him appeared so inconceivable
that if only he could attain it, it would be the end of all things.
Everything ended with that.
A joyful, unexpected frenzy, of which he had thought himself incapable,
possessed him.
The whole meaning of life.
Not for him alone, but for the whole world, seemed to him centered in his love and the possibility
of being loved by her. At times, everybody seemed to him to be occupied with one thing only,
his future happiness. Sometimes it seemed to him that other people were all as pleased
as he was himself, and merely tried to hide that pleasure by pretending to be busy with other
interests. In every word and gesture, he saw illusions to his happiness. He often surprised
those he met by his significantly happy looks and smiles, which seemed to express a secret
understanding between him and them. And when he realized that people might not be aware of his
happiness, he pitied them with his whole heart, and felt a desire somehow to explain to them
that all that occupied them was a mere frivolous trifle unworthy of attention. When it was suggested
to him that he should enter the civil service, or when the war or any general political affairs were
discussed on the assumption that everybody's welfare depended on this or that issue of events,
he would listen with a mild and pitying smile and surprise people by his strange comments.
But at this time he saw everybody, both those who, as he imagined, understood the real meaning
of life, that is, what he was feeling, and those unfortunates who evidently did not understand
it, in the bright light of the emotion that shone within himself. And at once, without any effort,
he saw in everyone he met everything that was good and worthy of being loved.
When dealing with the affairs and papers of his dead wife,
her memory aroused in him no feeling but pity
that she had not known the bliss he now knew.
Prince Vasili, who, having obtained a new post and some fresh decorations,
was particularly proud at this time,
seemed to him a pathetic, kindly old man much to be pitied.
Often in afterlife, Pierre recalled this period of blissful insanity.
All the views he formed of men and circumstances at this time remained true for him always.
He not only did not renounce them subsequently, but when he was in doubt or inwardly
at variance, he referred to the views he held at this time of his madness and they always proved
correct.
"'I may have appear strange and queer then,' he thought,
but I was not so mad as I seemed.
On the contrary, I was then wiser and had more insight than at any other time,
and understood all that is worth understanding in life,
because—because I was happy.
Pierre's insanity consisted in not waiting, as he used to do,
to discover personal attributes which he termed good qualities in people before loving them.
His heart was now overflowing with love,
and by loving people without cause, he discovered indubitable causes for loving them.
End of Book 15, Chapter 19. Book 15 Chapter 20.
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Book 15, Chapter 20.
After Pierre's departure that first evening, when Natasha
had said to Princess Mary, with a gaily mocking smile,
"'He looks just—yes, just as if he had come out of a Russian bath,
in a short coat and with his hair cropped.
Something hidden and unknown to herself, but irrepressible,
awoke in Natasha's soul.
Everything, her face, walk, look, and voice was suddenly altered.
To her own surprise, a power of life and hope of happiness
rose to the surface and demanded satisfaction.
from that evening she seemed to have forgotten all that had happened to her.
She no longer complained of her position, did not say a word about the past, and no longer
feared to make happy plans for the future.
She spoke a little of Pierre, but when Princess Mary mentioned him, a long-extinguished
light once more kindled in her eyes and her lips curved with a strange smile.
The change that took place in Natasha at first surprised Princess Mary, but when she understood
its meaning, it grieved her.
"'Can she have loved my brother so little as to be able to forget him so soon?'
she thought when she reflected on the change.
But when she was with Natasha, she was not vexed with her and did not reproach her.
The reawakened power of life that had seized Natasha was so evidently irrepressible and
unexpected by her that in her presence, Princess Mary felt that she had no right to
reproach her even in her heart. Natasha gave herself up so fully and frankly to this new feeling
that she did not try to hide the fact that she was no longer sad, but bright and cheerful.
When Princess Mary returned to her room after her nocturnal talk with Pierre, Natasha
met her on the threshold. "'He has spoken? Yes? He has spoken?' she repeated. And a joyful,
yet pathetic expression which seemed to beg forgiveness for her joy settled on Natasha's face.
I wanted to listen at the door, but I knew you would tell me.
Understandable and touching as the look with which Natasha gazed at her seem to Princess Mary,
as sorry as she was to see her agitation, these words pained her for a moment.
She remembered her brother and his love.
But what's to be done? She can't help it, thought the princess.
And with a sad and rather stern look, she told Natasha all that Pierre had said.
On hearing that he was going to Petersburg, Natasha was astounded.
To Petersburg?
She repeated as if unable to understand.
But noticing the grieved expression on Princess Mary's face,
she guessed the reason of that sadness and suddenly began to cry.
"'Mary,' said she,
"'Tell me what I should do.
I'm afraid of being bad.
Whatever you tell me, I will do.
Tell me.
You love him?
Yes, whispered Natasha.
Then why are you crying?
I am happy for your sake, said Princess Mary,
who, because of those tears, quite forgave Natasha's joy.
It won't be just yet, someday.
Think what fun it will be when I am his wife and you marry Nicholas.
"'Natasha, I have asked you not to speak of that.
Let us talk about you.'
They were silent a while.
"'But why go to Petersburg?' Natasha suddenly asked, and hastily replied to her own question.
"'But no, no, he must. Yes, Mary, he must.'
End of Book 15, Chapter 20.
First Epilogue, Chapter 1 of War and Peace, Volume 4.
by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, 1813 to 1820.
Chapter 1
Seven years have passed.
The storm-tossed sea of European history had subsided within its shores
and seemed to have become calm.
But the mysterious forces that move humanity,
mysterious because the laws of their motion are unknown to us,
continued to operate.
Though the surface of the Sea of History seemed motionless,
the movement of humanity went on as unceasingly as the flow of time.
Various groups of people formed and dissolved.
The coming formation and dissolution of kingdoms and displacement of peoples
was in course of preparation.
The Sea of History was not driven spasmodically from shore to shore,
as previously. It was seething in its depths.
Historic figures were not borne by the waves from one shore to another as before.
They now seemed to rotate on one spot.
The historical figures at the head of armies,
who formerly reflected the movement of the masses by ordering wars, campaigns, and battles,
now reflected the restless movement by political and diplomatic combinations,
laws and treaties.
The historians call this activity of the historical figures the reaction.
In dealing with this period, they sternly condemn the historical personages,
who, in their opinion, caused what they describe as the reaction.
All the well-known people of that period,
from Alexander and Napoleon to Madame D'estale, Foteus, Schelling, Ficta, Chatea, Chatea, Chatea,
and the rest, passed before their stern judgment seat,
and are acquitted or condemned, according to whether they conduce to progress or to reaction.
According to their accounts, a reaction took place at that time in Russia also, and the chief
culprit was Alexander I, the same man who, according to them, was the chief cause of the
liberal movement at the commencement of his reign, being the savior of Russia.
There is no one in Russian literature now, from schoolboy essayist to learned historian, who does
not throw his little stone at Alexander for things he did wrong at this period of his reign.
He ought to have acted in this way and in that way. In this case he did well, and in that case,
badly. He behaved admirably at the beginning of his reign and during 1812, but acted badly by
giving a constitution to Poland, forming the Holy Alliance, entrusting power to Eric Cheyev,
favoring Golitson and his mysticism, and afterwards Shishkov,
and Photius. He also acted badly by concerning himself with the active army and disbanding
the Seminov Regiment. It would have taken a dozen pages to enumerate all the reproaches
the historians addressed to him, based on their knowledge of what is good for humanity.
What do these reproaches mean? Do not the very actions for which the historians praise
Alexander I, the liberal attempts at the beginning of his reign, his struggle with Napoleon,
the firmness he displayed in 1812 and the campaign of 1813, flow from the same sources,
the circumstances of his birth, education, and life, that made his personality what it was,
and from which the actions for which they blame him, the Holy Alliance, the Restoration of Poland,
and the reaction of 1820 and later, also flowed?
In what does the substance of those reproaches lie?
It lies in the fact that an historical character like Alexander I, standing on the highest
possible pinnacle of human power with the blinding light of history focused upon him.
A character exposed to those strongest of all influences, the intrigues, flattery, and self-deception
inseparable from power. A character who at every moment of his life felt a responsibility
for all that was happening in Europe, and not a fictitious, but a live character.
who, like every man, had his personal habits, passions, and impulses toward goodness,
beauty, and truth. That this character, though not lacking in virtue, the historians do not
accuse him of that, had not the same conception of the welfare of humanity fifty years ago
as a present-day professor, who, from his youth upwards, has been occupied with learning,
that is, with books and lectures and with taking notes from them.
But even if we assume that 50 years ago Alexander I was mistaken in his view of what was good for the people,
we must inevitably assume that the historian who judges Alexander will also, after the lapse of some time,
turn out to be mistaken in his view of what is good for humanity.
This assumption is all the more natural and inevitable, because, watching the movement of history,
we see that every year and with each new writer, opinion as to what,
is good for mankind changes. So that what once seemed good, ten years later seems bad and vice versa.
And what is more? We find at one and the same time quite contradictory views as to what is bad
and what is good in history. Some people regard giving a constitution to Poland and forming the
Holy Alliance as praiseworthy in Alexander, while others regard it as blameworthy.
The activity of Alexander or of Napoleon cannot be called
useful or harmful, for it is impossible to say for what it was useful or harmful.
If that activity displeases somebody, this is only because it does not agree with his limited
understanding of what is good. Whether the preservation of my father's house in Moscow,
or the glory of the Russian arms, or the prosperity of the Petersburg and other universities,
or the freedom of Poland, or the greatness of Russia, or the balance of power in Europe,
or a certain kind of European culture called progress
appeared to me to be good or bad,
I must admit that, besides these things,
the action of every historic character
has other more general purposes inaccessible to me.
But let us assume that what is called science
can harmonize all contradictions
and possesses an unchanging standard of good and bad
by which to try historic characters and events.
Let us say that Alexander could have done everything differently,
Let us say that with guidance from those who blame him, and who profess to know the ultimate
aim of the movement of humanity, he might have arranged matters according to the program
his present accusers would have given him, of nationality, freedom, equality, and progress.
These, I think, cover the ground.
Let us assume that this program was possible, and had then been formulated, and that Alexander
had acted on it. What would then have become of the activity of all those who oppose the
tendency that then prevailed in the government, an activity that in the opinion of the
historians was good and beneficent. Their activity would not have existed. There would have been
no life. There would have been nothing. If we admit that human life can be ruled by reason,
the possibility of life is destroyed. End of First Epilogue, Chapter 1. First Epilogue
Chapter 2 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 2
If we assume, as the historians do, that great men lead humanity to the attainment
of certain ends, the greatness of Russia or of France, the balance of power in Europe,
the diffusion of the ideas of the revolution,
progress or anything else, then it is impossible to explain the facts of history without
introducing the conceptions of chance and genius. If the aim of the European wars at the beginning
of the 19th century had been the aggrandizement of Russia, that aim might have been accomplished
without all the preceding wars and without the invasion. If the aim was the aggrandizement of
France, that might have been attained without the revolution and without the empire. If the
aim was the dissemination of ideas, the printing press could have accomplished that much better
than warfare. If the aim was the progress of civilization, it is easy to see that there are other
ways of diffusing civilization more expedient than by the destruction of wealth and of human lives.
Why did it happen in this and not some other way? Because it happened so.
Chance created the situation. Genius utilized it, says history.
But what is chance? What is genius?
The words chance and genius do not denote any really existing thing, and therefore cannot be defined.
These words only denote a certain stage of understanding a phenomena.
I do not know why a certain event occurs. I think that I cannot know it.
So I do not try to know it, and I talk about chance.
I see a force producing effects beyond the scope of ordinary human agencies.
I do not understand why this occurs, and I talk of genius.
To a herd of rams, the ram the herdsman drives each evening into a special enclosure
to feed, and that becomes twice as fat as the others, must seem to be a genius.
And it must appear an astonishing conjunction of genius with a whole series of extraordinary chances,
that this ram, who instead of getting into the general fold every evening,
goes into a special enclosure where there are oats,
this very ram, swelling with fat, is killed for meat.
But the rams need only cease to suppose that all that happens to them
happens solely for the attainment of their sheepish aims.
They need only admit that what happens to them may also have purposes beyond their ken,
and they will at once perceive a unity and coherence in what happened to the ram
that was fattened. Even if they do not know for what purpose they are fattened, they will at least
know that all that happened to the ram did not happen accidentally, and will no longer need
the conceptions of chance or genius. Only by renouncing our claim to discern a purpose immediately
intelligible to us, and admitting the ultimate purpose to be beyond our ken, may we discern the
sequence of experiences in the lives of historic characters and perceive the cause of the effect they
produce, incommensurable with ordinary human capabilities, and then the words chance and genius
become superfluous.
We need only confess that we do not know the purpose of the European convulsions, and that we
know only the facts, that is, the murders, first in France, then in Italy, in Africa, in
Prussia, in Austria, in Spain, and in Russia, and that the movements from the west to the east
and from the east to the west form the essence and purpose of these events.
and not only shall we have no need to see exceptional ability and genius in Napoleon and Alexander,
but we shall be unable to consider them to be anything but like other men,
and we shall not be obliged to have recourse to chance for an explanation of those small events
which made these people what they were, but it will be clear that all those small events were inevitable.
By discarding a claim to knowledge of the ultimate purpose,
we shall clearly perceive that, just as one cannot imagine a blossom or seed for any single plant,
better suited to it than those it produces, so it is impossible to imagine any two people
more completely adapted down to the smallest detail for the purpose they had to fulfill
than Napoleon and Alexander with all their antecedents.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 2.
First Epilogue Chapter 3 of War and Peace, Volume 4.
by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Omer Maud.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 3
The fundamental and essential significance of the European events of the beginning of the 19th century
lies in the movement of the mass of the European peoples from west to east, and afterwards from east to west.
The commencement of that movement was the movement from west to east.
for the peoples of the West to be able to make their warlike movement to Moscow,
it was necessary, one, that they should form themselves into a military group of a size
able to endure a collision with the warlike military group of the East, two, that they should
abandon all established traditions and customs, and three, that during their military
movement they should have at their head a man who could justify to himself and to them,
the deceptions, robberies, and murders, which would have to be committed during that movement.
And, beginning with the French Revolution, the old inadequately large group was destroyed,
as well as the old habits and traditions, and step by step, a group was formed of larger
dimensions with new customs and traditions, and a man was produced who would stand at the head
of the coming movement and bear the responsibility for all that had to be done.
A man without convictions, without habits, without traditions, without a name,
and not even a Frenchman,
emerges by what seemed the strangest chances
from among all the seething French parties,
and without joining any one of them
is borne forward to a prominent position.
The ignorance of his colleagues,
the weakness and insignificance of his opponents,
the frankness of his falsehoods,
and the dazzling and self-confident limitations of this man
raise him to the head of the army.
The brilliant qualities of the soldiers of the army
sent to Italy,
his opponent's reluctance to fight, and his own childish audacity and self-confidence secure him
military fame.
Innumerable so-called chances accompany him everywhere.
The disfavor into which he falls with the rulers of France turns to his advantage.
His attempts to avoid his predestined path are unsuccessful.
He is not received into the Russian service, and the appointment he seeks in Turkey comes to nothing.
During the war in Italy, he is several times on the verge of destruction, and each time is saved
in an unexpected manner. Owing to various diplomatic considerations, the Russian armies, just those
which might have destroyed his prestige, do not appear upon the scene till he is no longer there.
On his return from Italy, he finds the government in Paris in a process of dissolution,
in which all those who are in it are inevitably wiped out and destroyed.
And by chance, an escape from this dangerous position presents itself in the form of an aimless
and senseless expedition to Africa.
Again, so-called chance accompanies him.
Impreignable Malta surrenders without a shot.
His most reckless schemes are crowned with success.
The enemy's fleet, which subsequently did not let a single boat pass, allows his entire army
to elude it.
In Africa, a whole series of outrages are committed against the almost unarmed inhabitants.
And the men who commit these crimes, especially their leader, assure themselves that this is admirable,
this is glory. It resembles Caesar and Alexander the Great and is therefore good.
This ideal of glory and grandeur, which consists not merely in considering nothing wrong that one does,
but in priding oneself on every crime one commits, ascribing to it an incomprehensible
supernatural significance. That ideal, destined to guide this man and his associates,
had scope for its development in Africa. Whatever he does succeeds. The plague does not touch him.
The cruelty of murdering prisoners is not imputed to him as a fault. His childishly rash,
uncalled for, an ignoble departure from Africa.
Africa, leaving his comrades in distress, is set down to his credit, and again the enemy's fleet
twice lets him slip past. When intoxicated by the crimes he has committed so successfully he reaches
Paris, the dissolution of the Republican government, which a year earlier might have ruined him,
has reached its extreme limit, and his presence there now as a newcomer, free from party entanglements,
can only serve to exalt him, and though he himself has no plan, he is quite ready for his new role.
He had no plan. He was afraid of everything, but the party snatched at him and demanded his participation.
He alone, with his ideal of glory and grandeur developed in Italy and Egypt, his insane self-adulation,
his boldness in crime and frankness in lying, he alone could justify what had to be done.
He is needed for the place that awaits him, and so almost apart from his will, and despite
his indecision, his lack of a plan and all his mistakes, he is drawn into a conspiracy
that aims at seizing power and the conspiracy is crowned with success.
He is pushed into a meeting of the legislature.
In alarm he wishes to flee, considering himself lost.
He pretends to fall into a swoon and says senseless things that should
have ruined him. But the once proud and shrewd rulers of France, feeling that their part
is played out, are even more bewilder than he, and do not say the words they should have said
to destroy him and retain their power. Chance. Millions of chances give him power, and all the men,
as if by agreement, cooperate to confirm that power. Chance forms the characters of the rulers
of France, who submit to him. Chance forms the character of the characters of the rulers of France who submit to him. Chance
of Paul I of Russia, who recognizes his government. Chance contrives a plot against him,
which not only fails to harm him, but confirms his power. Chance puts the Duke Dongyanne in his
hands and unexpectedly causes him to kill him, thereby convincing the mob more forcibly than
in any other way that he had the right, since he had the might. Chance contrives that,
though he directs all his efforts to prepare an expedition against England, which would
inevitably have ruined him, he never carries out that intention, but unexpectedly falls upon
Mack and the Austrians, who surrender without a battle. Chance and genius give him the victory at
Austerlitz. And by chance, all men, not only the French, but all Europe, except England, which
does not take part in the events about to happen, despite their former horror and detestation of
his crimes, now recognize his authority, the title he has given himself.
and his ideal of grandeur and glory, which seems excellent and reasonable to them all.
As if measuring themselves and preparing for the coming movement,
the Western forces pushed toward the East several times in 1805, 1806, 1807, and 1809,
gaining strength and growing. In 1811, the group of people that had formed in France
unites into one group with the peoples of Central Europe. The strength of the justification of the man
who stands at the head of the movement, grows with the increased size of the group.
During the ten-year preparatory period, this man had formed relations with all the crowned heads of
Europe. The discredited rulers of the world can oppose no reasonable ideal to the insensate
Napoleonic ideal of glory and grandeur. One after another, they hasten to display their insignificance
before him. The king of Prussia sends his wife to seek the great man's mercy.
The Emperor of Austria considers it a favor that this man receives a daughter of the Caesars into his bed.
The Pope, the guardian of all that the nations hold sacred, utilizes religion for the
aggrandizement of the great man. It is not Napoleon who prepares himself for the accomplishment
of his role, so much as all those round him who prepare him to take on himself the whole
responsibility for what is happening and has to happen. There is no step, no cruxious,
or petty fraud he commits, which in the mouths of those around him is not at once represented
as a great deed. The most suitable fete the Germans can devise for him is a celebration of
Yenna and Ayrstadt. Not only is he great, but so are his ancestors, his brothers, his step-sons,
and his brothers-in-law. Everything is done to deprive him of the remains of his reason,
and to prepare him for his terrible part. And when he is ready,
so too are the forces.
The invasion pushes eastward and reaches its final goal, Moscow.
That city is taken.
The Russian army suffers heavier losses than the opposing armies had suffered in the former war
from Austerlitz to Vagrum.
But suddenly, instead of those chances and that genius which hitherto had so consistently led
him by an uninterrupted series of successes to the predestined goal,
an innumerable sequence of inverse chances occur,
from the cold in his head at Borodino to the sparks which set Moscow on fire and the frosts,
and instead of genius, stupidity and immeasurable baseness become evident.
The invaders flee, turn back, flee again,
and all the chances are now not for Napoleon, but always against him.
A counter-movement is then accomplished from east to west,
with a remarkable resemblance to the preceding movement from west to east.
Attempted drives from east to west, similar to the contrary movements in 1805, 1807, and 1809,
precede the great Western movement.
There is the same coalescence into a group of enormous dimensions,
the same adhesion of the people of Central Europe to the movement,
the same hesitation midway, and the same increasing rapidity as the goal is approached.
the ultimate goal is reached. The Napoleonic government and army are destroyed.
Napoleon himself is no longer of any account. All his actions are evidently pitiful and mean,
but again an inexplicable chance occurs. The Allies detest Napoleon whom they regard
is the cause of their sufferings. Deprived of power and authority, his crimes and his craft
exposed, he should have appeared to them what he appeared ten years previously and one year
later, an outlawed brigand.
But by some strange chance no one perceives this.
His part is not yet ended.
The man who ten years before and a year later was considered an outlawed brigand is sent
to an island two-day sail from France, which for some reason is presented to him as his
dominion, and guards are given to him and millions of money are paid to him.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 3.
First Epilogue Chapter 4
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 4.
The flood of nations begins to subside into its normal channels.
The waves of the great movement abate,
and on the calm surface eddies are formed in which float the diplomatists who imagine that they have caused the floods to abate.
But the smooth sea again suddenly becomes disturbed.
The diplomatists think that their disagreements are the cause of this fresh pressure of natural forces.
They anticipate war between their sovereigns.
The position seems to them insoluble.
But the wave they feel to be rising does not come from the quarter they expect.
It rises again from the same point as before Paris.
The last backwash of the movement from the West occurs,
a backwash which serves to solve the apparently insuperable diplomatic difficulties
and ends the military movement of that period of history.
The man who had devastated France returns to France alone,
without any conspiracy and without soldiers.
Any guard might arrest him,
but by strange chance no one does.
so, and all rapturously greet the man they curse the day before and will curse again a month later.
This man is still needed to justify the final collective act. That act is performed. The last role is
played. The actor is bidden to disrobe and wash off his powder and paint. He will not be wanted
anymore. And some years past during which he plays a pitiful comedy to himself in solitude on his
violent, justifying his actions by intrigues and lies when the justification is no longer needed,
and displaying to the whole world what it was that people had mistaken for strength
as long as an unseen hand directed his actions.
The manager, having brought the drama to a close and stripped the actor, shows him to us.
See what you believed in.
This is he.
Do you now see that it was not he but I who moved you?
But, dazed by the force of the movement, it was long before people understood this.
Still greater coherence and inevitability is seen in the life of Alexander I, the man who stood at
the head of the counter-movement from east to west. What was needed for him, who, overshadowing
others, stood at the head of that movement from east to west? What was needed was a sense of justice
and a sympathy with European affairs, but a remote sympathy,
not dulled by petty interests.
A moral superiority over those sovereigns of the day who cooperated with him.
A mild and attractive personality.
And a personal grievance against Napoleon.
And all this was found in Alexander I.
All this had been prepared by innumerable so-called chances in his life,
his education, his early liberalism,
the advisors who surrounded him, and by Austerlitz and Tilset and Erfurt.
During the National War, he was inactive because he was not needed.
But as soon as the necessity for a general European war presented itself,
he appeared in his place at the given moment,
and uniting the nations of Europe led them to the goal.
The goal was reached.
After the final war of 1815, Alexander possesses all possible power.
How does he use it?
Alexander I. The First.
pacifier of Europe, the man who from his early years had striven only for his people's welfare,
the originator of the liberal innovations in his fatherland. Now that he seemed to possess the
utmost power, and therefore to have the possibility of bringing about the welfare of his
peoples, at the time when Napoleon in exile was drawing up childish and mendacious plans of how
he would have made mankind happy had he retained power, Alexander I, having fulfilled
his mission and feeling the hand of God upon him, suddenly recognizes the insignificance of that
supposed power, turns away from it, and gives it into the hands of contemptible men whom he despises,
saying only, not unto us, not unto us, but unto thy name. I too am a man like the rest of you.
Let me live like a man and think of my soul and of God.
As the sun and each atom of ether is a sphere complete in itself, and yet at the same time
only a part of a whole too immense for man to comprehend, so each individual has within himself
his own aims, and yet has them to serve a general purpose incomprehensible to man.
A bee settling on a flower has stung a child, and the child is afraid of bees and declares
that bees exist to sting people.
A poet admires the bee, sucking from the chalice of a flower, and says,
It exists to suck the fragrance of flowers.
A beekeeper, seeing the bee collect pollen from flowers and carry it to the hive,
says that it exists to gather honey.
Another beekeeper, who has studied the life of the hive more closely,
says that the bee gathers pollen dust to feed the young bees and rear a queen,
and that it exists to perpetuate its race.
A botanist notices that the bee flying with the pollen of a male flower to a pistol fertilizes the latter,
and sees in this the purpose of the bee's existence.
Another, observing the migration of plants, notices that the bee helps in this work,
and may say that in this lies the purpose of the bee.
But the ultimate purpose of the bee is not exhausted by the first, the second, or any of the processes the human mind can discern.
The higher the human intellect rises in the discovery of these purposes,
the more obvious it becomes that the ultimate purpose is beyond our comprehension.
All that is accessible to man is the relation of the life of the bee to other manifestations of life.
And so it is with the purpose of historic characters and nations.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 4.
First Epilogue Chapter 5 of War and Peace, Volume 4.
by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 5
Natasha's wedding to Bazukov, which took place in 1813,
was the last happy event in the family of the old Rostovs.
Count Ilya Rostov died that same year,
and, as always happens, after the father's death, the family group broke up.
The events of the previous year, the burning of Moscow and the flight from it, the death of
Prince Andrew, Natasha's despair, Petya's death, and the old Count's grief fell blow after blow on the
old Count's head. He seemed to be unable to understand the meaning of all these events, and bowed
his old head in a spiritual sense as if expecting and inviting further blows which would finish him.
He seemed now frightened and distraught, and now unnaturally animated.
and enterprising.
The arrangements for Natasha's marriage occupied him for a while.
He ordered dinners and suppers, and obviously tried to appear cheerful, but his cheerfulness
was not infectious as it used to be.
On the contrary, it evoked the compassion of those who knew and liked him.
When Pierre and his wife had left, he grew very quiet and began to complain of depression.
A few days later, he fell ill and took to his bed.
He realized from the first that he would not get up again,
despite the doctor's encouragement.
The Countess passed a fortnight in an armchair by his pillow without undressing.
Every time she gave him his medicine, he sobbed and silently kissed her hand.
On his last day, sobbing, he asked her and his absent son to forgive him for having dissipated their property,
that being the chief fault of which he was conscious.
After receiving communion and unction he quietly died.
And next day, a throng of acquaintances who came to pay their last respects to the deceased
filled the house rented by the Rostovs.
All these acquaintances, who had so often dined and danced at his house and had so often laughed
at him, now said, with a common feeling of self-reproach and emotion, as if justifying themselves,
well, whatever he may have been, he was a most worthy man.
you don't meet such men nowadays, and which of us has not weaknesses of his own?
It was just when the Count's affairs had become so involved that it was impossible to say what would
happen if he lived another year that he unexpectedly died.
Nicholas was with the Russian army in Paris when the news of his father's death reached him.
He at once resigned his commission, and without waiting for it to be accepted, took leave of
absence and went to Moscow. The state of the Count's affairs became quite obvious a month after his
death, surprising everyone by the immense total of small debts the existence of which no one had suspected.
The debts amounted to double the value of the property. Friends and relations advised Nicholas
to decline the inheritance, but he regarded such a refusal as a slur on his father's memory,
which he held sacred, and therefore would not hear of refusing.
and accepted the inheritance together with the obligation to pay the debts.
The creditors who had so long been silent, restrained by a vague but powerful influence
exerted on them while he lived by the Count's careless good nature, all proceeded to enforce
their claims at once. As always happens in such cases, rivalry sprang up as to which should
get paid first, and those who, like Metenka, held promissory notes given them as presents,
now became the most exacting of the creditors.
Nicholas was allowed no respite and no peace, and those who had seemed to pity the old man,
the cause of their losses, if they were losses, now remorselessly pursued the young heir
who had voluntarily undertaken the debts and was obviously not guilty of contracting them.
Not one of the plans Nicholas tried succeeded. The estate was sold by auction for half its value,
and half the debts still remained unpaid. Nicholas accepted thirty thousand roubles offered him,
by his brother-in-law Bazukov to pay off debts he regarded as genuinely due for value received.
And to avoid being in prison for the remainder, as the creditors threatened, he re-entered the
government service.
He could not rejoin the army, where he would have been made a colonel at the next vacancy,
for his mother now clung to him as her one hold on life, and so, despite his reluctance
to remain in Moscow, among people who had known him before, and despite his abhorred,
Horrence of a civil service, he accepted a post in Moscow in that service,
doff the uniform of which he was so fond, and moved with his mother and Sonia
to a small house on the Sifzav Rajak.
Natasha and Pierre were living in Petersburg at the time and had no clear idea of Nicholas'
circumstances.
Having borrowed money from his brother-in-law, Nicholas tried to hide his wretched condition from
him.
His position was the more difficult, because with his salary of twelve hundred ruby,
he had not only to keep himself, his mother and Sonia, but had to shield his mother from the
knowledge of their poverty. The Countess could not conceive of life without the luxurious
conditions she had been used to from childhood, and unable to realize how hard it was for her son,
kept demanding now a carriage, which they did not keep, to send for a friend, now some
expensive article of food for herself, or wine for her son, or money to buy a present as a
surprise for Natasha or Sonia, or for Nicholas himself.
Sonia kept house, attended on her aunt, read to her, put up with her whims and secret
ill-will, and helped Nicholas to conceal their poverty from the old countess.
Nicholas felt himself irredeemably indebted to Sonia for all she was doing for his mother,
and greatly admired her patience and devotion, but tried to keep aloof from her.
He seemed in his heart to reproach her for being too perfect,
and because there was nothing to reproach her with.
She had all that people are valued for,
but little that could have made him love her.
He felt that the more he valued her, the less he loved her.
He had taken her at her word when she wrote,
giving him his freedom,
and now behaved as if all that had passed between them
had been long forgotten, and could never in any case be renewed.
Nicholas' position became worse and worse.
The idea of putting something aside,
out of his salary proved a dream. Not only did he not save anything, but to comply with his
mother's demands, he even incurred some small debts. He could see no way out of this situation.
The idea of marrying some rich woman, which was suggested to him by his female relations,
was repugnant to him. The other way out, his mother's death, never entered his head.
He wished for nothing and hoped for nothing, and deep in his heart experienced a gloomy and stern
satisfaction in an uncomplaining endurance of his position.
He tried to avoid his old acquaintances with their commiseration and offensive offers of
assistance. He avoided all distraction and recreation, and even at home did nothing but
play cards with his mother, pace silently up and down the room, and smoke one pipe after
another. He seemed carefully to cherish within himself the gloomy mood which alone
enabled him to endure his position.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 5.
First Epilogue, Chapter 6, of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 6.
At the beginning of winter, Princess Mary came to Moscow.
From reports current in town, she learned how the Rostovs were situated, and how the sun
has sacrificed himself for his mother, as people were saying.
I never expected anything else of him, said Princess Mary to herself, feeling a joyous sense
of her love for him. Remembering her friendly relations with all the Rostovs which had made
her almost a member of the family, she thought at her duty to go to see them. But remembering
her relations with Nicholas and Veronage, she was shy about doing so. Making a great effort, she did,
however, go to call in them a few weeks after her arrival in Moscow.
Nicholas was the first to meet her, as the Countess room could only be reached through his.
But instead of being greeted with pleasure as she had expected, at his first glance at her,
his face assumed a cold, stiff, proud expression she had not seen on it before.
He inquired about her health, led the way to his mother, and having sat there for five minutes,
left the room.
When the princess came out of the Countess room, Nicholas met her again, and with marked solemnity
and stiffness accompanied her to the ante-room. To her remarks about his mother's health, he made no reply.
"'What's that to you? Leave me in peace,' his look seemed to say.
"'Why does she come prowling here? What does she want? I can't bear these ladies and all these
civilities, said he aloud in Sonia's presence, evidently unable to repress his vexation
after the Princess's carriage had disappeared.
"'Oh, Nicholas, how can you talk like that?' cried Sonia, hardly able to conceal her delight.
"'She is so kind, and Mama is so fond of her!'
Nicholas did not reply and try to avoid speaking of the Princess any more.
But after her visit, the old Countess spoke of her several times a day.
She sang her praises, insisted that her son must call on her, expressed a wish to see her often,
but yet always became ill-humored when she began to talk about her.
Nicholas tried to keep silence when his mother spoke of the princess, but his silence irritated her.
"'She is a very admirable and excellent young woman,' said she,
"'and you must go and call on her. You would at least be seeing somebody,
and I think it must be dull for you only seeing us.'
"'But I don't in the least want to, Mama.'
"'You used to want to, and now you don't.
"'Really, I don't understand you, my dear.
"'One day you are dull, and the next you refuse to see anyone.'
"'But I never said I was dull.
"'Why, you said yourself you don't want even to see her.
"'She is a very admirable young woman, and you always liked her.
"'But now, suddenly, you have got some notion or other in your head.
"'You hide everything.
from me. Not at all, Mama. If I were asking you to do something disagreeable now, but I only
ask you to return a call, one would think mere politeness required it. Well, I have asked you,
and now I won't interfere any more since you have secrets from your mother.
Well, then, I'll go if you wish it. It doesn't matter to me. I only wish it for your sake.
Nicholas sighed, bit his mustache, and laid out the cards for a patience,
trying to divert his mother's attention to another topic.
The same conversation was repeated next day, and the day after, and the day after that.
After her visit to the Rostovs and her unexpectedly chilly reception by Nicholas,
Princess Mary confessed to herself that she had been right in not wishing to be the first to call.
"'I expected nothing else,' she told herself.
calling her pride to her aid.
I have nothing to do with him,
and I only wanted to see the old lady,
who was always kind to me
and to whom I am under many obligations.
But she could not pacify herself with these reflections.
A feeling akin to remorse troubled her when she thought of her visit.
Though she had firmly resolved not to call on the Rostovs again
and to forget the whole matter,
she felt herself all the time in an awkward position.
and when she asked herself what distressed her, she had to admit that it was her relation to Rostov.
His cold, polite manner did not express his feeling for her.
She knew that, but it concealed something, and until she could discover what that something was,
she felt that she could not be at ease.
One day in midwinter, when sitting in the schoolroom attending to her nephew's lessons,
she was informed that Rostov had called.
With a firm resolution not to betray herself and not show her agitation, she sent for Mademoiselle
Burienne and went with her to the drawing-room.
Her first glance at Nicholas Faye's face told her that he had only come to fulfill the demands
of politeness, and she firmly resolved to maintain the tone in which he addressed her.
They spoke of the Countess Health, of their mutual friends, of the latest war news, and when
the ten minutes required by propriety had elapsed after which we were,
which a visitor may rise, Nicholas got up to say good-bye. With Mademoiselle Burienne's
help, the princess had maintained the conversation very well, but at the very last moment,
just when he rose, she was so tired of talking of what did not interest her, and her mind was
so full of the question why she alone was granted so little happiness in life, that in a fit
of absent-mindedness she sat still, her luminous eyes gazing fixedly before her, not noticing
that he had risen.
Nicholas glanced at her, and wishing to appear not to notice her abstraction,
made some remark to Mademoiselle Burienne, and then again looked at the princess.
She still sat motionless with a look of suffering on her gentle face.
He suddenly felt sorry for her, and was vaguely conscious that he might be the cause of the
sadness her face expressed.
He wished to help her and say something pleasant, but could think of nothing to say.
"'Good-bye, Princess,' said he.
She started, flushed, and sighed deeply.
"'Oh, I beg your pardon,' she said as if waking up.
"'Are you going already, Count?
Well then, good-bye.
Oh, but the cushion for the Countess!'
"'Wait a moment, I'll fetch it,' said Mademoiselle Berienne, and she left the room.
They both sat silent, with an occasional glance at one another.
"'Yes, Princess,' said Nicolette.
at last with a sad smile.
It doesn't seem long ago since we first met at Bogacharovo,
but how much water has flowed since then.
In what distress we all seem to be then?
Yet I would give much to bring back that time.
But there's no bringing it back.
Princess Mary gazed intently into his eyes
with her own luminous ones as he said this.
She seemed to be trying to fathom the hidden meaning of his words
which would explain his feeling for her.
"'Yes, yes,' said she.
"'But you have no reason to regret the past, Count.
As I understand your present life,
I think you will always recall it with satisfaction
because the self-sacrifice that fills it now.'
"'I cannot accept your praise,' he interrupted her hurriedly.
On the contrary, I continually reproach myself,
but this is not at all an interesting or cheerful subject.
His face again resumed its former stiff and cold expression.
But the princess had caught a glimpse of the man she had known and loved,
and it was to him that she now spoke.
"'I thought you would allow me to tell you this,' she said.
"'I had come so near to you and to all your family
that I thought you would not consider my sympathy misplaced,
but I was mistaken.'
And suddenly her voice trembled.
I don't know why, she continued recovering herself, but you used to be different, and
there are a thousand reasons why, laying special emphasis on the why.
Thank you, Princess, he said softly.
Sometimes it is hard.
So that's why, that's why, a voice whispered in Princess Mary's soul.
No, it was not only that gay, kind, and frank look, not only that handsome exterior that
I loved in him. I divined his noble, resolute, self-sacrificing spirit, too, she said to herself.
Yes, he is poor now, and I am rich. Yes, that's the only reason. Yes, were it not for that?
And remembering his former tenderness, and looking now at his kind, sorrowful face,
she suddenly understood the cause of his coldness.
"'But why, Count? Why?' she almost cried.
unconsciously moving closer to him.
"'Why, tell me, you must tell me!'
He was silent.
"'I don't understand your why, count,' she continued.
"'But it's hard for me. I confess it.
For some reason you wish to deprive me of our former friendship,
and that hurts me.'
There were tears in her eyes and in her voice.
"'I have had so little happiness in life
that every loss is hard for me to bear.
Excuse me, goodbye!
And suddenly she began to cry and was hurrying from the room.
Princess, for God's sake!
He exclaimed, trying to stop her.
Princess!
She turned round.
For a few seconds they gazed silently into one another's eyes.
And what had seemed impossible and remote,
suddenly became possible, inevitable, and very near.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 6.
First Epilogue Chapter 7
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Liberbox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 7.
In the winter of 1813, Nicholas married Princess Mary
and moved to Bald Hills with his wife, his mother, and Sonia.
Within four years he had paid off all his remaining debts without selling any of his wife's property,
and having received a small inheritance on the death of a cousin, he paid his debt to Pierre as well.
In another three years, by 1820, he had so managed his affairs that he was able to buy a small estate adjoining Bald Hills,
and was negotiating to buy back Otrodno, that being his pet dream.
Having started farming from necessity, he soon grew so devoted to it,
that it became his favorite and almost his sole occupation.
Nicholas was a plain farmer.
He did not like innovations,
especially the English ones then coming into vogue.
He laughed at theoretical treatises on estate management,
disliked factories, the raising of expensive products,
and the buying of expensive seed corn,
and did not make a hobby of any particular part of the work on his estate.
He always had before his mind's eye the estate as a whole,
and not any particular part of it.
The chief thing in his eyes
was not the nitrogen in the soil,
nor the oxygen in the air,
nor manures, nor special plows,
but that most important agent
by which nitrogen, oxygen, manure, and plow
were made effective,
the peasant laborer.
When Nicholas first began farming
and began to understand its different branches,
it was the serf who especially attracted his attention.
The peasant seemed to him,
not merely a tool, but also a judge of farming and an end in himself.
At first, he watched the serfs, trying to understand their aims and what they considered
good and bad, and only pretended to direct them and give orders, while in reality learning from
them their methods, their manner of speech, and their judgment of what was good and bad.
Only when he had understood the peasant's tastes and aspirations had learned to talk their
language to grasp the hidden meaning of their words, and felt akin to them did he begin boldly
to manage his serfs, that is, to perform toward them the duties demanded of him. And Nicholas'
management produced very brilliant results. Guided by some gift of insight, on taking up the
management of the estates, he at once, unerringly appointed as bailiff, village elder, and delegate,
the very men the serfs would themselves have chosen had they had the right to choose,
and these posts never changed hands.
Before analyzing the properties of manure,
before entering into the debit and credit, as he ironically called it,
he found out how many cattle the peasants had
and increased the number by all possible means.
He kept the peasant families together in the largest groups possible,
not allowing the family groups to divide into separate households.
He was hard alike on the lazy, the depraved, and the weak,
and tried to get them expelled from the commune.
He was very careful of the sowing and reaping of the peasant's hay and corn as of his own,
and few landowners had their crops sown and harvested so early and so well,
or got so good a return, as did Nicholas.
He disliked having anything to do with the domestic serfs, the drones, as he called them,
and everyone said he spoiled them by his laxity.
When a decision had to be taken regarding a domestic serf, especially if one had to be punished,
he always felt undecided and consulted everybody in the house.
But when it was possible to have a domestic surf conscripted instead of a land worker,
he did so without the least hesitation.
He never felt any hesitation in dealing with the peasants.
He knew that his every decision would be approved by them all with very few exceptions.
He did not allow himself either to be hard on or punish a man, or to make things easy for
or reward anyone, merely because he felt inclined to do so. He could not have said by what
standard he judged what he should or should not do, but the standard was quite firm and definite
in his own mind. Often, speaking with vexation of some failure or irregularity, he would say,
What can one do with our Russian peasants? And imagined that he could not.
bear them. Yet he loved our Russian peasants and their way of life with his whole soul,
and for that very reason had understood and assimilated the one way and manner of farming which
produced good results. Countess Mary was jealous of this passion of her husbands, and regretted
that she could not share it. But she could not understand the joys and vexations he derived
from that world to her so remote and alien. She could not. She could not understand the joys and vexations he derived from
that world, to her so remote and alien.
She could not understand why he was so particularly animated and happy when, after getting up
at daybreak and spending the whole morning in the fields or on the threshing floor, he returned
from the sewing or mowing or reaping to have tea with her. She did not understand why he spoke
with such admiration and delight of the farming of the thrifty and well-to-do peasant Matthew
Ermission, who with his family had carded corn all night, or of the fact that his, his,
Nicholas Sheaves, were already stacked before anyone else had his harvest in.
She did not understand why he stepped out from the window to the veranda and smiled under his
mustache and winked so joyfully, when warm, steady rain began to fall on the dry and thirsty
shoots of the young oats. Or why, when the wind carried away a threatening cloud during
the hay harvest, he would return from the barn, flushed, sunburned, and perspiring,
with a smell of wormwood and gentian in his hair, and gleefully rubbing his hands, would say,
"'Well, one more day, and my grain and the peasants will all be undercover.'
Still less did she understand, why he, kind-hearted and always ready to anticipate her wishes,
should become almost desperate when she brought him a petition from some peasant men or women,
who had appealed to her to be excused some work.
Why, ye, that kind Nicholas, should obstinately refuse her, angrily asking her not to interfere in what was not her business?
She felt he had a world apart, which he loved passionately, and which had laws she had not fathomed.
Sometimes, when trying to understand him, she spoke of the good work he was doing for his serfs.
He would be vexed and reply, "'Not in the least. It never ended. It never ended.
entered my head, and I wouldn't do that for their good. That's all poetry, and old wives talk,
all that doing good to one's neighbor. What I want is that our children should not have to go
begging. I must put our affairs in order while I am alive, that's all. And to do that,
order and strictness are essential. That's all about it, said he, clenching his vigorous fist.
and fairness, of course, he added.
For if the peasant is naked and hungry and has only one miserable horse,
he can do no good either for himself or for me.
And all Nicholas did was fruitful,
probably just because he refused to allow himself
to think that he was doing good to others for virtue's sake.
His means increased rapidly.
Serfs from neighboring estates came to beg him to buy them,
and long after his death, the memory of his death
the memory of his administration was devoutly preserved among the serfs.
He was a master. The peasants' affairs first, and then his own. Of course he was not to be
trifled with either. In a word, he was a real master.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 7. First Epilogue Chapter 8
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 8
One matter connected with his management sometimes worried, Nicholas,
and that was his quick temper, together with his old Hussar habit of making free use of his fists.
At first he saw nothing reprehensible in this,
but in the second year of his marriage, his view of that form of punishment suddenly changed.
Once in the summer he had sent for the village,
elder from Bogacharov, a man who had succeeded to the post when Drawn died, and who was accused
of dishonesty and various irregularities. Nicholas went out into the porch to question him,
and immediately after the elder had given a few replies, the sound of cries and blows were heard.
On returning to lunch, Nicholas went up to his wife, who sat with her head bent low over her
embroidery frame, and, as usual, began to tell her what he had been doing that morning.
Among other things he spoke of the Bogacharval elder.
Countess Mary turned red and then pale,
but continued to sit with head bowed and lips compressed
and gave her husband no reply.
"'Such an insolent scoundrel!' he cried,
growing hot again at the mere recollection of him.
"'If he had told me he was drunk and did not see—'
"'But what is the matter with you, Mary?' he suddenly asked.
Countess Mary raised her head and tried to speak, but hastily looked down again and her lips puckered.
"'Why, whatever is the matter, my dearest?'
The looks of the plain Countess Mary always improved when she was in tears.
She never cried from pain or vexation, but always from sorrow or pity,
and when she wept her radiant eyes acquired an irresistible charm.
The moment Nicholas took her hand, she could no longer restrain herself and began
to cry. "'Nicholas, I saw it. He was to blame. But why did you?'
"'Nicholas!' And she covered her face with her hands.
Nicholas said nothing. He flushed crimson, left her side, and paced up and down the room.
He understood what she was weeping about, but could not in his heart at once agree with her
that what he had regarded from childhood as quite an everyday event was wrong.
Is it just sentimentality, old wives' tales, or is she right?
He asked himself.
Before he had solved that point, he glanced again at her face filled with love and pain,
and he suddenly realized that she was right, and that he had long been sinning against himself.
Mary, he said softly, going up to her,
It will never happen again.
I give you my word, never.
He repeated in a little.
trembling voice like a boy asking for forgiveness.
The tears flowed faster still from the Countess's eyes.
She took his hand and kissed it.
"'Nicholas, when did you break your cameo?'
She asked to change the subject, looking at his finger on which he wore a ring with a
cameo of Lecoigne's head.
Today it was the same affair.
"'Oh, Mary, don't remind me of it!'
And again he flushed.
I give you my word of honor, it shan't occur again.
And let this always be a reminder to me.
And he pointed to the broken ring.
After that, when, in discussions with his village elders or stewards, the blood rushed to his face
and his fists began to clench, Nicholas would turn the broken ring on his finger and would drop
his eyes before the man who was making him angry.
But he did forget himself once or twice within a twelve-month, and then he would go and
confessed to his wife, and would again promise that this should really be the very last time.
Mary, you must despise me, he would say. I deserve it.
You should go. Go away at once if you don't feel strong enough to control yourself.
She would reply, sadly, trying to comfort her husband. Among the gentry of the province,
Nicholas was respected, but not liked. He did not concern himself with
interests of his own class, and consequently some thought him proud and others thought him stupid.
The whole summer, from spring sewing to harvest, he was busy with the work on his farm.
In autumn he gave himself up to hunting with some business-like seriousness,
leaving home for a month or even two with his hunt.
In winter, he visited his other villages or spent his time reading.
The books he read were chiefly historical, and on these he spent a certain
some every year. He was collecting, as he said, a serious library, and he made it a rule to read
through all the books he bought. He would sit in his study with a grave air, reading, a task he
first imposed upon himself as a duty, but which afterwards became a habit affording him a special
kind of pleasure and a consciousness of being occupied with serious matters. In winter, except for
business excursions, he spent most of his time at home, making himself one with his family,
and entering into all the details of his children's relations with their mother.
The harmony between him and his wife grew closer and closer, and he daily discovered fresh
spiritual treasures in her.
From the time of his marriage, Sonia had lived in his house.
Before that, Nicholas had told his wife all that had passed between himself and Sonia,
blaming himself and commending her.
He had asked Princess Mary to be gentle and kind to his cousin.
She thoroughly realized the wrong he had done Sonia, felt herself to blame toward her,
and imagined that her wealth had influenced Nicholas' choice.
She could not find fault with Sonia in any way, and tried to be fond of her,
but often felt ill-will toward her, which she could not overcome.
Once she had a talk with her friend Natasha about Sonia and about her own injustice
toward her.
"'You know,' said Natasha,
"'you have read the Gospels a great deal.
There is a passage in them that just fits Sonia.'
"'What?' asked Countess Mary, surprised.
"'To him that hath shall be given,
and from him that hath shall not be taken away.'
"'You remember?'
"'She is the one that hath not.
"'Why, I don't know.
"'Perhaps she lacks egotism, I don't know,
but from her is taken away and everything has been taken away.
Sometimes I am dreadfully sorry for her.
Formerly I very much wanted Nicholas to marry her,
but I always had a sort of presentiment that it would not come off.
She is a sterile flower, you know, like some strawberry blossoms.
Sometimes I'm sorry for her, and sometimes I think she doesn't feel it as you or I would.
Though Countess Mary told Natasha that those words in the gospel must be understood differently,
yet looking at Sonia, she agreed with Natasha's explanation.
It really seemed that Sonia did not feel her position trying,
and had grown quite reconciled to her lot as a sterile flower.
She seemed to be fond not so much of individuals as of the family as a whole.
Like a cat, she had attached herself not to the people, but to the home.
home. She waited on the old countess, petted and spoiled the children, was always ready to render
the small services for which she had a gift, and all this was unconsciously accepted from her with
insufficient gratitude. The country-seed at Bald Hills had been rebuilt, though not on the same scale
as under the old prince. The buildings, begun under straitened circumstances, were more than simple.
The immense house on the old stone foundations was of wood plastered only inside.
It had bare-deal floors and was furnished with very simple hard sofas, armchairs, tables, and chairs
made by their own surf carpenters out of their own birch wood.
The house was spacious and had rooms for the house-surfs and apartments for visitors.
Whole families of the Rostovs and Bolkonsky's relation sometimes came to Bald Hills with
16 horses and dozens of servants and stayed for months.
Besides that, four times a year, on the name-days and birthdays of the hosts, as many as
a hundred visitors would gather there for a day or two.
The rest of the year, life pursued its unbroken routine with its ordinary occupations,
and its breakfasts, lunches, dinners, and suppers provided out of the produce of the estate.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 8.
First Epilogue Chapter 9
of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 9
It was the Eve of St. Nicholas, the 5th of December, 1820.
Natasha had been staying at her brothers with her husband and children since early autumn.
Pierre had gone to Petersburg on business of his own for three weeks, as he said,
but had remained there nearly seven weeks and was expected back every minute.
Besides the Bazukov family, Nicholas' old friend, the retired General Vasily Dmitrich Denezov,
was staying with the Rostovs this 5th of December.
On the sixth, which was his name day, when the house would be full of visitors,
Nicholas knew he would have to exchange his tartar tunic for a tailcoat
and put on narrow boots with pointed toes, and drive to the new church he had built,
and then received visitors who had come to congratulate him,
offered them refreshments, and talk about the elections of the nobility.
But he considered himself entitled to spend the eve of that day in his usual way.
He examined the bailiff's accounts of the village in Riazan, which belonged to his wife's nephew,
wrote two business letters, and walked over to the granaries, cattle yards, and stables before dinner.
Having taken precautions against the general drunkenness to be expected on the morrow
because it was a great Saints day.
He returned to dinner,
and without having time for a private talk with his wife,
sat down at the long table late for twenty persons,
at which the whole household had assembled.
At that table were his mother,
his mother's old lady companion, Bolova,
his wife, their three children with their governess and tutor,
his wife's nephew with his tutor,
Sonia, Denisov, Natasha, her three children,
their governess, and old Michael Ivanovich,
the late Prince's architect, who was living on in retirement at Bald Hills.
Countess Mary sat at the other end of the table.
When her husband took his place, she concluded,
from the rapid manner in which, after taking up his table napkin,
he pushed back the tumbler and wine-glass standing before him,
that he was out of humor, as was sometimes the case
when he came into dinner straight from the farm, especially before the soup.
Countess Mary well knew that mood of his.
and when she herself was in a good frame of mind,
quietly waited till he had had his soup,
and then began to talk to him and make him admit
that there was no cause for his ill-humor.
But today she quite forgot that,
and was hurt that he should be angry with her without any reason,
and she felt unhappy.
She asked him where he had been.
He replied.
She again inquired whether everything was going well on the farm.
Her unnatural tone made him wince unpleasantly,
and he replied hastily.
Then, I'm not mistaken, thought Countess Mary.
Why is he cross with me?
She concluded from his tone that he was vexed with her
and wished to end the conversation.
She knew her remarks sounded unnatural,
but could not refrain from asking some more questions.
Thanks to Denisov, the conversation at table soon became general and lively,
and she did not talk to her husband.
When they left the table,
and went as usual to thank the old countess,
Countess Mary held out her hand and kissed her husband
and asked him why he was angry with her.
"'You always have such strange fancies.
I didn't even think of being angry,' he replied.
But the word always seemed to her to imply,
"'Yes, I am angry, but I won't tell you why.'
Nicholas and his wife lived together so happily
that even Sonia and the old countess,
who felt jealous and would have of all,
like them to disagree, could find nothing to reproach them with. But even they had their moments
of antagonism. Occasionally, and it was always just after they had been happiest together,
they suddenly had a feeling of estrangement and hostility, which occurred most frequently
during Countess Mary's pregnancies, and this was such a time.
"'Well, monsieur and madame,' said Nicholas loudly, and with apparent cheerfulness,
it seemed to Countess Mary that he did it on purpose to vex her.
"'I have been on my feet since six this morning.
Tomorrow I shall have to suffer, so today I'll go and rest.'
And without a word to his wife, he went to the little sitting-room and laid down on the sofa.
"'That's always the way,' thought Countess Mary.
He talks to everyone except me.
"'I see. I see that I am repulsive to him, especially
when I am in this condition.
She looked down at her expanded figure,
and in the glass at her pale, sallow, emaciated face
in which her eyes now looked larger than ever.
And everything annoyed her.
Denisov's shouting and laughter, Natasha's talk,
and especially a quick glance Sonia gave her.
Sonia was always the first excuse Countess Mary found
for feeling irritated.
Having sat a while with their visitors
without understanding anything of what they were saying,
she softly left the room and went to the nursery.
The children were playing at going to Moscow in a carriage made of chairs
and invited her to go with them.
She sat down and played with them a little,
but the thought of her husband and his unreasonable crossness worried her.
She got up and walking on tiptoe with difficulty, went to the small sitting-room.
Perhaps he is not asleep.
I'll have an explanation with him, she said to herself.
Little Andrew, her eldest boy, imitating his mother, followed her on tiptoe.
She did not notice him.
"'Mary, dear, I think he is asleep. He was so tired,' said Sonia, meeting her in the large
sitting-room. It seemed to Countess Mary that she crossed her path everywhere.
Andrew may wake him. Countess Mary looked round, saw Little Andrew following her,
felt that Sonia was right, and for that very reason, flushed,
and with evident difficulty, refrain from saying something harsh.
She made no reply, but to avoid obeying Sonia, beckoned to Andrew to follow her quietly
and went to the door.
Sonia went away by another door.
From the room in which Nicholas was sleeping came the sound of his even breathing,
every slightest tone of which was familiar to his wife.
As she listened to it, she saw before her his smooth, handsome forehead,
his mustache and his whole face, as she had so often seen it in the stillness of the night when
he slept. Nicholas suddenly moved and cleared his throat. And at that moment, little Andrew shouted
from outside the door, "'Papa! Mama's standing here!' Countess Mary turned pale with fright
and made signs to the boy. He grew silent and quiet ensued for a moment, terrible to Countess
Mary. She knew how Nicholas disliked being waked.
Then through the door she heard Nicholas clearing his throat again and stirring,
and his voice said, Crossley,
"'I can't get a moment's piece.
Mary, is that you?
Why did you bring him here?'
"'I only came in to look and did not notice.
Forgive me.'
Nicholas coughed and said no more.
Countess Mary moved away from the door and took the boy back to the nursery.
Five minutes later, little black-eyed, three-year-old Natasha, her father's pet,
having learned from her brother that Papa was asleep and Mama was in the sitting room,
ran to her father, unobserved by her mother.
The dark-eyed little girl boldly opened the creaking door,
went up to the sofa with energetic steps of her sturdy little legs,
and having examined the position of her father, who was asleep with his back to her,
rose on tiptoe and kissed the hand which lay under his head.
Nicholas turned with a tender smile on his face.
Natasha! Natasha! Natasha!
came Countess Mary's frightened whisper from the door.
"'Papa wants to sleep?'
"'No, Mama, he doesn't want to sleep,' said little Natasha with conviction.
"'He's laughing.'
Nicholas lowered his legs, rose, and took his daughter in his arms.
"'Come in, Mary,' he said to his wife.
She went in and sat down by her husband.
"'I did not notice him following me,' she said timidly.
"'I just looked in.'
Holding his little girl with one arm, Nicholas glanced at his wife,
and seeing her guilty expression, put his other arm around her and kissed her hair.
"'May I kiss Mama?' he asked Natasha.
Natasha smiled bashfully.
"'Again,' she commanded, pointing with a peremptory gesture to the spot where Nicholas had placed the kiss.
"'I don't know why you think I am cross,' said Nicholas,
replying to the question he knew was in his wife's mind.
"'You have no idea how unhappy, how lonely I feel when you are like that.
"'It always seems to me—'
"'Mary, don't talk nonsense.
"'You ought to be ashamed of yourself,' he said gaily.
"'It seems to be that you can't love me, that I am so plain, always—'
"'And now, in this con—'
Oh, how absurd you are!
It is not beauty that endears, it's love that makes a sea beauty.
It is only Malvinas and women of that kind who are love for their beauty.
But do I love my wife?
I don't love her, but...
I don't know how to put it.
Without you, or when something comes between us like this,
I seem lost and can't do anything.
Now, do I love my finger?
I don't love it, but just try to cut it off.
"'I am not like that myself, but I understand. So you're not angry with me?'
"'Awfully angry,' he said, smiling and getting up. And smoothing his hair, he began to pace the room.
"'Do you know, Mary, what I've been thinking?' He began, immediately thinking aloud in his wife's
presence, now that they had made it up. He did not ask if she was ready to listen to him. He did not care.
A thought had occurred to him, and so it belonged to her also.
He told her of his intention to persuade Pierre to stay with them till spring.
Countess Mary listened till he had finished, made some remark, and in her turn began thinking
aloud.
Her thoughts were about the children.
"'You can see the woman in her already?' she said in French, pointing to little Natasha.
"'You reproach us, women, with being illogical.
here is our logic. I say, Papa wants to sleep, but she says, no, he's laughing. And she was right,
said Countess Mary with a happy smile. Yes, yes. And Nicholas, taking his little daughter in his
strong hand, lifted her high, placed her on his shoulder, held her by the legs, and paced the room with
her. There was an expression of carefree happiness on the faces of both father and daughter.
But you know you may be unfair.
You are too fond of this one, his wife whispered in French.
Yes, but what am I to do?
I try not to show.
At that moment they heard the sound of the door-pulley
and footsteps in the hall in ante-room as if someone had arrived.
Somebody has come.
I am sure it is Pierre.
I will go and see, said Countess Mary and left the room.
In her absence, Nicholas allowed himself to give his little daughter a gallop round the room.
Out of breath, he took the laughing child quickly from his shoulder and pressed her to his heart.
His capers reminded him of dancing, and looking at the child's round, happy little face,
he thought of what she would be like when he was an old man,
taking her into society and dancing the mazurka with her as his old father had danced Daniel Cooper with his daughter.
"'It is he, it is he, Nicholas,' said Countess Mary, re-entering the room a few minutes later.
"'Now our Natasha has come to life. You should have seen her ecstasy, and how he caught it for having
stayed away so long. Well, come along now, quick, quick, it's time you two are parted,' she added,
looking smilingly at the little girl who clung to her father. Nicholas went out holding the child
by the hand. Countess Mary remained in the sitting-room.
I should never, never have believed that one could be so happy, she whispered to herself.
A smile lit up her face, but at the same time she sighed, and her deep eyes expressed a quiet
sadness as though she felt, through her happiness, that there is another sort of happiness
unattainable in this life, and of which she involuntarily thought at that instant.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 9.
First Epilogue, Chapter 10 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 10
Natasha had married in the early spring of 1813, and in 1820 already had three daughters,
besides a son for whom she had longed and whom she was now nursing.
She had grown stouter and broader, so that it was difficult to recognize in this robust,
motherly woman, the slim, lively Natasha of former days.
Her features were more defined and had a calm, soft, and serene expression.
In her face there was none of the ever-glowing animation that had formerly burned there and
constituted its charm.
Now her face and body were often all that one saw, and her soul was not visible at all.
All that struck the eye was a strong, handsome, and fertile woman.
The old fire very rarely kindled in her face now.
That happened only when, as was the case that day, her husband returned home,
or a sick child was convalescent, or when she and Countess Mary spoke of Prince Andrew.
She never mentioned him to her husband, who she imagined was jealous of Prince Andrew's memory,
or on the rare occasions when something happened to induce her to sing,
a practice she had quite abandoned since her marriage.
At the rare moments when the old fire did kindle in her handsome, fully developed body,
she was even more attractive than in former days.
Since their marriage, Natasha and her husband had lived in Moscow, in Petersburg,
on their estate near Moscow, or with her mother, that is to say, in Nicholas' house.
The young Countess Bezukova was not often seen in society,
and those who met her there were not pleased with her,
and found her neither attractive nor amiable.
Not the Natasha liked solitude.
She did not know whether she liked it or not.
She even thought that she did not.
But with her pregnancies, her confinements,
the nursing of her children,
and sharing every moment of her husband's life,
she had demands on her time which could be satisfied only by renouncing society.
All who had known Natasha before her marriage
wondered at the change in her as at something extraordinary.
Only the old countess, with her maternal instinct, had realized that
all Natasha's outbursts had been due to her need of children and a husband,
as she herself had once exclaimed at a trodno, not so much in fun as in earnest.
And her mother was now surprised at the surprise expressed by those who had never understood Natasha,
and she kept saying that she had always known that Natasha would make an exemplary wife and mother.
"'Only she lets her love of her husband and children
"'overflow all bounds,' said the Countess.
"'So that it even becomes absurd!'
"'Natasha did not follow the golden rule
"'advocated by clever folk, especially by the French,
"'which says that a girl should not let herself go when she marries,
"'should not neglect her accomplishments,
"'should be even more careful of her appearance
"'than when she was unmarried,
"'and should fascinate her husband
as much as she did before he became her husband.
Natasha, on the contrary, had at once abandoned all her witchery,
of which her singing had been an unusually powerful part.
She gave it up just because it was so powerfully seductive.
She took no pains with her manners, or with delicacy of speech,
or with her toilette, or to show herself to her husband in her most becoming attitudes,
or to avoid inconvenience to him by being too exacting.
She acted in contradiction to all those rules.
She felt that the allurement's instinct had formerly taught her to use
would now be merely ridiculous in the eyes of her husband,
to whom she had from the first moment given herself up entirely,
that is, with her whole soul, leaving no corner of it hidden from him.
She felt that her unity with her husband was not maintained by the poetic feelings
that had attracted him to her, but by something else,
indefinite but firm as the bond between her own body and soul.
To fluff out her curls, put on fashionable dresses, and sing romantic songs to fascinate her husband,
would have seemed as strange as to adorn herself, to attract herself.
To adorn herself or others might perhaps have been agreeable, she did not know,
but she had no time at all for it.
The chief reason for devoting no time either to singing, to dress, or to choosing her
words was that she really had no time to spare for these things.
We know that man has the faculty of becoming completely absorbed in a subject, however
trivial it may be, and that there is no subject so trivial that it will not grow to
infinite proportions if one's entire attention is devoted to it.
The subject which wholly engrossed Natasha's attention was her family, that is, her husband,
whom she had to keep so that he should belong entirely to her and to the whole,
home, and the children, whom she had to bear, bring into the world, nurse, and bring up.
And the deeper she penetrated, not with her mind only, but with her whole soul,
her whole being, into the subject that absorbed her, the larger did that subject grow,
and the weaker and more inadequate did her powers appear, so that she concentrated them wholly
on that one thing, and yet was unable to accomplish all that she considered necessary.
There were then, as now, conversations and discussions about women's rights, the relations of
husband and wife, and their freedom and rights, though these themes were not yet termed questions
as they are now.
But these topics were not merely uninteresting to Natasha.
She positively did not understand them.
These questions, then as now, existed only for those who see nothing in marriage but the
pleasure merry people get from one another.
that is, only the beginnings of marriage and not its whole significance which lies in the family.
Discussions and questions of that kind, which are like the questions of how to get the greatest
gratification for one's dinner, did not then and do not now exist for those for whom the purpose
of a dinner is the nourishment it affords, and the purpose of marriage is the family.
If the purpose of dinner is to nourish the body, a man who eats two dinners at once may perhaps
get more enjoyment, but will not attain his purpose, for his stomach will not digest the two dinners.
If the purpose of marriage is the family, the person who wishes to have many wives or husbands
may perhaps obtain much pleasure, but in that case will not have a family.
If the purpose of food is nourishment and the purpose of marriage is the family, the whole question
resolves itself into not eating more than one kind digest and not having more wives or husbands than
are needed for the family, that is, one wife or one husband. Natasha needed a husband. A husband was
given her, and he gave her a family. And she not only saw no need of any other or better husband,
but as all the powers of her soul were intent on serving that husband and family, she could not
imagine and saw no interest in imagining how it would be if things were different.
Natasha did not care for society in general, but prized them more the society of her relatives,
Countess Mary and her brother, her mother, and Sonia. She valued the company of those to whom she could
come striding disheveled from the nursery in her dressing-gown, and with joyful face
show a yellow instead of a green stain on baby's napkin, and from whom she could hear
reassuring words to the effect that baby was much better. To such an extent had not
Natasha let herself go, that the way she dressed and did her hair, her ill-chosen words,
and her jealousy, she was jealous of Sonia, of the governess and of every woman, pretty or plain,
were habitual subjects of jest to those about her. The general opinion was that Pierre was
under his wife's thumb, which was really true. From the very first days of their married life,
Natasha had announced her demands. Pierre was greatly surprised by his wife's view.
to him, a perfectly novel one, that every moment of his life belonged to her and to the family.
His wife's demands astonished him, but they also flattered him, and he submitted to them.
Pierre's objection consisted in the fact that he not only dared not flirt with,
but dared not even speak smilingly to any other woman.
Did not dare dine at the club as a pastime, did not dare spend money on a whim,
and did not dare absent himself for any length of time, except on business, in which his wife
included his intellectual pursuits, which she did not in the least understand, but to which
she attributed great importance. To make up for this, at home Pierre had the right to regulate his
life, and that of the whole family exactly as he chose. At home, Natasha placed herself in the
position of a slave to her husband, and the whole household went on tiptoe when he was occupied.
that is, was reading or writing in his study.
Pierre had but to show a partiality for anything
to get just what he liked done always.
He had only to express a wish,
and Natasha would jump up and run to fulfill it.
The entire household was governed
according to Pierre's supposed orders,
that is, by his wishes, which Natasha tried to guess.
Their way of life and place of residence,
their acquaintances and ties,
Natasha's occupations,
the children's upbringing were all selected, not merely with regard to Pierre's expressed wishes,
but to what Natasha, from the thoughts he expressed in conversation, supposed his wishes to be.
And she deduced the essentials of his wishes quite correctly,
and having once arrived at them, clung to them tenaciously.
When Pierre himself wanted to change his mind, she would fight him with his own weapons.
Thus, in a time of trouble ever memorable to him after the birth of their first,
first child who was delicate, when they had to change the wet nurse three times and Natasha
fell ill from despair. Pierre one day told her of Rousseau's view, with which he quite agreed,
that to have a wet nurse is unnatural and harmful. When her next baby was born, despite the
opposition of her mother, the doctors, and even of her husband himself, who were all vigorously
opposed to her nursing her baby herself, a thing then unheard of and considered injurious. She
insisted on having her own way, and after that nursed all her babies herself.
It very often happened that in a moment of irritation, husband and wife would have a dispute,
but long afterwards, Pierre, to his surprise and delight, would find in his wife's ideas
and actions the very thought against which she had argued, but divested of everything superfluous
that in the excitement of the dispute he had added when expressing his opinion.
After seven years of marriage, Pierre had the joyous and firm consciousness that he was not a bad
man, and he felt this because he saw himself reflected in his wife. He felt that the good and
bad within himself inextricably mingled and overlapping. But only what was really good in him was
reflected in his wife, all that was not quite good was rejected. And this was not the result
of logical reasoning, but was a direct and mysterious reflection.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 10.
First Epilogue, Chapter 11, of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 11.
Two months previously, when Pierre was already staying with the Rostovs, he had received a letter from Prince Theodore,
asking him to come to Petersburg to confer on some important questions.
questions that were being discussed there by a society of which Pierre was one of the
principal founders. On reading that letter, she always read her husband's letters, Natasha
herself suggested that he should go to Petersburg, though she would feel his absence very
acutely. She attributed immense importance to all her husband's intellectual and abstract interests,
though she did not understand them, and she always dreaded being a hindrance to him in such
matters. To Pierre's timid look of inquiry, after reading the letter, she replied by asking
him to go, but to fix a definite date for his return. He was given four weeks leave of absence.
Ever since that leave of absence had expired, more than a fortnight before, Natasha had been in a
constant state of alarm, depression, and irritability. Denisov, now a general on the retired list,
and much dissatisfied with the present state of affairs,
had arrived during that fortnight.
He looked at Natasha with sorrow and surprise,
as at a bad likeness of a person once dear.
A dull, dejected look, random replies,
and talk about the nursery was all he saw and heard
from his former enchantress.
Natasha was sad and irritable all that time,
especially when her mother, her brother,
Sonia, or Countess Mary,
in their efforts to consult.
her, tried to excuse Pierre, and suggested reasons for his delay in returning.
"'It's all nonsense, all rubbish, those discussions which lead to nothing and all those
idiotic societies.' Natasha declared of the very affairs in the immense importance of which she firmly
believed. And she would go to the nursery to Nurse Petya, her only boy. No one else could tell her
anything so comforting or so reasonable as this little three-month-old creature when he lay
at her breast, and she was conscious of the movement of his lips and the snuffling of his little
nose. That creature said, "'You are angry. You are jealous. You would like to pay him out. You
are afraid. But here am I, and I am he.' And that was unanswerable. It was more than true.
During that fortnight of anxiety, Natasha resorted to the baby for comfort so often and fussed over him so much that she overfed him and he fell ill.
She was terrified by his illness, and yet that was just what she needed.
While attending to him, she bore the anxiety about her husband more easily.
She was nursing her boy when the sound of Pierre Slay was heard at the front door, and the old nurse, knowing how to please her mistress.
entered the room inaudibly but hurriedly and with a beaming face.
"'Has he come?' Natasha asked quickly in a whisper,
afraid to move lest she should rouse the dozing baby.
"'He's come, ma'am,' whispered the nurse.
The blood rushed to Natasha's face and her feet involuntarily moved,
but she could not jump up and run out.
The baby again opened his eyes and looked at her.
"'You're here?' he seemed to be saying,
and again lazily smacked his lips.
Cautiously withdrawing her breast,
Natasha rocked him a little,
handed him to the nurse,
and went with rapid steps toward the door.
But at the door she stopped,
as if her conscience reproached her
for having in her joy left the child too soon,
and she glanced round.
The nurse with raised elbows
was lifting the infant over the rail of his cot.
Go, ma'am! Don't worry, go!
She whispered, smiling,
with the kind of familiarity that grows up between a nurse and her mistress.
Natasha ran with light footsteps to the ante-room.
Denisov, who had come out of the study into the dancing-room with his pipe,
now for the first time recognized the old Natasha.
A flood of brilliant, joyful light poured from her transfigured face.
"'He's come!' she exclaimed as she ran past,
and Denisov felt that he too was delighted that Pierre,
whom he did not much care for, had returned.
turned. On reaching the vestibule, Natasha saw a tall figure in a fur coat unwinding his scarf.
"'It's he. It's really he. He has come,' she said to herself, and rushing at him,
embraced him, pressed his head to her breast, and then pushed him back and gazed at his
ruddy, happy face, covered with hoarfrost. Yes, it is he, happy and contented.
Then all at once she remembered the tortures of suspense she had experienced for the last fortnight,
and the joy that had lit up her face vanished. She frowned and overwhelmed Pierre with a torrent
of reproaches and angry words.
"'Yes, it's all very well for you. You are pleased. You've had a good time. But what about me?
You might at least have shown consideration for the children.'
"'I am nursing, and my milk is, my milk.
was spoiled. Petya was at death's door. But you were enjoying yourself. Yes, enjoying."
Pierre knew he was not to blame, for he could not have come sooner. He knew this outburst was
unseemly, and would blow over in a minute or two. Above all, he knew that he himself was bright
and happy. He wanted to smile, but dared not even think of doing so. He made a piteous, frightened face,
and bent down.
I could not, on my honor.
But how is Petya?
All right now.
Come along.
I wonder you're not ashamed.
If only you could see what I was like without you, how I suffered.
You are well?
Come, come, she said, not letting go of his arm.
And they went to their rooms.
When Nicholas and his wife came to look for Pierre,
he was in the nursery holding his baby's son, who was again awake on his huge right palm
and dandling him. A blissful bright smile was fixed on the baby's broad face with its toothless open
mouth. The storm was long since over, and there was bright, joyous sunshine on Natasha's face
as she gazed tenderly at her husband and child.
"'And have you talked everything well over with Prince Theodore?' she asked.
"'Yes, capitally.'
You see, he holds it up.
She met the baby's head.
But how he did frighten me!
You've seen the princess?
Is it true she's in love with that?
Yes, just fancy.
At that moment, Nicholas and Countess Mary came in.
Pierre, with the baby on his hand, stooped, kissed them,
and replied to their inquiries.
But in spite of much that was interesting and had to be discussed,
the baby with a little cap on its unsteady head evidently absorbed all his attention.
"'How sweet!' said Countess Mary, looking at and playing with the baby.
"'Now, Nicholas,' she added, turning to her husband,
"'I can't understand how it is you don't see the charm of these delicious marvels.'
"'I don't and can't,' replied Nicholas, looking coldly at the baby.
"'A lump of flesh.'
"'Come along, Pierre.
And yet he's such an affectionate father, said Countess Mary, vindicating her husband.
But only after they are a year old or so.
Now Pierre nurses them splendidly, said Natasha.
He says his hand is just made for a baby's seat.
Just look.
Only not for this.
Pierre suddenly exclaimed with a laugh, and shifting the baby, he gave him to the nurse.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 11
First Epilogue Chapter 12
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Liberbox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 12.
As in every large household, there were at Bald Hills
several perfectly distinct worlds which merged into one harmonious whole,
though each retained its own peculiarities and made concessions to the others.
Every event, joyful or sad, that took place in that house, was important to all these worlds,
but each had its own special reasons to rejoice or grieve over that occurrence independently of the others.
For instance, Pierre's return was a joyful and important event, and they all felt it to be so.
The servants, the most reliable judges of their masters because they judged
not by their conversation or expressions of feeling, but by their acts and way of life,
were glad of Pierre's return, because they knew that when he was there,
Count Nicholas would cease going every day to attend to the estate,
and would be in better spirits and temper,
and also because they would all receive handsome presents for the holidays.
The children and their governesses were glad of Pierre's return
because no one else drew them into the social life of the household as he did.
He alone could play on the clavocord that Eccose, his only piece, to which, as he said,
all possible dances could be danced, and they felt sure he had brought presents for them all.
Young Nicholas, now a slim lad of fifteen, delicate and intelligent, with curly light-brown hair
and beautiful eyes, was delighted because Uncle Pierre, as he called him, was the object of his
rapturous and passionate affection.
No one had instilled into him this love for Pierre, whom he saw only occasionally.
Countess Mary, who had brought him up, had done her utmost to make him love her husband
as she loved him, and Little Nicholas did love his uncle, but loved him with just a shade of
contempt.
Pierre, however, he adored.
He did not want to be a hussar or a knight of St. George like his uncle Nicholas.
He wanted to be learned, why.
wise and kind like Pierre. In Pierre's presence, his face always shone with pleasure,
and he flushed and was breathless when Pierre spoke to him. He did not miss a single word he uttered,
and would afterwards, with DeSal or by himself, recall and reconsider the meaning of everything
Pierre had said. Pierre's past life and his unhappiness prior to 1812, of which young Nicholas
had formed a vague poetic picture from some words he had overheard, his adventures in Moscow,
his captivity, Plotone Karateev, of whom he had heard from Pierre, his love for Natasha,
of whom the lad was also particularly fond, and especially Pierre's friendship with the father
whom Nicholas could not remember. All this made Pierre in his eyes a hero and a saint.
From broken remarks about Natasha and his father, from the emotion with what
which Pierre spoke of that dead father, and from the careful, reverent tenderness with which
Natasha spoke of him. The boy, who was only just beginning to guess what love is, derived the
notion that his father had loved Natasha, and when dying, had left her to his friend. But the
father, whom the boy did not remember, appeared to him a divinity who could not be pictured, and of whom
he never thought without a swelling heart and tears of sadness and rapture.
So the boy also was happy that Pierre had arrived.
The guests welcomed Pierre because he always helped to enliven and unite any company he was in.
The grown-up members of the family, not to mention his wife, were pleased to have back a friend
whose presence made life run more smoothly and peacefully.
The old ladies were pleased with the presents he brought them, and especially that Natasha
would now be herself again.
Pierre felt the different outlooks of these various worlds, and made haste to satisfy all their
expectations.
Though the most absent-minded and forgetful of men, Pierre, with the aid of a list his wife drew
up, had now bought everything, not forgetting his mother and brother-in-law's commissions,
nor the dress material for a present to Belova, nor toys for his wife's nephews.
In the early days of his marriage, it had seemed strange to be able to be a present to bellova, nor toys for his wife's nephews.
to him that his wife should expect him not to forget to procure all the things he undertook
to buy, and he had been taken aback by her serious annoyance when on his first trip he forgot everything.
But in time he grew used to this demand, knowing that Natasha asked nothing for herself
and gave him commissions for others only when he himself had offered to undertake them,
he now found an unexpected and childlike pleasure in this purchase of presents for everyone
in the house, and never forgot anything.
If he now incurred Natasha's censure, it was only for buying too many and too expensive things.
To her other defects, as most people thought them, but which to Pierre were qualities,
of untidiness and neglect of herself, she now added stinginess.
From the time that Pierre began life as a family man on a footing entailing heavy expenditure,
he had noticed to his surprise that he spent only half as much as before,
and that his affairs, which had been in disorder of late,
chiefly because of his first wife's debts, had begun to improve.
Life was cheaper because it was circumscribed.
That most expensive luxury, the kind of life that can be changed at any moment,
was no longer his, nor did he wish for it.
He felt that his way of life had now been settled once for all till death,
and that to change it was not in his power, and so that way of life
proved economical.
With a merry-smiling face, Pierre was sorting his purchases.
"'What do you think of this?' said he, unrolling a piece of stuff like a shopman.
Natasha, who was sitting opposite to him with her eldest daughter on her lap,
turned her sparkling eyes swiftly from her husband to the things he showed her.
"'That's for Bolova? Excellent!'
She felt the quality of the material.
It was a ruble in Archeon, I suppose.
Pierre told her the price.
Too dear, Natasha remarked.
How pleased the children will be, and Mama too.
Only, you need not have bought me this, she added,
unable to suppress a smile as she gazed admiringly
at a gold comb set with pearls, of a kind then just coming into fashion.
Adele tempted me.
She kept on telling me to buy it.
returned Pierre.
"'When am I to wear it?'
And Natasha stuck it in her coil of hair.
"'When I take little Masha into society?
Perhaps they will be fashionable again by then.
"'Well, let's go now.'
And collecting the presents they went first to the nursery
and then to the old Countess rooms.
The Countess was sitting with her companion, Bolova,
playing grand patience as usual,
when Pierre and Natasha came into the drawing-room
with parcels under their arms.
The Countess was now over sixty,
was quite grey,
and wore a cap with a frill that surrounded her face.
Her face had shriveled,
her upper lip had sunk in,
and her eyes were dim.
After the deaths of her son and husband
in such rapid succession,
she felt herself a being
accidentally forgotten in this world
and left without aim or object for her existence.
She ate, drank, slept, or kept awake,
but did not live. Life gave her no new impressions. She wanted nothing from life but tranquility,
and that tranquility only death could give her. But until death came, she had to go on living,
that is, to use her vital forces. A peculiarity one sees in very young children and very old
people was particularly evident in her. Her life had no external aims, only a need to exercise
her various functions and inclinations was apparent. She had to eat, sleep, think, speak,
weep, work, give vent to her anger and so on, merely because she had a stomach, a brain,
muscles, nerves, and a liver. She did these things, not under any external impulse, as people
in the full vigor of life do, when behind the purpose for which they strive, that of exercising
their functions remains unnoticed. She talked only because she physically needed to
exercise her tongue and lungs. She cried as a child does, because her nose had to be cleared
and so on. What for people in their full vigor is a name was for her, evidently, merely a pretext.
Thus in the morning, especially if she had eaten anything rich the day before, she felt a need of
being angry, and would choose as the handiest pretext Belova's deafness. She would begin to say something
to her in a low tone from the other end of the room.
It seems a little warmer today, my dear, she would murmur.
And when Belover replied,
Oh, yes, they've come!
She would mutter angrily.
Oh, Lord, how stupid and deaf she is.
Another pretext would be her snuff,
which would seem too dry or too damp, or not rubbed fine enough.
After these fits of irritability, her face would grow yellow,
and her maids knew by infallible symptoms, when Belova would again be deaf, the snuff damp,
and the countess face yellow. Just as she needed to work off her spleen, so she had sometimes to
exercise her still-existing faculty of thinking, and the pretext for that was a game of patience.
When she needed to cry, the deceased count would be the pretext. When she wanted to be agitated,
Nicholas and his health would be the pretext, and when she felt a need to speak spite,
the pretext would be Countess Mary. When her vocal organs needed exercise, which was usually
towards seven o'clock when she had had an after-dinner rest in a darkened room, the pretext
would be the retelling of the same stories over and over again to the same audience.
The old lady's condition was understood by the whole household, though no one ever spoke of it,
and they all made every possible effort to satisfy her needs. Only by a rare glance,
changed with a sad smile between Nicholas, Pierre, Natasha, and Countess Mary, was the common
understanding of her condition expressed. But those glances expressed something more. They said that
she had played her part in life, that what they now saw was not her whole self, that we must
all become like her, and that they were glad to yield to her, to restrain themselves for this once
precious being formerly as full of life as themselves, but
But now so much to be pitied.
Lamento Mori, said these glances.
Only the really heartless, the stupid ones of that household,
and the little children failed to understand this and avoided her.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 12.
First Epilogue Chapter 13 of War and Peace, Volume 4,
by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public, Domew.
main. First Epilogue, Chapter 13
When Pierre and his wife entered the drawing-room, the Countess was one of her customary states
in which she needed the mental exertion of playing patience, and so, though by force of
habit, she greeted him with the word she always used when Pierre or his son returned after
an absence. "'Hi time, my dear! Hi time! We were all weary of waiting for you. Well, thank God!'
and received her presence with another customary remark,
"'It's not the gift that's precious, my dear,
but that you give it to me an old woman.'
Yet it was evident that she was not pleased by Pierre's arrival at that moment
when it diverted her attention from the unfinished game.
She finished her game of patience, and only then examined the presence.
They consisted of a box for cards of splendid workmanship,
a bright blue severa teacup with shepherdesses depicted on it, and with a lid,
and a gold snuff-box with the Count's portrait on the lid which Pierre had had done
by a miniaturist in Petersburg.
The Countess had long wished for such a box, but as she did not want to cry just then,
she glanced indifferently at the portrait and gave her attention chiefly to the box for cards.
"'Thank you, my dear. You have cheered me up,' said she as she always did.
But best of all, you have brought yourself back, for I never saw anything like it.
You ought to give your wife a scolding.
What are we to do with her?
She is like a mad woman when you are away.
Doesn't see anything, doesn't remember anything.
She went on repeating her usual phrases.
"'Look, Anna, Tibofievna,' she added to her companion.
"'See what a box for cards my son has brought us.'
Belova admired the presence, and was delighted with her dress material.
Though Pierre, Natasha, Nicholas, Countess Mary, and Denisov had much to talk about that they could
not discuss before the old Countess, not that anything was hidden from her, but because she had dropped
so far behindhand in many things that had they begun to converse in her presence, they would
have had to answer inopportune questions and to repeat what they had already told her many times.
that so-and-so was dead, and so-and-so was married, which she would again be unable to remember.
Yet they sat at tea round the samovar in the drawing-room from habit,
and Pierre answered the countess questions as to whether Prince Vasili had aged,
and whether Countess Mary Alexievna had sent greetings, and still thought of them,
and other matters that interested no one, and to which she herself was indifferent.
Conversation of this kind, interesting to no one, yet on a voice,
avoidable, continued all through tea-time.
All the grown-up members of the family were assembled near the round tea-table at which
Sonia presided beside the samovar.
The children with their tutors and governesses had had tea, and their voices were audible
from the next room.
At tea, all sat in their accustomed places.
Nicholas beside the stove at a small table where his tea was handed to him.
Milka, the old grey Borzoi bitch, daughter of the first Milka, with a quite grey face
and large black eyes that seemed more prominent than ever, lay on the armchair beside him.
Denisov, whose curly hair, mustache, and whiskers had turned half gray, sat beside the Countess
Mary with his general's tunic unbuttoned. Pierre sat between his wife and the old countess.
He spoke of what he knew might interest the old lady, and that she could understand.
He told her of external social events, and of the people who had formed the circle of her
contemporaries, and had once been a real, living, and distinct group, but who were now, for the
most part, scattered about the world, and, like herself, were garnering the last ears of the
harvest they had sown in earlier years. But to the old countess, those contemporaries of her
seemed to be the only serious and real society. Natasha saw by Pierre's animation that his visit
had been interesting, and that he had much to tell them, but dare not say it before the old countess.
Denisov, not being a member of the family, did not understand Pierre's caution, and being,
as a malcontent, much interested in what was occurring in Petersburg, kept urging Pierre to tell
them about what had happened in the Seminoff's regiment, then about Eric Cheyev, and then about
the Bible Society. Once or twice, Pierre was carried away and began to speak of these things,
but Nicholas and Natasha always brought him back to the health of Prince Ivan and Countess Mary
Alexievna.
Well, and all this idiocy, Gosner and Tata Winova?
Denisov asked. Is that really still going on?
Going on, Pierre exclaimed.
Why, more than ever! The Bible Society is the whole government now.
What is that, Montserremy?
asked the Countess, who had finished her tea and evidently needed a pretext for being angry after
her meal.
"'What are you saying about the government?
I don't understand.'
"'Well, you know, Mama,' Nicholas interposed,
knowing how to translate things into his mother's language.
Prince Alexander Golitson has founded a society,
and in consequence has great influence, they say.
Eric Cheyev and Golitson, incautiously remarked Pierre,
"'are now the whole government! And what a government!
They see treason everywhere and are afraid of everything.
Well, and how is Prince Alexander to blame?
He is a most estimable man.
I used to meet him at Mary Antonovna's,
said the Countess in an offended tone,
and still more offended that they all remain silent.
She went on,
Nowadays everyone finds fault.
A gospel society.
Well, and what harm is there in that?
And she rose, everybody else got up too.
and with a severe expression sailed back to her table in the sitting-room.
The melancholy silence that followed was broken by the sounds of the children's voices
and laughter from the next room.
Evidently, some jolly excitement was going on there.
Finished!
Finished!
Little Natasha's gleeful yell rose above them all.
Pierre exchanged glances with Countess Mary and Nicholas,
Natasha he never lost sight of, and smiled happily.
"'That's delightful music,' said he.
"'It means that Anna Makarovna has finished her stocking,' said Countess Mary.
"'Oh, I'll go and see,' said Pierre, jumping up.
"'You know,' he added, stopping at the door,
"'why I'm especially fond of that music.
"'It is always the first thing that tells me all as well.
"'When I was driving here today, the near I got to the house, the more anxious I grew.
As I entered the ante-room, I heard Androcious peals of laughter, and that met all was well.
"'I know, I know that feeling,' said Nicholas.
"'But I mustn't go there. Those stockings are to be a surprise for me.'
Pierre went to the children, and the shouting and laughter grew still louder.
"'Come, Anna Makarovna,' Pierre's voice was heard, saying,
"'Come here into the middle of the room and at the word of command,
one, two, and when I say three, you stand here and you in my arms.
Well now, one, two, said Pierre, and a silence followed.
Three, and a rapturously breathless cry of children's voices filled the room.
Two, two, they shouted.
This meant two stockings, which, by a secret process not only to herself,
Anna Makarovna used to knit at the same time on the same needles,
and which, when they were ready, she always triumphantly drew one out of the other in the children's presence.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 13. First Epilogue Chapter 14 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maud. This Liberbox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 14.
Soon after this, the children came in to say good-night.
They kissed everyone, the tutors and governesses made their bows, and they went out.
Only young Nicholas and his tutor remained.
De Salle whispered to the boy to come downstairs.
No, monsieur de Salle, I would ask my aunt to let me stay, replied Nicholas Bokonski also in a whisper.
My aunt, please let me stay, said he, going up to his aunt.
His face expressed entreaty, agitation, and ecstasy.
Countess Mary glanced at him and turned to Pierre.
"'When you are here he can't tear himself away,' she said.
"'I will bring him to you directly, Monsieur de Sal.
"'Good-night,' said Pierre, giving his hand to the Swiss tutor,
and he turned to young Nicholas with a smile.
"'You and I haven't seen anything of one another yet.
"'How like he is growing, Mary!'
He added, addressing Countess Mary.
"'Like my father?' asked the boy, flushing crimson and looking up at Pierre with bright,
ecstatic eyes. Pierre nodded, and went on with what he had been saying when the children
had interrupted. Countess Mary sat down doing woolwork. Natasha did not take her eyes off her husband.
Nicholas and Denisov rose, asked for their pipes, smoked, went to fetch more tea from Sonia,
who sat weary but resolute at the samovar and questioned Pierre.
The curly-headed, delicate boy sat with shining eyes, unnoticed in a corner,
starting every now and then and muttering something to himself,
and evidently experiencing a new and powerful emotion as he turned his curly head,
with his thin neck exposed by his turned-down collar,
toward the place where Pierre sat.
The conversation turned on the contemporary gossip about those in power,
in which most people see the chief interest of home politics.
Denisov, dissatisfied with the government on account of his own disappointments in the service,
heard with pleasure of the things done in Petersburg, which seemed to him stupid,
and made forcible and sharp comments on what Pierre told them.
"'One used to have to be a German.
Now one must dance with Tatawa Nova and Madame Kudner, and Weed Eckerthausen, and the Buehwin.
Oh, they should let that fine fellow Bonaparte.
loose. He'd knock all this nonsense out of them. Fancy giving the command of the Seminov
regiment to a fellow like that Schwartz, he cried. Nicholas, though free from Denisov's readiness
to find fault with everything, also thought that discussion of the government was a very serious
and weighty matter, and the fact that A had been appointed minister of this and B, Governor General
of that, and that the Emperor had said so-and-so, and his minister so-and-so, seemed to him very important.
and so he thought it necessary to take an interest in these things and to question Pierre.
The questions put by these two kept the conversation from changing its ordinary character
of gossip about the higher government circles.
But Natasha, knowing all her husband's ways and ideas, saw that he had long been wishing
but had been unable to divert the conversation to another channel,
and express his own deeply felt idea for the sake of which he had gone to Petersburg to consult
with his new friend, Prince Theodore, and she helped him by asking how his affairs with
Prince Theodore had gone.
"'What was it about?' asked Nicholas.
"'Always the same thing,' said Pierre, looking round at his listeners.
"'Everybody sees that things are going so badly that they cannot be allowed to go on so,
and that it is the duty of all decent men to counteract it as far as they can.'
"'What can decent men do?' Nicholas inquired, frowning,
slightly. What can be done? Why this? Come into my study, said Nicholas. Natasha, who had long
expected to be fetched to nurse her baby, now heard the nurse calling her and went to the nursery.
Countess Mary followed her. The man went into the study, and little Nicholas Bokonski followed them,
unnoticed by his uncle, and sat down at the writing table in a shady corner by the window.
"'Well, what would you do?' asked Denisov.
"'Always some fantastic schemes,' said Nicholas.
"'Why this,' began Pierre, not sitting down but pacing the room,
sometimes stopping short, gesticulating, and lisping.
The position in Petersburg is this.
The Emperor does not look into anything.
He has abandoned himself altogether to this mysticism.
Pierre could not tolerate mysticism in anyone now.
He seeks only for peace, and only these people, sans-s-fois-en-lois, without faith or law, can give it him.
People who recklessly hack at and strangle everything, Magnitsky, Eric Cheyev, and Tutuanty.
You will agree that if you did not look after your estates yourself, but only wanted a quiet life,
the harsher your steward was, the more readily your object might be attained, he said to Nicholas.
"'Well, what does that lead up to?' said Nicholas.
"'Well, everything is going to ruin.
"'Robbery in the law courts, in the army, nothing but flogging, drilling, and military settlements.
"'The people are tortured, enlightenment is suppressed.
"'All that is young and honest is crushed.
"'Everyone sees that this cannot go on.
"'Everything is strained to such a degree that it will certainly break,' said Pierre,
as those who examine the actions of any government
have always said since governments began,
I told them just one thing in Petersburg.
Told whom?
Well, you know whom, said Pierre,
with a meaning glance from under his brows.
Prince Theodore and all those.
To encourage culture and philanthropy
is all very well, of course,
the aim is excellent,
but in the present circumstances,
something else is needed.
At that moment,
Nicholas noticed the presence of his nephew.
His face darkened, and he went up to the boy.
"'Why are you here?'
"'Why, let him be,' said Pierre,
taking Nicholas by the arm and continuing.
"'That is not enough,' I told them.
Something else is needed.
When you stand expecting the overstrained string
to snap at any moment,
when everyone is expecting the inevitable catastrophe,
as many as possible must join hands as closely as they can
to withstand the general calamity.
Everything that is young and strong is being enticed away and depraved.
One is lured by women, another by honors, a third by ambition or money,
and they go over to that camp.
No independent men, such as you or I, are left.
What I say is, widen the scope of our society.
Let the mododra be not virtue alone, but independence and action as well.
Nicholas, who had left his nephew,
irritably pushed up an armchair, sat down in it, and listened to Pierre,
coughing discontentedly and frowning more and more.
"'But action with what aim?' he cried.
"'And what position will you adopt toward the government?'
"'Why, the position of assistance.
The society need not be secret if the government allows it.
Not merely is it not hostile to government,
but it is a society of true conservatives,
a society of gentlemen in the full meaning of that word.
It is only to prevent some Pugachev or other from killing my children and yours,
and Erychaya from sending me off to some military settlement.
We join hands only for the public welfare and the general safety.
Yes, but it's a secret society,
and therefore a hostile and harmful one which can only cause harm.
Why? Did the Tugendbund which saved Europe?
They did not even venture to suggest that Russia had saved Europe.
Do any harm?
The Tugnbunt is an alliance of virtue.
It is love, mutual help.
It is what Christ preached on the cross.
Natasha, who had come in during the conversation, looked joyfully at her husband.
It was not what he was saying that pleased her.
That did not even interest her.
it seemed to her that was all extremely simple, and that she had known it for a long time.
It seemed so to her because she knew that it sprang from Pierre's whole soul,
but it was his animated and enthusiastic appearance that made her glad.
The boy with the thin neck stretching out from the turned-down collar,
whom everyone had forgotten, gazed at Pierre with even greater and more rapturous joy.
Every word of Pierre's burned into his heart,
and with a nervous movement of his fingers,
he unconsciously broke the sealing wax and quill pens
his hands came upon on his uncle's table.
It is not at all what you suppose,
but that is what the German Tugendbut was,
and what I am proposing.
No, my friend, the Tugendbutt is all very well for the sausage-eaters,
but I don't understand it and can't even pronounce it,
interposed in Isof in a loud and resolute voice.
I agree that everything here is wotten and horrible, but the Tugambunt I don't understand.
If we're not satisfied, let us have a bunt of our own. That's all right.
Chasue, Vot-om. I'm your man.
Pierre smiled. Natasha began to laugh, but Nicholas knitted his brow still more, and began proving
to Pierre that there was no prospect of any great change, and that all the danger he spoke of
existed only in his imagination. Pierre maintained the contrary, and as his mental faculties were
greater and more resourceful, Nicholas felt himself cornered. This made him still angrier,
for he was fully convinced, not by reasoning, but by something within him stronger than reason
of the justice of his opinion. "'I will tell you this,' he said, rising and trying with nervously
twitching fingers to prop up his pipe in a corner, but finally abandoning the attempt.
I can't prove it to you. You say that everything here is rotten and that an overthrow is coming,
I don't see it. But you also say that our oath of allegiance is a conditional matter,
and to that I reply,
You are my best friend, as you know, but if you formed a secret society and began working
against the government, be it what it may, I know it is my dear. It is my dear.
duty to obey the government. And if Eric Cheyev ordered me to lead a squadron against you
and cut you down, I should not hesitate an instant, but should do it. And you may argue about that
as you like. An awkward silence followed these words. Natasha was the first to speak, defending her
husband and attacking her brother. Her defense was weak and inapt, but she attained her object.
The conversation was resumed, and no longer in the unpleasantly hostile tone.
of Nicholas' last remark.
When they all got up to go into supper,
little Nicholas Bolkonsky went up to Pierre,
pale and with shining radiant eyes.
Uncle Pierre, you...
No, if Papa were alive,
would he agree with you?
He asked.
And Pierre suddenly realized
what a special, independent,
complex and powerful process of thought and feeling
must have been going on in this boy
during that conversation.
And remembering all he had said,
he regretted that the lad should have heard him.
He had, however, to give him an answer.
Yes, I think so, he said reluctantly and left the study.
The lad looked down, and seemed now for the first time,
to notice what he had done to the things on the table.
He flushed and went up to Nicholas.
Uncle, forgive me, I did that,
"'Unintentionally,' he said, pointing to the broken ceiling wax and pens.
Nicholas started angrily.
"'All right, all right,' he said, throwing the bits under the table.
And evidently suppressing his vexation with difficulty, he turned away from the boy.
"'You want not to have been here at all,' he said.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 14.
First Epilogue, Chapter 15.
of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 15
The conversation at supper was not about politics or societies,
but turned upon the subject Nicholas liked best,
recollections of 1812.
Denisov started these, and Pierre was particularly agreeable and amusing about it.
them. The family separated on the most friendly terms. After supper, Nicholas, having undressed in his
study and given instructions to the steward who had been waiting for him, went to the bedroom
in his dressing-gown, where he found his wife still at her table writing.
"'What are you writing, Mary?' Nicholas asked. Countess Mary blushed. She was afraid that what she was
writing would not be understood or approved by her husband.
She had wanted to conceal what she was writing from him, but at the same time was glad he had
surprised her at it, and that she would now have to tell him.
"'A diary, Nicholas?' she replied, handing him a blue exercise book filled with her firm, bold
writing.
"'A diary?'
Nicholas repeated with a shade of irony, and he took up the book.
"'It was in French.'
December 4. Today, when Andrusia, her eldest boy, woke up, he did not wish to dress and Mademoiselle
Louise set for me. He was naughty and obstinate. I tried threats, but he only grew angrier.
Then I took the matter in hand. I left him alone and began with nurse's help to get the other children
up, telling him that I did not love him. For a long time he was silent, as if astonished, that he
jumped out of bed, ran to me in his shirt, and sobbed so that I could not calm him for a long
time. It was plain that what troubled him most was that he had grieved me. Afterwards, in the
evening, when I gave him his ticket, he again began crying piteously and kissing me. One can do
anything with him by tenderness. What is a ticket? Nicholas inquired. I have begun
giving the elder ones marks every evening, showing how they have behaved.
Nicholas looked into the radiant eyes that were gazing at him, and continued to turn over
the pages and read.
In the diary was set down everything in the children's lives that seemed noteworthy to their
mother as showing their characters, or suggesting general reflections on educational methods.
They were, for the most part, quite insignificant trifles, but did not seem so to the mother
or to the father either, now that he read this diary about his children for the first time.
Under the date five was entered.
Mitya was naughty at table.
Papa said he was to have no pudding.
He had none,
but looked so unhappily and greedily at the others while they were eating.
I think that punishment by depriving children of sweets
only develops their greediness.
Must tell Nicholas this.
Nicholas put down the book and looked at his wife.
The radiant eyes gazed at him questioningly.
Would he approve or disapprove of her diary?
There could be no doubt not only of his approval, but also of his admiration for his wife.
Perhaps it need not be done so pedantically, thought Nicholas, or even done at all,
but this untiring, continual spiritual effort of which the sole aim was the children's moral welfare
delighted him. Had Nicholas been able to analyze his feelings, he would have found that his
steady, tender, and proud love of his wife, rested on his feeling of wonder at her spirituality
and at the lofty moral world, almost beyond his reach in which she had her being.
He was proud of her intelligence and goodness, recognized his own insignificance beside her
in the spiritual world, and rejoiced all the more that she with such a soul not only belonged to
him, but was part of himself.
I quite, quite approve, my dearest, said he with a significant look, and after a short pause, he added,
And I behaved badly today. You weren't in the study. We began disputing, Pierre and I,
and I lost my temper. But he is impossible, such a child. I don't know what would become of him
if Natasha didn't keep him in hand. Have you any idea why he went to Petersburg?
They have formed,
"'Yes, I know,' said Countess Mary.
Natasha told me.
"'Well, then, you know,' Nicholas went on,
growing hot at the mere recollection of their discussion.
He wanted to convince me
that it is every honest man's duty to go against the government,
and that the oath of allegiance and duty—'
I'm sorry you weren't there.
They all fell on me.
Denisov and Natasha— Natasha is absurd.
How she rules over him.
And yet there need only be a discussion, and she has no words of her own, but only repeats his
sayings, added Nicholas, yielding to that irresistible inclination which tempts us to judge
those nearest and dearest to us.
He forgot that what he was saying about Natasha could have been applied word for word to
himself in relation to his wife.
"'Yes, I have noticed that,' said Countess Mary.
When I told him that duty and the oath were above everything, he started proving,
goodness knows what.
A pity, you were not there.
What would you have said?
As I see it, you are quite right, and I told Natasha so.
Pierre says everybody is suffering, tortured, and being corrupted, and that it is our duty to help
our neighbor.
Of course, he is right there, said Countess Mary.
But he forgets that we have other duties nearer to us, duties indicated to us by God himself,
and that, though we might expose ourselves to risks, we must not risk our children.
Yes, that's it. That's just what I said to him, put in Nicholas, who fancied he really had said it.
But they insisted on their own view, love of one's neighbor and Christianity,
and all this in the presence of young Nicholas,
who had gone into my study and broke all my things.
Ah, Nicholas, do you know I am often troubled about little Nicholas?
said Countess Mary.
He is such an exceptional boy.
I am afraid. I neglect him in favor of my own.
We all have children and relations, while he has no one.
He is constantly alone with his thoughts.
"'Well, I don't think you need reproach yourself on his account.
All that the fondest mother could do for her son you have done and are doing for him,
and of course I am glad of it.
He is a fine lad, a fine lad.
This evening he listened to Pierre in a sort of trance, and fancy, as we were going into supper,
I looked and he had broken everything on my table to bits,
and he told me of it himself at once.
I never knew him to tell an untruth.
A fine lad, a fine lad, repeated Nicholas,
who at heart was not fond of Nicholas Bolkonsky,
but was always anxious to recognize that he was a fine lad.
Still, I am not the same as his own mother, said Countess Mary.
I feel I am not the same, and it troubles me.
A wonderful boy, but I am dreadfully afraid for him.
it would be good for him to have a companion's.
Well, it won't be for long.
Next summer, I'll take him to Petersburg, said Nicholas.
Yes, Pierre always was a dreamer and always will be.
He continued, returning to the talk in the study,
which had evidently disturbed him.
Well, what business is it of mine what goes on there?
Whether Eric Chaev is bad and all that?
What business was it of mine when I married,
and was so deep in debt that I was threatened with prison, and had a mother who could not see
or understand it.
And then there are you and the children and our affairs.
Is it for my own pleasure that I am at the farm or in the office from morning to-night?
No, but I know I must work to comfort my mother, to repay you, and not to leave the children
such beggars as I was."
Countess Mary wanted to tell him that man does not live by bread alone, and that he
He attached too much importance to these matters.
But she knew she must not say this, and that it would be useless to do so.
She only took his hand and kissed it.
He took this as a sign of approval and a confirmation of his thoughts,
and after a few minutes' reflection continued to think aloud.
You know, Mary, today Elias Mitrafanich, this was his overseer,
came back from the Atambov estate and told me they are already offered.
offering eighty thousand rubles for the forest. And with an eager face, Nichols began to speak
of the possibility of repurchasing Otradno before long, and added,
Another ten years of life, and I shall leave the children, in an excellent position.
Countess Mary listened to her husband and understood all that he told her. She knew that when he
thought aloud in this way, he would sometimes ask her what he had been saying, and be
vexed if he noticed that she had been thinking about something else. But she had to force
herself to attend, for what he was saying did not interest her at all. She looked at him
and did not think, but felt about something different. She felt a submissive, tender love for this
man, who would never understand all that she understood, and this seemed to make her love for him
still stronger, and added a touch of passionate tenderness. Besides this feeling which absorbed her
altogether, and hindered her from following the details of her husband's plans, thoughts that
had no connection with what he was saying flitted through her mind. She thought of her nephew. Her
husband's account of the boy's agitation, while Pierre was speaking, struck her forcibly,
and various traits of his gentle, sensitive character recurred to her mind. And while thinking
of her nephew, she thought also of her own children. She did not compare them with him, but compared
her feeling for them with her feeling for him, and felt with regret that there was something
lacking in her feeling for young Nicholas.
Sometimes it seemed to her that this difference arose from the difference in their ages,
but she felt herself to blame toward him and promised in her heart to do better and to accomplish
the impossible, in this life to love her husband, her children, little Nicholas, and all
her neighbors as Christ loved mankind.
Countess Mary's soul always strove toward the infinite, the eternal, and the absolute, and
could therefore never be at peace.
A stern expression of the lofty, secret suffering of a soul burdened by the body appeared
on her face.
Nicholas gazed at her.
"'Oh, God, what will become of us if she dies, as I always fear when her face is like that?'
thought he, and placing himself before the icon, he began to do so.
say his evening prayers.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 15.
First Epilogue Chapter 16, Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by
Elmer Maude.
This Liberbox recording is in the public domain.
First Epilogue, Chapter 16.
Natasha and Pierre, left alone, also began to talk as only a husband and wife can talk,
that is, with extraordinary clearness and rapidity,
understanding and expressing each other's thoughts in ways contrary to all rules of logic,
without premises, deductions, or conclusions, and in a quite peculiar way.
Natasha was so used to this kind of talk with her husband
that for her it was the surest sign of something being wrong between them
if Pierre followed a line of logical reasoning.
When he began proving anything, or talking argumentatively and calmly,
and she, led on by his example, began to do the same.
She knew that they were on the verge of a quarrel.
From the moment they were alone,
and Natasha came up to him with wide-open, happy eyes,
and quickly seizing his head pressed it to her bosom,
saying,
"'Now you're all mine, mine, you won't escape.'
From that moment, this conversation began,
contrary to all the laws of logic and contrary to them
because quite different subjects were talked about at one and the same time.
This simultaneous discussion of many topics did not prevent a clear understanding,
but on the contrary was the surest sign that they fully understood one another.
Just as in a dream, when all is uncertain, unreasoning, and contradictory,
except the feeling that guides the dream.
So in this intercourse, contrary to all laws of reason,
the words themselves were not consecutive and clear,
but only the feeling that prompted them.
Natasha spoke to Pierre about her brother's life and doings,
of how she had suffered and lacked life during his own absence,
and of how she was fonder than ever of Mary,
and how Mary was in every way better than herself.
In saying this, Natasha was sincere in acknowledging Mary's superiority,
but at the same time, by saying it,
she made a demand on Pierre that he should, all the same,
prefer her to marry and to all other women, and that now, especially after having seen many
women in Petersburg, he should tell her so afresh.
Pierre, answering Natasha's words, told her how intolerable it had been for him to meet ladies
at dinners and balls in Petersburg.
"'I have quite lost the knack of talking to ladies,' he said.
"'It was simply dull. Besides, I was very busy.'
Natasha looked intently at him and went on.
"'Mary's so splendid,' she said.
"'How she understands children.
"'It is as if she saw straight into their souls.
Yesterday, for instance, Mitya was naughty.
How like his father he is!' Pierre interjected.
Natasha knew why he mentioned Mitya's likeness to Nicholas.
The recollection of his dispute with his brother-in-law was unpleasant,
and he wanted to know what Natasha thought of it.
Nicholas has the weakness of never agreeing with anything, not generally accepted.
But I understand that you value what opens up a fresh line, said she, repeating words Pierre had once uttered.
No, the chief point is that to Nicholas, ideas and discussions are an amusement,
almost a pastime, said Pierre.
For instance, he is collecting a library and has made it a rule not to buy a new book
till he has read what he had already bought.
Sismondi and Rousseau and Montescu, he added with a smile.
You know how much I...
He began to soften down what he had said,
but Natasha interrupted him to show that this was unnecessary.
So you say ideas are an amusement to him?
Yes, and for me, nothing else is serious.
All the time in Petersburg, I saw everyone as in a dream.
When I am taken up by a thought, all else is mere amusement.
Ah, I'm so sorry I wasn't there when you met the children, said Natasha.
Which was most delighted?
Lisa, I'm sure.
Yes, Pierre replied, and went on with what was in his mind.
Nicholas says we ought not to think, but I can't help it.
Besides, when I was in Petersburg, I felt, I can say this to you, that the whole affair would go to
pieces without me.
Everyone was pulling his own way.
But I succeeded in uniting them all.
And then my idea is so clear and simple.
You see, I don't say that we ought to oppose this and that.
We may be mistaken.
What I say is, join hands, you who love the right, and let there be but one banner, that
of active virtue. Prince Sergei is a fine fellow and clever.
Natasha would have had no doubt as to the greatness of Pierre's idea, but one thing disconcerted
her. Can a man so important and necessary to society be also my husband? How did this happen?
She wished to express this doubt to him. Now, who could decide whether he is really cleverer
than all the others? She asked herself.
and passed in review all those whom Pierre most respected.
Judging by what he had said,
there was no one he had respected so highly as Ploton Karateev.
Do you know what I am thinking about? she asked.
About Ploton Karateev.
Would he have approved of you now, do you think?
Pierre was not at all surprised at this question.
He understood his wife's line of thought.
Plotan Karateev, he repeated.
and pondered, evidently, sincerely trying to imagine Karateev's opinion on the subject.
He would not have understood.
Yet perhaps he would.
I love you awfully, Natasha suddenly said.
Awfully, awfully.
No, he would not have approved, said Pierre after reflection.
What he would have approved of is our family life.
He was always so anxious to find seemliness, happiness,
and peace and everything, and I should have been proud to let him see us.
There now, you talk of my absence, but you wouldn't believe what a special feeling I have
for you after a separation.
Yes, I should think, Natasha began.
No, it's not that.
I never leave off loving you.
And one couldn't love more, but this is something special.
Yes, of course.
He did not finish.
because their eyes meeting said the rest.
What nonsense it is, Natasha suddenly exclaimed,
about honeymoons, and that the greatest happiness is at first.
On the contrary, now is the best of all.
If only you did not go away.
Do you remember how we quarreled?
And it was always my fault, always mine.
And what we quarreled about?
I don't even remember.
Always about the same thing.
said Pierre with a smile.
"'Gela—don't say it. I can't bear it!'
Natasha cried, and her eyes glittered coldly and vindictively.
"'Did you see her?' she added after a pause.
"'No, and if I had, I shouldn't have recognized her.'
They were silent for a while.
"'Oh, do you know? While you were talking in the study, I was looking at you.'
Natasha began evidently anxious to disperse the clearest the
cloud that had come over them.
You are as like him as two peas, like the boy.
She met her little son.
Oh, it's time to go to him. The milk's come.
But I'm sorry to leave you.
They were silent for a few seconds.
Then suddenly turning to one another at the same time, they both began to speak.
Pierre began with self-satisfaction and enthusiasm, Natasha with a quiet, happy smile.
Having interrupted one another, they both stopped to let the other continue.
"'No, what did you say? Go on, go on.'
"'No, you go on. I was talking nonsense,' said Natasha.
Pierre finished what he had begun. It was the sequel to his complacent reflections on his
success in Petersburg. At that moment it seemed to him that he was chosen to give a new direction
to the whole of Russian society and to the whole world.
I only wish to say that ideas that have great results are always simple ones.
My whole idea is that, if vicious people are united and constitute a power,
then honest folk must do the same.
Now that's simple enough.
Yes.
And what were you going to say?
I, only nonsense.
But all the same.
Oh, nothing, only a trifle, said Natasha, smiling still more brightly.
I only wanted to tell you about Petya.
Today nurse was coming to take him from me, and he laughed, shut his eyes, and clung to me.
I'm sure he thought he was hiding.
Awfully sweet.
There now, he's crying.
Well, good-bye.
And she left the room.
Meanwhile, downstairs in young Nicholas Bolkonsky's bedroom, a little lamp was burning as usual.
The boy was afraid of the dark, and they could not cure him of it.
DeSal slept propped up on four pillows, and his Roman nose emitted sounds of rhythmic snoring.
Little Nicholas, who had just waked up in a cold perspiration, sat up in bed and gazed before him
with wide open eyes. He had awaked from a terrible dream. He had dreamed that he and Uncle Pierre,
wearing helmets such as were depicted in his Plutarch, were leading a huge army.
The army was made up of white-slanting lines that filled the air,
like the cobwebs that float about in autumn,
and which De Selle called Le Filles de la Viege.
In front was glory,
which was similar to those threads, but rather thicker.
He and Pierre were borne along lightly and joyously,
nearer and nearer to their goal.
Suddenly, the threads that moved them began to slacken
and become entangled, and it grew difficult to move,
and Uncle Nicholas stood before them
in a stern and threatening attitude.
"'Have you done this?' he said, pointing to some broken ceiling-wax and pens.
"'I loved you, but I have orders from Eric Cheyev, and will kill the first of you who moves forward.'
Little Nicholas turned to look at Pierre, but Pierre was no longer there. In his place was his
father, Prince Andrew. And his father had neither shape nor form, but he existed, and when little
Nicholas perceived him, he grew faint with love.
felt himself powerless, limp, and formless. His father caressed and pitied him. But Uncle Nicholas
came nearer and nearer to them. Terror seized young Nicholas and he awoke.
"'My father,' he thought. Though there were two good portraits of Prince Andrew in the house,
Nicholas never imagined him in human form. "'My father has been with me and caressed me. He
approved of me and of Uncle Pierre. Whatever he may tell me, I
will do it.
Musius Scavola burned his hand.
Why should not the same sort of thing happen to me?
I know they want me to learn, and I will learn.
But some day I shall have finished learning, and then I will do something.
I only pray God that something may happen to me such as happen to Plutarch's men,
and I will act as they did.
I will do better.
Everyone shall know me, love me, and be delighted with me.
And suddenly his bosom heaved with sobs, and he began to cry.
"'Are you ill?' he heard DeSal's voice asking.
"'No,' answered Nicholas, and lay back on his pillow.
"'He is good and kind, and I am fond of him,' he thought of DeSal.
"'But Uncle Pierre! Oh, what a wonderful man he is!
And my father? Oh, father, father!
Yes, I will do something with which even he would be satisfied.
End of First Epilogue, Chapter 16.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 1.
Of War in Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 1
History is the life of nations and of humanity.
To seize and put into words, to describe directly the life of humanity or even of a single nation, appears impossible.
The ancient historians all employed one and the same method to describe and seize the apparent elusive, the life of a people.
They described the activity of individuals who ruled the people and regarded the activity of those men as representing the activity of the whole nation.
The question, how did individuals make nations act as they wished, and by what was the will of
these individuals themselves guided? The ancients met by recognizing a divinity which subjected the
nations to the will of a chosen man, and guided the will of that chosen man so as to accomplish
ends that were predestined. For the ancients, these questions were solved by a belief in the
direct participation of the deity in human affairs.
Modern history, in theory, rejects both these principles.
It would seem that having rejected the belief of the ancients in man's
subjection to the deity, and in a predetermined aim toward which nations are led,
modern history should study not the manifestations of power, but the causes that produce it.
But modern history has not done this.
having, in theory, rejected the view held by the ancients, it still follows them in practice.
Instead of men endowed with divine authority and directly guided by the will of God,
modern history has given us either heroes endowed with extraordinary superhuman capacities,
or simply men of various kinds, from monarchs to journalists who lead the masses.
Instead of the formerly divinely appointed aims of the Jewish, Greek, or Roman nations,
which ancient historians regarded as representing the progress of humanity,
modern history has postulated its own aims, the welfare of the French, German, or English
people, or in its highest abstraction, the welfare and civilization of humanity in general,
by which is usually meant that of the peoples occupying a small, northwesterly portion of a large
continent. Modern history has rejected the beliefs of the ancients without replacing them by a new
conception, and the logic of the situation has obliged the historians, after they had apparently
rejected the divine authority of the kings and the fate of the ancients, to reach the same
conclusion by another road, that is, to recognize, one, nations guided by individual men,
and, two, the existence of a known aim to which these nations and
humanity at large are tending.
At the basis of the works of all the modern historians from Gibbon to Buckle,
despite their seeming disagreements and the apparent novelty of their outlooks,
lie those two old unavoidable assumptions.
In the first place, the historian describes the activity of individuals,
who, in his opinion, have directed humanity.
One historian considers only monarchs, generals, and ministers as being such men,
while another includes also orators, learned men, reformers, philosophers, and poets.
Secondly, it is assumed that the goal toward which humanity is being led is known to the historians.
To one of them, this gold is the greatness of the Roman, Spanish, or French realm.
To another, it is liberty, equality, and a certain kind of civilization of a small corner of the world called Europe.
In 1789, a ferment arises in Paris. It grows, spreads, and is expressed by a movement of peoples
from west to east. Several times it moves eastward and collides with a counter-movement from the
east-westward. In 1812, it reaches its extreme limit, Moscow, and then, with remarkable symmetry,
a counter-movement occurs from east to west, attracting to it, as the first movement had done.
the nations of Middle Europe.
The counter-movement reaches the starting point
of the first movement in the West, Paris, and subsides.
During that twenty-year period,
an immense number of fields were left untilled,
houses were burned, trade changed its direction,
millions of men migrated, were impoverished, or were enriched,
and millions of Christian men professing the law of love of their fellows
slew one another.
What does all this mean? Why did it happen?
What made those people burn houses and slay their fellow men?
What were the causes of these events? What force made men act so?
These are the instinctive, plain, and most legitimate questions
humanity asks itself when it encounters the monuments and tradition of that period.
For a reply to these questions, the common sense of mankind turns to
to the science of history, whose aim is to enable nations and humanity to know themselves.
If history had retained the conception of the ancients, it would have said that God,
to reward or punish his people, gave Napoleon power and directed his will to the fulfillment
of the divine ends, and that reply would have been clear and complete.
One might believe or disbelieve in the divine significance of Napoleon, but for anyone believing in it,
there would have been nothing unintelligible in the history of that period, nor would there have
been any contradictions. But modern history cannot give that reply. Science does not admit the
conception of the ancients as to the direct participation of the deity in human affairs,
and therefore history ought to give other answers. Modern history, replying to these questions,
says, You want to know what this movement means, what caused it, and what force produced
these events? Then listen. Louis XIV was a very proud and self-confident man. He had such-and-such
and such-and-such ministers, and he ruled France badly. His descendants were weak men, and they too
ruled France badly, and they had such-and-such-and-such favorites and such-and-such mistresses.
Moreover, certain men wrote some books at that time. At the end of the 18th century, there were a
couple of dozen men in Paris who began to talk about all men being free and equal. This caused people
all over France to begin to slash and drown one another. They killed the king and many other people.
At that time, there was in France a man of genius, Napoleon. He conquered everybody everywhere,
that is, he killed many people because he was a great genius. And for some reason, he went to
kill Africans, and killed them so well and was so cunning and wise that when he returned to France,
he ordered everybody to obey him, and they all obeyed him. Having become an emperor, he again
went out to kill people in Italy, Austria, and Prussia, and there too he killed a great many.
In Russia there was an emperor, Alexander, who decided to restore order in Europe and therefore
fought against Napoleon. In 1807, he saw a great many. In 1807, he saw.
suddenly made friends with him. But in 1811, they again quarreled and again began killing many people.
Napoleon led 600,000 men into Russia and captured Moscow. Then he suddenly ran away from Moscow,
and the Emperor, helped by the advice of Stein and others, united Europe to arm against
the disturber of its peace. All Napoleon's allies suddenly became his enemies, and their forces
advanced against the fresh forces he raised. The Allies defeated Napoleon, entered Paris,
forced Napoleon to abdicate, and sent him to the island of Elba, not depriving him of the title
of Emperor and showing him every respect, though five years before and one year later they all regarded
him as an outlaw and a brigand. Then Louis XIII, who till then had been the laughingstock both of the
French and the Allies, began to reign.
And Napoleon, shedding tears before his old guards,
renounced the throne and went into exile.
Then, the skillful statesmen and diplomatists,
especially Tali Rang,
who managed to sit down in a particular chair before anyone else
and thereby extended the frontiers of France,
talked in Vienna,
and by these conversations made the nations happy or unhappy.
Suddenly, the diplomatists and monarchs nearly quarreled
and were on the point of again ordering their armies to kill one another,
but just then Napoleon arrived in France with a battalion,
and the French, who had been hating him, immediately all submitted to him.
But the Allied monarchs were angry at this, and went to fight the French once more.
And they defeated the genius Napoleon,
and suddenly recognizing him as a brigand, sent him to the island of St. Helena.
And the exile, separated from the beloved,
of it France so dear to his heart, died a lingering death on that rock, and bequeathed
his great deeds to posterity.
But in Europe a reaction occurred, and the sovereigns once again all began to oppress their
subjects.
It would be a mistake to think that this is ironic, a caricature of the historical accounts.
On the contrary, it is a very mild expression of the contradictory replies, not meeting the questions
which all the historians give, from the compilers of memoirs and the histories of separate
states, to the writers of general histories and the new histories of the culture of that period.
The strangeness and absurdity of these replies arise from the fact that modern history,
like a deaf man, answers questions no one has asked.
If the purpose of history be to give a description of the movement of humanity and of the peoples,
the first question, in the absence of a reply to which all the rest will be incomprehensible,
is, what is the power that moves peoples?
To this, modern history laboriously replies either that Napoleon was a great genius,
or that Louis XIV was very proud, or that certain writers wrote certain books.
All that may be so, and mankind is ready to agree with it, but it is not what was asked.
All that would be interesting if we recognized a divine power based on itself, and always
consistently directing its nations through Napoleon's, Louise, and writers. But we do not
acknowledge such a power, and therefore, before speaking about Napoleon's, Louise, and authors,
we ought to be shown the connection existing between these men and the movement of the nations.
If instead of a divine power some other force has appeared, it should be explained in what
this new force consists, for the whole interest of history lies precisely in that force.
History seems to assume that this force is self-evident and known to everyone.
But in spite of every desire to regard it as known, anyone reading many historical works
cannot help doubting whether this new force, so variously understood by the historians themselves,
is really quite well known to everybody.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 1.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 2 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 2
What force moves the nations?
Biographical historians and historians of separate nations understand this force as a power
inherent in heroes and rulers. In their narration, events are
occur solely by the will of a Napoleon and Alexander, or in general, of the persons they describe.
The answers given by this kind of historian to the question of what force causes events to
happen are satisfactory only as long as there is but one historian to each event.
As soon as historians of different nationalities and tendencies begin to describe the same event,
the replies they give immediately lose all meaning. For this force is understood by them all,
differently, but often in quite contradictory ways.
One historian says that an event was produced by Napoleon's power, another that it was produced
by Alexander's, a third that it was due to the power of some other person.
Besides this, historians of that kind contradict each other even in their statement as to the
force on which the authority of some particular person was based.
Tierre, a Bonapartist, says that Napoleon's power was based on his virtue and genius.
Lanfrey, a Republican, says it was based on his trickery and deception of the people.
So, the historians of this class, by mutually destroying one another's positions,
destroy the understanding of the force which produces events,
and furnish no reply to history's essential question.
Writers of universal history, who deal with all the nations,
seem to recognize how erroneous is the specialist historian's view of the force which produces events.
They do not recognize it as a power inherent in heroes and rulers, but as the resultant of a
multiplicity of variously directed forces.
In describing a war or the subjugation of a people, a general historian looks for the cause
of the event not in the power of one man, but in the interaction of many persons connected
with the event.
According to this view, the power of historical personages, represented as the product of
many forces, can no longer it would seem be regarded as a force that itself produces events.
Yet in most cases, universal historians still employ the conception of power as a force that
itself produces events, and treat it as their cause. In their exposition, an historical character
is first the product of his time, and his power only the resultant of various forces,
and then his power is itself a force-producing events.
Gervinus, Schlosser, and others, for instance, at one time proved Napoleon to be a product of
the revolution, of the ideas of 1789, and so forth, and at another, plainly say that the campaign
of 1812 and other things they do not like were simply the product of Napoleon's misdirected will,
and that the very ideas of 1789 were arrested in their development by Napoleon's caprice.
The ideas of the revolution and the general temper of the age produced Napoleon's power,
but Napoleon's power suppress the ideas of the revolution and the general temper of the age.
This curious contradiction is not accidental.
Not only does it occur at every step, but the Universal Historian's accounts are all made up of a chain of such contradictions.
This contradiction occurs because, after entering the field of analysis,
the universal historians stop halfway.
To find component forces equal to the composite or resultant force,
the sum of the components must equal the resultant.
This condition is never observed by the universal historians,
and so to explain the resultant forces, they are obliged to admit,
in addition to the insufficient components,
another unexplained force affecting the resultant action.
Specialist historians describing the campaign of agency,
or the Restoration of the Bourbons,
plainly assert that these events were produced by the will of Alexander.
But the Universal historian Gervinus,
refuting this opinion of the specialist historian,
tries to prove that the Campaign of 1813 and the Restoration of the Burbons
were due to other things beside Alexander's will,
such as the activity of Stein, Metternich, Madame de Stael, Talirin,
Ficta, Chatea, Chateaubriand, and others.
The historian evidently decomposes Alexander's power into the components,
Talirang, Chateaubriam, and the rest.
But the sum of the components, that is, the interactions of Chateaubriam,
Talley, Madame de Stael, and the others,
evidently does not equal the resultant,
namely the phenomenon of millions of Frenchmen submitting to the Bourbons.
That Chateaubriam, Madame de Stéel, and others,
spoke certain words to one another, only affected their members.
mutual relations, but does not account for the submission of millions.
And therefore, to explain how, from these relations of theirs, the submission of millions
of people resulted, that is, how component forces equal to one A gave a resultant equal
to a thousand times A, the historian is again obliged to fall back on power, the force he had
denied, and to recognize it as the resultant of the forces, that is, he has to admit an
unexplained force acting on the resultant. And that is just what the universal historians do.
And consequently, they not only contradict the specialist historians, but contradict themselves.
Peasants, having no clear idea of the cause of rain, say, according to whether they want rain or
fine weather, the wind has blown the clouds away, or the wind has brought up the clouds.
And in the same way, the universal historians sometimes, when it pleases them and fits in with their theory,
say that power is the result of events, and sometimes, when they want to prove something else,
say that power produces events.
A third class of historians, the so-called historians of culture, following the path laid down
by the universal historians who sometimes accept writers and ladies as forces producing events,
again take that force to be something quite different.
They see it in what is called culture, in mental activity.
The historians of culture are quite consistent in regard to their progenitors,
the writers of universal histories.
For if historical events may be explained by the fact that certain persons treated one another
in such and such ways, why not explain them by the fact that such and such people
wrote such and such books?
Of the immense number of indications accompanying every vital phenomenon,
these historians select the indication of intellectual activity
and say that this indication is the cause.
But despite their endeavors to prove that the cause of events lies in intellectual activity,
only by a great stretch can one admit that there is any connection between intellectual
activity and the movement of peoples.
And in no case can one admit that intellectual activity controls people's actions,
For that view was not confirmed by such facts as the very cruel murders of the French Revolution
resulting from the doctrine of the equality of man, or from the very cruel wars and executions
resulting from the preaching of love. But even admitting as correct all the cunningly devised
arguments with which these histories are filled, admitting that nations are governed by some
undefined force called an idea, history's essential question still remains unanswered.
And to the former power of monarchs and to the influence of advisors and other people introduced
by the universal historians, another newer force, the idea is added, the connection of which
with the masses needs explanation. It is possible to understand that Napoleon had power,
and so events occurred. With some effort, one may even conceive that Napoleon, together with other
influences was the cause of an event. But how a book, La Contra Sociale had the effect of making Frenchmen
begin to drown one another cannot be understood without an explanation of the causal nexus
of this new force with the event. Undoubtedly, some relation exists between all who live
contemporaneously, and so it is possible to find some connection between the intellectual activity
of men and their historical movements. Just as such a connection may be found between
the movements of humanity and commerce, handicraft, gardening, or anything else you please.
But why intellectual activity is considered by the historians of culture to be the cause or
expression of the whole historical movement is hard to understand? Only the following considerations
can have led the historians to such a conclusion. One, that history is written by learned men,
and so it is natural and agreeable for them to think that the activity of their class applies the
basis of the movement of all humanity.
Just as a similar belief is natural and agreeable to traders,
agriculturists, and soldiers.
If they do not express it, that is merely because traders and soldiers do not write history.
And two, that spiritual activity, enlightenment, civilization, culture, ideas,
are all in distinct, indefinite conceptions, under whose banner it is very easy to use words
having a still less definite meaning, and which,
can therefore be readily introduced into any theory.
But not to speak of the intrinsic quality of histories of this kind, which may possibly even be
of use to someone for something, the histories of culture, to which all general histories tend
more and more to approximate, are significant from the fact that, after seriously and minutely
examining various religious, philosophic, and political doctrines as causes of events,
as soon as they have to describe an actual historic event, such as the Campaign of 1812,
for instance, they involuntarily describe it as resulting from an exercise of power,
and say plainly that that was the result of Napoleon's will.
Speaking so, the historians of culture involuntarily contradict themselves,
and show that the new force they have devised does not account for what happens in history,
and that history can only be explained by introducing a power which they apparent.
do not recognize.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 2.
Second Epilogue Chapter 3
Of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 3
A locomotive is moving.
Someone asks, what moves it?
A peasant says the devil moves it.
Another man says, the locomotive moves because its wheels go round. A third asserts that the cause of
its movement lies in the smoke which the wind carries away. The peasant is irrefutable. He has
devised a complete explanation. To refute him, someone would have to prove to him that there is no devil.
Or another peasant would have to explain to him that it is not the devil, but a German who moves
the locomotive. Only then, as a result of the contradiction, will they see that they are both wrong.
But the man who says that the movement of the wheels is the cause refutes himself, for having once begun
to analyze, he ought to go on and explain further why the wheels go round. And till he has reached
the ultimate cause of the movement of the locomotive in the pressure of the steam in the boiler,
he has no right to stop in his search for the cause.
The man who explains the movement of the locomotive by the smoke that is carried back
has noticed that the wheels do not supply an explanation, and has taken the first sign that
occurs to him, and in his turn has offered that as an explanation.
The only conception that can explain the movement of the locomotive is that of a force
commensurate with the movement observed.
The only conception that can explain the movement of the peoples is that of some of the
some force commensurate with the whole movement of the peoples.
Yet, to supply this conception,
various historians take forces of different kinds,
all of which are in commensurate with the movement observed.
Some see it as a force directly inherent in heroes,
as the peasant does the devil in the locomotive.
Others as a force resulting from several other forces,
like the movement of the wheels.
others again as an intellectual influence, like the smoke that is blown away.
So long as histories are written of separate individuals, whether Caesar's, Alexander's,
Luther's, or Voltares, and not the histories of all, absolutely all those who take part in
an event, it is quite impossible to describe the movement of humanity without the conception
of a force compelling men to direct their activity toward a certain end.
and the only such conception known to historians is that of power.
This conception is the one handle by means of which the material of history,
as at present expounded, can be dealt with,
and anyone who breaks that handle off, as Buckel did,
without finding some other method of treating historical material,
merely deprives himself of the one possible way of dealing with it.
The necessity of the conception of power as an explanation of historical events
is best demonstrated by the universal historians and historians of culture themselves,
for they professedly reject that conception, but inevitably have recourse to it at every step.
In dealing with humanity's inquiry, the science of history up to now is like money in circulation,
paper money and coin.
The biographies and special national histories are like paper money.
They can be used and can circulate and fulfill their purpose without hard,
harm to anyone, and even advantageously, as long as no one asks what is the security behind them.
You need only forget to ask how the will of heroes produces events, and such histories as
Tierre will be interesting and instructive, and may perhaps even possess a tinge of poetry.
But just as doubts of the real value of paper money arise, either because being easy to make,
too much of it gets made, or because people try to exchange it for gold.
So also doubts concerning the real value of such histories arise,
either because too many of them are written,
or because, in his simplicity of heart,
someone inquires, by what force did Napoleon do this?
That is, wants to exchange the current paper money
for the real gold of actual comprehension.
The writers of universal histories and of the history of culture
are like people, who, recognizing the defects of paper money,
decide to substitute it for money made of metal that has not the specific gravity of gold.
It may indeed make jingling coin, but will do no more than that.
Paper money may deceive the ignorant, but nobody is deceived by tokens of base metal
that have no value but merely jingle.
As gold is gold, only if it is serviceable, not merely for exchange, but also for use.
so universal historians will be valuable only when they can reply to history's essential question.
What is power?
The universal historians give contradictory replies to that question,
while the historians of culture evade it and answer something quite different.
And, as counters of imitation gold can be used only among a group of people who agree to accept them as gold,
or among those who do not know the nature of gold,
So universal historians and historians of culture, not answering humanity's essential question,
serve as currency for some purposes of their own, only in universities and among the mass of readers
who have a taste for what they call serious reading.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 3.
Second Epilogue Chapter 4
Of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 4
Having abandoned the conception of the ancients as to the divine subjection of the will of a
nation to some chosen man, and the subjection of that man's will to the deity,
history cannot, without contradictions, take a single step till it has chosen one of two things,
either a return to the former belief in the direct intervention of the deity in human affairs,
or a definite explanation of the meaning of the force producing historical events and termed power.
A return to the first is impossible. The belief has been destroyed,
and so it is essential to explain what is meant by power.
Napoleon ordered an army to be raised and go to war. We are so accustomed to that idea,
and have become so used to it, that the question,
why did 600,000 men go to fight when Napoleon uttered certain words,
seems to us senseless.
He had the power, and so what he ordered was done.
This reply is quite satisfactory if we believe that the power was given him by God.
But as soon as we do not admit that,
it becomes essential to determine what is this power of one man over others.
It cannot be the direct physical power of a strong man over a weak one,
a domination based on the application or threat of physical force,
like the power of Hercules.
Nor can it be based on the effect of moral force,
as in their simplicity, some historians think who say that the leading figures in history
are heroes,
that is, men gifted with a special strength of soul and mind called genius.
This power cannot be based on the predominant.
of moral strength, for, not to mention heroes such as Napoleon, about whose moral qualities
opinions differ widely. History shows us that neither a Louis X. Eleventh nor a Metternich,
who ruled over millions of people, had any particular moral qualities, but on the contrary,
were generally morally weaker than any of the millions they ruled over. If the source of power
lies neither in the physical nor in the moral qualities of him who possesses it, it must ever
be looked for elsewhere, in the relation to the people of the man who wields the power.
And that is how power is understood by the science of jurisprudence,
that exchange bank of history which offers to exchange history's understanding of power for true gold.
Power is the collective will of the people transferred by expressed or tacit consent to their chosen rulers.
In the domain of jurisprudence, which consists of discussions of how a state and power
might be arranged were it possible for all that to be arranged, it is all very clear.
But when applied to history, that definition of power needs explanation.
The science of jurisprudence regards the state and power as the ancients regarded fire,
namely, as something existing absolutely.
But for history, the state and power.
are merely phenomena. Just as for modern physics, fire is not an element, but a phenomenon.
From this fundamental difference between the view held by history and that held by jurisprudence,
it follows that jurisprudence can tell minutely how, in its opinion, power should be constituted,
and what power, existing immutably outside time, is. But to history's questions about the
meaning of the mutations of power in time, it can answer nothing.
If power be the collective will of the people transferred to their ruler,
was Pugachev a representative of the will of the people?
If not, then why was Napoleon the first?
Why was Napoleon III a criminal when he was taken prisoner at Boulogne,
and why later on were those criminals whom he arrested?
Do palace revolutions, in which sometimes only two or three people take part,
transfer the will of the people to a new ruler?
In international relations,
is the will of the people also transferred to their conqueror?
Was the will of the Confederation of the Rhine
transferred to Napoleon in 1806?
Was the will of the Russian people transferred to Napoleon in 1809,
when our army, in alliance with the French,
went to fight the Austrians?
To these questions, three answers are possible.
either to assume, one, that the will of the people is always unconditionally transferred to the
ruler or rulers they have chosen, and that therefore every emergence of a new power, every struggle
against the power once appointed, should be absolutely regarded as an infringement of the real power.
Or two, that the will of the people is transferred to the rulers conditionally, under definite
and known conditions, and to show that all limitations, conflicts, and even
destructions of power result from a non-observance by the rulers of the conditions under which their
power was entrusted to them. Or three, that the will of the people is delegated to the rulers
conditionally, but that the conditions are unknown and indefinite, and that the appearance of several
authorities, their struggles and their falls, results solely from the greater or lesser fulfillment
by the rulers of these unknown conditions on which the will of the people is transferred from some
people to others.
And these are the three ways in which the historians do explain the relation of the people
to their rulers.
Some historians, those biographical and specialist historians already referred to, in their simplicity,
failing to understand the question of the meaning of power, seem to consider that the
collective will of the people is unconditionally transferred to historical persons, and therefore,
when describing some single state, they assume that particular power to be the one absolute and real power,
and that any other force opposing this is not a power, but a violation of power, mere violence.
Their theory, suitable for primitive and peaceful periods of history, has the inconvenience
in application to complex and stormy periods in the life of nations,
during which various powers arise simultaneously and struggle with one another,
that a legitimateist historian will prove that the National Convention, the Directory, and Bonaparte
were mere infringers of the true power, while a Republican and a Bonapartist will prove
the one that the Convention and the Other that the Empire was the real power, and that all the others
were violations of power. Evidently, the explanations furnished by these historians being mutually
contradictory can only satisfy young children.
Recognizing the falsity of this view of history, another set of historians say that power rests on a conditional delegation of the will of the people to their rulers,
and that historical leaders have power only conditionally on carrying out the program that the will of the people has by tacit agreement prescribed to them.
But what this program consists in, these historians do not say, or if they do, they continually contradict one another.
Each historian, according to his view of what constitutes a nation's progress,
looks for these conditions in the greatness, wealth, freedom, or enlightenment of citizens of France
or some other country.
But not to mention the historian's contradictions as to the nature of this program,
or even admitting that some one general program of these conditions exists,
the facts of history almost always contradict that theory.
If the conditions under which power is entrusted consist in the wealth, freedom, and enlightenment of the people,
how is it that Louis XIV and Yvonne the Terrible end their reigns tranquilly,
while Louis XVI and Charles I, are executed by their people?
To this question, historians reply that Louis XIV's activity, contrary to the program, reacted on Louis XVIth.
But why did it not react on Louis XVIth?
or on Louis the 15th, why should it react just on Louis the 16th?
And what is the time limit for such reactions?
To these questions there are and can be no answers.
Equally little does this view explain why for several centuries
the collective will is not withdrawn from certain rulers and their heirs,
and then, suddenly during a period of 50 years,
is transferred to the Convention, to the Directory, to Napoleon, to Alexander,
to Louis XIII, to Napoleon again, to Charles X, to Louis-Philippe, to a Republican government,
and to Napoleon III. When explaining these rapid transfers of the people's will from one
individual to another, especially in view of international relations, conquests, and alliances,
the historians are obliged to admit that some of these transfers are not normal delegations of
the people's will, but are accidents dependent on cunning, on mistakes,
on craft or on the weakness of a diplomatist, a ruler, or a party leader.
So that the greater part of the events of history,
civil wars, revolutions, and conquests,
are presented by these historians,
not as the results of free transferences of the people's will,
but as results of the ill-directed will of one or more individuals,
that is, once again, as usurpations of power.
And so these historians also see and admit
historical events which are exceptions to the theory.
These historians resemble a botanist, who, having noticed that some plants grow from seeds
producing two Cotolidens, should insist that all that grows does so by sprouting into two leaves,
and that the palm, the mushroom, and even the oak, which blossom into full growth and no longer
resemble two leaves, are deviations from the theory.
Historians of the third class assume that the will of the people is
transfer to historic personages conditionally, but that the conditions are unknown to us.
They say that historical personages have power only because they fulfill the will of the people,
which has been delegated to them. But in that case, if the force that moves nations lies not in
the historic leaders but in the nations themselves, what significance have those leaders?
The leaders, these historians tell us, express the will of the people.
the activity of the leaders represents the activity of the people.
But in that case, the question arises whether all the activity of the leaders
serves as an expression of the people's will, or only some part of it.
If the whole activity of the leaders serves as the expression of the people's will,
as some historians suppose, then all the details of the court scandals
contained in the biographies of a Napoleon or a Catherine
serve to express the life of the nation, which is evident nonsense. But if it is only some particular
side of the activity of an historical leader which serves to express the people's life, as other
so-called philosophical historians believe, then to determine which side of the activity of a leader
expresses the nation's life, we have, first of all, to know in what the nation's life consists.
Met by this difficulty, historians of that class devise some most obscure, impalpable,
and general abstraction which can cover all conceivable occurrences, and declare this abstraction
to be the aim of humanity's movement. The most usual generalizations adopted by almost all
the historians are freedom, equality, enlightenment, progress, civilization, and culture.
postulating some generalization as the goal of the movement of humanity, the historians study the men of whom the greatest number of monuments have remained, kings, ministers, generals, authors, reformers, popes, and journalists, to the extent to which, in their opinion, these persons have promoted or hindered that abstraction. But, as it is in no way proved that the aim of humanity does consist in freedom, equality, enlightenment, or civilization,
and as the connection of the people with the rulers and enlighteners of humanity is only based on the
arbitrary assumption that the collective will of the people is always transferred to the men whom
we have noticed, it happens that the activity of the millions who migrate, burn houses,
abandon agriculture, and destroy one another, never is expressed in the account of the activity
of some dozen people who did not burn houses, practice agriculture, or slay their fellow
creatures.
History proves this at every turn.
Is the ferment of the peoples of the West at the end of the 18th century and their drive eastward,
explained by the activity of Louis X, 15th, their mistresses and ministers, and ministers,
and by the lives of Napoleon, Rousseau, Diderot, Beaumarchet and others?
Is the movement of the Russian people eastward to Kazan and Siberia,
expressed by the details of the morbid character of Ivan the Terrible and by his correspondence with Kierbsky.
Is the movement of the peoples of the time of the Crusades,
explained by the life and activity of the Godfries and the Louise and their ladies?
For us, that movement of the peoples from west to east, without leaders,
with a crowd of vagrants and with Peter the Hermit, remains incomprehensible.
And yet more incomprehensible is the cessation of that movement,
when a rational and sacred aim for the crusade, the deliverance of Jerusalem,
had been clearly defined by historic leaders.
Popes, kings, and knights incited the peoples to free the Holy Land.
But the people did not go, for the unknown cause which had previously impelled them to go,
no longer existed.
The history of the Godfries and the Minnesingers can evidently not cover the life of the peoples.
And the history of the Godfries and the Menacingers has remained the history of the
history of the Godfries and the menacingers, but the history of the life of the peoples and their
impulses has remained unknown. Still less does the history of authors and reformers explain to us
the life of the peoples. The history of culture explains to us the impulses and conditions of life
and thought of a writer or reformer. We learned that Luther had a hot temper and said such and such
things. We learned that Rousseau was suspicious and wrote such and such books.
But we do not learn why after the Reformation the peoples massacred one another, nor why during
the French Revolution they guillotined one another.
If we unite both these kinds of history, as is done by the newest historians, we shall
have the history of monarchs and writers, but not the history of the life of the peoples.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 4.
Second Epilogue Chapter 5 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 5
The life of the nations is not contained in the lives of a few men,
for the connection between those men and the nations has not been found.
The theory that this connection is based on the transference,
of the collective will of a people to certain historical personages is an hypothesis
unconfirmed by the experience of history.
The theory of the transference of the collective will of the people to historic persons
may perhaps explain much in the domain of jurisprudence and be essential for its purposes,
but in its application to history, as soon as revolutions, conquests, or civil wars occur,
that is, as soon as history begins, that theory explains nothing.
The theory seems irrefutable just because the act of transference of the people's will
cannot be verified, for it never occurred.
Whatever happens and whoever may stand at the head of affairs, the theory can always say
that such and such a person took the lead because the collective will was transferred to him.
The replies this theory gives to historical questions are like the replies of a man,
who watching the movements of a herd of cattle, and paying no attention to the varying quality
of the pasturage in different parts of the field, or to the drive of the herdsman,
should attribute the direction the herd takes to what animal happens to be at its head.
The herd goes in that direction because the animal in front leads it,
and the collective will of all the other animals is vested in that leader.
This is what historians of the first-class say,
those who assume the unconditional transference of the people's will.
If the animals leading the herd change, this happens because the third,
collective will of all the animals is transferred from one leader to another, according to whether
the animal is or is not leading them in the direction selected by the whole herd.
Such is the reply historians who assume that the collective will of the people is delegated
to rulers under conditions which they regard as known. With this method of observation,
it often happens that the observer, influenced by the direction he himself prefers, regards those
as leaders, who, owing to the people's change of direction, are no longer in front, but on one side,
or even in the rear. If the animals in front are continually changing, and the direction of the
whole herd is constantly altered, this is because, in order to follow a given direction,
the animals transfer their will to the animals that have attracted our attention. And to study
the movements of the herd, we must watch the movements of all the prominent animals moving on all
sides of the herd. So say the third class of historians who regard all historical persons
from monarchs to journalists as the expression of their age. The theory of the transference of the will
of the people to historic persons is merely a paraphrase, a restatement of the question in other words.
What causes historical events? Power. What is power? Power is the collective will of the people
transferred to one person. Under what condition is the will of the people delegated to one person,
on condition that that person expresses the will of the whole people? That is, power is power. In other words,
power is a word the meaning of which we do not understand. If the realm of human knowledge were confined to
abstract reasoning, then, having subjected to criticism the explanation of power that juridical science gives us,
humanity would conclude that power is merely a word and has no real existence.
But to understand phenomena, man has, besides abstract reasoning, experience by which he
verifies his reflections. And experience tells us that power is not merely a word,
but an actually existing phenomenon. Not to speak of the fact that no description of the
collective activity of men can do without the conception of power, the existence of power
is proved both by history and by observing contemporary events.
Whenever an event occurs, a man appears or men appear by whose will the event seems to have taken
place.
Napoleon III issues a decree and the French go to Mexico.
The King of Prussia and Bismarck issued decrees and an army enters Bohemia.
Napoleon I issues a decree and an army enters Russia.
Alexander I.
gives a command, and the French submit to the Bourbons.
Experience shows us that, whatever event occurs,
it is always related to the will of one or of several men who have decreed it.
The historians, in accord with the old habit of acknowledging divine intervention in human affairs,
want to see the cause of events in the expression of the will of someone endowed with power,
but that supposition is not confirmed either by reason or by experience.
On the one side, reflection shows that the expression of a man's will, his words, are only
part of the general activity expressed in an event, as, for instance, in a war or a revolution.
And so, without assuming an incomprehensible supernatural force, a miracle, one cannot admit
that words can be the immediate cause of the movements of millions of men.
On the other hand, even if we admitted that words could be the cause of events, history shows
that the expression of the will of historical personages does not in most cases produce any effect.
That is to say, their commands are often not executed, and sometimes the very opposite of what
they order occurs. Without admitting divine intervention in the affairs of humanity, we cannot
regard power as the cause of events. Power, from the standpoint of experience, is merely the
relation that exists between the expression of someone's will and the execution of that will
by others. To explain the conditions of that relationship, we must first establish a conception
of the expression of will, referring it to man and not to the deity. If the deity issues a command,
expresses his will, as ancient history tells us, the expression of that will is independent of time,
and is not caused by anything, for the divinity is not controlled by an event. But speaking of commands
that are the expression of the will of men acting in time and in relation to one another.
To explain the connection of commands with events, we must restore, one, the condition of all that
takes place, the continuity of movement in time both of the events and of the person who commands,
and two, the inevitability of the connection between the person commanding and those who execute his
command.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 5.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 6.
of War and Peace
Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 6
Only the expression of the will of the deity,
not dependent on time,
can relate to a whole series of events
occurring over a period of years or centuries,
and only the deity,
independent of everything,
can by his sole will,
determine the direction of humanity's movement.
But man acts in time and himself takes part in what occurs.
Reinstating the first condition omitted, that of time,
we see that no command can be executed without some preceding order having been given,
rendering the execution of the last command possible.
No command ever appears spontaneously,
or itself covers a whole series of occurrences.
But each command follows from another,
and never refers to a whole series of events, but always to one moment only of an event.
When, for instance, we say that Napoleon ordered armies to go to war,
we combine in one simultaneous expression a whole series of consecutive commands depended on one another.
Napoleon could not have commanded an invasion of Russia and never did so.
Today, he ordered such and such papers to be written to Vienna, to Berlin, and to Petersburg,
Tomorrow, such and such decrees and orders to the army, the fleet, the commissariat, and so on and so on.
Millions of commands, which formed a whole series corresponding to a series of events which brought
the French armies into Russia.
If throughout his reign, Napoleon gave commands concerning an invasion of England, and expended on
no other undertaking so much time and effort, and yet, during his whole reign, never once attempted
to execute that design, but undertook an expedition into Russia, with which country he considered
it desirable to be an alliance, a conviction he repeatedly expressed. This came about because
his commands did not correspond to the course of events in the first case, but did so correspond in the
latter. For an order to be certainly executed, it is necessary that a man should order what can be
executed. But to know what can and what cannot be executed is impossible, not only in the case of
Napoleon's invasion of Russia, in which millions participated, but even in the simplest event,
for in either case millions of obstacles may arise to prevent its execution. Every order executed is
always one of an immense number unexecuted. All the impossible orders inconsistent with the course
of events remain unexecuted. Only the possible ones get linked up with a consecutive series of
commands corresponding to a series of events and are executed. Our false conception that an event is caused
by a command which precedes it is due to the fact that when the event has taken place and out of
thousands of others those few commands which were consistent with that event have been executed,
we forget about the others that were not executed because they could not be.
Apart from that, the chief source of our error in this matter is due to the fact that,
in the historical accounts, a whole series of innumerable, diverse, and petty events,
such, for instance, as all those which led the French armies to Russia,
is generalized into one event, in accord with the result produced by that series of events,
and corresponding with this generalization, the whole series of commands is also generalized
into a single expression of will.
We say that Napoleon wished to invade Russia and invaded it.
In reality, in all Napoleon's activity,
we never find anything resembling an expression of that wish,
but find a series of orders, or expressions of his will,
vary variously and indefinitely directed.
Amid a long series of unexecuted orders of Napoleon's one series,
for the campaign of 1812, was carried out,
not because those orders differed in any way from the other unexecuted orders,
but because they coincided with the course of events that led the French army into Russia.
Just as in stencil work, this or that figure comes out,
not because the color was laid on from this side or in that way,
but because it was laid on from all sides over the figure cut in the stencil.
So that examining the relation in time of the commands to the end,
events, we find that a command can never be the cause of the event, but that a certain definite
dependence exists between the two. To understand in what this dependence consists, it is necessary
to reinstate another omitted condition of every command preceding, not from the deity, but from a
man, which is that the man who gives the command himself takes part in the event.
This relation of the commander to those he commands is just what is called power.
This relation consists in the following.
For common action, people always unite in certain combinations,
in which, regardless of the difference of the aims set for the common action,
the relation between those taking part in it is always the same.
Men uniting in these combinations always assume such relations toward one another
that the larger number take a more direct share,
and a smaller number a less direct share,
in the collective action for which they have combined.
Of all the combinations in which men unite for collective action, one of the most striking and
definite examples is an army. Every army is composed of lower grades of the service, the rank and
file, of whom there are always the greatest number. Of the next higher military rank, corporals and
non-commissioned officers of whom there are fewer, and of still higher officers of whom there
are still fewer, and so on to the highest military command which is concentrated in one person.
A military organization may be quite correctly compared to a cone, of which the base with the largest
diameter consists of the rank and file. The next higher and smaller section of the cone
consists of the next higher grades of the army, and so on to the apex, the point of which
will represent the commander-in-chief. The soldiers, of whom there are the most, form the lower
section of the cone and its base. The soldier himself does the stabbing, hacking, burrower,
and pillaging, and always receives orders for these actions for men above him. He himself never
gives an order. The non-commissioned officers, of whom there are fewer, perform the action
itself less frequently than the soldiers, but they already give commands. An officer still less often
acts directly himself, but commands still more frequently. A general does nothing but command
the troops, indicates the objective and hardly ever uses a weapon himself.
The commander-in-chief never takes direct part in the action itself,
but only gives general orders concerning the movement of the mass of the troops.
A similar relation of people to one another is seen in every combination of men for common activity,
in agriculture, trade, and every administration.
And so, without particularly analyzing all the contiguous sections of a cone and of the ranks of an army,
or the ranks and positions in any administrative or public business whatever,
from the lowest to the highest, we see a law by which men, to take associated action,
combine in such relations that the more directly they participate in performing the action,
the less they can command, and the more numerous they are,
while the less their direct participation in the action itself, the more they command,
and the fewer of them there are.
Rising in this way from the lowest ranks to the man at the top,
who takes the least direct share in the action and directs his activity chiefly to commanding.
This relation of the men who command to those they command is what constitutes the essence of the conception called power.
Having restored the condition of time under which all events occur, we find that a command is executed only when it is related to a corresponding series of events.
Restoring the essential condition of relation between those who command and those who execute,
we find that, by the very nature of the case, those who command take the smallest part in the action itself,
and that their activity is exclusively directed to commanding.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 6.
Second Epilogue Chapter 7 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 7
When an event is taking place, people express their opinions and wishes about it.
And as the event results from the collective activity of many people,
some one of the opinions or wishes expressed is sure to be fulfilled, if but approximately.
When one of the opinions expressed is fulfilled,
that opinion gets connected with the event as a command preceding it.
Men are hauling a log.
Each of them expresses his opinion as to how and where to haul it.
They haul the log away,
and it happens that this is done as one of them says.
He ordered it.
There we have command and power in their primary form.
The man who worked most with his hands could not think so much about what he was doing,
or reflect on or command what would result from the common activity,
while the man who commanded more would evidently work less with his hands
on account of his greater verbal activity.
When some larger concourse of men direct their activity to a common aim,
there is a yet sharper division of those who, because,
their activity is given to directing and commanding, take less part in the direct work.
When a man works alone, he always has a certain set of reflections, which, as it seems to him,
directed his past activity, justify his present activity, and guide him in planning his future actions.
Just the same is done by a concourse of people, allowing those who do not take a direct part in the
activity to devise considerations, justifications, and surmises concerning their collective
of activity. For reasons known or unknown to us, the French began to drown and kill one another.
And corresponding to the event, its justification appears in people's belief that this was necessary
for the welfare of France, for liberty and for equality. People ceased to kill one another,
and this event was accompanied by its justification in the necessity for a centralization of power,
resistance to Europe, and so on. Men went from the West.
to the East killing their fellow men, and the event was accompanied by phrases about the glory
of France, the baseness of England, and so on. History shows us that these justifications of the
events have no common sense, and are all contradictory, as in the case of killing a man as the result
of recognizing his rights, and the killing of millions in Russia for the humiliation of England.
But these justifications have a very necessary significance in their own day.
These justifications release those who produce the events from moral responsibility.
These temporary aims are like the broom fixed in front of a locomotive to clear the snow from the rails in front.
They clear the men's moral responsibilities from their path.
Without such justification, there would be no reply to the simplest question that presents itself when examining each historical event.
How is it that millions of men commit collective crimes, make war, commit murder,
and so on.
With the present complex forms of political and social life in Europe,
can any event that is not prescribed, decreed, or ordered by monarchs, ministers,
parliaments, or newspapers be imagined?
Is there any collective action which cannot find its justification in political unity,
in patriotism, in the balance of power, or in civilization?
So that every event that occurs inevitably coincides with some expressed wish,
and receiving a justification presents itself as the result of the will of one man or of several men.
In whatever direction a ship moves, the flow of the waves it cuts will always be noticeable ahead of it.
To those on board the ship, the movement of those waves will be the only perceptible motion.
Only by watching closely, moment by moment, the movement of that flow and comparing it with the
movement of the ship, do we convince ourselves that every bit of it is occasioned by the
forward movement of the ship, and that we were led into error by the fact that we ourselves were
imperceptibly moving. We see the same if we watch moment by moment the movement of historical
characters, that is, re-establish the inevitable condition of all that occurs, the continuity of
movement in time, and do not lose sight of the essential connection of historical persons with the
masses. When the ship moves in one direction, there is one and the same wave ahead of it,
When it turns, frequently the wave ahead of it also turns frequently.
But wherever it may turn, there always will be the wave anticipating its movement.
Whatever happens, it always appears that just that event was foreseen and decreed.
Wherever the ship may go, the rush of water which neither directs nor increases its movement,
foams ahead of it, and at a distance seems to us not merely to move of itself,
but to govern the ship's movement also.
Examining only those expressions of the will of historical persons,
which as commands were related to events,
historians have assumed that the events depended on those commands.
But examining the events themselves
and the connection in which the historical person stood to the people,
we have found that they and their orders were depended on events.
The incontestable proof of this deduction is that,
however many commands were issued,
the event does not take place unless there are other causes for it.
But as soon as an event occurs, be it what it may,
then out of all the continually expressed wishes of different people,
some will always be found which, by their meaning and their time of utterance,
are related as commands to the events.
Arriving at this conclusion, we can reply directly and positively to those two essential questions of history.
One, what is power?
2. What force produces the movement of the nations?
1. Power is the relation of a given person to other individuals, in which the more this person
expresses opinions, predictions, and justifications of the collective action that is performed,
the less is his participation in that action.
2. The movement of nations is caused not by power, nor by intellectual activity,
nor even by a combination of the two as historians have supposed,
but by the activity of all the people who participate in the events,
and who always combine in such a way that those taking the largest chair in the event
take on themselves the least responsibility and vice versa.
Morally, the wielder of power appears to cause the event.
Physically, it is those who submit to the power.
But as the moral activity is inconceivable without the physical,
the cause of the event is neither in the one nor in the other, but in the union of the two.
Or, in other words, the conception of a cause is inapplicable to the phenomena we are examining.
In the last analysis, we reached the circle of infinity, that final limit to which in every domain
of thought man's reason arrives if it is not playing with the subject.
Electricity produces heat. Heat produces electricity. Adams attract each other,
and atoms repel one another.
Speaking of the interaction of heat and electricity and of atoms,
we cannot say why this occurs,
and we say that it is so because it is inconceivable otherwise,
because it must be so and that it is a law.
The same applies to historical events.
Why war and revolution occur, we do not know.
We only know that to produce the one or the other action,
people combine in a certain formation in which they all take,
part, and we say that this is so because it is unthinkable otherwise, or in other words,
that it is a law.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 7.
Second Epilogue Chapter 8 of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by
Elmer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 8
If history dealt only with external phenomena, the establishment of this simple and obvious law
would suffice, and we should have finished our argument. But the law of history relates to man.
A particle of matter cannot tell us that it does not feel the law of attraction or repulsion
and that that law is untrue. But man, who is the subject of our history, says plainly,
I am free and am therefore not subject to the law.
The presence of the problem of man's free will, though unexpressed, is felt at every step of history.
All seriously-thinking historians have involuntarily encountered this question.
All the contradictions and obscurities of history and the false path historical science has followed
are due solely to the lack of a solution of that question.
If the will of every man were free, that is, if each man could act as he pleased,
all history would be a series of disconnected incidents.
If in a thousand years, even one man in a million could act freely,
that is, as he chose, it is evident that one single free act of that man's,
in violation of the laws governing human action,
would destroy the possibility of the existence of any laws for the whole of humanity.
If there be a single law governing the actions of men, free will cannot exist,
for then man's will is subject to that law.
In this contradiction lies the problem of free will,
which from most ancient times has occupied the best human minds,
and from most ancient times has been presented in its whole tremendous significance.
The problem is that regarding man as a subject of observation from whatever point of view,
theological, historical, ethical, or philosophic,
we find a general law of necessity to which he, like all,
all that exists is subject.
But regarding him from within ourselves
as what we are conscious of,
we feel ourselves to be free.
This consciousness is a source of self-cognition
quite apart from and independent of reason.
Through his reason, man observes himself,
but only through consciousness does he know himself.
Apart from consciousness of self,
no observation or application of reason is conceivable.
To understand, observe, and draw conclusions,
man must first of all be conscious of himself as living.
A man is only conscious of himself as a living being
by the fact that he wills, that is, is conscious of his volition.
But his will, which forms the essence of his life,
man recognizes and can but recognize as free.
If observing himself, man sees that his will is always directed by one and the same,
same law, whether he observes the necessity of taking food, using his brain, or anything else,
he cannot recognize this never-varing direction of his will otherwise than as a limitation of it.
Were it not free, it could not be limited. A man's will seems to him to be limited just because
he is not conscious of it except as free. You say, I am not free, but I have lifted my hand and
let it fall. Everyone understands that this elizabeth.
Reply is an irrefutable demonstration of freedom.
That reply is the expression of a consciousness that is not subject to reason.
If the consciousness of freedom were not a separate and independent source of self-consciousness,
it would be subject to reasoning and to experience.
But in fact, such subjection does not exist and is inconceivable.
A series of experiments and arguments proves to every man that he, as an object of observation,
is subject to certain laws, and man submits to them and never resist the laws of gravity
or impermeability once he has become acquainted with them. But the same series of experiments
and arguments proves to him that the complete freedom of which he is conscious in himself
is impossible, and that his every action depends on his organization, his character, and the
motives acting upon him. Yet man never submits to the deductions of these experiments and arguments.
Having learned from experiment and argument that a stone falls downwards, a man indubitably believes
this and always expects the law that he has learned to be fulfilled.
But learning just as certainly that his will is subject to laws, he does not and cannot believe
this.
However often experiment and reasoning may show a man that, under the same conditions and with the
same character, he will do the same thing as before, yet when under the same conditions
and with the same character, he approaches for the thousandth time the action that always ends
in the same way, he feels as certainly convinced as before the experiment that he can act as he pleases.
Every man, savage or sage, however incontestably reasoned an experiment may prove to him
that it is impossible to imagine two different courses of action in precisely the same conditions,
feels that without this irrational conception, which constitutes the essence of freedom,
he cannot imagine life.
He feels that however impossible it may be, it is so,
for without this conception of freedom,
not only would he be unable to understand life,
but he would be unable to live for a single moment.
He could not live because all man's efforts,
all his impulses to life,
are only efforts to increase freedom.
Wealth and poverty,
fame and obscurity,
power and subordination,
strength and weakness, health and disease, culture and ignorance, work and leisure,
repression and hunger, virtue and vice, are only greater or lesser degrees of freedom.
A man having no freedom cannot be conceived of except as deprived of life.
If the conception of freedom appears to reason to be a senseless contradiction,
like the possibility of performing two actions at one and the same instant of time,
or of an effect without a cause, that only proves that consciousness is not subject to reason.
This unshakable, irrefutable consciousness of freedom, uncontrolled by experiment or argument,
recognized by all thinkers and felt by everyone without exception,
this consciousness, without which no conception of man is possible, constitutes the other side of the
question.
Man is the creation of an all-powerful, all-good and all-seeing God.
What is sin, the conception of which arises from the consciousness of man's freedom?
That is a question for theology.
The actions of men are subject to general immutable laws expressed in statistics.
What is man's responsibility to society, the conception of which results from the conception
of freedom?
That is a question for jurisprudence.
Man's actions proceed from his innate character and the motives acting upon him.
What is conscience and the perception of right and wrong in actions that follows from the consciousness
of freedom? That is a question for ethics.
Man, in connection with the general life of humanity, appears subject to laws which determined that
life. But the same man, apart from that connection, appears to be free.
How should the past life of nations and of humanity be regarded?
as the result of the free, or as the result of the constrained activity of man.
That is a question for history.
Only in our self-confident day of the popularization of knowledge,
thanks to that most powerful engine of ignorance, the diffusion of printed matter,
has the question of the freedom of will been put on a level on which the question itself cannot exist.
In our time, the majority of the so-called advanced people,
that is, the crowd of ignoramus, have taken the work of the naturalists who deal with one side of the
question for a solution of the whole problem. They say and write and print that the soul and freedom
do not exist, for the life of man is expressed by muscular movements, and muscular movements are
conditioned by the activity of the nerves. The soul and free will do not exist because, at an
unknown period of time we sprang from the apes. They say this, not at all suspecting that
thousands of years ago, that same law of necessity, which, with such ardor they are now trying to
prove by physiology and comparative zoology, was not merely acknowledged by all the religions
and all the thinkers, but has never been denied. They do not see that the role of the natural
sciences in this matter is merely to serve as an instrument for the illumination of one side of it.
For the fact that, from the point of view of observation, reason and the will are merely secretions
of the brain, and that man following the general law may have developed from lower animals
at some unknown period of time, only explains from a fresh side the truth admitted thousands
of years ago by all the religious and philosophic theories, that, from the point of view of reason,
man is subject to the law of necessity. But it does not advance by a hair's breath the solution
of the question, which has another, opposite side based on the consciousness of freedom.
If men descended from the apes at an unknown period of time, that is as comprehensible as that
they were made from a handful of earth at a certain period of time. In the first case,
the unknown quantity is the time, in the second case it is the origin. And the question of how man's
consciousness of freedom is to be reconciled with the law of necessity to which he is
subject cannot be solved by comparative physiology and zoology, for in a frog, a rabbit,
or an ape, we can observe only the muscular nervous activity. But in man, we observe consciousness
as well as the muscular and nervous activity. The naturalists and their followers, thinking
they can solve this question, are like plasterers set to plaster one side of the walls of a church,
who, availing themselves of the absence of the chief superintendent of the,
work, should, in an access of zeal, plaster over the windows, icons, woodwork, and still
unbuttrist walls, and should be delighted that from their point of view as plasterers,
everything is now so smooth and regular.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 8.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 9 of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer
Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 9
For the solution of the question of free will or inevitability,
history has this advantage over other branches of knowledge,
in which the question is dealt with,
that for history this question does not refer to the essence of man's free will,
but its manifestation in the past and under certain conditions.
In regard to this question, history stands to the other sciences,
as experimental science stands to abstract science.
The subject for history is not man's will itself, but our presentation of it.
As for history, the insoluble mystery presented by the incompatibility of free will and inevitability
does not exist as it does for theology, ethics, and philosophy. History surveys a presentation of man's
life, in which the union of these two contradictions has already taken place. In actual life,
Each historic event, each human action, is very clearly and definitely understood without any sense of contradiction,
although each event presents itself as partly free and partly compulsory.
To solve the question of how freedom and necessity are combined, and what constitutes the essence of these two conceptions,
the philosophy of history can and should follow a path contrary to that taken by other sciences.
Instead of first defining the conceptions of freedom and inevitability in themselves,
and then ranging the phenomena of life under those definitions,
history should deduce a definition of the conception of freedom and inevitability themselves
from the immense quantity of phenomena of which it is cognizant
and that always appear dependent on these two elements.
Whatever presentation of the activity of many men or of an individual we may consider,
we always regard it as the result partly of man's free will and partly of the law of inevitability.
Whether we speak of the migration of the peoples and the incursions of the barbarians,
or of the decrees of Napoleon III, or of someone's action an hour ago in choosing one direction
out of several for his walk, we are conscious of any contradiction.
The degree of freedom and inevitability governing the actions of these people is clearly defined for us.
Our conception of the degree of freedom often varies according to differences in the point of view from which we regard the event,
but every human action appears to us as a certain combination of freedom and inevitability.
In every action we examine, we see a certain measure of freedom and a certain measure of inevitability.
And always, the more freedom we see in any action, the less inevitability do we perceive,
and the more inevitability, the less freedom.
The proportion of freedom to inevitability
decreases and increases,
according to the point of view from which the action is regarded,
but their relation is always one of inverse proportion.
A sinking man who clutches at another and drowns him,
or a hungry mother exhausted by feeding her baby who steals from food,
or a man trained to discipline who on duty at the word of command
kills a defenseless man, seems less guilty,
that is, less free and more subject to the law of necessity,
to one who knows the circumstances in which these people were placed,
and more free to one who does not know that the man himself was drowning,
that the mother was hungry, that the soldier was in the ranks, and so on.
Similarly, a man who committed a murder twenty years ago
and has since lived peaceably and harmlessly in society,
seems less guilty, and his action more due to the law of inevitability
to someone who considers his action after twenty years have elapsed,
than to one who examined it the day after it,
was committed. And in the same way, every action of an insane, intoxicated, or highly excited
man appears less free and more inevitable to one who knows the mental condition of him who
committed the action, and seems more free and less inevitable to one who does not know it.
In all these cases, the conception of freedom is increased or diminished, and the conception of
compulsion is correspondingly decreased or increased according to the point of view from which
the action is regarded, so that the greater the conception of necessity, the smaller the conception
of freedom, and vice versa. Religion, the common sense of mankind, the science of jurisprudence,
and history itself, understand alike this relation between necessity and freedom.
All cases without exception in which our conception of freedom and necessity is increased and
diminished depend on three considerations. One, the relation to the
external world of the man who commits the deeds. Two, his relation to time.
Three, his relation to the causes leading to the action.
The first consideration is the clearness of our perception of the man's relation to
the external world, and the greater or lesser clearness of our understanding of the
definite position occupied by the man in relation to everything coexisting with him.
This is what makes it evident that a drowning man is less free and more subject to
necessity than one standing on dry ground. And that makes the actions of a man closely connected
with others in a thickly populated district, or of one bound by family, official, or business duties,
seems certainly less free and more subject to necessity than those of a man living in solitude and
seclusion. If we consider a man alone, apart from his relation to everything around him,
each action of his seems to us free. But if we see his relation to anything around him,
if we see his connection with anything whatever, with a man who speaks to him, a book he reads,
the work on which he is engaged, even with the air he breathes, or the light that falls on the things about him.
We see that each of these circumstances has an influence on him and controls at least some side of his activity.
And the more we perceive of these influences, the more our perception of his freedom diminishes,
and the more our conception of the necessity that weighs on him increases.
The second consideration is the more or less evident time relation of the man to the world,
and the clearness of our perception of the place the man's action occupies in time.
That is the ground which makes the fall of the first man,
resulting in the production of the human race, appear evidently less free,
than a man's entry into marriage today.
It is the reason why the life and activity of people who lived centuries ago and are connected
with me in time cannot seem to me as free as the life of a contemporary, the consequences
of which are still unknown to me. The degree of our conception of freedom or inevitability
depends in this respect on the greater or lesser lapse of time between the performance of the
action and our judgment of it. If I examine an act I performed a moment ago in a proximity
the same circumstances as those I am in now, my action appears to me undoubtedly free.
But if I examine an act performed a month ago, then being in different circumstances,
I cannot help recognizing that, if that act had not been committed, much that resulted from it,
good, agreeable, and even essential, would not have taken place.
If I reflect on an action still more remote, ten years ago or more,
then the consequences of my action are still plainer to me, and I feel,
find it hard to imagine what would have happened had that action not been performed.
The farther I go back in memory, or what is the same thing, the farther I go forward in my
judgment, the more doubtful becomes my belief in the freedom of my action.
In history, we find a very similar progress of conviction concerning the part played by free will
in the general affairs of humanity. A contemporary event seems to us to be indubitably the
doing of all the known participants, but with a more important thing of the more than the more
remote event, we already see its inevitable results which prevent our considering anything else
possible. And the farther we go back in examining events, the less arbitrary do they appear.
The Austro-Prussian War appears to us undoubtedly the result of the crafty conduct of Bismarck and so on.
The Napoleonic War still seemed to us, though already questionably, to be the outcome of their
hero's will. But in the Crusades, we already see an event occupying its definite place in history,
and without which we cannot imagine the modern history of Europe.
Though to the chroniclers of the Crusades, that event appeared as merely due to the will of certain
people.
In regard to the migration of the peoples, it does not enter anyone's head today to suppose that
the renovation of the European world depended on Attila's caprice.
The farther back in history the object of our observation lies, the more doubtful does the free
will of those concerned in the event become, and the more manifest the law.
of inevitability.
The third consideration is the degree to which we apprehend that endless chain of causation
inevitably demanded by reason, in which each phenomenon comprehended, and therefore man's
every action must have its definite place as a result of what has gone on before and as a
cause of what will follow.
The better we are acquainted with the physiological, psychological, psychological, and historical
laws deduced by observation and by which man is controlled, as the better we are acquainted,
and the more correctly we perceive the physiological, psychological, and historical causes of the action,
and the simpler the action we are observing, and the less complex the character and mind of the man in
question, the more subject to inevitability and the less free do our actions and those of others appear.
When we do not at all understand the cause of an action, whether a crime, a good action,
or even one that is simply non-moral, we ascribe a greater amount of freedom to it.
In the case of a crime, we most urgently demand the punishment for such an act.
In the case of a virtuous act, we rate its merit most highly.
In an indifferent case, we recognize in it more individuality, originality, and independence.
If even one of the innumerable causes of the act is known to us, we recognize a certain element of necessity,
and are less insistent on punishment for the crime, or the acknowledgement of the merit of the virtuous act,
or the freedom of the apparently original action.
That a criminal was reared among malfactors
mitigates its fault in our eyes.
The self-sacrifice of a father or mother,
or self-sacrifice with the possibility of a reward,
is more comprehensible than gratuitous self-sacrifice,
and therefore seems less deserving of sympathy
and less the result of free will.
The founder of a sect or party, or an inventor,
impresses us less when we know how or by,
by what the way was prepared for his activity.
If we have a large range of examples,
if our observation is constantly directed to seeking the correlation of cause and effect in
people's actions, their actions appear to us more under compulsion and less free
the more correctly would connect the effects with the causes.
If we examined simple actions and had a vast number of such actions under observation,
our conception of their inevitability would be still greater.
The dishonest conduct of the son of a dishonest father, the misconduct of a woman who had fallen
into bad company, a drunkard's relapse into drunkenness and so on, are actions that seem to us
less free the better we understand their cause.
If the man whose actions we are considering is on a very low stage of mental development,
like a child, a madman, or a simpleton, then, knowing the causes of the act and the simplicity
of the character and intelligence in question.
We see so large an element of necessity, and so little free will,
that as soon as we know the cause prompting the action,
we can foretell the result.
On these three considerations alone is based the conception of irresponsibility for crimes
and the extenuating circumstances admitted by all legislative codes.
The responsibility appears greater or less,
according to our greater or lesser knowledge of the circumstances
in which the man was placed whose action is being judged,
and according to the greater or lesser interval of time
between the commission of the action and its investigation,
and according to the greater or lesser understanding of the causes that led to the action.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 9.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 10,
of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain,
Second Epilogue, Chapter 10. Thus, our conception of free will and inevitability gradually
diminishes or increases, according to the greater or lesser connection with the external
world, the greater or lesser remoteness of time, and the greater or lesser dependence on the
causes in relation to which we contemplate a man's life. So that if we examine the case of a man
whose connection with the external world is well known, where the time between the action and its
examination is great, and where the causes of the action are most accessible. We get the conception
of a maximum of inevitability and a minimum of free will. If we examine a man little dependent
on external conditions whose action was performed very recently, and the causes of whose action
or beyond our can.
We get the conception of a minimum of inevitability and a maximum of freedom.
In neither case, however we may change our point of view, however plain we may make it to ourselves
the connection between the man and the external world, however inaccessible it may be to us,
however long or short the period of time, however intelligible or incomprehensible the causes
of the action may be, can we ever conceive either complete freedom,
or complete necessity.
1. To whatever degree we may imagine a man to be exempt from the influence of the external
world, we never get a conception of freedom in space.
Every human action is inevitably conditioned by what surrounds him and by his own body.
I lift my arm and let it fall. My action seems to me free, but asking myself whether I could
raise my arm in every direction, I see that I raised it in the direction in which there was least
obstruction to that action, either from things around me or from the construction of my own body.
I choose one out of all possible directions, because in it there were fewest obstacles.
For my action to be free, it was necessary that it should encounter no obstacles.
To conceive of a man being free, we must imagine him outside space, which is evidently impossible.
2. However much we approximate the time of judgment to the time of the deed,
We never get a conception of freedom in time, for if I examine an action committed a second ago,
I must still recognize it as not being free, for it is irrevocably linked to the moment at which
it was committed.
Can I lift my arm?
I lift it, but ask myself, could I have abstained from lifting my arm at the moment that
has already passed?
To convince myself of this, I do not lift it the next moment.
But I am not now abstaining from doing so at the first moment when I am.
asked the question. Time has gone by, which I could not detain. The arm I then lifted is no longer
the same as the arm I now refrain from lifting, nor is the air in which I lifted it the same that
now surrounds me. The moment in which the first movement was made is irrevocable, and at that moment
I could make only one movement, and whatever movement I made would be the only one. That I did not
lift my arm a moment later does not prove that I could have abstained from lifting
it then. And since I could make only one movement at that single moment of time, it could not
have been any other. To imagine it as free, it is necessary to imagine it in the present,
on the boundary between the past and the future, that is, outside time, which is impossible.
Three, however much the difficulty of understanding the causes may be increased,
we never reach a conception of complete freedom, that is, an absence of cause.
However inaccessible to us may be the cause of the expression of will in any action,
our own or another's, the first demand of reason is the assumption of and search for a cause,
for without a cause no phenomenon is conceivable.
I raise my arm to perform an action independently of any cause,
but my wish to perform an action without a cause is the cause of my action.
But even if, imagining a man quite exempt from all influences, examining only his momentary action in the present, unevoked by any cause,
we were to admit so infinitely small a remainder of inevitability as equal zero, we should even then not have arrived at the conception of complete freedom in man,
for a being uninfluenced by the external world, standing outside of time and independent of cause, is no longer a man.
In the same way, we can never imagine the action of a man quite devoid of freedom, and entirely
subject to the law of inevitability.
1.
However we may increase our knowledge of the conditions of space in which man is situated,
that knowledge can never be complete, for the number of those conditions is as infinite
as the infinity of space.
And therefore, so long as not all the conditions influencing man are defined, there is no
complete inevitability, but a certain measure of freedom remains.
2. However we may prolong the period of time between the action we are examining and the
judgment upon it, that period will be finite, while time is infinite, and so in this respect,
too, there can never be absolute inevitability.
3. However accessible may be the chain of causation of any action, we shall never know
the whole chain, since it is endless, and so again we never reach absolute inevitability.
But besides this, even if, admitting the remaining minimum of freedom to equal zero,
we assumed in some given case, as for instance, in that of a dying man, an unborn babe or an idiot,
complete absence of freedom, by so doing we should destroy the very conception of man in the case we are
examining, for as soon as there is no freedom, there is also no man. And so, the conception of the
action of a man subject solely to the law of inevitability without any element of freedom is just
as impossible as the conception of a man's completely free action. And so, to imagine the action of a man
entirely subject to the law of inevitability without any freedom, we must assume the knowledge of an
infinite number of space relations, an infinitely long period of time, and an infinite series of
causes. To imagine a man perfectly free and not subject to the law of inevitability, we must
imagine him all alone, beyond space, beyond time, and free from dependence on cause. In the first case,
if inevitability were possible without freedom, we should have reached a definition of inevitability
by the laws of inevitability itself, that is, a mere form without content.
In the second case, if freedom were possible without inevitability, we should have arrived
at unconditioned freedom beyond space, time, and cause, which by the fact of its being
unconditioned and unlimited would be nothing, or mere content without form.
We should, in fact, have reached those two fundamentals of which man's whole outlook on the universe
is constructed, the incomprehensible essence of life, and the laws defining that essence.
Reason says, one, space with all the forms of matter that give it visibility is infinite,
and cannot be imagined otherwise. Two, time is infinite motion without a moment of rest,
and is unthinkable otherwise. Three, the connection between cause and effect has no beginning
and can have no end. Consciousness says,
1. I alone am, and all that exists is but me. Consequently, I include space.
2. I measure flowing time by the fixed moment of the present in which alone I am conscious of
myself as living. Consequently, I am outside time. Three, I am beyond cause, for I feel myself
to be the cause of every manifestation of my life. Reason gives a reason gives a
expression to the laws of inevitability. Consciousness gives expression to the essence of freedom.
Freedom, not limited by anything, is the essence of life in man's consciousness.
Inevitability without content is man's reason in its three forms.
Freedom is the thing examined. Inevitability is what examines?
Freedom is the content. Inevitability is the form.
Only by separating the two sources of cognition, related to one another as form to content,
do we get the mutually exclusive and separately incomprehensible conceptions of freedom and inevitability?
Only by uniting them do we get a clear conception of man's life.
Apart from these two concepts, which in their union mutually define one another as form and content,
no conception of life is possible.
All that we know of the life of man is merely a human.
a certain relation of free will to inevitability, that is, of consciousness to the laws of reason.
All that we know of the external world of nature is only a certain relation of the forces of
nature to inevitability, or of the essence of life to the laws of reason. The great natural forces
lie outside us, and we are not conscious of them. We call those forces gravitation,
inertia, electricity, animal force, and so on. But we are conscious of our own. But we are conscious of
of the force of life in man, and we call that freedom.
But just as the force of gravitation, incomprehensible in itself but felt by every man,
is understood by us only to the extent to which we know the laws of inevitability to which
it is subject, from the first knowledge that all bodies have weight up to Newton's law,
so too the force of free will.
Incomprehensible in itself, but of which everyone is conscious, is intelligible to us,
only in as far as we know the laws of inevitability to which it is subject,
from the fact that every man dies,
up to the knowledge of the most complex economic and historical laws.
All knowledge is merely a bringing of this essence of life under the laws of reason.
Man's free will differs from every other force in that man is directly conscious of it,
but in the eyes of reason it in no way differs from any other force.
The forces of gravitation, electricity, or chemical affinity are only distinguished from one another
in that they are differently defined by reason. Just so, the force of man's free will is distinguished by reason
from the other forces of nature only by the definition reason gives it. Freedom, apart from necessity,
that is, apart from the laws of reason that define it, differs in no way from gravitation or heat
or the force that makes things grow.
For reason, it is only a momentary undefinable sensation of life.
And as the undefinable essence of the force moving the heavenly bodies,
the undefinable essence of the forces of heat and electricity,
or of chemical affinity, or of the vital force,
forms the content of astronomy, physics, chemistry, botany, zoology, and so on,
just in the same way does the force of free will form the content of history.
But just as the subject of every science is the manifestation of this unknown essence of life,
while that essence itself can only be the subject of metaphysics,
even the manifestation of the force of free will in human beings in space, in time, and independence
on cause, forms the subject of history, while free will itself is the subject of metaphysics.
In the experimental sciences, what we know we call the laws of inevitability,
What is unknown to us we call vital force.
Vital force is only an expression for the unknown remainder
over and above what we know of the essence of life.
So also in history, what is known to us we call the laws of inevitability.
What is unknown we call free will.
Free will is for history, only an expression for the unknown remainder
of what we know about the laws of human life.
End of second epilogue, chapter 10.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 11
Of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy,
translated by Homer Maud.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 11
History examines the manifestations of man's free will
in connection with the external world in time and independence on cause.
That is, it defines this freedom by laws of reason,
and so history is a science,
only insofar as this free will is defined by those laws.
The recognition of man's free will as something capable of influencing historical events,
that is, as not subject to laws, is the same for history as the recognition of a free force
moving in the heavenly bodies would be for astronomy.
That assumption would destroy the possibility of the existence of laws, that is, of any science
whatever.
If there is even a single body moving freely, then the laws
of Kepler and Newton are negative, and no conception of the movement of the heavenly bodies
any longer exists. If any single action is due to free will, then not a single historical
law can exist, nor any conception of historical events. For history, lines exist of the movement
of human wills, one end of which is hidden in the unknown, but at the other end of which
a consciousness of man's will in the present moves in space, time, and dependence on cause.
The more this field of motion spreads out before our eyes, the more evident are the laws of that movement.
To discover and define those laws is the problem of history.
From the standpoint from which the science of history now regards its subject on the path it now follows,
seeking the causes of events in man's free will, a scientific enunciation of those laws is impossible.
For however man's free will may be restricted, as soon as we recognize it as a force not subject to law,
the existence of law becomes impossible.
Only by reducing this element of free will to the infinitesimal,
that is, by regarding it as an infinitely small quantity,
can we convince ourselves of the absolute inaccessibility of the causes,
and then, instead of seeking causes,
history will take the discovery of laws as its problem.
The search for these laws has long been begun,
and the new methods of thought which history must adopt
are being worked out simultaneously with the self-destruction toward which,
ever-dissecting and dissecting the causes of phenomena, the old method of history is moving.
All human sciences have traveled along that path.
Arriving at infinitesimals, mathematics, the most exact of sciences,
abandons the process of analysis and enters on the new process of the integration of
unknown, infinitely small quantities.
abandoning the conception of cause,
mathematics seeks law,
that is, the property common to all unknown,
infinitely small elements.
In another form,
but along the same path of reflection,
the other sciences have proceeded.
When Newton enunciated the law of gravity,
he did not say that the sun or the earth
had a property of attraction.
He said that all bodies,
from the largest to the smallest,
have the property of attracting one another,
that is, leaving aside the question of the cause of the movement of the bodies,
he expressed the property common to all bodies from the infinitely large to the infinitely small.
The same is done by the natural sciences, leaving aside the question of cause, they seek for laws.
History stands on the same path.
And if history has for its object the study of the movement of the nations and of humanity,
and not the narration of episodes in the lives of individuals, it too,
setting aside the conception of cause, should seek the laws common to all the inseparably
interconnected infinitesimal elements of free will.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 11.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 12.
Of War and Peace, Volume 4, by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maude.
This Libervox recording is in the public domain.
Second Epilogue, Chapter 12
From the time the law of Copernicus was discovered and proved,
the mere recognition of the fact that it was not the sun, but the earth that moves,
suffice to destroy the whole cosmography of the ancients.
By disproving that law, it might have been possible to retain the old conception
of the movements of the bodies, but without disproving it,
it would seem impossible to continue studying the Ptolemaic worlds.
But even after the discovery of the law of Copernicus,
the Ptolemaic worlds were still studied for a long time.
From the time the first person said and proved that the number of births or of crimes is subject to mathematical laws,
and that this or that mode of government is determined by certain geographical and economic conditions,
and that certain relations of population to soil produce migrations of peoples,
the foundations on which history had been built were destroyed in their essence.
By refuting these new laws, the former view of history might have been retained,
but without refuting them, it would seem impossible to continue studying historical events
as the results of man's free will.
For if a certain mode of government was established, or certain migrations of peoples
took place in consequence of such and such geographic, ethnographic, or economic conditions,
then the free will of those individuals who appear to us to have established that mode of government
or occasion the migrations can no longer be regarded as the cause.
And yet, the former history continues to be studied side by side with the laws of statistics,
geography, political economy, comparative philology, and geology, which directly contradict
its assumptions.
The struggle between the old views and the new was long and stubbornly fought out in physical
philosophy.
Theology stood on guard for the old views and accused the new.
new of violating revelation. But when truth conquered, theology established itself just as firmly on
the new foundation. Just as prolonged and stubborn is the struggle now proceeding between the old and
the new conception of history, and theology, in the same way, stands on guard for the old view,
and accuses the new view of subverting revelation. In the one case as in the other, on both sides,
the struggle provokes passion and stifles truth.
On the one hand there is fear and regret for the loss of the whole edifice constructed through
the ages.
On the other is the passion for destruction.
To the men who fought against the rising truths of physical philosophy, it seemed that
if they admitted that truth it would destroy faith in God, in the creation of the firmament
and in the miracle of Joshua the son of none.
To the defenders of the laws of Copernicus and Newton, to Voltaire, for example,
it seemed that the laws of astronomy destroyed religion, and he utilized the law of gravitation
as a weapon against religion. Just so it now seems as if we have only to admit the law of
inevitability to destroy the conception of the soul, of good and evil, and all the institutions
of state and church that have been built up on those conceptions. So, too, like Voltaire in his time,
uninvited defenders of the law of inevitability
today use that law as a weapon against religion,
though the law of inevitability in history,
like the law of Copernicus in astronomy,
far from destroying,
even strengthens the foundation
on which the institutions of state and church are erected.
As in the question of astronomy then,
so in the question of history now,
the whole difference of opinion is based on the recognition
or non-recognition of something absolutely,
serving as the measure of visible phenomena.
In astronomy, it was the immovability of the Earth.
In history, it is the independence of personality, free will.
As with astronomy, the difficulty of recognizing the motion of the Earth
lay in abandoning the immediate sensation of the Earth's fixity
and of the motion of the planets.
So in history, the difficulty of recognizing the subjection of personality
to the laws of space, time, and cause,
lies in renouncing the direct feeling
of the independence of one's own personality.
But as in astronomy, the new view said,
It is true that we do not feel the movement of the earth,
but by admitting its immobility we arrive at absurdity,
while by admitting its motion, which we do not feel, we arrive at laws.
So also in history, the new view says,
it is true that we are not conscious of our dependence, but by admitting our free will,
we arrive at absurdity, while by admitting our dependence on the external world, on time and on cause,
we arrive at laws. In the first case, it was necessary to renounce the consciousness of an unreal
immobility in space, and to recognize emotion we did not feel. In the present case, it is similarly
and necessary to renounce a freedom that does not exist, and to recognize a dependence of which
we are not conscious.
End of Second Epilogue, Chapter 12.
End of War and Peace, Volume 4 by Leo Tolstoy, translated by Elmer Maud.
